Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit B92-0410 - COMPUTER CITY SUPERCENTER - PARTIAL DEMOLITION AND TENANT IMPROVEMENT
This record contains information which is exempt from public disclosure pursuant to the Washington State Public Records Act, Chapter 42.56 RCW as identified on the Digital Records Exemption Log shown below. B92 -0410 Computer City Supercenter 404 Strander Boulevard RECORDS DIGITAL D- ) EXEMPTION LOG THE ABOVE MENTIONED PERMIT FILE INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING REDACTED INFORMATION Page # tode Exemption = 8rlef Explanatory DeSclriptiop �t�tutel ule The Privacy Act of 1974 evinces Congress' intent that social security numbers are a private concern. As such, individuals' social security Personal Information — numbers are redacted to protect those Social Security Numbers individuals' privacy pursuant to 5 U.S.C. sec. 5 U.S.C. sec. 117 DR1 Generally — 5 U.S.C. sec. 552(a), and are also exempt from disclosure 552(a); RCW 552(a); RCW under section 42.56.070(1) of the Washington 42.56.070(1) 42.56.070(1) State Public Records Act, which exempts under the PRA records or information exempt or prohibited from disclosure under any other statute. Redactions contain Credit card numbers, debit card numbers, electronic check numbers, credit Personal Information — expiration dates, or bank or other financial RCW DR2 Financial Information — account numbers, which are exempt from 42.56.230(5) RCW 42.56.230(4 5) disclosure pursuant to RCW 42.56.230(5), except when disclosure is expressly required by or governed by other law. C,Drn?ugg c So P R CERTIFICATE. OF OCCUPANCY CITY OF TUKWILA 6300 SOUTHCENTER BOULEVARD, SUITE 100 TUKWILA, ,WAS.H 98188 , ryry :, r } <s . ,,,,,,*41 , ,,r.: ,, py { q { t THIS CERTIFICATE ISS IED' PURSUA v T T'0. %F ER'EQ l I;REME� rS ,OF . S 'OTTQN 307 OF THE. UNIFORM' BUILDING OQR ' CE TI,. Y�ING T IAT. T THE � TIM5r0, I SUANCE. 11.IS STRUCTURE: WAS.. :IN COMPLI ft T ANC THHEM ARIOI S 0 RaINA GEES `t ' TRE.; OI,TY - EGU, KING BUILDING CONSTRUCTION ' t E A►fVO` ; LL `A P,L' ICAB `�E C, TY: FIRE CCPES K g F`OR, .T ' qoLLOWING: f 'f T. Ff'�' 't'+' .. ,� ` �5. k ! ..s u t bD ; i 1 TO �' t4 'COMPUTER CITr S P CENTER` Perrn�� t No,: 'B9 4 =0'41 4M 1. �' ^.1 � '�'j .n•?il \ \ t"3A Building Ad ss t 04 STRAND L z _ ', . ° .�' , P ar 144 ' 23 Zb - 0020 , ; ier. F � . t. `` - Q Occupant Lba,f1 4 7 Type' of on'at:'V v upanck ORE,_ Group B LiJy 4 A .. ,fi ,+ . x. ' 1 1 " ' + � ' N1, > It , . "�:en.� i,n.e:'r '��. \ o PAR` ' L MQI.ISH. EXISTING INDU ADD 87 t ARE FEET OF NEW RE L, IMP , M &TH' i EXISTINGJANcf /9,' .4* lir 4 Y�t City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Rick Beeler, Director TO: Kim Crangi, Finance FROM: Shellie Bates, Permit Center DATE: June 23, 1994 SUBJECT: Release Bond /Deposit (Permit #B92 -0410) Please release the outstanding bond /deposit for $3,482.50 to Computer City. The original transaction was June 15, 1993, Receipt #1576 for $25,350. See attached Developer's Project Warranty Request Forms. $2,482.50 retained as security. pending maintenance bond.. Authorized by Public Works Dept. $1,000.00 retained for landscaping. Authorized by Planning Dept. Please mail the check to the applicant at the following address: Computer City P.O. Box 901050 Fort Worth, TX 76101 630,aSouthcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 John W Rants, Mayor (206) 4313670 • Faso (206J 43113665 '06/22/1994 15116 FROM Tandy Design & Const. SENT VIA FACSIMILE 22- Jun-94 City of Tukwila 6300 South Center Blvd. Tukwila, WA 98188 ATTN: Shelly Dear Shelly: Tandy Corporation Design 8 Construction Division 800 Two Tandy Center Ft.Worth, Texas 76102 (817) 347-0791 TO 912064313665 RE: Outstanding bonds for Computer City, 404 Strander Blvd., Tukwila, WA, 98188 Store # 29 -5210 Tukwila, WA Thank you for researching our outstanding bonds for the above mentioned Computer City in Tukwila. At this time I would like to request that all bonds held over from construction by the City of Tukwila be closed and the monies released to the party of record. I would like to request an itemized statement of bonds outstanding with the City of Tukwila inorder to follow the money distribution to the involved parties. You can fax this Information to me at 817 -878 -4893. We look forward to a speedy close -out of these issues. Should you have any questions, please contact me at 817- 347 -0791. Again, thank you for your attention to this matter. LIMIT Ot!RIN Mike London Project Manager P.02 NAME OF DEVELOPMENT: DEVELOPMENT ADDRESS: DATE: [� PERMIT NO.: /a r 9 € -O •Ja mecor A C PG ErTFJ" ( OC CASH ASSIGNMENT SHALL BE REFUNDED BY MAILING TO: (please print) NAME: om,pu7 CITY/STATE2IP / • ADDRESS: /' d a X 90 / D , e Wei h TEL. NO.) /7-g7r yg 0 DE SCRI . M OF ITE ::.► -Ak t, LIP A. TOBECOM L I u� cT= 9 (T ERE C i 14 00 7 v 'ate _ cj • DS ir • O uJ ,. - : Yn:?. N: n•:. w: n ?1 }y:n:!.w.,.:M?+'?6C!u�VCaw:�r tivn.`^ 1:+.}, vnxu.,:.< J, wnw: iiKµa :S•y.Yn•.::•n•nL :.,:y.,...vM•: i•.; ryvn. navn:+ n. w+. uwn+ r�..:.! ivw.f!!•x• •••:naY.[[nww!•..[>uN. •••.{`}K.u M 4:....wA•n!nY:+•••. * n•J: ,:nYn.x.�:uy?!.?}�:y SIGNED: AMOUNT: y t / O � _ CZ) CASH () CASH EQUIVALENT CITY RECEIPT NO. I 3 00 0 7V (,_ K -X .,, v,[ r! m?? i\'. y ..w.44�;n?i ?:n.,.1, ? %:v.[._wnw[ .. �n}.}; }y.•:[SM:xFJ. ;.:[ni:.:.:(.; ..:[[n? . y,• [:.. [.... [.......... ., y:..i .vt.C;.iT:[. n:� •y.S•.v.[v.[S[i;....i... p:O:ny..r. .» \• ?: It3.lr ire Cttete DEVELOPER'S REPRESENTATIVE: :t. -j ) / CHECKED BY: V L. ' , /Dm old ./t.(. /CS -ruc de` te 72 HOUR NOTIFICATION FOR INSPECTION AND RELEASE OF FUNDS AUTHORIZED BY: CASH EQUIVALENT- LETTER AUTHORIZING RELEASE CASH CITY CHECK NO. � 3 9 Upon completion through Section 2, Finance personnel shall send copies to: - Developer - Finance Department - Permit Coordinator, DCD City Tukwila DEVELOPER'S P. AOJECT RRANTV REQUEST FORM 4 THIS FUND IS AUTHO - 1. ED TQ BE,ACCEPTED. DEPARTMENT HEAD' DEPOSITED THIS DATE: (.,p- /1/- �..3 RECEIVED BY: All work Identified in Section 1 of this form has now been completed and returned to department which authorized warranty. I hereby request inspection and release of my cash/cash equivalent. <2: UCC /5 d (ae Afv.t DATE: jai I have reviewed the above work and found it acceptable and therefore authorize the release of the above cash assignment. AMOUNT:,. bJ RELEASED THIS DATE: RELEASED BY: C49-21./ DEPARTMENT: 7j !t•��t�: G f -/( ;- 3 , FINANCE DEPT. Upon completion of entire form, Finance personnel shall send copies to: - Developer - Finance Department - Permit Coordinator, DCD 09/13/90 M ( � 1�lI}ed'I :.de ®10 r.:! utrio :: ' � . to : °`: > <; « ....... .. ......::..::: .::.:i :;•i'�:•.:ti: is is i.: NAME OF DEVELOPMENT: Co m 7 2 01 ')/ DATE: - / 0 - 9 SIGNED: A.P. , 4 AMOU 7/ / ,2 joy DEVELOPMENT ADDRESS: 4 0 4 s f /2 4 N de 2 6 /V C/ • PERMIT NO.: A 9 0 4/ 7 " CASH ASSIGNMENT NAME: C O ,p u 1 , " �V TEL. NO. g/7 - .P7 er'- Slit 2_ SHALL BE REFUNDED ADDRESS: n /O ,_ - U BY MAILING TO: P (9. 8 O ' CASH EQUIVALENT l 94 (please print) CITY/STATE/ZIP /'O /L W f O i 1 :6 7 . 2Z, / D / • Cf DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS TO BE COMPLETED (REFERENC n L PI�U DER ITEMS ARE DE @FDI; � Qr'+ le t Q �c �J 4 A, 6 Z ni tii o N or eF,'O 4 , 04 9 .NTSY .__E • m ! e r 4 i i N 211.4./ dC2 'f Al ci O !/P2 E s f Of f / 0, O O IA1577iLL ,57EL wr}-/e. Th /fix R7 M/(/ v.4c, DPI Si7trtrvAere.. 3 /ft • 2 4 a 2 50 PS 5 e CA/91 1 V I MAA c,GIAN -Ze? ( 60\-4) — —_ As the owner, or authorized agent of the owner, I hereby submit cash or cash equivalent in the amount of $ Soo, O 4 ($150% of value to complete work described above) and attach supporting -O doc entatr for V OIue of work. I will have this work carried out and call for a final Inspection by this date: ( 0 / „(� / 3 ), or risk having the City use these funds to carry out the work with their own contractor or in -house manpower. .11 I fail to carry out the work, I hereby authorize the City to go onto the property to carry out completion of the above deficiencies. I further agree to com• all work listed- prior to r; •uesting inspection and release of these funds. - "�" SIGNED: I_ 1111/...°' �� / O, 5717) . ge2 • - TITLE: # ..e .._____7_,Y_±1." 5 •• Y °:_ ii:i:�;i;:::?i; _ >'._ii;•iYk:_'i:3;:;i ^:Si:•i:i i ":Si2 <; F i na l 72 HOUR NOTIFICATION FOR INSPECTION AND RELEASE OFF�� FUNDS DEVELOPER'S REPRESENTATIVE �� �'-'S �� 't . etas CHECKED BY:a . •:: tiv. t.!: Yi:/. W. o05ouH. SMVttMVr/ feq. vsW> MCd< Yxe) b�MOtaAVM' I. cMta <00%l!uw:r.C2:.• ..:r±:;V.tN.it(WRi ^:N.'•"•a ! u<a 4 •xtwtO»CC%%a•:,( 4.w.!<Ni•»oli,a.:N % a:•:..X!( .,11V.`9w/•:`4r• MAP: �n> xxc• x�a•> x<t V >o%[vt«.ct',K.�.cOOv:ouV \:•• }. inpietti CASH EQUIVALENT - LETTER AUTH CASH CITY CHECK NO. C^ NG RELEASE Upon completion through Section 2, Finance personnel shall send copies to: - Developer - Finance Department - Permit Coordinator, DCD 4r1 ty .._•.1 k warm lkw DEVELOPER'S F OJECT WARRANTY REQUEST FORM All work identified in Section 1 of this form has now been completed and retumed to department which authorized warranty. I hereby lv request � nspection and release of my cash/cash eq ivalent. t it �� DATE: Q /%0 4 3 I have reviewed the above work and found it accept ble and therefore authorize the elease • the sh ssignment. AUTHORIZED BY: / , DEPARTMENT: e AMOUNT:/ ` -o RELEASED THIS DATE: RELEASED BY:.- , FINANCE DEPT. Upon completion of entire form, Finance personnel shall send copies to: - Developer - Finance Department - Permit Coordinator, DCD NAME OF DEVELOPMENT: DEVELOPMENT ADDRESS: CASH ASSIGNMENT SHALL BE REFUNDED BY MAILING TO: (please print) DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS TO BE COMPLETED (RE ERE CE PLANS/DOCUMENTS WHERE ITEMS ARE DESCRIBED): II oU /J?" ,aOM P6 G JREDS 4-<1NA-SCkP /t(G T La nk P LG' Ter (5 , o o ) - M A/ (4. C `s oo t e owner, or authorized agent of the owner, 1 hereby submit cash or cash equivalent In the amount of O, 0 O ($150% of value to complete work described above) and attach supporting entatipn for v ue of work. I will have this work carried out and call for a final Inspection by this date; j r &_.. ) or rlek having the Oity use these funds to carry out the work with their own contractor or in -house manpower. If 1 fail to carry out the work, I hereby authorize the City to go onto the property to cant' out completion of the above deficiencies. 1 further agree to comy =te all work list bove prior to equesting inspection and release of these fund . A Wdii6 3OSZ) , 6 D ' 'icz ar SIGNED. v , U 0 ,C 0- '?.0,1�.e 9/�l /g,� � I v o TrrL �AWMWYM'•v t<Nvw9wA..w.S; .MAW.v [wk n.5 \MV•*V.WA\V. .VJ.SV.a\aavX. W#. t'MVw\w.vA%W MANNW.SYA..Mnw.N1W �.v1!\ytMVKV••.vf• y+•!" MN\ ST MMN: Awwt\ aNV. WU.\ W:+. wwVM 'tfN/�N.w.v:.Nwf(n•Mw,w'N!.M\ Vl \ : .V iYri.:t.. • ?Cl +t•Y.•Y1.0%ttl%!W.�i.4).W.WitO' J9X< MY:H•YAv�tt9MYH,A:4.Niv:y /• %Stt '):..a... ...:):f• %:i!/tt••.i)Z<.:..:4.,1 ):.»»,«*<'Y.; flits4Z.%()Aiii)i:«. ,R.M.4ZRC%.<-0tX - .Z (tOTi %N. NV.tryR:<taltt i.:ieti.T:.::va:ti r. \' :. sr,.i:!•NviJ.;'r /w�i.:<•%:•)' {: ):t.:.:j aUnec , :..•......,•t..., r.t <c:tt...arx.. �ctn.tc:..'.r,. w..):....,m <vmt +a++- •.....'.'<a. , rtt�. mgt. t.. w %t� +rn v 72 HOUR NOTIFICATION FOR INSPECTION AND RELEASE OF FUNDS DEVELOPER'S REPRESENTATIVE: CHECKED BY: V Gt JjJ In b devo!a� 71- City of Tukwila DEVELOPER'S P I OJECT REQUEST FORM or NAME; ©lit u 'fe 2 / • y ADDRESS: /' O. 6 x t / t 3 Vi/ CiTY/STATE/ZIP Z O A All work identified in Section 1 of this form has now been completed and returned to department which authorized warranty. I hereby re quest inspection and release of my cash/cash equivalent. :t! l�;L C�' C r2('.rti DATE: /J l' ::� - /00,00 AUTHORIZED BY: DATE: -- /02 - 9_3 PERMIT NO.: 201- 0 i l TR.NO.Pl2 2.. 1• RR- ANT' F Drt j 0L,Ju't - '10 __ I have reviewed the above work and found It acceptable and therefore authorize the release of the above cash assignment. AMOUNT: ' b DEPARTMENT: 7j 6 Upon completion through Section 2, Finance personnel shall Upon completion of entire form, Finance personnel shall send copies to: - Developer send copies to: - Developer - Finance Department - Finance Department - Permit Coordinator, DCD - Permit Coordinator, DCD CASH EQUIVALENT- LETTER AUTHORIZING RELEASE RELEASED THIS DATE: 9' arg - - 1 -3 9 / , ` ) CASH CRY CHECK NO. (p 3 9 RELEASED BY: , FINANCE DEPT. lw•:•WS)iGtOttOnpK•tfp?t�; VNnp:.l(:i,47....,,, •:O6%40 8,4 iXi4 o.t4p Vw/4xtyK.p;.a �t \. oW o/ vtJ: a?:\ tuaiao] 0.t orf. wYt.{ xx•: t«, +(tNO:cPaV:td%%..p::.,t.,uW%w.0 n�u' ow13No THIS D - E EPT D. F N IS A E T B CC E S U THO ! U SIGNED: t;, 1`1 DEPARTMENT HEAD�.,Gf�;� NT: ( �j _ w AMOU ` r.) ff��`mil CASH CASH EQUIVALENT DEPOSITED THIS DATE: La — - q3 CiTY RECEIPT NO. t 5 7 r' 9'0 y�- 4,- is • 9_5 RECEIVED BY: C7a2' NAME OF DEVELOPMENT: DEVELOPMENT ADDRESS: CASH ASSIGNMENT SHALL BE REFUNDED BY MAILING TO: (please print) DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS TO BE COMPLETED (RE ERE CE PLANS/DOCUMENTS WHERE ITEMS ARE DESCRIBED): II oU /J?" ,aOM P6 G JREDS 4-<1NA-SCkP /t(G T La nk P LG' Ter (5 , o o ) - M A/ (4. C `s oo t e owner, or authorized agent of the owner, 1 hereby submit cash or cash equivalent In the amount of O, 0 O ($150% of value to complete work described above) and attach supporting entatipn for v ue of work. I will have this work carried out and call for a final Inspection by this date; j r &_.. ) or rlek having the Oity use these funds to carry out the work with their own contractor or in -house manpower. If 1 fail to carry out the work, I hereby authorize the City to go onto the property to cant' out completion of the above deficiencies. 1 further agree to comy =te all work list bove prior to equesting inspection and release of these fund . A Wdii6 3OSZ) , 6 D ' 'icz ar SIGNED. v , U 0 ,C 0- '?.0,1�.e 9/�l /g,� � I v o TrrL �AWMWYM'•v t<Nvw9wA..w.S; .MAW.v [wk n.5 \MV•*V.WA\V. .VJ.SV.a\aavX. W#. t'MVw\w.vA%W MANNW.SYA..Mnw.N1W �.v1!\ytMVKV••.vf• y+•!" MN\ ST MMN: Awwt\ aNV. WU.\ W:+. wwVM 'tfN/�N.w.v:.Nwf(n•Mw,w'N!.M\ Vl \ : .V iYri.:t.. • ?Cl +t•Y.•Y1.0%ttl%!W.�i.4).W.WitO' J9X< MY:H•YAv�tt9MYH,A:4.Niv:y /• %Stt '):..a... ...:):f• %:i!/tt••.i)Z<.:..:4.,1 ):.»»,«*<'Y.; flits4Z.%()Aiii)i:«. ,R.M.4ZRC%.<-0tX - .Z (tOTi %N. NV.tryR:<taltt i.:ieti.T:.::va:ti r. \' :. sr,.i:!•NviJ.;'r /w�i.:<•%:•)' {: ):t.:.:j aUnec , :..•......,•t..., r.t <c:tt...arx.. �ctn.tc:..'.r,. w..):....,m <vmt +a++- •.....'.'<a. , rtt�. mgt. t.. w %t� +rn v 72 HOUR NOTIFICATION FOR INSPECTION AND RELEASE OF FUNDS DEVELOPER'S REPRESENTATIVE: CHECKED BY: V Gt JjJ In b devo!a� 71- City of Tukwila DEVELOPER'S P I OJECT REQUEST FORM or NAME; ©lit u 'fe 2 / • y ADDRESS: /' O. 6 x t / t 3 Vi/ CiTY/STATE/ZIP Z O A All work identified in Section 1 of this form has now been completed and returned to department which authorized warranty. I hereby re quest inspection and release of my cash/cash equivalent. :t! l�;L C�' C r2('.rti DATE: /J l' ::� - /00,00 AUTHORIZED BY: DATE: -- /02 - 9_3 PERMIT NO.: 201- 0 i l TR.NO.Pl2 2.. 1• RR- ANT' F Drt j 0L,Ju't - '10 __ I have reviewed the above work and found It acceptable and therefore authorize the release of the above cash assignment. AMOUNT: ' b DEPARTMENT: 7j 6 Upon completion through Section 2, Finance personnel shall Upon completion of entire form, Finance personnel shall send copies to: - Developer send copies to: - Developer - Finance Department - Finance Department - Permit Coordinator, DCD - Permit Coordinator, DCD CASH EQUIVALENT- LETTER AUTHORIZING RELEASE RELEASED THIS DATE: 9' arg - - 1 -3 9 / , ` ) CASH CRY CHECK NO. (p 3 9 RELEASED BY: , FINANCE DEPT. lw•:•WS)iGtOttOnpK•tfp?t�; VNnp:.l(:i,47....,,, •:O6%40 8,4 iXi4 o.t4p Vw/4xtyK.p;.a �t \. oW o/ vtJ: a?:\ tuaiao] 0.t orf. wYt.{ xx•: t«, +(tNO:cPaV:td%%..p::.,t.,uW%w.0 n�u' ow13No TO: FROM: DATE: SUBJECT: Please release funds to Computer City as noted on Developer's .warranty request form for the sum of $9817.50. Please return to me so the architecht can pick it up. THANKS.... (10 /T2.MEMO) City of Tukwila 6200 Southcenter Boulevard Tukwila Washington 98188 (206) 433 - 1800 Gary L. VanDusen, Mayor KIM HART �I/1/, DENISE MILLARD cam►^"' Se tember 22, 1993 Computer City Bond Release B92 -0410 Plannin• Bond MEMORANDUM � -Ja -93 f�ti 6 J void • NAME OF DEVELOPMENT: C' m DEVELOPMENT ADDRESS: 4 D CASH ASSIGNMENT SHALL BE REFUNDED BY MAILING TO: ' , / (please print) CITY/STATE/ZIP � /2 7 - Li 0 i . It �i,'• DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS TO BE COMPLETED (REFERENCE RE DESCRIBED): H WA c S c, K. G274 As a +wner, or authorized agent of the owner, I hereby submit cash or cash equivalent in the amount of $ • / ($150% of value to complete work described above) and attach supporting do« iientatio for v ue of work. I will have this work carried out and call for a final Inspection by this date: / Y .5 or risk having the City use these funds to carry out the work with their own contractor or in -house manpower. If I fail to carry out the work, I hereby authorize the City to go onto the property to carry out completion of the above deficiencies. I further agree to comp to all work lists above prior to r questing inspection and release of these funds. SIGNED: ( ->,i- »M...»».. . •;:.. ECTI tll $ {ta 00m kit rs .,_ D AMO T: •. CASH EQUIVALENT— LETTER AUTHORIZING RELEASE CASH CI1Y CHECK NO. x'8/7, 5D • RELEASED THIS DATE: r r RELEASEDLBE , FINANCE DEPT. G:v SIGNED: AMOUNT: CASH CiTY RECEIPT NO. B CO CHECKED BY: S RANde ,R NAME: CO F a ? Cw / ' o. ea, 90,,,5-0 ADDRESS: I =/ 3 U 0 07 1/ �- S r 93 RECEIVED BY: 72 HOUR NOTIFICATION FOR INSPECTION AND RELEASE OF FUNDS DEVELOPER'S REPRESENTATIVE: City of Tukwila DEVELOPER'S PI.OJECT WARRANTY REQUEST FORM TITLE. Upon completion through Section 2, Finance personnel shall send copies to: — Developer — Finance Department — Permit Coordinator, DCD THIS FUND I5 AUT DEPARTMENT HEAD: PERMIT NO.: g 901- 04 1 0 TEL. NO. g)/ a' - R ,S to S' Y L 2 /oi Cpr-4 £L6'Tt' CASH EQUIVALENT DEPOSITED THIS DATE: 6/ —/ - �' 3 O ACCEPTED. All work identified In Section 1 of this form has now been completed and returned to department which authorized warranty. I hereby request inspection and release of my cash/cash equivalent. , U r . \ t - -C1-C& DATE: Ck l " 93 I have reviewed the above work and found it acceptable and therefore authorize the r ease of the ve cash assignment. AUTHORIZED BY: \ , ,dr-,r • DEPARTMENT: A `ms■ Upon completion of entire form, Finance personnel shall send copies to: — Developer — Finance Department — Permit Coordinator, DCD 00113190 SENT BY :CANBER corps CANBER CORPS 73 BURNETT AVENUE 8. FIENTON; WA WOW OANBEC•086MP 271 -8272 June 11, 1993 Rai computer city Project Harman and son Construction 8 :27AM.; 12454 To Whom It May'Concmrne Please be advised:that it will requiro4500.00 to complete the. landscape phaee'oi the above mentioned project. 12084398174 ;# 2 COMMERCIAL / RESIDENTIAL Brian Bertsch /k 4 4 ; .:44-1, 4 / S IN ) ::+1, 0 r �., #4v/rent r ,t) A ;�:w / o". ��''!'� 5'' ' s 7"0 Ait'trL.+ 5 /¢"✓ 00 M,/0. et A-le t? 7r" 77e. #'44/ t/A.7P57e'# 719-t,, 1a.., fy Ttkwi Permit No: B92 -0410 Type: B -BUILD Category: ACOM Address: 404 STRANDER BL Location: Parcel #: 022320 -0020 Zoning: Type Const: V -N Gas /Elec: Wetlands: Water: N/A Contractor License No.: HARMASC072B2 TENANT OWNER ARCHITECT CONTACT CONTRACTOR Permit Description: Units: 010 Buildings': 00.1 Fire Protection: SPRINKLERED UBC Edi jion 1991 Perm t Center Auth'ori'z S 1 gnature : _i0 Community Development / Public Works • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 BUILDING PERMIT COMPUTER CITY SUPERCENTER 404 STRANDER BL, TUKWILA, WA 98188 FIDELITY ASSOCIATES. 4211 HOLLY LANE, :MERCER ISLAND 9804 TURNER AND ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS 2115 N.E..:PARK ROAD, SEATTLE, =WA 9810.5 TURNER HOWARD ;;`. 2115 N , E':: PARK ROAD, SEATTLE, WA 98105 HARMANAND SON ".CONSTRUCTION P.O'`BOX 11848, FORT WORTH, T 76110 ***** * * * * * *,i** * *•k * ** * * ** * * * * * * ** *,+ **** ** * ** * * * * *. * * ** * * * *. * *,if *,;il * * * * * * * * * ** PARTIALLY DEMOLISH EXISTING INDUSTRIAL WAREHOUSE, ADD ';3`, 870 SQUARE FEET OF NEW �-�`RETAIL,, AND TENANT IMPROVEMENT;THROUGHOUT EXISTING AND NEW AREA SETBACKS Back: j'• Left: ,0' Right Valuati 376 „355; 50. Tot'al,Permit Fee: 2,659:35 ****** * * * * * *, * * * * * * * * * * * * *ti¶ **************** * * * * * * * * * *,c * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * ** Signature front'': Print Name: 4,144/0 116e, Title: Type of Occupancy: STORE Slopes: N Sewer: N/A Status: ISSUED Issued: 01/25/1993 Expires: 07/24/1993 Phone: (206)232-6465 hone: 206 523 -7489 Phone: 206 523 -7489 817 923 -3392 (206) 431-3670 I hereby certify that 1 '.have read and �;�examine'd th.i.s`�permit and;know the same to be trite and �o correct. All provisions f 1'aw` and ordina governing thi"swork Will becompl ied with, wheth`e`r spe;clfied herein or not The granting of preume this permit does not s to give authority to violate or cancel the prov,i s i ons of any ;other s:ta�t;e or local laws ;regulating construction •r the performance o'f work > , authorized to sign for and obtain this ilding "�'-:rm1t,. This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT NO. CONTACTED l DATE READY DATE NOTIFIED BY: (init.) PERMIT EXPIRES 2nd NOTIFICATION BY: (init.) ' AMOUNT OWING t , 5 ■ ,Q 3RD NOTIFICATION BY: (Init.) PLAN CHECK NUMBER Ma-0 INSTRUCTIONS TO STAFF • Contacts with applicants or requests for information should be summarized in writing by staff so that any time the status of the project may be ascertained. • Plan corrections shall be completed and approved prior to sending on to the next department. • Any conditions or requirements for the permit shall be noted on the plans or summarized concisely in the form of a formal letter or memo, which will be attached to the permit. • Please fill out your section of the tracking chart completely. Where information requested is not applicable, so note by using "N /A ". BUILDING SQUARE FOOTAGE/OCCUPANCY INFORMATION (to be filled out by Plan Checker) it TOTAL SQUARE FEET OCC. LOAD SQUARE FEET OCC. LOAD SQUARE FEET OCC. LOAD SQUARE FEET OCC. LOAD SQUARE FEET OCC. LOAD TOTAL SQUARE FEET DEPARTMENTAL REVIEW "X" in box indicates which departments need to review the project. Ire tWltlt�r� �1I Iu, U.1_fI0 1 ' t '217 0 / y z. INIT: !a_ INIT: 2 AV d: Mfrefill i PLANNING AC PUBLIC WORKS 0 OTHER k BUILDING - final review E4 40V9 xefs.3 FIRE PROTECTION: • PUBL C WORKS LETTER TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: VN, i K P Spri kl rs INSPECTOR: N/A O UBC EDITION (year): Yes EPARTM BUILDING - initial review kr FIRE REVIEW COMPLETED PROJECT NAME SITE ADDRESS '-Ion rcmd. 61 • DA > ><: 24NOU qL R ROUTED . BUILDING("r'ERMIT APPLICATION TRACKING CONSULTANT: UJREME Date Sent 11-1 COM Date Approved TOTAL OCC LOAD ZONING: BAR/LAND USE CONDITIONS? REFERENCE FILE NOS.: L ?z - OO 4g (t,r -. Rt view) /L`t Z. -00 47 (s6PA) MINIMUM SETBACKS: N- S- E- W- UTILITY PERMITS REQUIRED? Pre No DATED: /Jr93( ' 4 • f3 4 , -.e..7 08/17198 SUITE # VALUE OF CONSTRUCTIO $ ��'�� � 1Q .Sc NicII - Eiun SITE ADDRESS � � . � :. . r�, , R' r !z PF.':.`JECT NAME/TENANT Ca'M Vol t JL C L sLg6�C - zc 1 ASSESSOR ACCOUNT # c)2.7..20 -- o020 - O (commercial) Li Demolition (building) 0 Other TYPE OF Cg New Building 0 Addition N Tenant Improvement WORK: 0 Rack Storage 0 Reroof 0 Remodel (residential) DESCRIBE WORK TO BE DONE: ¶p MAI 0 �1 ), - rtk t'Wfl 7(tt1 . LAUCSO ., NOD 'W?° � ►.L.) Re i 1L 1 T6 -48PT t �►-t rot, E$ " ou a0t)1JT 6+1 VIII 4 (sax). BUILDING USE (office, warehouse, etc.) ike -- rvYl L s 5 NATURE OF BUSINESS: Coµ(Tu –r1 6 'eS WILL THERE BE A CHANGE IN USE? 0 No cg Yes If Yes, new building requirements may need to be met. Please explain: ' n V6 - d ---- Area of Construction: SQUARE FOOTAGE - Building: Tenant Space: WILL THERE BE STORAGE OR USE OF FLAMMABLE, COMBUSTIBLE OR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IN THE BUILDING? cg No 0 Yes IF YES, EXPLAIN: PROPERTY OWNER , us PHONE (AA, 2i33 ADDRESS EtVel.. fro`,50Cirs 5 �4- tai,'( L(.& 4 ifrEattISL IS . '?'rte 144. , PHONE ._„ ZIPT3 7 CONTRACTOR -1-1.1.1. ADDRESS .--- . ZIP .- -- WA. ST. CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE # _ EXP. DATE — ARCHITECT 1)r✓turNiao TtAkfiat, 4111 PHONE 52-b 74 ADDRESS Z11‹0 1 Pl c (uj E. 44 ZIP ( 49105 CITY OF TUKWILA Department of Community Development - Building Division 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 [ I---) (D PLAN CHECK NUMBER .1> HEREBY;::CERTIFY ;THAT I HAVE :READ AND 'EXAMIN.ED T ,HIS APPLICATION AND KN BE <TRUE AND <CORRECT', AND;.I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY. FOR THIS ;PERMIT. SIGNATURE BUILDING OWNER OR AUTHORIZED AGENT CONTACT PERSON DATE APPLICATION ACCEPTED PRINT NAME ' , ",p ---t ADDRESS ?ills i•k; f/e g) BUILDIN PERMIT 14 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION BUILDING PERMIT FEE PLAN CHECK FEE BUILDING SURCHARGE OTHER: AMOUNT RCPT # TOTAL a)6F ?P APPLICATION SU BMITTAL In order to ensure that your application is accepted for plan review, please make sure to fill out the application completely and follow the plan submittal checklist on the reverse side of this form. Handouts are available at the Building counter which provide more detailed information on application and plan submittal requirements. Application and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. VALUATION OF CONSTRUCTION Valuation for new construction and additions are calculated by the Department of Community Development prior to application submittal. Contact the Permit Coordinator at 431 -3670 prior to submitting application. In all cases, a valuation amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Building Division to comply with current fee schedules. BUILDING OWNER / AUTHORIZED AGENT If the applicant is other than the owner, registered architect/engineer, or contractor licensed by the State of Washington, a notarized letter frorn the property owner authorizing the agent to submit this permit application and obtain the permit will be required as part of this submittal. EXPIRATION OF PLAN REVIEW Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitations. The building official may extend the time for action by the applicant for a period not exceeding 180 days upon written request by the applicant as defined in Section 304(d) of the Uniform Building Code (current edition). No application shall be extended more than once. If you have any questions about our process or plan submittal requirements, please contact the Department of Community Development Building Division at 431 -3670. DATE APPLICATION EXPIRES PHONE W: TH E SAME:; DATE DATE 1 'Z CITY/ZIP G Tlgytd5 PHONE-Am G/1 -ma/ 09/ 16/91 COMMERCIAL NEW COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS/ADDITIONS Completod building permit application lone for each structure) 5 7 / Assessor Account 14.1mbor Two sets (2) of the following: 2 / Specifications . • ' VStructural calculations stamped by a Washington State licensed , engineer. V Soile report stampod by a Washington State licensed engineer.: .• 1 t4 Topographical survey i A Energy calculations stamped by a Washington State licensed engineer or architect [ description 'Y\ 6 ij u o Working drawings; stamped by a Washington State licensed architect, which include: ,• Site plan V • Architectural drawings • V• Structural drawings :V! Mechanical drawings V • Elevations Civil drawings V • Landscape plan Completed utility permit application (one for entire project) Six(6) sets of civil drawings • • . - NOTE: See utility permit application and checklist for specific utility submittal requirements. . • • . RACK STORAGE Completed building permit application Assessor Account .Number Two (2) sets of plans, which include: building floor pion showing: SUE6IITTAL CHECK1SST • Entire space where racks will be located • Exit doors . • • Dimensions of all aisles , . • Tenant spade floor plan showing rack storage layout aisles and NOTE:: Include diinensions of racks (height, width and length),.aislei • and exit ways on plan,' : . • ' • [1 Structural calculations 'stamped by a Washington engineer (rack storago 8 and over),.:: RESIDENTIAL Nqw...SINGLE-FAMILY. • • •:•: Ej CoMplefe4 bullding fierrnItaoplication.(ene..for each structure) ,• Legal description: /SSI3SS0r•#0 • • . Two se (2) of working :drawingS;::iNto6.16cludfi Floor ptan w!dth and length at access) Root plan Buliding cross section Structural framing plans Washington State Energy Gode data COI:006660v, • NOTE: Bikding plan and utiIity site plan may be comblnod See. chocklistloi:s0ddIfid.iithniittal Adcfitiona topographical and solis infonnation:nitiy COMMERCIAL :TENANT IMPROVEMENTS Completed building permit application (one for eaCh.Structura,or • {D'AiSessof Account Number : • Two (2) sets of construction plans, which include: . • Site plan . -• • • Location of tenant spice • • • • ;••,' • • • Existing and proposed parking . • Landscape plan (if apelicable, i.e., change of use' ri Overall building` plari • : : • • Tenant location •— • Use of adjacent (common wall) tenant . • • Overall dimensions of building or square footage ri Floor plan of proposed tenant space • • • , • Tonant space plan with use of each room labelled: • Exit doors egress patterns.. ' : : • • • New walls, existing wall, and walls to be demolished.' • Construction details • • • Cross sections showing wall construction and method of • attachment for float and ceiling. ; Structural calculations stamped by a Washington State licensed • engineer may be required if structural work is to be done (2 sets) NOTE: lf any utility work is to be done, Submit separate utility permit application and plans'. . : • • REROOF • Completed building permit application (one for each structure) Assessor Account Number • : .; : Ei Narrative describing exiiting root material being rernoVed, and .; " material being:installed.: ... • • : I . • ' NOTE A certification letter is required prior to final inspection and sign off of the pernilt.. • I • • 11 ANTENNA/SATELLITE DISHES Completed building permit appl::.ation Li Assessor Account Number • Setsotplans, .1 Site Plan (StiPOriti . • . po*Ils'.antenria)Satellite'.alabl'anci .rtiati Structural calculabons stamped by a Washington State Iicensed ' . .. • .. RESIDENTIAL 'REMODELS Completed butidlng permlt appllcation (one for each structure) . . „... . „ ........... ..„..... ...„...... ... . • • • ••-• • ••• • .•::•• ••• • • -•••••••:, • " .• •' • •••••,, TVie:•(2).Sets.Of Sito plan Foundation pion Floor pien ......... ... .......... Reef plan Building cross section "tructural framing plans thilltY Permit: Community Development / Public Works • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 Permit No: PW93 -0086 Status: ISSUED Project Name: COMPUTER CITY Site Address: 404 STRANDER BL Location: Parcel #: 022320 -0020 Wetlands: Water Course: Water Dist: N/A Sewer Dist: N/A Type: RTL No of Units: 000 Contractor License Number: FINER FIDELITY ASSOCIATES 4211 HOLLY LANE, MERCER ISLAND 98040 RCHITECT TURNER HOWARD =NANT COMPUTER CITY SUPERCENTER 404 STRANDER BL, .TUKWILA WA 9818$ k * * * * * ** * * * * * * * * * * * * *k **,* k•*: k' •k************** * ******* k, ********** *** k** k k*k Additional Description; Developer- 'Constru,ct,ion Cost .00 1" WATER METER ABANDONMENT METER INFORMATION:;:' Water ` Meter Size: 1.00 Work Order #: FEES: z: Regular Conne .00 ; ;:Acct No: 401/388.102 Install Deposit: s ;. Acct No 401/386.520 Phan Check: 1Q: Acct No 000/345.830 Inspection: 15 . 00 ' .,... ` Acct 401/342.400 Tu'hn' On, .00 "> Acct ::No 40.1/343.405 Special Onnect Fee:. ,0O Acct No: 401/388:101 TOTAL FEES: ,.� 2.5.: 0.00 �;" �.,: a k, * *, *•i* k * * * ** *k *** sic * * *k * * ** * ** * " ;kk *kk•k•k* I understand thatthe Charge for the Ater ,iristalltion portion of the water meteri/service installation seo' _the actua 1 cost of ,materials plus labor incl,Ciding '17% overhead. I to °pay.... the installation fee '(de'posit) on the sigriing of apOltcation `the..balance. ; of the cost when bi;l l ed n, 1 'agree to the regular ..,,,. connectionhagei"administrative plan check,,.fee, ins'pecti;on fee and turn -on fee as part '6f thiS,application.I her' Understand that . the .. water service piping frowihe'public main to the water, m 2box and stut- of f,.valve (corp stop) shall 'be'=,constructed at my sole eXpense,t. ' THE APPLICgNT;t',MUST NOTIFY THE CITY INSPECTOR OF COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF WORK AT EAST, 24 IN ADVANCE. FOR AN INSPECTION', CALL 433 -0179. Issued By: Inspector Signature WATER METER PERMIT Issued: 06/08/1993 Approval Letter: 05/21/1993. Expires: 08/07/1993 Slopes:N Square Feet: Phone: (206)523 -7489 Quantity,: Type..; Signature Signature;_ Title: Q1a.Sgi► Company:_ R %DG = ... Da,te} ************************** ik 3* * * * ** * ** **c * * ** *** * * * * *.* APPROVED FOR ISSUANCE: JA Final Inspection Approved By: Date * * * * * * * * * * * *, * * * * * * * * *.* 1 PERM (206) 431 -3670 Authorized Permit Center Signature Date ********************k***************************** * * * * * * * * ** * * * * * **. * * * * ** * *• * * ** I hereby certify that the permit holder whose name and address appears on this record has satisfactorily met the standards and conditions for the project approved herein. "" Permits Date Routed to PWD Date Plans Approved Permit Number Approved Plan/Letter Date Issued Ll Channelizatlon / Striping / Signing Suite No. Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk Fire Loop / Hydrant Flood Zone Control Hauling Land Altering Landscape Irrigation Moving an Oversized Load Sanitary Side Sewer Sewer Main Extension (private) Sewer Main Extension (public) ti Storm Drainage • Water Main Extension (private) Water Main Extension (public) T Water Meter (exempt) size No. ❑ Deduct ❑ Water on Water Meter (permanent) size ' " o. . ;/..__ . , - No. " . 93 —�_ _ -� . -© %q3_ Water Meter (temporary) size Other: Other: Date Plans Received Type of Review Date Routed to PWD Date Plans Approved Date Resub. Requested Comments A ddress Ll ' Suite No. Plan C No. f p?— �, Project Name 1 - 1 i q 1 0 r l I i/l,JAJ A ddress Ll ' Suite No. City of Tuk a Public Works Department 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: (206) 433 -0179 UTILITY PROJECT TRACKING CHECKLIST ROUTING PERMITS REQUIRED CO DITIONS OF PERMIT ISSUANCE OR FINAL SIGN -OFF 0 PROJECT TO: FROM: DATE: SUBJECT: City of Tukwila Department of Public Works M E M O R A N D U M UTILITY PERMIT AVAILABILITY /REQUIREMENTS Computer City Supercenter 404 Strander Boulevard Project No. P92 -0146 Contact Person: Howard Turner Telephone No.: (206) 523 -7489 Channelization Stri Curb Cut Fire Loo TOTAL cf: METRO City Utilities Inspector Development file (w /copy Finance Dept. (w /copy of Attachments a/s Land Altering _Landscape Irrigation .� Sanitary Side Sewer Storm Draina•e ''ater Ma n Extens on (Pr va i Water Meter De• uc 00 Wa NOTIFICATION OF UTILITY PERMIT ACTION PERMIT CENTER PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING DIVISION JANUARY 14, 1993 THE FOLLOWING PUBLIC WORKS PERMITS ARE AVAILABLE FOR ISSUANCE ACCORDING TO THE SITE PLAN APPROVED ON JANUARY 14, 1993: Permit fee 97.50 25.00 170.00 25.00 $ 442.:0 The Developer is referred to other City agencies, including the Fire Department and the Building and Planning Divisions, for other requirements which may affect the commencement of this work. Please have the applicant complete the attached METRO Business Declaration and Non - Residential Sewer Use Certification Form and forward same to METRO. Two copies of the confirmed Utility Permit Application Form and approved site plan have been inserted in the permit file. JP /cd (w /copy of plan /application) of plan /application) application) John W Rants, Mayor Ross A. Earnst, P. E., Director • '1,0 -aoact CD.D25.COMPCITY.UPA 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washln8ton 98188 • Phone: (206) 433.0179 • Fax (206) 431-3665 ' "J T it. AYM S Site Address: L/OU nh (Iv Y Ej) k! ..:. ..;.. ti.A7lt ;, Name of Project: COM (t t1t . c...1 Dung e6L -5 ... .. ,.::k a..nkFV°:r,.n1...,....: wr:: Property Owner: US1 -t • Phone No.: Street Address: '22q ltwOcnV19 giealL 6. City /State /Zip: Engineer: 0 WI 0 6 a oghtz, : p_: �_ � Phone No.: et-S5 .. 6V1 I Street Address: -� 1 — I S1 1=�� City /State /Zip: t�.at-1, SL CUA gbDt Contractor: PhOhe No.: Street Address: King Cty Assessor Acct #: ;INN/Al:ERN ET ;Name: i - � Ji+ r •rn itAERUNU'i'BluLING % Street Address: ♦. Hi[7N�kWt�. �. F!1 O11�.1';I:t;,N�t••t. �:,t Name: :iale..L tJGS r. �x2n Street Address: ❑ Water ❑ Sewer ❑ Metro ❑ Standb i)aSCF jf? ,0 kit? PXO: r, ❑ Single-Family Residential ❑ Multiple - Family Dwelling ❑ Hotel ❑ Duplex ❑ A•artments No. of Units: ❑ Motel ❑ Triplex J CommerciaVlndustrial ❑ Office ❑ Warehouse 4 Retail ❑ Manufacturing ❑ New Building r.Remodel/ Square Addition Footage: 3 870 � J i�wYYRh!� V w'1l'.t'��.f'� •n:'M'u.�:.i:'y •;: s.M IS.El= Ai� US. " ` NFOtMATsI King County Assessor's valuation of existing structures: $ A90 Valuation of work to be done: HEEIE Y CE`RTI .•.Y %TH T I h Applicant /Authorized Agent Sigo t,t .: Print Name :tom —n j�,r City of Tuk- ca o i ` � (J Central Permit System — Engineering Division ,vhV70z — 0309. 1,2. , - Lai /°Ra./ 6300 Southcenter .Blvd., Suite #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PAv 9a.— o3io 2.4 ` " one: (206) 433 -0179 �liGA.Q / ..f4.' / R'1 /7 Phi 93 AV(' �' i , 'i ✓ 93- c 2 / 8 UTILITY' (PRMIT LICATION Contractors License #: Channelization /Striping /Signing ;i Curb.Cut/Access /Sidewalk 14 Fire Loop /Hydr. (main to vault) — No.: ❑ Flood Zone Control '1.A...6 �. { • Haulin (OREv,005,.y rs$ui-D) 6:1 Land Altering A cubic y ards IR Landscape irrigation ❑ Moving an Oversized Load Est. start/end times: Date: t Sanitary Side Sewer — No.: Date: 1 ' Phone: ;23 741 ❑ Condominiums ❑ Church ❑ Hos•ttai City /State /Zip: Exp. Date: ❑ Sewer Main Extension ❑ Private ❑ Public Storm Drainage . Sizes: ❑ Street Use ,R1. Water Main Extension inPrivate ❑ Public ,M Water Meter / Exempt:— No.: Sizes•__/" Deduct f$1 Water Only 0 ❑ Water Meter / Permanent— No • Sizes• O Water Meter / Temporary: — No.: Sizes• Estimated quantity: Schedule: S E f Other: 1 / 4 - / - 7 - & - w in 7UAr/on/ Phone No.: City /State /Zip: Phone No.: City /State /Zi•: ❑ Other: I• at ❑ School /College /University ❑ Other: Square footage of original building space: °l,3 1 ?7 Square footage of additional building space: ,LvL.e a 7c, 353 ..5"0 - t�;:r• E • E T NI. PPLl ATION' KNO W...<7'f -iE{tS�AMR'TG ............. -1.-. : Dontact Person s4.4 ., (print name: Address: S US - ? PtvC ( 7 Phone: Ca te Application Accepted: _ Date Application Expires: D.•CO ��•ECT ur Permits Permit Number Approved Plan /Letter Date Issued Comments Channelization / Striping / Signing n \ 44A Suite No. Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk Fire Loop / Hydrant Flood Zone Control Hauling , X i / Land Altering j , � -0/ V v_l J te � -93 _ � i- 93 V Landscape Irrigation Moving an Oversized Load Sanitary Side Sewer Sewer Main Extension (private) Sewer Main Extension (public) Storm Drainage Water Main Extension (private) Water Main Extension (public) Water Meter (exempt) Size No. 0 Deduct 0 Waterony Water Meter (permanent) Size No. Water Meter (temporary) Size No. Other: Other: Date Plans Received Type of Review Date Routed to PWD Date Plans Approved Date Resub. Requested Comments LkO`1_ n \ 44A Suite No. Plan Check No. �) �� Project Name AAA ;O-. . + I ! ... Site Address LkO`1_ n \ 44A Suite No. ROUTING PERMITS REQUIRED City of Tu( la Public Works Department 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: (206) 433 -0179 UTILITY PROJECT TRACKING CHECKLIST ITIONS OF PERMIT ISS ANCE OR FINAL SIG -OFF OF PROJECT Permit No: Statu:... Project: Address: Location: Parcel #: Wetlands,: Contractor: TENANT: OWNER CON TRACTOR ARCHITECT CONTACT k k .'.*A'*A'k 4k :4 'k"k PW93 -0133 IS'SUED COMPUTER CITY 404 STRANGER BL Add i t i onaa" :De_."cr.i p t •1 on REMOVAL 0F.: 00CY OF G rad i ng/F 1 1:V (Yar•d;s) -Cu.t . APPROVED FOR ISSUANCE: Inspector 'Signature JAP 43."50 Final Inspection Approved By: LAND ALTERING 022320-0020 Watercourse: HARMAN AND SON CONSTRUC T.ION. MATERIAL..,FROM 'SITE Issued: 06/24/1993 Approval Letter: 06/22/1993 Expires.: 12/21/1993 Slopes: N License No.: HARMA'SC072B2 COMPUTER CITY•: SUPOCE • FIDELITY A'a5,0.0ATE';, 4211 HOLLY=' LANE,, MER'CEF 4SLAND HP.RMA�+I,� n"NG' :,ON'' e:ON',`TRUCTION ,:.' 'Phone: 31 7. 923 -3392 P. 0 f B&» 1 1 "c,40,.,.F1)RT WORTH, TX •761 0 `. TURNER HOWARD' Phone:: (206)365-7431 TURNER .,& AS'=,OCIATES, 18420 24TH PL, SEATTLE 98155.. TURNER' H rWARD F'ho•ne: ',(20,6)36S-7431 • : 4**** kk' k** 4k kk* 4• kkkk• k'* k' 4k. 4kk" k'* k' k: kk **k'k "'kk** Account .'Account Account Va.l•uLa t i on . Perm C`;Fee: Plan Check Fee. 22 ',0.th e r Total' :t Fees 6600' 4 4• k 4 •k * *'k * k k' "*• * :k k•'k * * 4. k k :4. 'k k * 4• ;4 4. 4 * Oe k;A k A• •k * * k `k k'k 4,4 k ; k �k,k , *'* * *'k k * k* * *'"k *''k k , k . * ,k •k * •4'k'k * 1 hereby c that 1 have read and e >: t h • ic. permitv know ;the same to be trui a`nd ° J', , cor r ••ect Al 1 prov i iunS otv-l;a6 and or;dinan"'cesgover'hI,nhq this a } 4 work will 1,'e�comp1�i "ed b witir, whether :,pe'c`it =i,ei1 �lie,rein , ;or� not The ' g of this per m i tT;;d,oes. :pot.. presume to give adpho•r•"i ty,; to'-Vi"91ate or dance,1 the provisions o;t any other state or l octa l;`,1 aw r,'egu l,at i rlg4'�: , onstruct i'oni or the performance o work:. I ani authorized: t'o _ ili.ty t'o r•,an "id•'obta,i thirand ' Altering permi Th1. e"r °t' - :. beL :ome null and ',101 d. is not commenced withihi 130 days from"•"tI e date of 1 s .uar ce;or l',f,` is suspended or abandoned' for a per�iod'''of :•18'0 {'days from the : 1as't'•;-'inspection. THE APPLICANT MUST I U' TiI;r'r• THE ' ITY I.N':•,•PL t ToJ;4oF COMENCEMENT; AND COMPLETION OF WORK AT I AST 24 HO '''''' IN ADVANCE•• FOR A'N `'INSPECTIONCALL 433-0179. Signature: - k.*t*. "k , k : ;k.'k :k_kk•k;� k -k * * k k * * k k •A * 'k k 'k * :4 'k •k * k •k k 'k •k *'k 'k * No: No: No: Total: 300 000/322''1110; 000/3454.30 000/336: 404." Date: lo -g3 Issued By: Authorized Permit Center Signature * * *'k* k"k'k k 4.* *•k k* 4.4'4 ** ** 4•k'k k 4•k *'4 *'k* k'k*'k.* 4'k 'k * * ***** k•k"k***'4'4 4.4 4 **** k k:4** .I hereby certify" that the permit' holder whose name and address appears on this record has satisfactorily met the standards and' conditions for this' project approved herein. Date: T CITY OF TUKWILA Permit No: PW93 -013 Addres 410,4 STRANDER BL Status: ISSUED Tenant COMPUTER CITY SUPERCENTER Applied: ISSUED TY���'•.� FW -LA -.Issued: 0,6724/1993 Pr•;r #:'.022320-0020 *k *k** •k A' k 'k 'k •k •.k 'k 'k 'k 'k •k k k k * •k k Yt * k 'k k •k k •k •k •k ;k •k •.k ;k •k 'k k .1 k k k :k k • k k k •k 'k 'k 'k k'.k •k •k k k •k k •k •k * * * 'k 'k 'k 'k 'k 'k .k * 'k k •k 1 • Permit ConCli t i ons : FE D` I-I LL EiE IMPLEMENTED 7h P( ARY EROSION C!1N;7R�7L -MEA� T t�F,F T ,. � 7r • t7 •F'RCUE�t� -SITE QED I - : A's THE FIR'S T. f1FUER OF :LRUSI�NE_� T • 'MENTATIUN. • ,� ` `; DE If�l PL`ACE AS Ci IEASUR�ES :,HALL . Rh JT C ��I�1N J t: �JNTR L � , � M LtE TED .? SlON ' 4 C1 AFTER; F`IN' L'ARADI�N,G HAx' BEEN COP , =.ORMATI Pro Owner: Street Address: Engineer: Street Address: Contractor: King Cty Assessor Acct #:022.320 L1N GS' Print Name: Date: ❑ Water D,ESCRIP:TION .0 ❑ Multiple- Family Dwelling No. of Units: ❑ Commercial/Industrial 1HEREDY CERTIFY; Applicant /Authorized Agent Signatur? . City of Tire vita Central Permit System - Engineering Division Bl vd., Suite #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 JUN 101993 UTILITY PERMIT APPLICATION TUKW hPASAV 1404 cind -e.r 61 Name of Project: C_c rnptlter C t 4 i SbG . LJ i D6DG I 20 .31 nth WI" .141 6X( tTe5. Street Address: 404 •'s Ps,-.0 • C o1AD- 1 00 Contractor's License #: O1Z52 Exp. Date: L tr Q4- ❑ Channelization /Striping /Signing ❑ Curb Cut/Access /Sidewalk ❑ Fire Loop /Hydr. (main to vault) - No.: Sizes: ❑ Flood Zone Control ❑ Hauling lat Land Altering 4 4t 0 cubic yards ❑ Landscape Irrigation ❑ Moving an Oversized Load Est. start/end times' Date: ❑ Sanitary Side Sewer - No.: City /State/Zip: Phone No.: City /State/Zip: Name: Street Address: Name: Street Address: . ~ ... ❑New Building ❑Remodel/ Square footage of original building space: " "" " "" """" Square Addition Square ' Footage: Square footage of additional building space: King County Assessor's valuation of existing structures: $ Valuation of work to be done: $ ❑ Sewer ❑ Metro ❑ Standby _ems RC)JECT<< ❑ Single - Family Residential ❑ Duplex ❑ Apartments ❑ Triplex ❑ Condominiums ❑ Hotel ❑ Motel ❑ Office ❑ Retail YAT 1 HAVE: READ, H! '11,9 6 , 1 IAA Phone: ❑ Warehouse ❑ Manufacturing a).pe rccat2Y 232- (Q4t2S Apps= 'bn # pcla Li to ❑ Sewer Main Extension ❑ Private O Storm Drainage ❑ Street Use ❑ Water Main Extension ❑Private ❑ Water Meter / Exempt: - No.: — Deduct ❑ Water Only ❑ ❑ Water Meter / Permanent - No • ❑ Water Meter/ Temporary: - No.: Estimated quantity: Schedule: ❑ Other: ❑ Church ❑ Hospital Phone No.: Cit /State/Zi•: Phone No.: 7 ' gS 143_ City / State/Zip: St- COQ Q g AS Phone No.: 4 t� City/State/Zip:—MaL.'P Phone No.: ❑ Other: Phone: (206) 433 - 0179 ❑ School /College /University ❑ Other: Address: X42() lAs Qt. t Date Application Accepted: Date Application Expires: ❑ Public ❑ Public Sizes' — Sizes• — Sizes '1 ND KN ©W::THE SA ME TO BE TRUE AND CORRE Contact P erson , ,_(print name) M,AN 119 Ni- & GuC'A (AA . Phone: 3005 431 04/22/92 p C City of Tukwila M E M O R A N D U M .Department of Puubllc Works Ross A. Earnst, P. E, Director NOTIFICATION OF UTILITY PERMIT ACTION TO: PERMIT CENTER FROM: PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING DIVISION 6 DATE: JUNE 22, 1993 THE FOLLOWING PUBLIC WORKS PERMIT IS AVAILABLE FOR ISSUANCE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLANS APPROVED ON JUNE 22, 1993: SUBJECT: UTILITY PERMIT AVAILABILITY /REQUIREMENTS Computer City Supercenter 404 Strander Boulevard Project No. P92 -0146 Activity No. PW93 -0133 Contact Person: Howard Turner Telephone No.: (206) 365 -7431 JP /cd Attachments a/s Permit fee Land Altering $ 66.00 Two copies of the confirmed Utility Permit Application Form and approved plans are attached for inclusion in the permit files. cf: City Utilities Inspector (w /copy of plan /application) Development file (w /copy of plan /application) John W. Rants, Mayor od.d25.compolt3.upe 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 433-0179 0 Fax (206) 4313665 C 1. PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY ACTIVITY RELATED TO CHANNELIZATION AND STRIPING, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR PUBLIC WORKS APPROVAL: A. CONTRACT SPECIAL PROVISIONS, TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN AND TIME SCHEDULE FOR U.D.L. WORK. B. FINAL CHANNELIZATION /STRIPING /SIGNING PLAN. 2. OPEN CUTS ON BOTH STREETS WILL BE PERMITTED. IF OPEN CUTS ARE NECESSARY, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE CITY UTILITIES INSPECTOR IN ADVANCE SO THAT ADDITIONAL 2" CONDUIT, FURNISHED BY THE CITY, CAN BE PLACED IN THE TRENCH PRIOR TO BACKFILLING. 3. SIGNED COMMON ACCESS, SIDEWALK AND UTILITY EASEMENTS SHALL BE PROVIDED PRIOR TO CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY. 4. WHENEVER LANE CLOSURES ARE NECESSARY, A TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN AND TIME SCHEDULE SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR PRIOR APPROVAL. 5. FOR THE BUILDING SPRINKLER SYSTEM, A PLAN SHOWING THE DOUBLE DETECTOR CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY AND LOCATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY SHALL BE DOH APPROVED. 6. IMPLEMENT TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL MEASURES AS NECESSARY TO PREVENT SEDIMENT TRANSPORT OFF -SITE OR INTO STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM. 7. LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION PLAN SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL AS SOON AS AVAILABLE AND PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY RELATED WORK. DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY SHALL BE DOH APPROVED. 8.. DEVELOPER SHALL VERIFY THAT ALL DRAINAGE FROM PAVED AREAS IS PROCESSED THROUGH OIL /WATER SEPARATION PRIOR. TO CONVEYANCE INTO PUBLIC STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM. 9, THE'DEDUCT WATER METER SHALL MEASURE IN CUBIC FEET.. APPROVED PER PUBLIC WORKS LETTER DATED Stull. bTOerO Le ( . Kph; rtv4 1 44 16 0_ . Pc; mrt vrr.cc`eto MSH oo¢ tt&JA1ter: of oJpcC4 -*r pun e 61 Co 14sf. • $TM{. 0..1 M`egswcts'( Do Nor e' =1N hill v 5 rraui el a' LocATloo at- 'TtS4 1 r Sots. b ?o4VOlLE f . LO' p•111•iN1 -t HGt6IA'( • Oa PIUt L' F.1.AS14 tt oo ¢ dt4 AT 1 err" Of p4044 c E4-*T Ib n L,Q Cy 61 Co F?'`F. • 4/Al o,.-1 tw *14 r.er Gtfx��i �tx CNL no Ai" 8.04T ox CvA4 ,A 66, • •••:" CEIVE JUN 1.01993 ;1'UKWILA PUBLIC WORKS' 5c1� f j 4 �►olh3 City of Tukwila Department o f Public Works MEMORANDUM NOTIFICATION OF UTILITY PERMIT ACTION TO: PERMIT CENTER FROM: PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING DIVISION DATE: DECEMBER 7, 1992 SUBJECT: UTILITY PERMIT AVAILABILITY/REQUIREMENTS Computer City (Pre-loading Only) 404 Strander Boulevard Project No. P92-0146 Contact Person: Howard Turner Telephone No.: (206) 523-7489 Permit Fee Land Altering $ 66.00 Hauling 25.00 TOTAL $ 91.00 cf: City Utilities Inspector (w/copy of plans/application) Development file. (w/copy of plans/application) John W Rants, Mayor Ross A. Earnst, P. E., Director THE FOLLOWING PUBLIC WORKS PERMITS HAVE BEEN APPROVED ACCORDING TO THE SITE PLAN APPROVED ON DECEMBER 7, 1992: A , bond or cashier's check for $2, 000.00 and a copy of the route map are still required prior to issuance of the haul permit. Two copies of the confirmed Utility Permit Application Form and approved site plan have been inserted into the permit file. JP/cd attachments: a/s CD.D18.COMPCITY.UPA 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone.- (206) 433.0179 • Fax (206) 431-3665 I NF;CS, {VIA, I City of Tut( rira Applic ,n # ' o ( .I L01 Central Permit System — &rtglneerlri Division /oh/ 9a , �.9li� PRa/ . 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 ,o,,,/ y .- aria 2.4 one: ( 433 -0179 ,fa a P•u " ,n_7P. vrs Ph D0o7 7%'.' ' !°M/ 98 — eV /8 UTILITY PERMIT APPLICATION Site Address: L17z-) rcvn Y 13 x Name of Pro act: ' (tlr164.. Cl �✓t.69 N�. Property Owner: tbd9a ,VSiL • Street Address: '227 . Q V6L-. (INV.., Engineer: 0fl\A : WAX. Street Address• 41 z ( t && . Contractor: Street Address: King Cty Assessor Acct #: •f>f 8 Channelizatlon /Striping /Signing UES'TEDr tD Curb Cut/Access /Sidewalk pa Fire Loop /Hydr. (main to vault) -. No.: Sizes: ❑ Flood Zone Control ' Zo... • �. Hauling (PRa' /oosa iZ1 Land Altering , a(2. . cubic yards • Landscape Irrigation ❑ Moving an Oversized Load Est. start/end times: Date: i )? Sanitary Side Sewer — No.: / — 6 w W g EI,•r * Name: REF,UNb/$ILLiNG21 Street Address: ;.WON ERT 4- #41:, Name: :�SERV�ICE ;tom :>a�:a 8 1 LL1T? i;: Street Address: �biSCI�Ii? : 'CJQt1, ❑ Water ❑ Sewer ❑ Metro ❑ Mullipie- Family Dwelling ❑ Hotel No. of Units: ❑ Motel CommerciaVlndustrial ❑ Office Retail y 1 T NAT'I Applicant /Authorized Agent Sigpal1.1C,8' Print Name: ��e �81}`L� Date:: \) q^?.- Phone: 52� /4 bl Date Application Accepted: Contractor's License #: ❑ Standb ❑ Single - Family Residential ❑ Duplex ❑ Triplex ❑ Warehouse ❑ Manufacturing ' • "': o Pti 8 fVO. . cr . ❑ Apartments ❑ Condominiums Exp. Date: ❑ Sewer Main Extension 0 Private ❑ Public Storm Drainage . ❑ Street Use • A. Water Main Extension pPrivate ❑ Public 14 Water Meter/ Exempt:— No.: Sizes :__1 Deduct 23 . Water Only ❑ ❑ Water Meter / Permanent — No • Sizes• ❑ Water Meter / Temporary: — No.: _ Sizes• Estimated quantity: Schedule: 181 Other: wiv /`IETEe i" TURA/ ❑ Church ❑ Hos•ital Date Application Expires: Phone No.: Clt /State /Zip: Phone No.: d- eity/State/Zip: Phone No.: City /State /Zip: City /State /Zip: Phone No.: City /State /Zip: ❑ O ❑ Other: 'L3.t.sL iJtl� q $oq ❑ School /College /University ._ �.< �.. .:�w��:•,. New Building 1 MIS.0 4CIAt�EOUS <: ❑ g - RemodeV Square footage of original building space: 2,$ 1771 N drthaT:It?1Js '<- Square Addition Footage: 3 X70 f Square footage of additional building space: 24 ,1ot' e sz King County Assessor's valuation of existing structures: $ Valuation of work to be done: 353: :SA1NE:,�• '� "'7�iTHlS "4 Contact Person fprint name): `D Address: 11S 1. - _ Phone: 7041 CORRECT. n4/22 /02. _At ' zu KWILA PUBLIC WORKS( PRELOAD SITE PLAN SCALE: 1 "= 2p' -0' NOTE: SEE LAND TITLE SURVEY FOR PROPERTY LINE APPROVED PER PUBLIC WORKS LETTER DATED .414/1 'LITER CITY RCE\TER JG AREA: 28,771 SF own wo on. SOIL TEST PIT #1 eQQ cutA ' tb EXISTING TRANFORMER 764 os PROPOSED BUILDING ---\\.... 143' T. SOL TEST PIT #2 1 I. 1 11 1 6' HIGH PRELOAD • I 4 --1 SOL TEST PIT #3 — 'I - - -J (, N :'PRO c,T :iNFO}I3MATiON' Name of Project: CpM(i1/45 C.n`( Gacc9 Property Owner: tbdb Ltt, • Street Address: 9.A.7 4wOoVS (7 jQ . I irn•ineer: DPv►0 : Phone No.: 4- , 7 Street Address: 4 i - 11 I V _ Contractor: Street Address: King Cty Assessor Acct #: W TE N ETP31 ;1 :. Name: • EE:QSATIVri.30VA YREF.UND /'B1ELiNG g Street Address: =.M414T1-1.4N ;; ;spy Name: (SERVICE,,... ��J A v ,„”. tstfltiINGSwTT . , 4eir. Street Address: ❑ Water ❑ Sewer bESCFIIF?jorNr.Or. I? ❑ Multiple - Family Dwelling ❑ Hotel No. of Units: ❑ Motel g CommercialIndustrial 1 HEf J ,Y ;CERTi '.}' TI Applicant /Authorized Agent Sigo;�1l. w Print Name: Date: } l� q� Phone: ;23 74 QTR City of TuJ ; ira ap>�i ; )n # Eta - 01 L i lr� Central Permit System - Engineering Division /vs�zz -4.349 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 ,91,. 9az - avo 4.4_ Phone: (206) 433 -0179 UTILITY PERMIT APPLICATION Contractor's License #: Channelizatton /Striping /Signing Curb Cut/Access/Sidewalk Fire Loop /Hydr. (main to vautt) - No.; Flood Zone Control Hauling Land Altering ..024.<2_. cubic yards D Landscape irrigation O Moving an Oversized Load Est. start/end times: Date: t Sanitary Side Sewer - No.: ❑ Duplex ❑ Triplex ❑ Warehouse ❑ Manufacturing 'LlC4TION';4, Phone No.: Cit /State/Zip: City /State /Zip:t1,. t,1,e Phone No.: City /State /Zip: Exp. Date: q Dc D Sewer Main Extension ❑ Private ❑ Public Storm Drainage ❑ Street Use Water Main Extension gsPrivate ❑ Public ❑ Water Meter/ Exempt:- No.: Sizes' Deduct 0 Water Only ❑ r , S44 0 Water Meter / Permanent-No • Sizes: 1 O Water Meter / Temporary: - No.: ____ Sizes• Estimated quantity' Schedule D Other: Sizes: Phone No.: City /State /Zip: Phone No.: City /State/Zip: ❑ Metro ❑ Standb ❑ Single- Family Residential ❑ Apartments ❑ Condominiums ❑ Church ❑ Hos• Rat ❑ Other: ❑ Office Retail . 1 0 New Building NMIS.CELLIAt� QUS ; Remodel/ Square footage of original building space: / 771 , ;. <A:..:< Square 1Nrr:O1 MATl01�l:sa. Addition Square footage of additional building space: Gala 8 .�:;z:s; ,,: "i.:,;.,;•';r. �<;' Footage; Q g 9 p : 2', King County Assessor's valuation of existing structures: $ "Lae 090 Valuation of work to be done: $ leo Contact Person ,Sprint name): Address: ZIIS ❑ School /College /University ❑ Other: E.RE AQ<', Phone: :;',05"01 T Date Application Accepted: I I I _ C' Date Application Expires: 04/22/02 28,771 SF ) 24,668 x ' TUKWiLA PUBLIC WORKS( PRELOAD SITE PLAN SCALE: 1 "= 20' -p" NOTE: SEE LAND TITLE SURVEY FOR PROPERTY LINE APPROVED PER PUBLIC WORKS LETTER DATED AWIP.z,11 CUTER CITY RCENTER JG AREA: ZOO G .o∎ cr SOIL TEST PIT # t EXISTING • TRAt ORMER PROPOSED BUlLDING 143' %PIM ( 'I 1\66C, yr 1 L SOL TEST PIT #2 6' HIGH PRELOAD 2/,J , 1 3 — �c = ac -- �a I sue+.i ! ..c- a+d I .. •.• rt). Ii 11 A SOL TEST PIT #3 MP Ow= --4 - - f - J N I 1 l ft II 1 1 " — I JI ►- 11 ► n r 11 I; II 11 11 11 11 I 11 1 I 11 1 City of Tukwila Department of Public Works MEMORANDUM NOTIFICATION OF UTILITY PERMIT ACTION TO: PERMIT CENTER FROM: PUBLIC WORKS. ENGINEERING DIVISION DATE: MAY 21, 1993 SUBJECT: UTILITY PERMIT AVAILABILITY /REQUIREMENTS Computer City Supercenter 404 Strander Boulevard Project No. P92 -0146 Activity No. PW93 -0086 Contact Person: Howard Turner Telephone No.: (206) 523 -7489 Permit fee Water Meter (Permanent, 1 ", Abandonment) $ 25.00 cf: Finance Department (w /copy of application) City Utilities Inspector (w /copy of plan /application) Development file (w /copy of plan /application) John W. Rants, Mayor Ross A. Eamst, P. E., Director THE FOLLOWING PUBLIC WORKS PERMIT IS AVAILABLE FOR ISSUANCE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLANS APPROVED ON MAY 21, 1993 Two copies of the confirmed Utility Permit Application Form and approved plans are attached for inclusion in the permit files. JP /cd Attachments a/s ,cd.d25.campc1t2.upa 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 4110179 • Fax (206) 431-3665 Applicant/Authorizes ( Contact Person _(print name): Address: _Agent Sig . r-: ' ;ft • --r Print Name: e = - - 1i...(10.45(1- (-)t) Date: 4 / D R Phone: 6Z3 – 74 1 69 Phone: Date Application Accepted:41 , 1 i 3 Date Application Expires: P.R OJ.ECT'`< INF ©RMATIO Property Owner: Street Address: Engineer: Street Address: Contractor: Street Address: King Cty Assessor Acct #: ERMI'.._... EQU E :x57.2,./93 WATER >':METEI !:REFUND /BILLI SER,V.ICE` BILLINGStO No. of Units: TUKWILA Site Address. Oct. S��I�,,.s � z fN:: Name of Project: c0m ?(5r0.. C) iVl A%-001 A., P, -r pl,u‘ t7 r✓i1►9, 4 AsDoc:e"). 4 - I t an PA OArtiA041,3 : j . O -1 A760 City of Tub" lila afir gta t B e m — Eneering on lvd., Suite #100, Tu WA 98188 "4 0 APR 3 01993 UTILITY PERMIT APPLICATION D Channelization /Striping /Signing D Curb Cut/Access /Sidewalk D Fire Loop /Hydr. (main to vault) – No.: Sizes: D Flood Zone Control ❑ Hauling O Land Altering cubic yards D Landscape Irrigation D Moving an Oversized Load Est. start/end times' Date: D Sanitary Side Sewer – No.: Name: Street Address: Name: Street Address: ❑ Water DESCRiPTION'OF PROJECT: ❑ Multiple - Family Dwelling ❑ Hotel ❑ Commercial/lndustrial ❑ Sewer ❑ Metro ❑ Motel ❑ Office ❑ Retail Contractor's License #: ❑ Standby ❑ Single - Family Residential ❑ Apartments ❑ Condominiums ❑ Church ❑ Hospital ❑ Duplex ❑ Triplex ❑ Warehouse ❑ Manufacturing Apple "on # `"�/ Phone: (206) 433 -0179 • 6�cc�rc�se Phone No.: City /State/Zip: Phone No.: 455 351 City /State/Zip: else't -6 (,tom, Phone No.: 4 - City /State /Zip: Exp. Date: D Sewer Main Extension ❑ Private ❑ Storm Drainage D Street Use ❑ Water Main Extension ❑Private ❑ Public D Water Meter / Exempt: – No.: — Sizes' Deduct ❑ Water Only ❑ . ❑ Water Meter / Permanent – No • _Sizes' ❑ Water Meter / Temporary: – No.: Sizes Estimated quantity: Schedule: 14 Other: 1 " ti- 49•RSe. 0A T Phone No.: City /State /Zip: Phone No.: City /State/Zip: ❑ Other: ❑ School /College /University ❑ Other: ..: : :.: . ..:.. . MISCELLANEOUS; ❑ New Building ❑ Remodel/ Square footage of original building space: .INF.ORMATION<`::'< Square Addition Footage: Square footage of additional building space: King County Assessor's valuation of existing structures: $ Valuation of work to be done: $ 1 HEREBY. HA T •1 HAVE READ THIS APPLICAT1ON. KNOW THE.`.$ ❑ Public UE AND :.CORRECT 04/22/92 2" o' 66 N u�ir --- -t- - l 02 �. o ONO /CAP RAMP ACC /ARD } 8 C./. X /5T. WrR. MTR. c' 5 e•X /5T. W7'R. '5HIT-oPF R ED, V ,DRIVEWA w/ //VSTALL 90 OOWN 2C-TE AP/ZON TURN EL1301A/ . tip -"re. L C© . 9;€ DING A \D RELOCATE PY SEPARATE PLAN /'T. / "WATER kfETER TD /ZPMA/' I WINEW 11212ICATION DEDLZ7' METER AND DOL1f3LE Ck CK UAL. UE A%Y. SEPARATE DEOLICT --Pel 1T /ZED Fg4914 -C4X O TUKGUlG.14— - At3ANL70N EX /ST. PI/ze LocAre 00ME5Tlc a / vice IN 9A14e T /EvCH 11 RELOCATE EX /7. METRO 5613 070P 5 / / V . APPROVED PER PUBLIC WORKS LETTER DATED UT1btTY? T. - S.0 PL Address: 404 STRANDER BL Tenant: COMPUTER CITY SUPERCENTER Status: ISSUED Type: B -BUILD Applied: 11/18/1992 Parcel #:' 022320 -0020 Issued: 01/25/1993 * * * * *** * * * * *k *** * * * * * * ** k** *•k *•k *•k * * * *•k * * * *•k ***•k k* ****** * * ** k k * *•k k* k k* k Permit Conditions. 1. ALL BOARD OF ARCHITECTU,, AL fREU.IE I ,DESI;GN. APQROVAL CONDITIONS AND APPLICANT ASSERTIONS ` SHALL" BE SATISFIED PER ,., L92 -0048. ALL NOTATIONS FROM, 000 tI ING, SHALL BE- REVIEIWED^�ANti INCORPORAT ED BY THE ARCHITECT' AS P (SEE UMETSU LT4R: . 2 1. SIGNED COMMON % °ACCE,SS i SI CAF DEWALI A D ,UTIL' TY EASEMENTS SHALL . BE {PROVIDED PRIOR TO CERTIFICATE Idegg,PANC�Y . M 2. PLAN S WTNG. ' DETEG.TOR" CHECK ° VALVE ASSEMBLY SHALL d � �� APPROVAL PIOR TO INS r , sat a; ti� C '�' '� VALVE'" BE 5U� t /TIED FOR TALLATION » HEC �; SSEMBLY `SHALL" BE DOH PP 'OVED. ''''" 3. IMP' TEMPORARY E OSI,UN CONTROL MEASURES `£wA5' - , ' NECESSARY { � TO �,. TRA EVEN,T SEDIMENT OSPORT OF -SITE OR INTO, S`T`ORM; ^% 'S ,'k, D AI.f4AGEj'SYSTEM. . , k, 4. OWNER ALSO NEEDS TO. SIGN N0 WATER AGREEMENT'` PRIOR" �0 CERTI � =I >TE OF OCCUPANCY : :', r . , ./ ,,,;,,_�' 3. No hj' ng'es aw'1 11' be ma ^ de to tPta'p l ans, u'n "1:es,s approved,4vbyy Arc'h�l •ect eob and ,t he -Tukwi.la'Eu� °ld hon. r� ,, 4 P l 'nib i n g p e m i;t,� s:h a 1 1 -b e' \o b t;a i n'ed trh r .g t live S e a t t 1 e,: `' __ -- Cog De�p.ertmer t of Pu a°l�•i c � `Mea l t h ' , , ' 'u mb ei n'g w i l l bey ins kcted�� that �agen_cy, i�iY c��,tudinj 1 gas spipin z '' , (29i 72. t ) 1F ''! ''L- ;�' / a },` �, ,,1„- g a .t ; t F:9Fnic� rti ,. % " � . � . t `.tiv, ?. � , � w .-. ti ,t. .xv 5. Ele , �—foal emit sha�ll b` ta lh a , h.ro0:' h..lwhe Washington . "" �we dust,. v Sta DV sfoci Hof Labor and Inr1eq''a (Lein, .elect�ric 1 r work 11 be'' inspected by that a cyYc(24 -665 4 ; ,=•'`' All �e ha . a1 w'or i k shall be uncle' separate pef )it through the i of Tukwila. ' All p its, i n spoct i on retards, n apppraved`� i`n l,s shall maintai 0 avae. labl at the Job site „ iirlor ,tai he st rt of any ct1`�� a y co ti n �� 0�.: � Th*,e docume its are to beo iajn( ned availab1e'}pti1 , ,nal i ncppction approval, 4s gran , 8: When specs winspe'c % tion is 'equ..i;fi•ed,e�i >t'her the owner architect o gineer shall notify the Tukwila Builcgr Division of ap oi.ntment of the "h p 't`�lon agencie �p jor to the first build4;ng" inspectio: . �.rv,CCop ins es °of all s _+ o4,0l inspection on re ores' j, be ubrn 1 tt d ; y�to th Ytr r p P p , e,.: �i i. 'f d n g Division in a timely m, E rna^ *1: Re.p„or ,.s_ha'��� eon'tain address, project name, permit nuniber� nd: " ytt :inspection being performed. . .."�",." - 9. The special inspector shall submit a final signed report stating whether the work requiring special inspection was, to the best of the inspectors knowledge, in conformance with approved plans and specifications and the applicable work. manship provisions of the UBC. 10. All structural concrete shall be special inspected (Sec. 306 (a) 1, UBC). All structural welding shall be done by.W.A.B.O. certified welder and special inspected (Sec. 306 (a) 5 UBC). Readily accessible access to roof mounted equipment is required.` 13, Any exposed insulations backing material shall have a Flame Spread Rating of 25 or less, and material shall bear identi- fication showing the fire performance rating thereof. CITY OF TUKWILA Permit No: B92 -0410 retardant class of roof will be required prior to final inspection (see at( ched procedure) . 15. Notify the City of\1ukwila Building Division .ior to placing any concrete. This procedure is in addition to any requirements for special inspection. 16. All structural masonry shall be special inspected per UBC. Sec. 306 (a) 7. 17. All rack storage requires a separate permit through the City of Tukwila. Structural calculations stamped by a Washington State 1icensed.Structural Engineer are required for rack storage over eight (8) feet in height. 18. All construction to be done in conformance with approved . plans and requirements of the Uniform Building Code (1991 Edition) as amended by the,°:Was.hing - S t ; t ,e Building Code, . Uniform Meehan ica'i o:do,,: Edi . ;1 1 ° "°E'd"i"ti`o`n) , = -an :; Wa-shington State Energy Code (1991 Sec,�oind tion) 41 , 19. There shall be ,n oCcup.a cy of'the b ri ldin (s) ` " unt 1,� the final inspecp16tvhas eB,n canp1et, sd b kwi1a~' B�tij Inspector. ' ' � , , ' tAS� ' Y, 1 ��: �.,., „ � tmn �'r '` ti 4 �+.w t�7 A,;r H 20. A CERTIFI OF OCCUPANCY WILL segREQUIR rF(R I R't1 S PE T. 21. :Va1 idi ty fc� Pe�rm�. t: 'Thee` #ssu nce of a p e A r'n1.1 t or a prov'rkp plans, cifi�'cat ton s�;hand cam i.t sha1 not' b don - ` strued be a perml:t for , j\or a approval of, a'ny v`ior atio. 'of an , �}f he provi s i ons., \o,.t i i s code` or of any Other': ordin e P the 0 Juris *tio4 N permit presuming too ,g;i've autho ty r� .v i op ate o,r cance kt"hie.. „provisions of th.i s vc.od.e. s "tr h a , 4 i e v a d . .. �4�, a� ;:, .� . Fire Department Review Control #B92 -0410 Dear Sir: City of Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 December 2, 1992 Re: Computer City Super Center - 404 Strander Blvd. John W. Rants, Mayor The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by The Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 1. The total number of fire extinguishers required for your establishment is calculated at one extinguisher for. each 3000 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 10B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75'. or less. (NFPA 10, 3 -1.1) Extinguishers shall be installed on the hangers or in the brackets supplied, mounted in cabinets, or set on shelves (NFPA 10, 1 -6.9), and shall be installed so that the top of the extinguisher is not more than 5 feet above the floor. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.9) Extinguishers shall be located so as to be in plain view (if at all possible), or if not in plain view, they shall be identified with a sign stating, "Fire Extinguisher ", with an arrow pointing to the unit. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.3) (UFC 10.505A) Maintain fire extinguisher coverage throughout. 2. Exit doors shall be openable from the inside without the use of a key or any special knowledge or effort. Exit . doors shall not be locked, chained, bolted, barred, latched or otherwise rendered unusable. All locking devices shall be of an approved type. (UFC 12.106(c)) Exit doors shall swing in the direction of exit travel . when serving any hazardous area or when serving an City of Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 Page number John W. Rants, Mayor occupant load of 50 or more. (UBC 3304(b)) Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the Uniform Fire Code. (UFC 12.106- 12.111) When two or more exits from a story are required, exit signs shall be installed at the required exits and where otherwise necessary to clearly indicate the direction of egress. (UBC 3314(A)) Exits shall be illuminated any time the building is occupied with light having an intensity of not less than 1 foot candle at floor level. Fixtures required for exit illumination shall be supplied from separate sources of power for Group I, Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 occupancies and for all other occupancies where the exiting system serves an occupant load of 100 or more. (UBC 3313 (a)(b)) Exits serving more than 50 occupants shall be provided with illuminated exit signs. (UFC 12.111(d), UBC 3314(c)) 3. All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 25 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers, Kemper or any other representative designated and /or recognized by The City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #1528) All sprinkler system plans, calculations and the contractors Materials and Test Certificates submitted to The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau must be stamped with the appropriate level of competency seal. (WAC 212 -80) 1 S® City of Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 Page number 3 John W. Rants, Mayor Sprinkler protection shall be extended to all areas where required, including all enclosed areas, below obstructions and under overhangs greater than four feet wide. (NFPA 13- 4 -1.1, 4- 4.1.7.1.1, 4- 4.1.7.5, 4- 4.1.7.6.1) (canopy) Provide hose stations per City Ordinance #1528. All new underground piping shall be hydrostatically tested. Test pressure shall be not less than 200 psi for 2 hours. The amount of leakage at the joints shall not exceed 2 quarts per hour per 100 gaskets or joints. (NFPA 24-8- 9.3.1, 24-8- 9.3.2) All valves controlling the water supply for automatic sprinkler systems and waterflow switches on all sprinkler systems shall be electrically supervised. (UFC 10.508) Protective guard posts or curbs are required around all gas meters, electrical transformers, sprinkler valves and hydrants. Posts and curbs are to be painted yellow. (City. Ordinance #1567) (UFC 11.403) (gas meters, relocated fire hydrant) Document adequate fire flow for this project. Local U.L. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #1528) 4. Plan sheet SP -11 indicates a fire alarm system will be installed in this building. The proposed layout on this sheet is not acceptable. if a fire alarm system is to be installed: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing, systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #1528) (UFC 10.503) City of Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 Page number When the control panel is located inside a room, the outside of the panel shall have a sign with one -inch lettes which reads "Fire Alarm" or "Fire Alarm Control ". (City Ordinance #1528) Local U.L. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #1528) 5. Key box - When access to or within a structure or an area is unduly difficult because of secured openings or where immediate access is necessary for life - saving or fire - fighting purposes, the Chief, may require a key box to be installed in an accessible location. The key box shall be a type approved by the Chief and shall contain keys to gain necessary access as required by the Chief. (UFC 10.302) John W. Rants, Mayor Remote alarm and trouble annunciation indication is required if the control panel is not visible from the main entrance. (City Ordinance #1528) (UFC 10.501(a)) 6. H.V.A.C. units rated at 2,000 cfm require auto - shutdown devices. These devices shall be separately zoned in the alarm panel and local U.L. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #1528) 7. All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of The National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) Each circuit breaker shall be legibly marked to indicate it's purpose. (NEC 110 -22) Provide a sufficient number of electrical outlets to avoid extensive use of extension cords. 8, "NO SMOKING" areas shall be designated in warehouses, stores, industrial plants, institutions, schools, places of assembly or where combustible materials are stored or Page number 5 nod City of Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 John W. Rants, Mayor hazard. Please post the following area(s) with no smoking signs with lettering, size, and location to be clearly visible from adjacent areas (UFC 13.101): (Main entrance, conspicuously throughout sales area, storerooms) 9. Your street address must be conspicuously posted on the building and shall be plainly visible and legible from the street. Numbers shall contrast with their background. (UFC 10.301(a)) 10. "FIRE LANE - NO PARKING" areas were declared at your complex because of less than minimum clearances for fire department vehicle access. These areas are in need of re- signing or repainting per City Ordinance #1548 and Uniform Fire Code Section 10.206 as amended. (west fire lane- between buildings, in front of main entrance, east wall, Strander and Andover Park East entrance, and curbs in parking area) 11. Fire hydrants shall conform to American Water Works Association specifications C- 502 -54; it shall be compression type, equipped with two 2 1/2" N.S.T. hose ports and one 5" Storz pumper discharge port, and shall have a 1 1/4" Pentagon open -lift operating nut. (relocated hydrant on Andover Park East) Y urs truly, The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau cc: T.F.D. file ** * * * * * * * * *** *k****kh** *,kk* c*i'***k•k*k***k * **** *k** ** *A•kk,lkkkk•k CITY OF TUKWILA, .,WA TRANSMIT **k k***********kk* *k llr7h• k*** 7fr**** kk ** * **** *kkk, **** *** ***** ******k TRANSMIT Number: 93000090 Amount: 1,425.32 01/25/93 09:35 Permit NOA 1192-041Q Type: B- BUILD BUII-DZNG PERMIT Parcel Ala: 022320 Site 'Address: 404 STRANOER BL Payment Method: C.HFGK Natation:: HOWARD TURNER Initc SAO ****•********** k************ * * * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * * * * ** * .:. Account Code Description Paid 000/3.22.100 BUILDING •- N0NRES 1,420.82 000/3(16.301 STATE UU1LDIN3: SURCHARGE 4.50 'total. (This Payment); 1,425.22. Total Fees: All Payrehts: Balance: 4 k**, kk*, k, k******** *********k ***** k* *** * **kk *k* *** *** *** * ** ****k * ** ;ITV OF TUKWILA, WA TRANSMIT F** *k * * * *kk * ** *** * *•k* * ** * ** * *k ***** * * * *** * * **** *A** ** *** * *k*'h ** TRANSMIT Number: "' 3000095 Amount: 6t.00 01/25/93 13 :04 Permit No. PW92 -0310 Type: PW--LA L(AN!) ALTERING PERMIT Parcel No: 022320 -0020 Site Address: 404 STRANDER8L Location: ON EAST " SIDE OF EXISTING BUILDING Payment : Method: CHECK Natation: HOWARD TURNER :twit: SAO k*** * * * * * ** * ***** *** * * * ** ** *** ** ** X14 ** ** *** * ** ** *** * * **** ** * ** *fin* Account` Code Description Paid 000/3 BUILDING _ N0NREEi 43.50 000/345.830 PLAN CHECK NONRES 22.50 'Total (This Payment) s 66.00 66.00 66.00 .00 GENERA.. GENERA GENERA GENERA GENERA GENERA GENERA GENERA GENERA GENERA GENERA GENERA GENERA GENERA GENERA GENERA GENERA 1:► as CO ix c=g ' n ozz! is n 8=1, 43.50 22.50 10.00 15.00 25.00 10.00 15.00 10.00 15.00 20.00 150.00 10.00 15.00.. 75.00 22.50 10.00 15.00 * ** khk* ** *******k k ***k**k******** ***k ****** CITY OF TUKWILA, WA TRANSMIT ******************* k************** ******k****** ** ******* * ******* TRANSMIT Number: 93000094 Amount: 25.00,01/25/93 13 «02 Permit.? PW92 -0309 'type: PW-HAUL HAULING Parcel el Not 022320-0020 Site ',Address: 404 STRAN0ER' SL Location :: an EAST SIDE OF :EXISTING 'WILDING Payment Method: CHECK Notation HOWARD TURNCR Imitn .9At9 ,. * * *** *k * ** * * ** * **** **S * * *• her******* * * * **** * * * * * * ** * * * * * * * *•k ** ** * Account Code Description P a i d 000/345.630 PLAN CHECK - UTILITY 1 0.00/342.400 INSP FEE - UTILITY 15.00 Total (This Payment): 25.00 Total Fees: 25.00 All Payments; 25.00 Balance: .00 CITY OF :TUKWILA, WA TRANSMIT *******kicicir#4***********A 4cir:k4e****)r**********************#******* TRANSMIT Number; 93000088 ;Amount : 25.00 01/25/93 0926 Permit No PW.93-0018 Type: PW-WM WATER METER PERMM Parcel No: 022320-0020 Site Addresa: 404 STR ANDER 13L Location: NEAR SE CORNER OF PROPERTY Payment Method: CHECK Notation: HOWARD TURNER Init: DLM *:*****************.k******************************************** Account. code : Descr pt fon Paid 401/343.405 WATER TURN-ON FEE Total (This Payment): 25.00 • , Total Feea: 25.00 Total All Payments: 25.00 Dal ance: .00 25.00 +',;'. " 7 1 ,.. ��' .}77(.r. 4 i••1 pf irr -rm .. *** k**********.**** k******** * * * * * * *** * ** * * * * *k * * * * *. * * * ** CITY OF 1UKW;ILA., WA TRANSMIT *•**** k*****.****************.***** k ** *k * * *k* * * *k* * * *k * * *** ** * *h *•k TRANSMIT Number: 93000087 Amaunt: , 25.00 01/25/:x3.09 :25 Permit No :..PW93• -0016 Type: PW -WME WATER MAIN EXTENSION PEtr,cel No . 022320 -0020 Site Address: 404 S,TRANDER .BL Location SW CORNER OF PROPLRTY Payment Method: CHECK-.Notation: HOWARD TURNER Init: D.LM ** * ** * * fl ** *fir*• */r *i' * * *** * ** * * *k * * *•A * * * * **•k* * *•k** *fir ** *** * *tk. * *** Account Code 000/3 401/342.400 Total Fees: Total All Payments: Balances Description PLAN CHECK -:UTILITY INSP F.EE .- FLH /LI /WMI: Total (This payment) 25'.00 25.00 .00 Paid 10.00 15.00 25.00 ************A**************it******A*11**************A******A***** CITY OF. TUKWILA, WA TRANSMIT ****1l*************A*********************************A*********** TRANSMIT Number: 93000086 Amount: 25.00 01/25/93 09:24 Permit No: PW93-0015 Type: PW-SD STORM DRAINAGE Parcel No: 022320-0020 Site Address: 404 STRANDER BL Payment Method: CHECK NotaHon: HOWARD TURNER Init: DLM *A*******************************************A***************** / Account Code Description Paid 000/345.830 PLAN CHECK - UTILITY 10.00 412/342.400 INSP FEE - STORM DRAIN 15.00 Total (This Payment): 25.00 Total Fees Total All Payment: agtlance; 25.00 25.00 .00 *****************************************************4,**** CITY, OF TUKWILA, WA :TRANSMIT TRANSMITNumber:: :Arlount; 170.00 01/25/93 09:29 TW93-0014: Type: PW. SANITARY prDE SEWER Parcel No. 022420=-0020 SitaAddressi STRANDER, Bt. .ocitiOnENTER$ BUILDINVAT NW CORNER TOment,.letho44.:CMECK N4,tationi HOWARD -TURNER Xnit: DLM Attentnt. Cade ' - .Desdriction - Paid „:.402/342.400 INSP FEE - SME/SSS 20.00 • ...402/3,8102 SEWERAOOK7UP 15,0.00 Total (This Payment): 170 fatal fees': Total All Payments; Balance: 170.00 170.00 .00 ,\60 e,42 #1( ********t*****************4(**************:********************** CITY OF TOKNILA, NA • • • TRANSMIT TRANSMULNamker..: 930000$ mount: 2Q0 01125/93A023 Type LANDSCAPE ,IROISATION TOI^Oe1 .Apl:,.022220,•- Site Addres: 404 S1RAIDLR UL - • H L6cationt ALONOY STRANOERAOULEVARO' H. Tayse,rit HOWARDITURKR'. InitrOLM'. **.**t*#*i!of*441.4*k4i****4(****44,1A*********1‘***********4*** -::Ap'Ooktnt•O040 OastrA - " Paid 00o/34s.Aa0 PLAN CHECK 10.40 401/342 400 INSP FE F1171/q/KME 15..00 Total (This Paymant): 25.00 • Total F,est. Total ATI Payment's; lialanca: 25.00 25.00 .00 • 4 \e‘ 1 7 ")(''` k.**,k.*ioi***.lt**..iq,*•***********11!**.*:k***********k*if*.*******.********* , • . ••• • • . TRN3M]T : TRANSMIT Number 9IO0O084 AmoLIlt 97O O1/2/3 0.23 ••.•PW93..-0012... Ty pe,r.:.PWLA..-- • •-• - : . • '-..•,••• Payment Method CHECK 'I.' • Naftet ion HOWARD: 44;‘ #,;*4fr4i **.**A.• • .• • • .• • - 22 .50 Accomnt ,Code- .: Description 60.0/S22 BUILDING - 'NONRES 000/345.8G0 ' PLAN CHECK - NONRE9 Total • (This Paymant): • , Total Fees; 97.50 Total A1 PaWnen'ts; 0.50 Pal enCe : .00 414.k**14ifir**44'Oc4citielicli'lkiric4r***..4**.**.*******:k44*4eleirir*:Itk4******:k**itA. • ' C11V OE TU<W1L, WA '• • • .:•• • TRANSMIT- • 4/14;10, A* or.*:0,4i**40,*4f4c4i** * *44i ,‘•,* or.* ;40,:tt-if** TRN$MIT NumberN 43000083 Amourt. 25.,00 01/2/93 09:22 ••"• E,..1...00P/...HYDR AN I_ Parcel No: 022320-0020 • i• • : • '461 :,ST RIThOCP BL •-• •••• • 1:.0 CAT I ON, our ,' Pia) PGISE0•2, DR I,V.ENAY OH STRM Payment2ftetho4: • .d.NEGK Nota,or: H0WRD TUR 4,4.* 4,4f **44**•:* 1ccount Code ,HDescriptipn. • • :PLAN : PHECK. : — UTILITY 00 F L,H • • Total (Th .:Payment): :••• .25 . Total Fees: 25.00 Total All Payments: 25.00 Balance: .00 4 •0 6 VA' 1 1 \ \11 1,477 *********.h****!1.************h****************************kft***.** CITY. OF TUKWILFi WA , TRANSMIT **************************************************************** TRANSMIT -Numberi 930000E12' Amount: 25.00 01125/93 OS:20 • permit No: PW.93-0010 Type: PW.-CCAS ..CURB CUT/ACCESS/SIDE' ParCeV, 022320-0020 Bite Address: 404 'STRANDER 131. Location: APE '&'STRANDER BOULEVARD Payment Method; 'CHECK , Notation: HOWARD 'TURNER .,. Init: DLM Account :Code Description Paid 000/345.830 PLAN CHECK - UTILITY 000/342.400 : INSP FEE -:-,,UTILITY 15.;00 Total (This Payment): 25.00 Total Fees: 25.00 Tiltai All Payments: 25.00 'Balance; Total Fees: Total, Al I Payments: 8 al ance: .00 k k k*****k***************ki k**k****k********k*k***************Or nTV OF TUKWILA, WA TRANSMIT h*************************k******kk*******A k***************A***If TRANSMIT Number: 93000081 Amount: 25.00 01/25/93 09:19 Permit No PW93-0009 Type: PW-CS3 Parcel No 022320-0020 S'i'de Address: 404 STRANDER (3L Location, APE & STRANDER BOULEVARD Payment Method: CHECK Notation: HOWARD TURNER 'nit: DLM Account Code Description Paid 000/345.830 PLAN CHECK - UTILITY /0.00 000/342.400 INSP FEE - UTILITY 15.00 Total (This Payment) 25.00 25.00 25.00 CHANNEL/SIR IPIN3/S18• GEt'kRA 6°^" DITY Of ' WA ' - TRANSMIT ***4.44..**,**********t************,Or******************fr********** Iv TRANSMIT Number: 93000545, Amount 60.00 04/307 ,I.A24 3 Permit No B92.-'0410 Type : B-BUILD :BUILDING PER Dg parcel Na: 022320-0020 Site Address: 404 SIR ANDER BL Payment Method: CHECK Natation: TURNER, HOWARD Trtit DLM Account Code Description Paid . • " 000/322.-1.00 DUILDING NONRES , 60.00 Total (This Payment): 60,;00 Total Fees: 2,719.35' Total All Payments: 2,719.35 Balance: .00 ,TOTAL 60..00 CHECK 6O.QO CHANGE 0 00 0295A000 15:35 1 *1`.*****,t4*****************if************4 , . 'CITsr.C.1F-;1UkWILA, WA it******;**.ko******4********************** TRANSMIT .Number: 93000649 Ilmoont: Permit NO: 0 9 1,1 2- .1 0 0- 41 .TYPeg: 6 7 13 UV Parcel No: OA... 0020 I3ite ;Address: 404 . 'STRANOER Ill. Payment Method: 'CASH Natation: HilRMAt itok4ricorir-hif***.ifi** :„ AccOunt . Code' : besOr i'pt I an t • . 000/322.100 ',H. : - - NONItES JOtal (This Pa:' Total Fees: 2,74 Total All Payments:. 2 Balance: • • TRANSMIT TOTAL 30*.*0.10"k*5:k/2k4:1*1*9*3**1:::4.2; CHANGE 131.1ILDING PERM/14/93 0952A000 SON it: SLO Paid 30.00 30.00 3.35 .00 30.01 30.0 30.0i 0.01 15:0 - Total Fees: 28,099.35 Total All Payments: 28,099.35 Balance: .00 ****kk**********k*************14 CITY OF TUKWILA, yA TRANSMIT **************k*k**k****kk************k**********k************** TRANSMIT Number: 93000742 Amount: 25,350.00 06/14/9R R/Q9 Permit No: 092-0410 Type: B-BUILD BUILDING PEW Parcel No 022320-0020 Site Address: 404 STRANDER Bt. c Payment Method: CHECK Notation: COMPUTER 'CITY IhitCOLM Account Code Description ' Paid 000/386.908 BUILDING BOND/DEPOSIT 25,350.00 Total (This Payment): 25,850.00 GENERA 25350.00 * TOTAL 25350.00 CHECK 25350.00 CHANGE 0.00 1576A000 16:29 ***** k******* k********* k *** * *k **** **** ***k *k** ITY pF TUKWILA,. WA TRANSMIT •**h*.k* h******? k*** * * . * ** * * * * * 'k k** * * * * *** * * * ** 'TRONSMIT Number 92001 , 'Amac r►ta 188.18, 11/18/92 '10 :51 ' PerKmit Na: 892 -0410 T ee' 9:- BUILD . `OUILDING`' t LU Par" l NO, 02231.0 -002O Yp �18O 2. Sato :Addraea::..., Paymer►t. ;.Meth►ad: CHECK . Notation; HOWARD R : TURNER Iri i t x SLB r **********.**.****,*******•*** k****** * ** *4* : * * * * * ** * * * * * * : * * **.* Ac Caurtt` Cade Descr i pt i on Paid O,0O/322.10q' BUILDING. w NONRES 18818. Total (This .PEtybier1t) e 2,655.35: 19234.08 1,425.32. GENERA 1045.85 GENERA 188.18 TOTAL 1234.03 CHECK 1234.03 CHANGE 0.00 $371A000 : -16 :04 Total Fees„ Total Al 1' Payments: t3l ance» 2,659 -35 j.,O45:S5 1 ;613.5,0 • kA *A•k k * *** * * kk4 kk** *. ** *•k* *****.***k k ** ***k.k** *** *k * **'k ** ITY aF TUKWXL.q", ` WA `: TRANSMIT • k * **kkkkk* * ***k"* ' 1 :k *tt' *it. `k4c # (k +ktik k *Aisr*4* *k *k*** 1'RAHMI S•T N * ui . mb'er "r : 9 64 X9.27- ^A-174* .:...., '1 1 O4.5 8 ; ':1 :1/.1f3%92' 10. P,on:mit Nar. 09 " -04i0 Type • ,;D.- RUILC!•,'RUXLL XNG epIRMIT. parceI No :.022310-QO2q Sit Add r � esiir . , . 3 -4 • :"Pfymeh�t Method:' CHECK'' .:Natat tarsi." HOWARD R:: TUR.NE:R Xrti ; t: SLD * �k*k k. �k ********* kk.k***********, *. * * * *.* * *, *k•k * * *. *:** *k * * * * *k k * ** Account,Cade peecr i pt i can Pa•i d q04/ 143.E330 PLAN I:HECK - NOWRLS • 1,045..85 , Total (This Payment) a 1,0454fia " ". fAv *** k*********• k****• k k** kk******' kk• kk * * *k * *k * * * * * * * * ** *k *•k * * * * * * ** CITY OF'.; TUKWILA, 'WA TRANSMIT ********* k***'*k******'* k• k*• k* **'***** k*** *k **•k * *•k* ****** * *•k* *k* * ** TRANSMIT ',Number. 93000715 ;Amaurnte 25.00. 0b /08/53 11':14 Permit ..Nan PW93.0080: 'Type:. PW -WM WATER METER ` g1g f')arce1 No: : 022320- 0.420 Site,Addr.ess:.404,STRANDER 13L Payment" Method: CHECK Notation: HOWARD:` TURNER Iri i t... SL8 ** ir**** k E*** k********* * *�i * * IF * * * * * * ** * * * *k** * * *kk k Account Code Dedcr i pt ian Pei d 000/345.830 PLAN CHECK •- WATER METER 10.00 401/342.400 WATER INSPECTION FEE 15.00 Total :(This Payment): 25.00 GENERA" 10.00 GENERA 15.00 TOTAL 25.00 CHECK 25.00 ;. CHANGE 0.00 1408A000.:.,•15 :53 ��. :•1. 4.7' 1 • ********** k*** k**k kk***** k*• k*** *kk•kk*****•lr* *k**** *li*****hk r* ****k CITY 'OF TUKWILA, WA • TRANSMIT **• kk hk ***-**l F is k* 4k****** k*** *k **k* *kkk *,4k *kk * *k ** * * ******* ** TRANSMIT Number: 3300,0007 ,Amount. 66.00 06/24/8.3 13:33 Permit NO PW83• -0133 Type: 1 LAND ALTERXNG J. /� T Parcel. No « . 022320 -•0020 Ob Site Address': 404 STRAND ER BL Paymerit Me:t;hod ,v CHECK Ncitst i are : HOWARD R. TURNER' Iri it: 3LI3 : , *************** k'******* k*** h• k*k********* * * * * **k * *•k *Ak * ** * * * * * * * 0,« . Coda . 0`00/322.100 000/345.'030 GENERA 43.50 GENERA 22.50 TOTAL 66.00 CHECK' 66.00 CHANGE 0.00 i,867A000 ? 14 :52 66 . 0 66 ..00 . V 0 To ii Peep: Total H11 Naylnents: • Dal once: De,scriptien BUILDING NONRES • PLAN 'CHECK NONRES '.Total. (This. Payment): .Paid 43.50 22.50 66.00 Project"-,_ , , Type o ns ion. � / Address: 4/0'7' `.1 i O �ur Date Called: j , t - Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 6' 1 an p,m Requester: Phone No,: T'Y CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 i- - (206) 431 -3670 0 Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: la /3 6€ 77-07 2) /z hert - Inspector: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. 0 Corrections required prior to approval. .0 $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: June 11, 1993 Mr. Rick Hil Harmon & Sons Construction P,0, Box 11848 Port Worth, TX 76110 Re: Computer City 404 Strander Blvd. Tukwila, WA . 98188 Permit #592.0410 BONDCQTE Dear Mr. Hall, The roof construction at the above referenced project meets Class B fire rating require- ments. Please review the following letter from Warnock Hersey, Warnock Hersey, like 1.1ndcrwritcrs Laboratories, is a nationally recognized testing facility, using the same test procedures and methods. Jor, ph J. Schwetz Western Region Technical Manager cc: Jim Dunton Menda Phil Thompson M November 9, 1992 BondCote Roofing Systems 1720 South Bellaire Street, Suite 1007, Denver, CO 80222 303 800/628.2563 Fax: 303 /759•440 ♦w • ij1. 7 V i1.1•1.11 r 11•1111a IV VII 1140...41 1.11.•• 1•U1J1 uULJUUt)r } • Warnock Hersey WANNUt;K IICnt:1Y. 1Nt•. M11 MUHPNY 9 ivr, P,U. Mix itint', MII►oI t t1N, WI t, }I{7 ortf. ILL R o o eal i too • YAM 1tlt 0:11 OM Mr. Joe achwetz Bond Cote Roofing Systems 1660 S. Albion, Ste, 1002 Denver, CO 80222 Re Report 0 634 -2031 Dear Joe: This is to confirm that the following system meets the requirements for a Class B fire rating per ASTM B 108: Slope - 1 1/2:12 maximum 1. Deck - 15/32" minimum plywood 2. 1 /2" minimum polyisocyanurate inoulation 3. Bond Cote NBP (30 mil minimum) membrane, mechanically attached Warnock Hersey is accredited by MCaQ as a testing laboratory for external fire resistance per. UBC standard 32 -7 (ASTM E 108). Our IMO testing laboratory number is TL-116. Warnock Hersey is also accredited by YCBO (through it's affiliation with the Council of American. Building Officials (CABO)) as an inspection agency for roof cQVering systems per report number NER QA219. Please contact me if you have. any 'questions concerning this matter. Sincerely, James 4. Hueaw Manager of Certifi,catio kv r} ro o C y. ct - J T Type oflnspeci�n: 6�WD ��no. Address: / � O 4 o y) pr �^' A �"` + Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: am p.m. Requester: Phone No.: inspector: 0. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 e Approved per. applicable codes. COMMENTS :: ' INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit - K:. _ (206) 43•3670 ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. ❑ $30.00 REINSP CTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinsPection, fee must be paid at 6300 SouthcenterBlvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. 'S r° C°m C-A YPe° sPect PI annir-i Vi nal Address:L 0E4 . 6..yo,mk,t9i , a 1 Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: am. p.m; Requester: Phone No.: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 0 Approved per applicable codes. 0 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ' Pt C, te-k T>o /sr Y s s C)7) 6/ 4./i r3 v - 7 - 0 CACI( ACS (cAbt-rov Fai,4& wee co P riA/ Ovi4- C ScA.ez7v / G AAlb sn-referz. /Atofe_ isEci e C ASA/ 33e . " Ce) /44 P er eb locc 61 /fvA C. t4) (11 CE c)ecC. Vr ogio PERMIT NO. (206) 431-3670 Peg t. kov4 C ASC (CA/14 ei■Cr 'tee or ke/b 4 /14- /F' Acc..eP A-7? ce cev y (A._ A s I Inspector: „G Date: K7/ 5V/3 Er $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, tee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 111Wk.: MLA A LA ' • • MSS' I ..• 0.41 i / ' 4 1,1 • ti aroma . ofinspectkin: • AIL .1t..A1.1 II: : : . (0 71:11 4-• Sp al Instructions: Date Wanted: (-0 Requester: c l INPIEbliON RECORD Q E90--- Relairi, a copy with permit Cy PE MIND. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 0 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prigr to_appistql. \' /A_ 1 ( or r COMMENTS: 1 key / 25 rce, b e m ecres 7)owniSko or GI) A-le->S" 'DI 1 Pc7 rA e" Nbs cA AKG - r- lc VA c c2.6 iN0/4. Cc.)R_.b7/rfG •) 1**i y _P 61> 'DRAFT' ceti'stive Ags 1 FoAm e.),ce(c.14 4.4)(c. s rab 1?l2.1eFe7) - puolve - k ceet /"! PelePolem tpeca 0 $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, tee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Project: Type of Inspection: .-- • 1,ress: — : ' . a : 6 49 - 13 Special Instructions; :CV Date Wanted: / am p.m Requester: Phone No.: INSPECTION RECORDL Retain a copy with permit 0. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 ff2 &Igo (206) 431 -3670 O Approved per applicable codes. If< Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: /e 4. .o" 4e Z Q S O $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED, Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. • of : I . IBA • I .. l' . : ... yy e o ns n: , 4 • t �-I�� ,. ess: I 1 / ►: a .:. I Sp: ►tZ nstructions: -�, ►ate anted: _ Requester: ,, Phone No.: 30.7 4P INSPECTION RECORD() Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 43)- 3670? (Approved per applicable codes. 0 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: vkFrt r tiAM c4 A P P si Nw--P '- f/ $- o4,ct- 4 RlYy4r14nu.,13 . tit`` ul k �•!i(L�I , O $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED, Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Proj : M ype o nspect on: ro ress :. l ia e l 9>"):' vee., ':te .:, l-5 = Z / 3 Special instructions: /h•)16.5._ Date Wanted: c 5 3 Requester: Phone No.: 0. IN &lkoTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431.3670 0 Approved per app codes. COMMENTS: Corrections required prior to approval. 4 $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspectiori, fee must be paid at V . 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection :. . _._ �13ooatnN q j Prole . d m � , / CI Type of tnspect ({, ` p Ad4e�: J I i v Aide,- 0 Date Called: 7 — 4 3 Date Wanted: P q - Ala Special instructions: Phone Noi f 1 r .. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 v ed per applicable codas. COMMENTS: )) $-ze...frt,hk..-- tik.e.,_5 Ctre •deo Ftece* No.; 1U PERMIT NO. V (206) 431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. Date: / _ Q $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspectiion, tee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Rate: 4 Project. C Type of Ins pe ron; Address; ro Date Called: Specie nst Tctlons: Date anted: —l41r9J 2 C-0, Requester: Phone No.; COMMENTS: Inspector ecept No.: Approved per applicable codes. ' INSP RECORD() Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 0 Corrections required prior to approval. ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTIO FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Cat to schedule reinspection. ro rk A -r 2-- Cwt o n: �' W Address: c._:,44,..„4, Date Cale atled: led: Special Instructions :. Date Wanted: - r3 - 53 am, p .m Requester: Phone No,: CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 COMMENTS: Inspector: Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD() Retain a copy with permit �F vc' NIG 12. 13 / W CizST NA't'-tA 041 PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection: I Receipt No.: Dade: • IV : (•, ` ype o rasped . n: ,--� Address: a Called: Special Instructions: Ze, am. 5/ ..,f •)7G( J Date Wanted: ..../3! .rti Requester: Phone No.: 0 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO, CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: nspector: O Corrections required prior to approval. C "f Lf ■ r r' i — r - PERMIT NO. ' (206) 461-440 c W frt -- FR -r+rvh i ►3C1 I ►•.t R- a -owtS 12 ct 4 - ) ?.,S r r S -13 ❑. $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Canto schedule reinspection.; _. ro ect: �^ l C0 � Type of inspection: ( Address: / 7 , 017i � Date Called: Special Instructions: Dat3 Wanted: -1 G m(1 . Requester: Phone No.; ., • CITY: OF TUKWILA • BUILDING DIVISION 6300. SouthcenterBivd.• #100, Tukwila, WA' 98188 Approved per ,pplicable codes. COMMENTS; nspector: Receipt No. :. NSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit Date: (206) 431 -3670 0 Corrections required prior to approval. 0 $30.00.REINSPECTIO FEE REQUIRED. Pri{ to relnspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Project; - Type of Inspection: '4'7.447 r .••ress: is G/ j y'-e •:e .:. ; ,..5........../0_9 � Special Inst coons: .� � Date Wanted: ♦57 -49 1 m."', Requester: J �-- �' Phone No.: COMMENTS: Approved per applicable codes. e-e -'L L& Retain a copy with permit 1NSl't CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 :bra PERMIT (206) 431 -3670 a ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. ❑ $30.00 RE$NSPECTJON FEE REQUIRED, Prior to reinspection, 'fee must be paid at" 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. • eoept ' • .: roject MEM iiiiiiMINIMAISINIMMIRPIM E ■ ype o nspectwn: 4 Ct. /N Date Wanted: 7 1 Special Instruct ons: am p.m c Requester: � J " Phone No.: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF "TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, 'I�ukwila, WA 98188 Approved per applicable codes. PERMrr NO. V (206) 431 -3670 0 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: f J* / i 6y 4-.74 c fj4- jr I ver .c; e,/ 7 9 -. " Doe S' ? , 903 ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, tee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100; Call to schedule reinspection. ro Type of I pe a..40, 111.1 / ,' t11n l A. a r ,' Sp: ►al instruct gin: ; __F Date ant: .: / 4 /5 am. p.m. Requester: • — j ia_a_laaa_tskm , ...._ CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 0 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit pproved per appllcab e codes. I COMMENTS: mti`7 4-1 . C A titr./i (= 7nlc(... ilA,C r∎ p F C -A P 64- c ors C,r�� ►� �r. Fve„.„, , az A N o /1-0-11F- N�-� r�-u J(_' r)R t ^Ac'" A 4 (Jg a. a,r ?LA tJ . GbtarGt< _ f2 Q , r S F=4 t. TJtak ►+ LA D • • Qiti ;ch:.- it.n*- rN.stAL. A-% sf,+t.$ lath It?-ro_Ft • D4 Inspector: O $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. O Corrections required prior to approval. Date: 4( (206) 431 -3670 2 5'3 _ . ._....U. ,•. ..r . _ 4 Alt -,.5f.-,.: . . � Project: Q"� Type ofTnspectan: 6 3 �� Address: Date Called: ti'-3-- Spedal Instruct ons: Date Wanted: Requester: Phone No.: 0 INSPECTION RECORD 0 Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 pl. Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: (2)I - s . l Inspector: 0 Corrections required prior to approval. ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (206) 431 -3670 .<,. , ro : ' ilik .�1' 4 Dik t` f iil Special Instructions: (t);197 . ,v ? Date Wanted: L ., - 2 am .m. Requester: 4 Phone No.: ,. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188, D . Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: P5 . INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 0i v • R �• (206) 431 -3670 Cl Corrections required prior to approval. 0 $30.00 REINSPECTION. FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd:, Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. •rs : ,- M Y I yP4.Q.,ns w : i ( t' A ! Addr . T 5 Cc ✓ � � � Date Call [ q '_ q3 Special Instr ions: Date Wanted: 4_ II_ ,,, ay ., /— Requester: ` 3: 4 1 - 1 P hone No.: / g, L c CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD 0 Retain a copy with permit z4 PERMIT' (206) 431-3670 ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ' • l a W . ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED, Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 SouthcenterBivd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. mim y ype o ns. :.. n : C J J i i ...el nstructions: D Date anted: ! m a al t Requester: Phone •.: Li ... ,, / /il *I , S 40 INSPECTION RECORD 0 Retain a co with permit �,Y Pe CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 - 3670 (Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: Ei $30.00 RF.INSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection: ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. T 11LL.... NIA Type of fns. :.« ,An: 1 01L' AG Special stNOtions: Date Wanted; r.. /(!, -q3 Requesiera Phone N o.; __' Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS; INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 139? - O IO pave (206) 431 =3670 ❑ Corrections required`prfor to approval. `&(- qta z cti2Z) 1 41 I. $30.00 REINSPECTION E REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 9 Project.- (-' Type of Inspection; /" 1 Addres e l:alled: Special instructions: Date Wanted: y 1 / - /S-3 p.m. Requester: Phone No.: INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION . 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 0 Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION: RECORD �# 'Retain a copy with' permit Date: • L 2- O�Gb PE NAT NO Corrections required prior to approval. 0 $30.00 REINSPECTION F E REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. ecept 1Z7. (206) 431 -3670 J. ' # e, /c' y k r :h Project: lAk Type of Inspectio I� _ , t 11 o� Z.�Tf —N-- -- � � Address: r , ( NiLP , i bate Called: , 15_9 E am. .m., Spedal Instructions: . - 1 252 -t LP 'mil 1 ov\. 1. . - 3, oo , c, Date Wanted; n 'I - ' `1 Requester: r Phone No.: 91 T'- t ty , . INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 9818 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS; Z3 9 a. 0 9/a (206) 431 -3670 ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. JINNI j . 7 , � 1 1 a o. ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: . r 111441 m rasa: f A oV i L >W n lied 102...-A • ill iJ & ) :te .:.: 4 ., / 7 . q Z7L n .. 4- .... ± ' 1. 212_37 A4 ,� ,�����,���, % u� 4, � -1 0 r l r q am p.m. Requester: Phonel o.: 44-7 -- 75 a- 7 9 . CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 LAL Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: ' INSPECTION RECORD 0 Retain a copy with permit E.„ • C 0 PERMIT No. (206) 431 -3670 ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, tee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. I Receipt No.: 1e: 'r i , : NMI. O Type of ct i' Special Instructions: "" .,,, ,, Requester: -a Date Wanted: q _ 4 ? _ .f:(� Phone No.: Q Xa7 COMMENTS: ' 4 0 INSPECTION RECORD C Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY``OF; TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300'Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Approved per applicable codes. r 6 , 3a -- D410 PERMIT N4l (206) 431 -3670 O Corrections required prior to approval. 044 / Z _4./0 j &vs ' Ap /7- `-E?e.<5. et a 4 , El $30.00 REINSPECT • N FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection,;fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection: • rq : • ; ��t : .r. I ✓Q . Er— .. : ype of Ins.:.: ,n o - rte► I. �� rate a :I , r — �_ , L � Speci r uctions: C — — Date Want f _ ... hi Requester: � Phone No,: L1 8(D -79 C INSPECTION . RECORD Retain a copy with permit AY l� CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. g Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: , r " C.P..,i `l >'7 y 7.-•G vs, i )"i Inspect ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, tee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: 170 44 - 04/10 PERMIT N0 (206) 431 -3670 Project: / Type of Inspection: t� t 4 � r-P/ c-- Address: G.ie /C_- Date Called; ;. <J /3 a�.�+;r1 nstru ons: Date " ant ed: �3 ......1/ %3 " am. p.m. Requester: / Phone No.: 5L3 > - 43 9 cJ CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 t . Approved per applicable codes. 0 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit (206) 431 -3670 ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED, Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Project: d A ,+ ype Date Called: Tares; ,,,, _ ,p / Special Instructions: "� o) ? �.r-/" g , , u v 4.4 �` •� e •••" Date Wanted; • P. % ' 93 Atil�p 1 " . Request r: er; �i rY7 Phone No.; 5/32-AP 7, INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. (206) 431 -3670 ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ' - ,,, 4/. ,1-G. ' // �cV , Z'7 .. r?3c 0,041 Fpt.1Y/ / X, l>' 1.--, e..!/C! // /grOhe? //1-.4.,.e- j , c c., - 14 2-g'1 e-- s s c. . ,s .v,-/- 7 , 13 Ad p . ;•' e -o Aio , � 040 �.- / ey e-« e".41644s. c /, ,� � A ,4r . . )- ?M � / Ot - .1 / � 7 .4e / ee 12:6 .1(..tl�. ei_ /! f 1; ev ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. • t, RECORD • Approved per applicable codes. 4- Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100; Tukwila, WA 98188 0 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS:: C 4 , //L el 4 7 5 / 4 4-11.v , tCk-r, sow nspector: CD $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: ype o nspect . : v•od o 4 ) 1 _.d Address. ye.) Date Called: Special structions: Date Wanted: 3 anoh. Requester . — Phone No,: V,3 9- • t, RECORD • Approved per applicable codes. 4- Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100; Tukwila, WA 98188 0 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS:: C 4 , //L el 4 7 5 / 4 4-11.v , tCk-r, sow nspector: CD $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: .„-- "WM: 01.., 14/ Type of Inspection: nvi"c_d_e_l DI e Called: Addre _ C ..-. A ... Spode! nstructions: - Date "anted: Requester: Phone No.: El Approved per applicable codes. ,Corrections required prior to approval. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 COMMENTS: ' 40 , 2 , CM 5 lire / 221 - ,0- ae , L c. 11-7 42, If & X4' ...46 Inspector: •0 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 71N7 (206) 431-3670 ci-o56 e-r---Afert-) 6-40A-7 .-1 oe 'AL- qii /.94 774 0 'e..e 4 -A4r/7 30e.z..../* r .4?.r497 of 1 6 ) rk e 4 •/4,4 a fi.-4..)-t.66/fil-ear..<9 Dale O $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Project: Type of Inspection: G N Grp - Address:. A e .. Date Called: Special Instructions: � 6\ a Date Wanted: a ,(6 - 9,3 p.m. Requester: Plane No.: ,13 9 _ 7 CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION (, 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 0 Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 141.1*.►. -a t.- 11 1 .G11 r Th N (206) 431 -3670 0 Corrections required prior to approval. r c.ry -Q 0 $30.00:REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.; Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection: ro : ypeo ns. : , n: • • ress: :• Special nstruct ons: /I CO ' ate anted: CS — 0 /2.- - . 9 3 am.On Requester: Phone No.: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 0. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: 0' ` ,,� D / J? v ' 4 7—.- J✓vt eft -�-- S y Me6C e ■I (J Inspector: PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. t ?,�/ •im', -.•� /� •�� -�.� i .7� V r JIB, .a. i 1 .s...e / '� .510ee.e.dt `7 al T �_ �. 6 u , l C, ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to'reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. COMMENTS: (lc, /30646,_ 1/4 j.,- 7 x44#,ex, . all $ . Ng. 1 eti % 43/r../7 P/,‘,A- hi e-r--ki Awa 0 /2 't.— e-e/ e - a z. 1 40 e;k7 I 1/4 . Alto j 2 6 / ca (.... $-- p...1/ C c....■ 4 I` a p'ehi a." he / 0 c ."7,, ,a-7- "tee--r P ( .e oko..4 ,A1....1 At- A4,1 el" / S 9 1 <. ■4 ae /0 7 7 4. - - 14 ce- A/44,-y es - . . ........... .. — ken, Cot ) _ 9 fr-,,rz,e/ ce,...„:7 / Project:(; 0 ..,./(., /.,,, Cr / tj Type of Inspect e Address: ) ) . C. - /e."/C—i ..t, a . /-, Date Called . ' ...2 ',", :3 Special Instructions: Date Want : . : 2 .of ..• 2 ' -:"f am, tfin.. Requester: . , , , ,e' .. / 1 1 7. , ! 1 ... ....—.." Phone No.: g—? ) ?.;., . 2 2 INSPECTION NO. Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Corrections required prior to approval. • I Inspector: : 3—p 0 $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. L ieceipt No.: Vale: • ro - / / �7 l . t ype o nspect on: r. .�%ifi� . f. re 9h 7 4 4 ,6,4 Date Called : t 8 � Special structions: Date Wanted: Requester: Phone No.: Inspector: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit AY Pe CITY. OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Approved per applicable codes. ■, 1j e: PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. ro : � / � / ype o ns • : � K m ' •press: : :. Sp: pal nstruct one: gate " ted: f 1 �.,. / '+ / -• - -. am: p.m. Requester: , , `/ 1 Phone ;: 1 ) . N Approved per applicable codes. - INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd.; #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 COMMENTS CL (206) 431 -3670 ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. nspector: O $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, tee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Project: mss: rCr Type of Inspection: / L � Date Called: A Z""",. Special Inst ct ons: Date Wanted: j Requester: Phone No.: CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 O Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit O Corrections required prior to approval. ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTItfN FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be pa r 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. ro ect: —~ � I . / '1. _ Type o ns n: /+ iF �- a ress: .c .. _ r' :. Special Instruct ons: // y/^ / ‹. ,!1 ''- ,/_.`- c+ 1 7 4,� Date Want: ': 3 -- 3"', i am p.m Requester. � `� sa � Plane No.: i- . — ►mi l" ‘— CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 ❑ Appr ved per applicable code f. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. . COMMENTS: / V; kj. 1 2 01 ( dal' 1.7ea Q54572.446. ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 0. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit , Pze 9 4 7$ M € © 5 ° ��. ---- .�v (206) 431 -3670 09/0 PERMIT N0. ■ .!J�• . I LL ypeo ns�; . • . y , ,►; :. / ( ' to ,•: — -- or • : • : n structions: Date ant ^ Gj . . m . Requester: � �" ' —.Ada '� a _ Phone No.: w — �1,; 79 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA9O188 -� 7J 0 6j670 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. l Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ' r•G :ed 117 65 P,C• ' ,f h fr ❑ '$30.00 REINSPE ION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection... COMMENTS: _ AM -i fr'eee, OF de � r Aro , -e. ee v f'�' s,S /e /l �,,► .,./.. 'v , , 27 r /21 /LP. , / -LO G.4. Special Instructs ns: L i f- /4 / 4e- G dP" / I�''�l.�a�� / vcr/�, ,`:e. L e-e. ..pr e - /-- / `S / C �"y 45 ,( q "G? S 4'cFrl --fir t2�"PJ' / ,� '" 7 - egt 3 . 5 '1 Hoc (5 i-oo,P- r1X ce ., ¢ c 1- rCir -c-- q /0 //e' -e., ce to -t. Q / ) el f /J4.4.6,, s...5o a HI e.,-ei!")Acy ID) p _ ype of Inspection: i � Address: p Date Called: Special Instructs ns: Date Wanted `� `r '''' � am. .m . Requester: Ptmne Na: (� 2 -. ,� '" 7 - CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 0 Approved per applicable codes. ''INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit ,(206) 431 -3670 0 Corrections required prior to approval. 0 $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. COMMENTS: ' I.eyaZJ 4 0 'rj yce., 73 efeC t6DC «S /A! 7owASPo or Go A/2.2 S" "Du P.S rQ t��4Te'', L-A'/tbsCfp(MMC 70 Frn/(4 - f ) t 1e',4 C S -74. / /n'0/2._ c r meG s ge .P el> 7),e-APr c&V' 4Ss,G r. Foiz# 4) 't c tF w/C C 2e" svvim (7P 4 /If . Fite eF co 1,()E11ve - " 4- 2tck kiCK ro 7 /Gs' tnt PFdteo- rica.ro rtA Sp = - nstructions: Date anted: „-- CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. No.: C INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit Q. PE Mff NO. (206) 431 -3670 Corrections required pri4[, o a pp v 1. ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection` tee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. ressf I' r T Sp = - nstructions: Date anted: „-- 1 3am.� Requester: 0 s• CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. No.: C INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit Q. PE Mff NO. (206) 431 -3670 Corrections required pri4[, o a pp v 1. ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection` tee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. CORRECTION NOTICE The following items are found to be deficient and not in accordance with the approved plans or City standards: GOPA9tf -"CE. c-lll ,ll - z,x'r o �, Cover f tGTG c. tke.4 14- citicr e_4_ c_15/v,) — comets:IE. 412pt-I•ALT aN h'p- ae+ S- Move'& EAST - A t 1) 1-14D_b FJ 1ZuAti' Tr) ' .'D, r AviP-OL ' T TU A ntZ . 13 To �. s CU S.D z1aES Vh '_Z) Gc_ 4 aA Gt0l5 4, G10 1 R.E KOJE 0E.18124 coR -NEB Dr Atop 4..�( ADTki.-Sr A's cJc ?0ait.3T lbQ. G- ∎A,A ■PoST 6kAbitktt Ac5 ItSw i 1 j5 Cc wql ;rE V.0.-N (j\ rCe DDLWAAT -Air5 ��. 64- /&Lai L 1 _�,,1\ ��s �. tisAtO.TAlly SIGNED: R Art Sf r2- mf-66 n d-ri CITY OF TUr "'VILA PUBLIC WO. AS ENGINEERING 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Tukwila, Washington 98188 (206) 431 -3674 CITY OF TUKWILA PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Tukwila, Washington 98188 (206) 431 -3674 CORRECTION NOTICE The following items are found to be deficient and not in accordance with the approved plans or City standards: Tv A-S 1911,Aur ef.l .o .w,s i `. L e,• is ktiArt..# ctr±nicn. PERMIT NO. ;\Q?)- rDO lb Dow, (-,hll co to DATE: ( G("z j TIME: PERMIT NO. JOB ADDRESS: /40 0 , e. g(v DATE: (pi I I h") TIME: JOB ADDRESS: PUBLIC WORKS INSPECTOR 404 6 661 At • 1r..` air ��i StiZ -A 1 r Op c 2 II— yp� 0 d 9�pewn: ,.. 4-1 Gott r � Address: Date Called Date 61 Special Instruct ons: Date Wanted: s3 , . Requester: I G Y .. 6t1A J A /_ t aic1Z19 on Phe �..: 3 (e 5 _ - 5 INSPECTION RECOR Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 gifts Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: • LA `y PERMIT NO. c:%/ 06) 431 -3670 ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. ❑ $30.00 j. EINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. • . s. City of Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT FINAL APPROVAL FORM Project Name _ i© 406t 7e'2 'Address / Suite # Retain current inspection schedule Needs shift inspection 772 . 13e 0 1 TtO Approved without correction notice Approved with correction notice issued DD 'i? lC )1 ee A 4e, / Sprinklers: t. Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Halan: 1 Monitor: L me,/i. /4 t../4/M1 Pre-Fire: t!/ Permits: Gary L. VanDusen, Mayor Control No,/77r2 o Permit No. ENOLO HE . A 7 .. 44,0--1P Z 49,01‘ x ea 41 - CO . , 'Tic 6 -- 4/ "- ' ,.7 r-t'e ray )4 d rA / P 46,0c - 7e. % I. „es"4 "c /#7 % r ' . 0y 44,/ A.40, / v /- 4; J ,. .6 — .1 oweet 0 ' +! /..r 44/0.1" .5 s, C �� , e ,i .0 en? GM , , ev t- c'A/FS- JUN 16 '93 09:07 BOSS AND MAYES TO . Mit s5& mAyE FHIYiG"iM + Vk IM 4 ► Y .. '.�..�Jil�IQM�Ya TESTING ENGINEERS, INC, FAX TAANSAid TAL ,owe 6-,1;4C /39 -o5/ WILL FOLLOW VIA MAIL -K ; . (7 *-5106er CO*7/00, 271 P01 WILL NOT FOLLOW RECEIVED JUN 1 61993 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT f h St, S.W., Suite A -1 • Everett, WA 98204 • (206) 742 -9360 • FAX (206) 745 -1737 BOSS & MAYES TESTING ENGINEERS, INC, June 14, 1993 City of Tukwila Building Department 6200 Southcenter Boulevard Tukwila, WA 98188 Attn: Duane Griffin/Dave Larson Re: Soils Compaction Testing Computer City Supercenter 404 Strander Boulevard Tukwila, WA Gentlemen, This letter is written to summarize our role with respect to soils testing. Our firm provided compaction testing on the imported fill. All building areas meet or exceed 95% compaction. We also witnessed proof rolling of building slab areas. Footing subgrade bearing capacity was verified by others. We trust that this provides you with the information which you require. Should you have any questions give us a call. Sincerely, BOSS & MAYES TESTING ENGINEERS, INC. ,e4 Michael J. Principal MJM:lmm 917 St. S.W., Suite A • Permit/# B92-0410'\ 1 ,,, verett, WA 98204 • (206) 742-9360 • FAX (206) 745-1737 RECEIVED JUN 1 7 1993 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT ®°- BOSS & MAYES TESTING ENGINEERS, INC. June., 11, 199$ City of Tukwila Buiiding:Department 6200''Southcenter Boulevard Tukwila', WA 98188 Attn: Duane Griffin Re: Computer City Supercenter 404 Strander Boulevard Tukwila, WA Gentlemen, This is to inform you that registered special inspections have been completed for this project as per our reports, copies of which have been sent you. To the best of our knowledge, all work inspected was either performed in accordance with, or corrected to conform to, the city approved drawings, or engineer approved changes. Special inspection was provided for: Concrete :& Reinforcing Steel Epoxy Dowels Precast Panel. Welding Structural Steel /Welding We trust that this provides you with the information which you require. Should . you have any, questions, give us a. call. Sincerely, BOSS .& MAYES TESTING ENGTNEERS,'INC. Michael J~ Principal; P.E. • Everett, WA 98204 • (206) 742 -9360 JUN 1 71993 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT FAX (206) 745 -1737 917 -134th St S.W Suite A -1 Permit # B92 -0410 RECEIVED JUN 16 '93 09:09 COMPtTER CITY 8r?ERGENTER ?�ct,r.•man & on Construction Page ` ? 5 PERMIT # 592-•0410 P i I - r: A BOSS AND MAYES 271 A04 IAMI tq.Yrvw;,.r•t BOSS I& MAYES TESTING ENGINEERS, INC. INSPECTOR: Mark Galusha INSPECTION REPORTS JOB 'St 03393 Reported to jobsite as requested to 'conduct follow-up inspection for { t.ructu,i'ai items incomplete and reported BMTE report dated 3-23-9'A. All above areas have been completely covered, am unable to verify completion. It should be noted that the mentioned items comprise less than 5% of the total welding and anchor system for this project and that contractor, was in progress of finishing above mentioned items. Follow up inspection subsequent to above work completion was not scheduled by wan.tractor, and was most likely completed based on contractors pr.eviouN &pia,l:ty of work and consiencous scheduling of special inspections.: Also, inspected this visit was all glu -lam beam /column connections vie :i.ble to verify bearing and bolting systems appear complete. No apparent deficiencies were noted. Contacted structural engineer Blaze Eresko to find that he has Conducted a visual inspection and can verify that items #2 and #3 found. not completed from BMTE report dated 3- 23--93 were in fact completed to. his.ssatisfaction, Item #1 cannot be verified at this time, but Mr 5resko was also confident that it was completed based upon his past dealings with the Contractor. 917 -134th St. S.W., Suite A -1 • Everett WA .98204. • (206) 742 -9360 • FAX (206) 7451 737 JUN 11 '93 14:46 BOSS AND MAYES BOSS & MAYES TESTING ENGINEERS, INC. Jude 11,1993 City of Tukwila Building Department 6200 Southcenter Boulevard Tukwila, WA 98188 Attn: Duane Griffin • Res Computer City•Supercenter 404 Strander Boulevard Tukwila, WA Gentlemen, 262 P02 Permit # B92 -0410 This is to inform you that registered special inspections. have been completed for this project as per our reports, copies of which have been sent.you. To the best of our.know,ledge, all work inspected was either performed in accordance with, or corrected or engineer approved changes. Special inspection was provided for: Concrete & Reinforcing Steel Epoxy Dowels Precast Panel Welding. structural Steel /Welding to conform to, the City approved drawings, We trust that . this provides you with the information which you require. Should you have any questions give us a call. Sincerely, BOSS & MAYES TESTING ENGINEERS, INC. 917 -134th St. S.W., Suite A -1 • Everett, WA 98204 '(206)..742 -9360. + FAX (206) 746 -1737 4 BOSS & MAYES TESTING ENGINEERS, INC. COMPUTER CITY SUPERCENTER Harman & Son Construction Page 6 PERMIT # B92 -0410 3 -24 -93 Inspected forms and reinforcing steel for pedistal footing and pedistal at B and 7 line, and pedestals at B and 5, B and 6, and B and 8 lines, also at A and 7, and A and 8. All reinforcing was as per plans and specifications with the exception of mud at bottom of forms at A and 7 line. Contractor cleaned out mud and placed 5 cubic yards of Stoneway mix # 4853 (3000 psi concrete) in the above locations. Concrete was placed by truck chute and consolidated. Cast three 6x12 test cylinders. 3 -24 -93 INSPECTION REPORTS JOB # 03393 INSPECTOR: Chris Heimbigner Reported to jobsite as requested to review city approved structural drawing and revisions and conducted the following required special inspections: 1) Drilling and epoxy dowelling of following footings: B -5, B -6, B -7, B -8, A -7 and A -8, as per details 7 and 8 /S3.1. 2) Panel -to -panel hairpin weldments and plate anchors for pre -cast panels along 4 line from A to B.1 and from C.1 to D, also along A line from 4 to 7 and from 8 to 12. 3) Panel base welds and connections along A line from 10.8 to 12 per engineer and city approved revision #RS -9 dated 3- 12 -93. 4) Obtain soils sample for proctor analysis for future backfilling. All weldments, anchors and epoxy dowelling have been completed as per plans and welds found in good quality_a0_womkmans44 p as per AWS D1.1 -90 criteria, except for the fotTowing - Items not complete 1) Panel base horizontal expansion anchors at grid C.95 -4, 2) Panel -to -panel plates and anchors along A line from 4 to 7 and from 8 to 12 at unwelded connections. 3) Top panel to panel plates and anchors under beam seats along line 4 between C.1 to D (2 places). INSPECTOR: Mark JUN 1 7 1993 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 917 - 134th St. S.W., Suite A -1 • Everett, WA 98204 • (206) 742 -9360 • FAX (206) 745 -1737 • BOSS & MAYES Business License: ❑ RENEWAL X NEW Application Date: January 8, 1993 usiness ame HARMAN AND SON CONSTRUCTION ICN. Local Street Addr ess 22 Andover Park East Address (Ba sure to include zi ukwila, WA 98188 -2904 Ode. 4410 ertovu/on) Local P. O. Box, it applicable Co ate Addres : .Mailing: P. 0. Box 11848 Ft. Worth, TX 7611 0 -1848 Physical: 1810 -B Eighth Avenue Ft . Worth, TX 76110 Corporate Phone: 817/923 -3392 Business Phone: unknown at this time Local manager (include name and home phone): unknown a t this time _ Indicate ownership status: ❑ Individual 0 Partnership ;o Corporation ❑ Non - profit List owners, partners or officers: Title Residence Address City/State /Zip Phone Robert King Harman t'reslgenc 2414 Warner timed rt.. Wog t.tz, TX 70120 o27(020 -00o M. Ellen Smith - Farrar Secretary 2015 El Cemino Drive Weatherford, TX 76086 817/573 -7021 is your Door- to•door solicitation? ❑ No ❑ Yes business: Contractor based outside City? ❑ No NJ Yes It "Yea'; show lobelt* address In space below Operated from your Tukwila residence? ❑ No ❑ yes if "Yes" read information on rev side and el n Any gambling and /or gambling devices on premises? 43 No 0 Yes Any amusement devices on premises? CiNO ❑ Yes No. of devices: Description of business (give details; also, Ilaitypesolproductssokloroved):Sizeoffloor commercial construction, general contractor Will retail sales be conducted? ❑ Yes (XNo space used; 25, 000 sq. ft. Original opening date of business In Tukwila: 2 -93 (es t . ) Total employees at Tukwila location, nel. management: 1 Ful1•time: Patt•tlme: Number of employees in each type of employment: Office: Retail: Wholesale: Manufacturing: Warehousin Other; 1 _ g Do you use /store /discharge flammable or hazardous materials? t;4 No 0 Yes 0 "Yee, state type and quantity: In case of emergency, notify: Phone 1. Rick Hall, 817/923 -3392, 214/221 -0193 2. Renewal r+ Show 1992 City of Tukwila Busine L e icense Ri o.: if business name has changed In past year, list former name: Is your bus ness use d erent t an the New business • previous use of this building/space? 0 No lit Yes ft "Yes ", what was the previous use o this building /space? (previously this was a retell store) is there currently In progress, or wili there be: any construction or remodeling? ❑ No or Yes installation of commercial storage racks? ❑ No • Yes a change of signage? ❑ No ❑ Yea ... if Yes I* Appropriate building prim t7 sal U be obtainer prior to start of construction or rack installation, Separate sign permits requI ed. Copies of the final a� v permits MUST accompany this application. Po;-It • brand Fax Transmittal Memo 7672 (" Company -ro KW4LA LD DEPT Locator Fax Comments Date: Paid: 0 Cash ❑ Check No.: Building: ❑ Building /sign permit attached Police: Date Issued: 1 993 License No.: Telephone s City Of Tukwila 6200 Southcenter Boulevard Tukwila, Washington 98188 - 2544 (206) 433 - 1800 OFF•lCE USE ONLY Received by: Receipt No.; Planning: Zoning designation: Fire: No. of Pages f ''a Dale Time From C Onion Dept. Cnerge Fax # O r ig i n al (lisp oslton Signature: Telephone M Destroy ❑ Return Q Cat for p.ckup Washington State a es ex o. or UBi Number: 601 090 728 Title/Office: 06t' — EZS -Lt RECEIVE JAN 2 21593 COMMUNiTY DEVELOPMENT Application for 1993 City Business License Please provide the following information. lnnQnbtete applications will NOT be accepted. This Is an APPLICATION ONLY, and NOT a license to conduct business, You must obtain a business license prior to conducting business. %CENSE FEE (based on K] 0 to 5 $50.00 number of employees) El 6 to 100 $100.00 CHECK ONE no ❑ 101 and above $200.00 i certify the Information contained herein Is correct. I understand that any untrue statement is reuse for revocation of my license. Print Name: ROBERT KING HA ' AN President Please return completed application with 100 to Tukwila City Hall at address shown above, Attention: City Clerk's orttoa TO 39dd 1SNO0 NOS t1NV NVIAleIVH RT :cIT FRST /77.ITl PI}iAT10N DATE y •�, 1 ,• • ^+7 • � ;•,. )EPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INPUOTIVOS :ONTRACTOR'B REGISTRATION BROTION O SOX 44450 3LYMPIA WA 06504 -4450 PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE: Use Ink 1-(206)-956-5228 BUSINESS NAME (LIMIT TO ao CHARACTERS AND ONLY ONE BUSINESS NAME) P. 0 Box 11848 Ft. W DO YOU HAVE OR WILL YOU BE HIRING EMPLOYEES? ❑ YES HAVE ANY OF THE PRINCIPAL OWNERS/OFFICERS EVER BEEN REGISTERED PREVIOUSLY IN WASHINGTON AS A CONTRACTOR? El YES IF YES, GIVE PREVIOUSLY REGISTERED BUSINESS NAME: HARMAN A BA ACCOUSTICAL M AIR CONDITIONING' BG APPLIANCES/ESIUIPMENT" XX ASBESTOS BC AWNINGS/CANOPIES/CARPORTS /PATIO COVERINGS AC BOILER/STEAM FITTING/PROCESS PIPING BO CABINET AND MILLWORK BE CARPENTRY/FRAMING CW CARPET LAYING BF CERAMIC/PLASTIC/METAL FILE AB COMMERCIAUINDUSTRIAL /REFRIGERATION' BI CONCRETE BJ DEMOLITION BK DRYWALL BL ELEVATOR BM EXCAVATING/GRADING BN FENCING BO FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM (ether than Mad) BP GLAZING/GLASS BO GUNITE MAY ALSO REQUIRE ELEOTRICA(. OR PLUMBER CERTIFICATION INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE ACCOUNT 10 Pendin DEPT. OF REWNUS EXCISE TAX KAISER Pendin F025-00 App Ior Cont, Rog. (W92) Fnm. TO dDdd CV BR BS ST BU OV SW BK BY aI MH CA CB CC AO BH CD AE CE 1SN00 NOS QNt/ Nt7WNVH r._Ae1 LICATION'FbR CON' R REGISTRATION tr PHONE A (ors C9d� n r n'Y �I1 A)R�N�AiNI JAINI ISIQLNI It:L 0INISI TIRtULCITIII0INI .111111L/".LL677/ 3 -3392 T,nrran MNUN ADDRESS: CITY STATE ZIP 4 4 r. . MARK THE TYPE OF REGISTRATION: Di GENERAL CONTRACTOR ❑ SPECIALTY CONTRACTOR SPECIALTY CONTRACTORS ONLY: WRITE IN ONE OR TWO TRADES FROM LIST BELOW: SPECIALTY CODE SPECIALTY CODE GUTTERS/DOWNSPOUTS HOUSE MOVING HYDRAULIC INSTALLATION/REPAIR INSTITUTIONAL/EQUIP/STATIONARY FURNITURE/LAB TABLES/LOCKERS INSULATION IRRIGATION/SPRINKING SYSTEMS' LANDSCAPING' LATHING MACHINERY MASONRY MOBILE HOME SETUP ORNAMENTAUMETALS PAINTING/WALLCOVERING PLASTERING PLUMBING' RESILIENT FLOOR/COUNTERTOP MATERIALS/PLASTIC FINISH MASONITE ROOFING SANITATION SYSTEMS 'Side Sewer" SEAL COATING CF CG CH CI CJ CK CL CM ON CO AP OP CO CR CS WD CT WS EX 601 090 726 IF NUMBERS ARE NOT SUBMITTED YOUR REGISTRATION WILL NOT BE PROCESSED GISbR— F7.R —/ TR 7.7. / T l] NO ❑ NO L i _l► 1 P PREVIOUS REGISTRATION NUMBER HARM4S4170G0 DATE EXPIRED:$ /$9. _prQx_ _ DO YOU WANT YOUR PREVIOUS CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION: (We would like to use the previous number.) CONTINUED AS A SEPARATE BUSINESS C� YES NO LISTED AS INACTIVE LJ YES NO ' • ' NOTE: PREVIOUS REGISTRATION WILL BE REFERENCED IN CURRENT FILE' • • SERVICE STATION EQUIPMENT' SHEET METAL SIDING (OTHER THAN WOOD) SIGNS— NON - ELECTRICAL STEEL/ALUMINUM ERECTORS STEEL REINFORCING/BAR/WIRE MESH STRUCTURAL PEST CONTROL/REPAIR SWIMMING POOLS/SERVICE/REPAIR' TANKS/TANK RENOVATING VENETIAN BLINDS/SHADES/DRAPES WARM AIR VENTINGNENNTILATION /EVAP. COOLING WATER CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT WATER PROOFING WEATHER STRIPPING WELDING WELL DRILLING WOOD FLOOR LAYING/FINISHING WOODSTOVE INSTALLATION OTHER (SPECIFY): OTHER REGISTRATION NUMBERS REQUIRED NOT10E: YOU MUST FILL IN THE ACCOUNT NUMBERS LISTED BELOW OR PROVIDE THE UNIFIED BUSINESS IDENTIFIER (UBI) ACCOUNT NUMBER FOR THE REQUIRED STATE NUMBERS, FEDERAL I.R.S. NUMBER MUSI BE PROVIDED. EMPLOYMENT SECURRY ACCOUNT NUMBER 649342 00 (former) IA. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NUMEER (FEDERAL) 751986 659 CORP. NO IF APPUCAS(,E 601 095 673 UNIFIED BUSINESS IDENTIFIER (UBI) ACCT, NO, I;I;C.T /77 /T11 BA AA dG XX BC AC BD BE Cw BF AB BI BJ BK 8L BM BN BO 8P 80 01/22/1993 17:22 IDUSTRIAL INSURANCE ACCOUNT ID 'endin UE EXCISE TAX NUM ; A Pendin . *OO1.000 App tat C. R.0. (awz) fru,re 817 - 923 -8490 DQ IN: SHADED 'AREA: 01 Or Q2 EFFECTNE DATE COUNTY CODE ExPI Ari9 „,___ WEI ENTERED BY CANTRAGTOR REGISTRATION • IECIIIUED.BY 'DON DATE . rt, ��,, �' i , DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES CONTRACTOR'S REGISTRATION SECTION PO BOX 44450 OLYMPIA WA 95504.4450 PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE: Use Ink RIANESS NAME (LIMIT TO 90 CHARACTERS AND ONLY ONE BUSINESS NAME) ACCOUSTICAL AIR CONDITIONING' APPLIANCES/EQUIPMENT' ASBESTOS AWNINGS/CANOPIES/CARPORTS/PATIO COVERINGS BOILER/STEAM FITTING/PROCESS PIPING CABINET AND MILLWORK CARPENTRY/FRAMING CARPET LAYING CERAMIC /PLASTIO/METAL FILE COMMERCIAUINDUSTRIAL/REFRIGERATION' CONCRETE DEMOLITION DRYWALL ELEVATOR EXCAVATING/GRADING FENCING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM (other than elect,) GLAZING/GLASS GUNITE OV BR BS BT BU BV BW BX BY BZ MH CA CB CC AD BH CD AE CE ' MAY ALSO REQUIRE ELECTRICAL OR PLUMBER CERTIFICATION 1 -(2Q6)- 955.5226 HARMAN AND SON CONST GUTTERS/DOWNSPOUTS HOUSE MOVING HYDRAUUC INSTALLATION/REPAIR INSTITUTIONAL/EQUIP./STATIONARY FUFINITURE/LAB TABLES/LOCKERS INSULATION IRRIGATION/SPRINKING SYSTEMS' LANDSCAPING' LATHING MACHINERY MASONRY MOBILE HOME SET-UP ORNAMENTAL/METALS PAINTING/WALLCOVERING PLASTERING PLUMBING' RESILIENT FLOOR/COUNTERTOP MATERIALS/PLASTIC FINISH MASONITE ROOFING SANITATION SYSTEMS 'Side Sewer" SEAL COATING r , et 1 PHONE 1UNTY MARK THE TYPE OF REGISTRATION; l GENERAL CONTRACTOR 0 SPECIALTY CONTRACTOR SPECIALTY CONTRACTORS ONLY: WRITE IN ONE OR TWO TRADES FROM LIST BELOW: SPECIALTY CODE SPECIALTY CODE BER (F CORP. NO. IF APPLICABLE IF NUMBERS ARE NOT SUBMITTED YOUR REGISTRATION WILL NOT NE PROCESSED PAGE 02 Nf sv _ T ATIOOR CCAi,l. gi TRATION AA. tHIAIRIMIAIN I AINIDI ISIOINI ICIQINISIT(j T( Ij,Q ,jj,lNiJIC R17/92T - 3322 ,TRrrwnt MIND ADDRESS& Cm' STATE 21P 4 P. 0. Box 11848 Ft. north Tx .. 76i ..0 ❑ YES NO El YES ❑ NO DO YOU HAVE OR WILL YOU BE HIRING EMPLOYEES? HAVE ANY OF THE PRINCIPAL OWNERS/OFFICERS EVER BEEN REGISTERED PREVIOUSLY IN WASHINGTON AS A CONTRACTOR? IF YES, GIVE PREVIOUSLY REGISTERED BUSINESS NAME: HARM AND S ON C ItJ (samo a urrent ) PREVIOUS REGISTRATION NUMBER jjARMASC�2OLO DATE EXPIRED: 8/89 prox _ _.. DO YOU WANT YOUR PREVIOUS CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION: (We would like to use the previous number.) CONTINUED AS A SEPARATE BUSINESS ❑ YES S] NO LISTED AS INACTIVE ❑YES la NO " ' NOTE: PREVIOUS REGISTRATION WILL BE REFERENCED IN CURRENT FILE ''' CF SERVICE STATION EQUIPMENT' CG SHEET METAL CH SIDING (OTHER THAN WOOD) CI SIGNS—NON-ELECTRICAL CJ STEEUALUMINUM ERECTORS OK STEEL REINFORCING/BAFVWIRE MESH CL STRUCTURAL PEST CONTROUREPAIR CM SWIMMING POOLS/SERVICE/REPAIR' CN TANKS/TANK RENOVATING Co VENETIAN BLINDS/SHADES/DRAPES AF WARM AIR VENTINGWENTILATION/EVAP. COOLING CP WATER CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT' CO WATER PROOFING CFI WEATHER STRIPPING CS WELDING WD WELL DRILLING CT WOOD FLOOR LAYING/FINISHING WS W000STOVE INSTALLATION EX OTHER (SPECIFY): OTHER REGISTRATION NUMBERS REQUIRED NOTICE: YOU MUST FILL IN THE ACCOUNT NUMBERS LISTED BELOW OR PROVIDE THE UNIFIED BUSINESS IDENTIFIER (UBI) ACCOUNT NUMBER FOR THE REQUIRED STATE NUMBERS. FEDERAL I.R.S. NUMBER MUST BE PROVIDED. EMPLOYMENT • 1 ACCOUNT NUMBER 649342 00 (former) • T • . 11 r '- r \ S'I'T 0/ UNIFIED B E; IOE 601 090 728 FIER (U81) ACCT. NO. 75 -1986 659 601 095 673 01/22/1993 17:22 817 -923 -8490 HARMAN AND SON CONST PAGE 03 TYPE OF ORGAN, ATION (COMPLETE ONE OF TL. FOLLOWING) INDIVIDUAL PROPRIETORSHIP MAILING ADDRESS El PARTNERSHIP NAMES (TYPE OR PRINT) VICE PRESIDENT TREASURER MAILING ADDRESS Robert King Harman 2414 Warner Road STATUTORY AGENT MAILING ADDRESS (TYPE OR PRINT NAME OF NOTARY SEAL PLICANT) INDI ID L NAME CITY MAILING ADORES$ CITY PRINT) NAME OF CORPORATION (TYPE OR PRINT) El CORPORATION HARMAN AND SON CONSTRUCTION, INC. POST OFFICE ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL OFFICE MAILNG ADDRESS P. 0. Box 11848 1810 -B Eighth Avenue PRESIDENT (TYPE OR PRINT) MAILING ADDRESS Robert Kin • Harman 2414 Warner Road Rob King Harman 2414 Warner Read Ft. ert Werth TX H. Ellen Smith-Farrar E1 Camino Drive MAILING ADDRESS CITY Ft. Worth TX CITY STATE ZIP Ft . Worth TX 7611 SECRETARY MAILING ADDRESS CITY STATE Weatherford 'IX 76086 CITY STATE ZIP Ft. Worth TX C T Corpora ti on Sys tem 5 20 Pi ke . Street .,MINV „$o &tl a NOTE: Social Security Numbers for Identification Only AFFIDAVIT OF 1NDIVIQ1I}1(. PROPRIETOR THE UNDERSIGNED, BEING FIRST DULY SWORN, DEPOSES AND SAYS; I, THE APPLICANT NAMED IN THIS APPLICATION, HAVE READ THE CONTENTS HEREOF, AND TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF THE FOREGOING STATEMENTS ARE TRUE IN SUBSTANCE AND EFFECT AND ARE MADE IN GOOD FAITH. (SIGNATURE OF (TYPE OR PRINT NAME) (SIGNATURE) ROBERT KING HARMAN d-Va l t.4∎.. NEFONK MAILING THIS APPLICATION% H VE YOU INCLUDED THE 1. COMPLETED APPLICATION WITH NOTARIZED SKINATURE(S)'. OILN11NAL SURETY BOND OR ASSIGNMENT FORM (NOT COPIES) 3. OR INSURAC CERTIFICATE p DOCUMENT, AND/OR ASSIGNMENT FORM 4. UNIFIED, BUSINESS IDENTIFIER (UBI) ACCOUNT NUMBER. SM.ISF,5.$ ITEMS 6, 6 AND 7 F44164/01-00019/62) /W. STATE STATE STATE (817) ZIP CITY STATE ZIP PHONE NO. PHONE NO. 923 -3392 ZIP 76110 76140 ZIP ZIP CITY STATE ' ZIP A )DAVIT of CGRPO ATIDN OR PARR Ep EP9H,IIP WE, THE UNDERSIGNED, BEING FIRST DULY SWORN, EACH FOR HIMSELF DEPOSES AND SAYS; THAT THE UNDERSIGNED ARE THE DULY ELECTED, QUALIFIED, AND ACTING OFFICERS, OR PARTNERS, AS THE CASE MAY BE, OF THE WITHIN NAMED APPLCANT, AS PER THEIR SIGNATURE BELOW: THAT WE HAVE READ THE CONTENTS OF THIS APPLICATION, AND TO THE BEST OF OUR KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF THE FOREGOING STATEMENTS ARE TRUE IN SUBSTANCE AND EFFECT AND ARE MADE IN GOOD FAITH. (TITLE) .P'residen t _ FOLLOWING? 5. EMPLOYMENT SE O. INDUSTRIAL INSU 7. REVENUE TAX NUMBER S. IRS NUMBER OR COPY OF COMPLETED APPLICATION 9. 840.00 CHECK OR MONEY ORDER .09TCR: IP THS ABOVE RRE NOT IiIURIATTlO IN ONE 1 AGE YOUR RIOh$TRAfON WILL NOT SE PROCESSED PATH ENGINEERS AREA M:1CAD126010,Wp Building interior Building Perimeter Area site parking Tha k you, 49 Larr D. Boyer Turner & Aissoa f ates C 2065255560 TEL:1- 266 -481 -7692 Jan 20 93 PATH ENGINEERS, INC. 17028 BOTHELL • EVERETT HWY 8.E. SUITE H BOTHELL, WA 0801.2 (206) 461.7735 • FAX (208) 481•7602 January 20, 1993 To: Howard Turner & Associates 2115 N.N. Park Road Seattle, WA. 98105 Job: 260 Re: Computer City Dear Howard, The following lighting power budget calculations Dimension 24,900 sq ft. 655 40,000 sq ft. Watts 34,200 756 1,470 Northwest Energy Code permits the following. Building interior Retail over 20,000 sq ft. Building perimeter Area site parking .2100u4Ge W656. - Eveekci zote.T. 14TeRtoiZ. @ avA.tO >2o. s.. 2.0 (,) /sff Fv2ttAtew, - or Imuc = 7,5' w /i...F. Paa2t4kct A1Rr1a. 0,05(.0/.6.F. 1910 No .002 P.01 666 .BEmD►CR:O Olt IP T1icoL0 P.01 for your use. Watts /dimension 1.38/sq ft. 1.15 /ft. 0.037/sq ft. 1.5 /sq ft. 1., / 7.5 /ft. . 1/ 0.05 /sq ft. O.K. RECEIVED JAN 2 11993 COMMUN ITY DEVELOPMENT TO: ,z FROM ,42 A P / o DATE: /2/20 i I . 4 Jar 4 AY i ■ �Tryrl�iyEivrs s 77s 4 1 :.�..zFittc., .. w7hStca i. Fgtut{: F::±.. Yb's{ ivSt�• s+ 71i44rl+ ijl4}}%"< i) 1:" 4llrllF` 41�t( C¢l riflww :- atthry.t.�.i•f.�•'�iaw••.v ,.r�•. ½:4," F11ww' YOUR' l/. c - AND MEMORANDUM CITY OF T JKWILA 6200 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, Washington 98188 (206) 433 -1800 Au , zve 11.9i'Z /4/ G Black River A SW16St SCUr.u.ro. A.m.; VIVa un✓tC��MCt •L PL 73,, St Strander PARKWAY PLAZA NORTH � +m T uk Wth SOUTHCENTER SHOPPING MALL S 143 St Treck Industry Dr O." a � S125St Ir•oit Wa 2 2 2 2 N 5 S NE NE3RdC SE aE 132 St • S _Bl• NE SE 160 P rn 26PL N v III' KENT CITY LIMITS \ 8 S SEIB' RENT ®N � I.b•� MW SY• SE 5 St .ovsfPid7r,c Ci to k die /� aYf L • . ti E . • t' cre 4 St KK 186 St S t SF C MAPLE Wt r62 SE 160`"" \ - J C- SE 166 Pt 71 PL SE Mg t G ••• Strander Black River • . o *n 7.3. St `- - Tukwila _ • COUNTY • X11 PARK Track I nduitry 128 St S 125 St Z Z Z Z N 5 : S Mu. •0 NE3RdC SE E 132 S SE NE SE I 5E180 EL S 140 4 ukw SOUTHCENTER SHOPPING MALL PARKWAY PLAZA NORTH N tt4 at KENT CITY LIMITS St SF 5E181 L 1,0lc.: SY • • • SE 5 St NE 4 St SE 16 lee at St lac a MAPLE Wi St SI 16 2 SE 166 El 171 PL SE � y S125St..NV • Jt .' . i ` a • N5 St 1 .`AE A2 ! 126 S 12 Mtinici N L 7 A IO RT .' >215 s S r m l 13 < ' ti t c I.. 128 St - „ a t, > Z � ^� tp, i 4 St ' t�� 4 t ti W. • c N Nit 510: 2 : a 3 ti,... :. _ . • . .1111E Pi Q,J,Haual i c d 4 St gftgF 00 ifli- 21 Milt I ..c.,...c.: ,. . ...a. tli: ,•• menimel �,, 3 St Cedar L y• - ; BBii ,t [�1t a : ::::;; - : .;.. ....... s., • . {r: a s s d Est � a �! s ': , i S Q � _ .. ®e E r 11 ME s3 � . - r St i llP i 1 r I.IY • +• I MWa�•.'Q ..n.C .InTOM p.nton.7111. - . ll.n�> W :t - f f ...c��:- ra PL It d Iry,P47 Retry = J,Ga sl RENTON'Y'i '.Population' 3 ; sEispulg S SElal SE5St E _ o - o ¢• ~ 7 t 0• Strander Black River $ PARKWAY PLAZA NORTH Tukwila T ukwila SOUTHCENTER SHOPPING MALL NE 4 St NE3RddCt SE aE 132 St • SE TC2 N N Q S E 5 A. SE 1 PL 1 16 a `• if P1 ................ C MAPLE Wi SE 164 `u w 186 St e. SE 166 Pt� St EA( 71 PL SE Black River Strander O utv am u, N PAR PLAZA NORTH ti Tukwila . T ukwila SOUTHCENTER SHOPPING MALL Treck InduttrY 3 Dr S125St NE 3RdCt SE sE 132 St SE NE 1 SE160 P at, St St IV,, . . ,1'. Y •� NYV` T RENTON 5 St Municipal 3131 AIRPORT 1 ti:4!*• • 11 . N YC KENT CITY LIMITS St- SEte : pct KE 1 " Q N SE S St Cs4 ;e C7 4 : , Or I W N • E r ° a tc NE 4 St MAPLE W1 st SF . o C s N C R St 5, 767 s SE 16C 11:ni 16St SE 166 tpC 71 PL St PHIL ••. • t •• ••• II G Strander PARKWAY PLAZA NORTH w _ 126PL Tukwila SOUTHCENTER SHOPPING MALL '\ COUNTY \' PARK �. Industry 126 co S 128 St NE St _ i • NE3RdCt • SE sE 132 St SE NE SE 180 P 'v m S12 St Ott KENT CITY LI7 !TS sE1 5St c SE 5 St /PO .L., b o 4 0 N (3.1 N N N NE 4 St MAPLE WI St 4 .9 SE 164 .° ', 188 51 a SE 166 Pt� N •• tan 3.1 • • • G E2511 Strander 1 s 26 PL /4 SOUTHCENTER SHOPPING MALL • PARKWAY PLAZA NORTH S l435 PL s •s• 126 • St �I 128 St For n NE St NE 3Rd Ct SE E 132 St SE N E 1 SE 1 l'16 4 Mat 0 1 SE 160 PL (••••• • .4 " • ) * * • • •••••• t. • - 125 St KENT CITY LIMITS . os> ntic2744-Z,t2:: RENTON • ; .• • . 4 *.e. * . !: ca 4 • !: • • •• •,, • 4 N SEE St . 6 E , t a a , In 0 4 SE r ••■•:‘, .r,. • 1: k• 5' N 160 St NE 4 St MAPLE ‘41( SE 16 1665t C.. SE 166 Pt! St SI 71 PL SE MAR -19 -1993 10:47 FROM RSP INC. 206 624 86B7 p Facsimile Cover Sheet OA TE: - 93 7O: FROM: REJKARKSI IR A T T I SWENSON P E R B I X 7 , 0 0 • PROJECT: (.....c PAGES (INCLUDING COVER SHEET? ,Qt: ce 7" WARD COPY WILL a , w�41R"+ Raul SWIM fer*bt, W. TO TIME. 4313665 P.01 iv"? 1 9 iS93 1.4* 4,4 - £ as AD 4 eig <=z4 WILL FOLLOW 1411 411b Avenue Buildlos, Sups 300 Sauk. % Wartoa 90101 Pboae 206,624•7, Fax 206.62416$ MAR -19 -1993 10:48 FROM RSP INC. 206 624 8687 ■ R a Y T I SWIILN$ON P E N I X ?e,3 . . A t. 04 s/L f c ant • 4 . • . . 4 i 11 1 /7 0 , 4 � \r 4 . h X r ,... TO 4313665 P.02 RECEIVED M 1 91993 C;ONIII RAN1°f Y DEVELOPMENT w .4 I. n 1.. I nn P..ut. ram A01411 Check '1A4 414 Q R1 PA If 7c16474.1176R MAY -12 -199. 16;45 FROM RSP INC, 206 624 8687 ,l p 61 4 Wevaa' 1'✓pel 544.szils 77., Stat., 171 ; %.V "614. - eriniA/G F 4rion/ PC/2 404.4 oral. r >le r&L rum ' k.oPt•nid At/ flPS /S',13r96440 CN' .riV re2lOR. i 4L L kootple4 or rii? rA 140AIb •711( /Mwn 0 "o /7' L :, n/I,Ij OJT /d1a►d' 71 k� r R A T T I SWENSON 1 3 "CM- OW Car r e m y'L Pigne Ly • (? '✓a,t,fri 4,1,y4 01'42, TO Pere. 1 rezil (14 1-0 "4 r, $16.1) 'germs. 36R•4 4g✓tit y/ 07,4m'i e pMt� .. • _rit 10 10, . /riM"T.�fL . V1? iy+c1,�.. agrov►r. r Sip 11 #0 (iw'/sL 'v "Jrres1 m — '- I , spnva e Bv -Driv4 ..r..... Post -It" brand fax tml, - e. ttal memo 7671 j /tot pog98 . o10.. D 7c�,a:,' Co,• One N check 5255560 P,01 (P) 0 --/z -93 'late rsa no. MAY -06 -1993 14:36 FROM RSP INC. 206 624 "8687 TO 4398174 P.01 ti tt" brand fax transmittal memo 1671 K� r client 141146 Avez e &Id�b� ��fF,��I p.ERB, REOE V E mpg p 7. '1993 COMMUNIT DEVEL 410 59z- 0 4 ent (ii) / /1609 " t/ggr5 ( 7 BUG.,,► s OLE 2) /b N E oese.S C) Lae- is ate rsp no. do3ign A' sheet Pt:m.14r brand fax transmittal memo 7T1 [!r.__.. iiiiialliffillia *of pages ■ - • A ________L_._ WIEP c o . , . Dept. • Fax# (,4-6"64) _ WR 08:42 FROM IL INC. 206 624 8687 TO Transmittal REMARKS 7 akar(' •■■,....■•••■•••■••exw■■■■••■■mowy....w.P1=• 1 R A T T. 1! SWENSON PERBIX RSP NUMBER wS ARS SNCLoSING: pavrs MOM= SHOP DRAWINGS CAWS OTHER DESCRIPTION ar7 ir.7nr.,44 :„. 5255560 • P.01 rECEPED CITY OF TUKYVIIA APR T2 1993: PERMIT CENTER P-12-i993. 08 :43 FROM " yNC. 206 624 8687 CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED €5t' LDI R A T T I SWENSON 93 VISION D i9.0, .7. 4.072 G , A4'i4 .47- 44 4.41 ,a Q (7 YP/4,y�� ��. yreg C project Pee 6 " A1T , ,v0.1, 107P r TO 5255 1.82 of 4 ,e"4 -7 ,Z. ltaf r1Zi4P //42 Tn idu. c.te G 70,71 _4 41r34c' (4 6/0E oic oeic ; D MOM' VIA, APR 1 2 1993 Penr Cara date 1a 017 *r_k' -∎7;7 P , ,,O 4& rsp no. ?S ^/ sheet 7 WEN - SQN I... projec, date RECEWID CITY OF IUKt'rfp .! APR ' 2 1993 r%p no, ` S 1CCt `h p � u'I, 1 R S MA-14 OS » - 1.1 �J Ub • �L R . WM/,c /44W40 116'44. • S •■/)674)Z 't s /IC .L 4 / '' = 4 041 1' /I1,4 '- o H uM „- SP INC. 206 624 868? TO .- 5255560. P.03 mac. e - ' r ec4 L5 cfs S ( G) '11#1/01, '4 r 3 v�o er /;- -1p • 32 G./-/5 I su p pl ' ad derstand that the Plan Check approvals a act to errors and ontiteulans and approval s does not aut odao the Violation of ptod code or ordinanO Nole+ipt of F • . ctor's of approved plans etigooliOged. CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED NA 8 1993 BU LD G '!VISION r,? 4' C 1 UrcW L11 • MAR 1 a . 1994: PEM 11T CENTER • • iel0C lD FIN4 r SPECTI Va4~ 7 Efri , icc ( oc record Mac/ / 51 k,iuit cc wrff %'i fi e &'d I i c�a l, Nair 4Gni' 5ifc 016tf dri.5 bum riia & avid -fh+ -Ike re- ii5cd GGo- - lavr, blct►irs have been ,osba1 /eI In atca s- A wcc w 1 4-/ approved r�f5cd detyl" � fiac,7cd) , • R A T T 1 SWENSON KE R S I X • pe.i. c,/ probe t rsp no. sheet a.;rti► / 764,ry,... client check 1411 4th Avenue Building Suite 500 Seattle, Wa. 98101 206 -624 -8687 FAX 206- 624 -8268 ik/ / Aarri-D Ew f�bT j ,e ��/7ii E,x#' 77/v 4 7) tt 8 si_ 4TE© R A T T I SWPENSON P. E R B I X — 3100V 8 I I C'01.; f ,L4A' . (14 proje client 8 V 3/ Z See 7 O/ / 7/s . / Cor t0.5rii✓6 P6Y,wcoa ,9,.wc r / 3 T I:ethr."/4 •Tr0 s r' Fr /5 r Ps YWQtn A T - 2„ £ ri/✓L . 6 4 ° 41 .2 epos /4d1 eis"°)d 1 Fiiesr rx/sri"✓!, 4;w 5 r a Cxi�'ii✓6 7x 27V�GL3 „ i45' Si.:E” c* ... MAR 2 X993 • #.? 5 date s l ign 2E' ign check rsp no. , sheet 1411 4th Avenue Building Suite 500 Seattle, Wa. 98101 206- 624 -8687 FAX 206 - 624 -8268 444A/4 3z Z - 2 .49‘4 1 7 - 4 - z" , aided- R ATT I StWENSON P.ERBIX Fiat Ain/ Arsex. PAR P4494 L ( 2 ) 430i.75 vizi; yi 4 AX/s7_id6. .1^4 Le Ree41/^/ „fer` (7 4 check A 6 4: 64 , P Zea7. ieeziaeovre.c. ceo-Api Pep, 7 • 2 MAR1 2 1993 date rsp no. g esig sheet 1411 4th Avenue Building Suite 500 Seattle, Wa. 98101 206-624-8687 FAX 206-624-8268 ' 2x10 0 16 "oc LOW GL 5 . RIDGE (3)2x12 (2)14xHD800 HEADER \ RIDGE GI_ 5 ...i_ .. p. / •, 7• '' • :r r l • • 2x11 16'oc�, I T. 2Z EA:' SIDE LOW 1 j �� '1 1 OF t.A. /z 1= (3)2x12 L �EU52'• E4idrsi4 7x• 9 45 °d1.8 (4 .TOTAL) • ( P ilcS5) •'' 'HHU210 -3 HANGERS Law) ■ R A T T I SWENSON R E R S I X CornP #7 C a• project client h 00-/G'93 date design sheet Week . r . ::. �. .. 78 s• / • • ••- r..4 •UKW1LA . ~.... rsp no. 1411 4th Avenue Building Suite 500 Seattle, Wa. 98101 206-624-8687 FAX 206 -624 -8268 I 2 &/ �i,v15NeS 01/E7Z C P. kv- �Xp# /f i4TER.04. POR 4,eeN . C /• NEoPZEN6 P4P ■ R A T T I SWENSON P,E R B 1 X ■ Cii / , "v Co.u�x6rf6 S uvg pa7z Pt.-40 z (NI is 1 miz a" r 1 PR#z PL 4/1 5EGronf E s — e'REv/sEc. i,zo ,i /4/53./ cc lavoPe. , 71‘ - `02.. air/ - 5ft • Pe , Alive c..-. I Dec i x /'G f f &z71 c NEW cow- S tag 2 tx/sri/z/ mac E O > C�,evv r' 1.1�( 's /Al ra F 7 K " /s roil/6 C ftJc. Vogr /8",e, C3 fir. 57 MAR 12. 199, Z-- /9 -9.3 date / rsp no. � RS • V `design sheet client War 1411 4th Avenue Building Suite 500 Seattle, Wa, 98101 206 -624 -8687 FAX 206- 624 -8268 eisrAv . 4.47 s >E2 �16- R A T T 1 SWENSON P,E R B I X • lJ e"GT <oA/ P/1-0 ✓ /DA '(3) Do 14 L s @ y "64 Pee ,es- 4 _� aT P/409.67-4e Co/t/'RdE7 Pde.SECT /on' /S3.1 — Esc.4✓i7 ' 4 VA 13r94,e o'i 1,1 40 /21D6t,tse.E ' AJiPAI . , ' T 1door >,4 . '(- # oit'1/-0 X >!0" /C5)i'.. 7 i MAR 1 2 1,994. �O4+ e4v — a4- Z • /9.5,.3 proje date rsp no. , s -s esign sheet h client check 1411 4th Avenue Building Suite 500 Seattle, Wa, 98101 206 -624 -8687 FAX 206 - 624 -8268 1 PANEL TO PANEL CONNECTIONS OF RELOCATED RELOCATED PANELS PER 3/S3.1 (TYP.) EXISTING P.C. PANEL'S TO BE REMOVED (SAW CUT AS REQUIRED AND LEAVE EXISTING PILASTER IN PLACE). NEW 2' -0" CONT FTG. - 0" ZCH'L. DRAWINGS LOCATION WHERE NEW EXTERIOR GRADE' DROPS BELOW BOTTOM; OF EXISTING PANEL I (ASSUMED. VERIFY W / ARCH.) vv v2 r97 lo,) Pc.Irm✓ ; ' « r.)!pn g NIY ■ R A T T I SWENSON P.E R B I X ,✓ P41 grr/ ?ex Z — 5 EXISTING PAD FOOTINGS TO BE REMOVED. ' EXISTING PANEL TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH RELOCATED PANEL R ARCH. —rte '007E* coy project client 1411 4th Avenue Building Suite 500 9/S3.1 :1' -6" CONT. i FOOTING EXISTING PILASTER I t, TO REMAIN. PROVIDE JJ NEW CONN.'s TO L^ RELOCATED PANEL PER 3/53.1 Ii I• Seattle, Wa. 98101 date check 206 -624 -8687 rsp no. es-6 sheet " CNI 0 18xHD800 M STUDS 0 16 FAX 206- 624 -8268 4 I o 7 G S . oh.r5 / 7 7 / 9 / B 1 A i c r / o 2 7 v - 8 -7- / � 2 144-2,46 /Ow/rcz s At- 844 'd 0,90414. 5!>EUr9-- .rrviiiii7-? /orb #5 .41L 4r'O R A T T I SWENBON PER B I X client �L_r3 Sir ,G re• RC e -45 rg/. GO/ r't✓o vT" gig/ r is rmes Poe-/c4-77 %'//. ( 40 vi3 — ( bm6ED t 7 z ~) .4� LI r 1 .. : • � I� pr oj� i Cal �" / Ol U t1 MAR 3 t'2�9 9 TYP 3 ,, 472 4 date d esign check rsp no. sheet 7 1411 4th Avenue Building Suite 500 Seattle, Wa. 98101 206 -624 -8687 FAX 206- 624 -8268 • : R . AT T1 SWENSON P .ERB1X client • .77pP PAt9 7T A reo et/ 7?.a " -rat, CITY t MAR 1 2 1994 PERMIT ;ER = .•. 4.3 proje date: rsp no, RS design sheet 1411 4th Avenue Building 5114500 Seattle, Wa, 98101 • 206-624-8687 . FAX 206-624-8268 Post -Ir brand fax transmittal memo 7671 Is of pages ■ / To FromAZ.E„ � Co. # 4 _. rq� / f Co. � isp Dept. ( Phone N Fax N 139 Fax Fax N 4 )/ y „9( A/ .01415 R A T T1 SWENSON P-E R B 1 X 111 project client J - <0. date des check rsp no. sheet 1411 4th Avenue Building Suite 500 Seattle, Wa. 98101 206 -624 -8687 FAX 206 -624 -8268 November 18, Regarding: City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 1992 :- Mahan & DeSalvo, Inc. Consulting Engineers 1200 Fifth Avenue, Suite 1910 Seattle, WA 98101 4• "Boa-A9 Shellie L. Bates Permit Technician C. 92-T-17 - Computer City Supercenter (B92-0410) Please do structural review per U.B.C., 1991 Edition. Sincerely, John W Rants, Mayor Rick Beeler, Director t : 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188, • (206) 431-3670 • Fax: (206) 431.3665 DATE 3—/?---g3 CONTACT PERSON ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER PLAN CHECK/PERMIT NUMBER 8g I SUBMITTED TO: c���'?3 �'748q CITY OF TUKWILA 6300 SOUTHCENI'ER BOULEVARD TUKWILA, WA 98188 * REVISION SUE \ . I TTA L * * PROJECT NAME Oi'u 04)1410 u ADDRESS PHONE TYPE OF REVISION: SHEET NUMBER(S) "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revisions and date revisions. PECEivED CITY OF lUMILII C .. t/ 9 Cage( 3 .' Ca vzoice�. 40 . .t MAR T2 1993 j z a1 %t • pRr C fyTER r '"Y t is .. ATTENTION Project Data TO 4.444:42 p 1.$ SoGe4 'MEMORANDUM PHONE LOG MEETING RECORD SITE REPORT PARTICIPANTS REMARKS /We / 4 I ot.4.*A./4 2).E ARE 500,6'.4e•e/ alp T6 - sit, ' 5,•'TS ,2S -/ 744¢ f/ .3 - /o -93 • A!" T� / Z 3 R A T T I SWENSON PERBIX DATE '/0- X1 PROJECT Co"" ,Porg'A C.7 REC::IVCD Cl i Y t✓r "TUKWILA MAR i :2 199 ; PERMIT CENTER RSP NUMBER ��>> BY 4- .�ttZE' L7, Sf0 (Y •�i 8 /A/ ?.balls Os Dal/64351W) 11,06 8E_ ,vys R5 - • wv. ilvAZ CAvbi7 .4 4.* 1A T . t/ER 'G Of N 44 ate, acY2seosesa .- - :/ - ^on/. P.,. ,ls�,e 4) o SXZSTi •e/ . 8 ,.. SE* 6/eh Ratti Swenson Perbix, Inc. 1411 4th Avenue Building, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98101 Phone 206.624.8687, Fax 206.624.8268 3.1.$ Transmittal TO ATTENTION DESCRIP710 i ( .5770.7 Ae...aoz) ■ R A T T I SWENSON P E R B I X WE ARE ENCLOSING: PRINTS ORIGINALS SHOP DRAWINGS Wiz/ /5 /ort/ RSP NUMBER CALCS , z �•. yiL. 3 -/c REMARKS RECD • CITY OF 7131'?. ,'''..A r1R COPY TO BY OTHER MAR 3 2 1993 Ratti Swenson Porbix, Inc. 1411 Fourth Avenue Building, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98101. Phone 206.624.8687, Fax 206.624.8268 Project Data PARTICIPANTS ATTENTION lsi1&4WD 4 NRe►/BTZ.. R A T T I • SWENSON PERBIX REMARKS 74g ? 4,1.41/4 .3 -/0 -93 . RSP NUMBER TO u.e.L2 I s oe..OTES DATE J - / - PROJECT C.iooli C,72/ BY _ 15 MEMORANDUM PHONE LOG MEETING RECORD SITE REPORT MAR 2 1993: PERMIT CENTER AiPs..LVV✓iA/4 ZS4,¢/.e'7712✓s Age" a� $w000 f el/ eve- 7:i7E Z 5 Fer$ Rs- / 2 3 . F_xesr,.✓y 674 8' s ,ti✓ .4eaw.5 7. td - Z E * iss/EJ # /tE:401.0 .ice ,G✓ f�1 dn6 Of WOW Re .d0✓//L,1(Z 1Z A 44/ .40.92".04 Cvvb4 7 J .44 i"'a. &c)rzempi✓a - 4 Te tQ r de.e.. 0,9i E 7777.07Z" d/at/St !. it/_ &Is, C- Cow.✓. AripoiWED Air Ri.k•s7 1e Lai £ i .n's'4 &1 SE*1T i6Ea. a AP /?io.✓yt.. q s h 40Ll /.eg4) ovge XG • Rf.✓4G. • .6„, ( Zei"v Abu) /JC /ti' CAA/ f /o� Z:er S /ST.� 1 Rattl Swenson Pcrbix, Inc. 1411 4th Avenue Buildine. Suite 500 Seattle. Washineton 98101 Phone 206.624.MR7. Far 2n6.624.VAR Transmittal TO 6 t 5 DESCRIPTION() , °" D Lsz.. • COPY TO 81 R A T T I . SWENSON P E R B I X A77EN77ON -p� -r7 I -e-/r.Gt°s RSP NUMBER WE ARE ENCLOSING: PRINTS ORIGINALS SHOP DRAWINGS / CALCS OTHER A.------. 4 t/m#..wi ] di i5 /OAS (I) RS - / , RS - 5 �f r / /s/QftI S / ( ,) C7, a,s,•r /S.c 4/ ) G-14 -t S,6 'Cm- Z . .w•s 54 ,. 3 ' /c) - .Y , t. REMARKS RECENtf) MAR 12 199 PERMIT Cr: , . R. Ratti Swenson Perblx, Inv. 1411 Fourth Avenue Building, Suite $00 Seattle, Washington 98101 Phone 206,624.8687, Fax 206.624.8268 M E M 0 DATE 3/18/93 TO COMPUTER CITY FILE FROM RSB •SUBJECT REVISIONS TO APPROVED PLANS #.OF PAGES 1 RECIEVED PROPOSED REVISIONS TO.PLANS:12MAR93, REVIEWED ON 18MAR93y AND SPOKE TO HOWARD TURNER :REGARDING PROPOSED USE OF EXISTING GLB'S. STRESS GRADE USED. IN ANALYSIS WAS TO BE ASSUMED BY VIRTUE op. VISUAL INSPECTION BY ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL "ENGINEER.:, DISCUSSED PROPOSAL. WITH :D :G. AND GIVEN THE CUT FACT THAT THEY WERE GOING TO CU OFF ENDS AND RE SEAT EACH BEAM NO OBJECTION TO RE USE OF.THESE''GLB'S IS MADE PROVIDED WE HAVE`A LETTER CONFIRMING THE INSPECTION MADE, AND THE ENGINEER OF RECORD MAKES,A FIELDOBSERVATION TO CONFIRM THE INSTALLATION IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROVEDDESIGN. DATE 3/19/93 TO COMP CITY FILE, B92 -0410 FROM RSB SUBJECT: AMENDED CONDITIONS OF PERMIT #:OF.PAGES.. .... ... .. .............1 CALLED HOWARD TURNER TO LET HIM KNOW THAT THE USE OF THE EXISTING `GLU -LAM BEAMS. WILL BE 0:K. PROVIDED THAT ° THE STRUCTURAL CALC' S ARE SUBMITTED ," AND A FURTHER CONDITION OF FINAL INSPECTION APPROVAL WILL BE REQUIRED PRIOR TO, AND AS A CONDITION Or,: FINAL INSPECTION APPROVAL: THE ENGINEER OF RECORD SHALL SUBMIT 'A STATEMENT IN,WRITING TO. THE `�BUILDING OFFICIAL STATING THAT A SITE VISIT`. HAS BEEN MADE AND .REUSED. -LAM BEAMS HAVE BEEN.: INSTALLED., IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROVED REVISED DESIGN. June 1,1993, C TURNER & ASSOCIATES 18420 24th Place N.P.; Seattle, WA 98155 (206) 365 -7431 We are within one week of final inspections, so you expeditous review appreciated. CITY OF JUN 21993 PERMIT CENTER Mr. Duane Griffin, This letter is to request approval for a change to the approved drawings for the now under construction Computer City Supercenter at 404 Strander Boulevard. The request for approval was initaially submitted to Mr. Vernon Umetsue of the Planning and Zoning Department to determine color and material design suitability, but was subsequently referred to you for technical review. Your. Department has been very flexible in the past , and I hope we can continue to work out these building issues as they come up in the field. The approved drawings under discussion show the revised roof penthouse, with an open framing system intended to allow the rooftop I-IVAC units to vent directly to the open sky. The open roof framing is shown as . covered in sheet metal ; however, the general contractor has strongly advised that all the sheennetal joints involved in wrapping the GLBM at each rafter along its entire length will lead to leaking, and that it will be better to build a section of roof over the GLBM as shown on the attached revised Sht A 10,dated June 2, 1993. Tho rafters will be wrapped in sheetmetal as approved . Attachment cc:Harman and Assoc. of this matter will be May 3,1993, TURNER & ASSOCIATES Mr Bob Benedicto Plans Examiner Dept. of Community Development Tukwila,WA 98188 2115 N.E. Park Road, Seattle, WA 98105. (206)523 -7489 Dear MrBenedicto, As we discussed last week on the telephone, there is a discrepancy in the Computer City Supercenter permit documents which needs to be clarified. The r -value for the rigid insulation under the roof membrane is called out differently in the energy code calculations and in the key notes on the drawings. The energy code calculations , shown on the title sheet of the drawings and in the Project Manual , are correct. April 22, 1993 17".g1" John A. Pierog, P.E Development En City of Tukwila Department of Public Works Mr. Robert L. Wiley Fidelity Associates 4211 Holly Lane Mercer Island, WA 98040 Subject: Computer City Supercenter, 404 Strander Boulevard (Project No. P92 -0146) If you have any further questions concerning the above, please call me at 433 - 0179. Sincerely, John W. Rants, Mayor Ross A. Earnst, P. E., Director Dear Mr. Wiley: I have finally reviewed the common access easement which you had previously provided for the subject project. I have the following comments to offer: 1. Under "RECITALS ", paragraph B - The new driveway proposed is 30 feet wide and the easement should cover this approved width. Twenty feet would not be acceptable in any event since the minimum width for a commercial driveway is 25 feet as a minimum. Under "AGREEMENT ", paragraph A - Same comment as No. 1 above. A drawing exhibit in addition to the legal description, Exhibit A, should be included. With regard to sidewalk/utility easements it appears that common easements are not applicable to this project. However, prior to certificate of occupancy, it will be necessary for the owner to provide, a sidewalk/utility easement which covers the area from the City R/W line to the back of the sidewalk. The easement shall extend from the parcel's north property line at Andover Park East to the west property line at Strander Boulevard. 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • 'Phone: (206) 433.0179 • Fax, (206) 431 - 3665 �'.srignits f City Utilities Inspector Development file . . cd.d25.wiley.ltr T9'd Vd101 S !R A T T ;SWENS0N . `'PERBIX Project Record O PHONE LOG - CALL from O MEETA'O RECORD anouietrtee O SITE OBSERVATION REPORT �JL RECENED CffY OF TUKWILA APR I 4 1993 PERMIT CENTER )(MEMO to -Zrr, DL Ton , ,saU n va.+ P 5 Jam SCI` .e.2, 7v/zothi: . PROJECT NO. /..3s' f "$! -b3 1147r *--q PROJECT i' x' �? 1� - - 01 0 0 by by ' 4.,r! zB "C.:a :. VA-k it* av �x�o ,yi.►��r3 " '� , sup�or �.✓,+�ls, /A/ 7 .- 41.4 .SO' /07:"O /aTa _...... — _...:. l:4414 e070 !� G 57, ' x► 41%4> i At.nv:a E Jbi y6 e► ✓. ..X7/5.7 o.14 ecp f-0 m .e./ Post -It'" brand fax transmittal memo 7671 kw pages ► m From '`?S Z,, DATE * REVISION SU M TT -,L . * CITY OF TUKWILA 6300 SOUTHCENTER BOULEVARD TUKWILA, WA 98188 PROJECT NAME 1,,. Q 15P— GCA.l Let 4 ADDRESS 4 * s is o $ uu ) CONTACT PERSON {-V",.,0 1 vr'gL NA PHONE ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER PLAN CHECK/PERMIT NUMBER TYPE OF REVISION: 1411 AC. PgAY7 1ivu SHEET NUMBER(S) S AC? ,►. , Q "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revisions and date revisions. SUBMITTED TO: dub \ care) 5'71 14 Ca led - tk Qui cm- ct Tb r fl- y �-t l a ► f a, . -cRb RECEIVED CITY OF 1 UK ILA APR !2 1993 PERMIT CENTER POOTAaw # DE0CRIFI1ON . UNIT,PI ICI° r TOTAL , Removal of conflicting pavement markings on 'r Strander Blvd - Station.0 +57 to 5 +45 .'. Install •avement markera .er Cit of Tukwila Standards per ; print 41.2 dated 3/03/93 Computer City Traffic Signal Plan ' ' . . � ,. Lump ;Sum ; 3,2 . • i .� .,.... r. • , Exclusions ' Items not listed .above'., ATTENTION: '93 5 15 :01 STRIPE RITE ,INC. SUBMITTED TO: Harmon & Sons pO Box 11848 FT Worth TX 76110 DATE ..,. TRIP. Arr sllall�■n PAINTING COMPANY P.O. Box. 1724 . Auburn, WA 98071 • 833.0484 ; TERMS: NET 30 PLUS WASHINGTON STATE BALM .TAX IF APPLICABLE/OR RESALE CERTIFICATE.NEEDED WO CANNOT NI RRSPONSIGLE FOR eUBORAOE FAILURG NO WORK STARTED UNTIL SIGNED 'CONTRACT RECEIVED :PRICE VALID 60 DAYS THE °UNDERSIGNED AGREES TO PAY STRIPE RITE, INC., LATErCHARGEB ON ANY 'PAST DUE ACCOUNT, PLUS REASONABLE ATTORNEY'S FEES AND COSTS INCURRED IN COLLECTION OF SAID ACCOUNT, BY STRIP RITE, INC BY DATE: 3/23/9 TELEPHONE: FF1X: 439-.8174 JOB SITE: ComPu'ter' City Off Site LATE CHARGE ONPAST DUE ACOOUNT8 Jim Friedrioh, F11003 APPROXIMATE QUANTrrY: UNIT . Y>ESGR►t?TtON OF rTEM UNIT • PMCS ' TOTAL ' PRIG RE: ONSITE PAVING 2,972 S. Y. 21" ASPHALT - PAVE ONLY $5.23/ SY RE: OFFSITE PATCHING II Mi 1 '34/, $1,400 15 TONS 2" ASPHALT - PAVE ONLY '7;) 7 I r /49s1: s/ Ye eAci lob • /C L 7 014 A 0, **... PRICES FOR. ABOVE STATED ITEMS ONLY. 2. OFFSITE :WORK TO BE (DONE AT SAME TIME AS PARKING / sgzo /.5 5. CONTRACTING PARTY Accepted: H.ARMON AND SONS CONSTRUCTION, INC. P.O. BOX 11848 FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76110 ATTN: JIM DENTON Approved by Owner WESTERN ASPHALT, INC. ASPHALT PAVING P.O. Box 980 Maple Valley, Washington 98038 FX:439 -8174 WESTERN ASPHALT, INC. By Phone 432-8434 or 624-4433 Fax 432 -8854 3/2 19 93 LOCATION & TYPE OF WORK COMPUTER CITY TUKWILA State tales tax to be added where applicable. Total price to be based on actual quantity or measurement unless indicated here, lump sum $ TERMS; Net cash upon completion of job. A F1NANCECFIARGE OF )%PER MONTH (WHICH IS AN ANNUAL PERCENTAGERATE OF 12%l WI LL RE IMPOSED ON ANY PORTION OFYOUR ACCOUNT 30 DAYS AFTER THE BILLING DATE. GENERAL PROVISIONS I. Convecting parry will make program: payments on lobe of 30 days duration. 3. This contract is subject to approval of the Wastam Asphalt, Inc. credit department . If payments for amounts due on this contract or any portion thereof are not paid in accordancewith the terms ot the contract the CONTRACTING PARTY agreee to pay ell coats of collection — which shall Include reasonabie attorneys fees if the matter Is placed in the hands of an attorney forcolleaion, or if suit shall be brought Wettarn Asphalt, Inashall notba liabtefordamage to orbreakageof underground pipesand/ or condul tsnot visible from the surface ofthe ground nor far any darnageto approach= (Including sidewalks) from the street to the property line. Western Asphalt. I DC. shall not be responsible for damage to the completed pavement surface due to the action of petroleum products spillage. 6, ga atorrli o dor (weed k tte . if included in the contract, will be applied at rates specified by manufacturer. Western Asphalt; Inc. will not be responsible for any subsequent growth pf horsetail weed, morning glory, M perennials which have not reached mammy priorto appliestlon. 7. Quotations subject to change Or cancellation after 10 days. e. All agreements am contingent on seikpg. accidents, delays of camera and other delays unavoidable or beyond our control. 9. We cannot be responsible for subgrade failures. YOUR SIGNATURE ON ONE COPY RETURNEb TO US WILL MAKE THIS A LEGAL CONTRACT FOR TH6 PERFORMANCE OFTHE ABOVE WORK. RESERVING RIGHT OF WESTERNASPHALT INC. TO CANCEL IF UNIT PRICES INCREASE BEFORE WESTERN ASPHALT COMMENCES ACTUAL WORK ON THE PROJECT IN G 06 /04 /93 CONTRACTING PARTY Approved by Owner Accepted: 07:01 P.O. BOX 11848 FAX 206 432 8854 WESTERN ASPHALT, INC. ASPHALT PAVING P.O. Box 980 Maple Valley, Washington 90) 33 HARMON & SONS CONSTRUCTION CO., INC. FORT WORTH, TEXAS ATTN: JIM.DENTON RE: ADDITIONAL 4" ASPHALT IN PATCH ON STRANDER & ANDOVER PK.. E . 4U CLASS "Br► ASPHALT PATCH W. ASPHALT By Fax WESTERN ASPHALT. INC. t / ' Phone 432 -8434 or 624-4433 LOCATION & TYPE OF WORK. COMPUTER CITY TUKWILA ADDITIONAL PATCHING *** PLEASE NOTE 1) . PRICES FOR ABOVE STATED ITEMS ONLY. 2). PRICES BASED ON ONE MOBILIZATION AND INCLUDE F'LAGGING 6 /2 _19 91_______ _. a, 800.00I State stales tax to bo added where applicable. Total price to be based on actual quantity or measurement unless indicated here, lump sum S 2.800.00 TERMS: Net cash upon completigrt of job. A FINANCECHARQE OF 1%PER MONTH (WHICH IS AN ANNUAL PERCENTAGE RATE OF 12%) WiLLBEIMPOSED ON ANY PORTION OF YOUR ACCOUNT NOT PAID WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE BILLING DATE. GENERAL PROVISIONS 1. Contracting party will make propre. payments on jobs of 30 days duration. 2 This contract is subject to approval of in? Western Asphalt, Inc. Credit department 3. If payments for amounts due on this contract or arty pertion thereof are not paid in accordance with the terms of the contract the CONTRACTING PARTY agrees to pay all co t of llecti - •- . which shall Include reasonable attorneys fees if the matter Is pieced In the hands of an attorney for collection, or if Gottshall be brought 4. Madam AV hoft..Inc not be liable forclamage to arbreakageorunderground pipesand/or conduits not visible from thesurrace of the ground nor foreny dsmage toappraarhea (Indueingsidewalks) from the street to the property line. 5. Western Asphalt. tne. shall nut be responsible for damage to the completed pavement surface due to the action of petroleum products spillage, 5, Soil sterilization (weed killed. it included in the contract, will be applied at rates specified by manufacturer. Western Asphalt_ Inc. will not be responsible for any sub: .nt growth of honretrll weed, morning glory, deep rooted ferns or perennials which have not reached maturity prior to application. 7. Quotations Subject to change or eanaellation atter 30 days. S. All agreemems are contingent on strikes, accidents, delays of carders and other delays unavoidable or beyond our control. 9. We cannot be r for subgrade failures PERFOR SIGNATURE OF T ABOVE WORETURNED RVING RIGHT OPWESSTEf N ASP HAL CONTRACT I .T CANCEL 1p UNIT PRICES INCREASE BEFORE WESTERN ASPHALT COMMENCES ACTUAL WORK ON THE PROJECT. Address: Permit No: Type : • Location: Parcel #: 434 5kranc)) -e1 131 B92 - 0410 B -BUILD 022310 -0020 CITY TUKWILA COMMENTS ACOM Status: PENDING Applied: 11/18/1992 Issued: ******************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Permit Comments: PROPOSED TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION VN, SPRINKLERED O.K. ALLOWABLE AREA: 8K BASIC, + 4K (SEP.2SIDES 50%MAX) = 12K X 3.. (AUTO SPRKL.) = 36K TOTAL ALLOWABLE > 24,668 PROPOSED O.K. LOCATION ON PROPERTY SEPARATIONS TO P.L. REMAIN O.K. PER 5A EXT.. WALL CONSTRUCTION TYPE AND PROTECTION OF OPENINGS PROP - OSED.ARE O.K. N. & W. EXPOSURES @ 15' S. @ 108' E. @'60.5' EXITING: NO. OF EXITS, EXIT WIDTH, SEPARATION, AND DISTANCE OF TRAVEL O.K. PER CHAPTER 33. OCCUPANT LOAD: 768 LISTED IN GENERAL NOTES O.K. FOR PURPOSES OF EXIT DESIGN. ENERGY CODE: COMPLIANCE PER COMPONENT PERFORMANCE APPROACH PROPOSED UA < TARGET UA O.K., NO CALCLS SUBMITTED FOR LIGHT ING ENERGY POWER BUDGET. WILL NEED SUBMITTAL. CHAPTER 31 REQUIREMENTS O.K. Mahan&DeSalvo CONSULTING ENGINEERS January 14,L1993. Duane Griffin City ' of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Regarding: 92 -T -17 (Computer. City Supercenter) 1200 5th Avenue, Suite 1910 Seattle, Washington 98101 FAX (206) 624-8151 (208) 8248150 Dear Mr. Griffin, We have received additional information on the proposed project and have reviewed it for compliance with the structural portions of the 1991 Edition of the Uniform Building Code. We have no additional comments. Enclosed are the drawings, calculations and specifications for your use Sincerely, W . .Mahan WEM:4 Turner & Associates 2115 NE Park`. Road,; Seattle, ; ,WA ;: :• 98 _1 � Mahan &DeSahio CONSULTING ENGINEERS January 12, 1993 RECEIVED JAN 1 21593 Duane Griffin COMMUNITY City of Tukwila DEVELOPMFNT 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Regarding: 92 -T -17 (Computer City Supercenter) 1200.5th Avenue, Suite 1910 Seattle, Washington 98101 FAX (206) 6248151 (206) 6248150 Dear Mr. Griffin, We have received additional information on the proposed project and have reviewed it for compliance with the structural portions of the 1991 Edition of the Uniform Building Code. Our comments follow. Structural 1. Previous comment No. 1: We are still uncertain as to the intent working of the note in paragraph 15 on S1.1, "TOTAL AIR CONTENT FOR NON -AIR ENTRAINED CONCRETE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE 26 -A7 OF THE UNIFORM BUILDING CODE ". Should this note read: "TOTAL AIR CONTENT FOR AIR - ENTRAINED CONCRETE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE 26 -Al OF THE UNIFORM BUILDING CODE "? 2. Previous comment No. 7: The response instructs us to see revised drawings, but notation 3/S4.1, does not appear on S2.2, grid A, between 11 and 12. Please add notation 3/S4.1 at this location. 3. Previous comment No. 9: Apparently our comment was misunderstood. Section 2 requires that diaphragms supporting concrete or masonry walls (for out -of -plane forces) must have continuous ties or struts between diaphragm chords. This would require continuous north -south crossties from grid 4 to 13. Since, in this case, that would be impractical, the use of sub - diaphragms is a viable alternative. Such sub - diaphragms, however, must meet the limitation of the span- to- widths'ratios given in UBC Table 25 -I. For this building the options may be a 40' x 143' sub - diaphragm with grid lines 4, 6, A and D as boundaries; or two or three sub - diaphragms 20' in width from grid 4 to 5 with one or two north -south ties continuous to line 13 to break up the span and stay within the 4 to 1 ratio. Whichever sub - diaphragm configuration is chosen, the ties and boundary members must be made continuous so that they can transfer tension and compression forces along their entire length. January 12, 1993 City. of Tukwila Re 92 -T -17 Page Two Please revise the drawings accordingly and provide calculations, showing that sub- diaphragms have sufficient shear capacity and that chords and ties are continuous and have sufficient capacity to transfer tension and compression forces. Please have the itemized letter. and one copy of inquires are to 'Sincerel B. .Houk s Turner. & Associates 2115 Park Road Seattle, . WA. 98105' applicant respond to the above comments in form and resubmit two copies of revised drawings . revised calculations, as required. All status . be directed to our receptionist. ahain& DoSalvo `' . C I1 > > Mahan &DeSalvo CONSULTING ENGINEERS December 16, 1992 Duane Griffin City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 RE CEIVED DEC 171992 D EVEC.opME T jr 1200.5th Avenue, Suite 1910 Seattle, Washington 98101 FAX (206) 6248151 (206) 624-8150 Regarding: 92 -T -17 (Computer City Supercenter) 6 ( 1 .. 0 4( �0 Dear Mr. Griffin, We have received additional information on the proposed project and have reviewed it for compliance with the structural portions of the 1991 Edition of the Uniform Building Code. Our comments follow. Structural 1. On Sheet 51.1 in Section #15, the referenced Table No. 26 -B does not pertain to air content in concrete but to minimum diameters of rebar bends. Revise and resubmit as required. 2. The calculations for snow drifting on the new roof joists at the east canopy show a 10% overstress. This is not acceptable for new construction per Section 2303(a). Revise and resubmit as required. 3. Provide calculations for all existing roof joists around the south canopy taking into consideration snow drifting per the Snow Load Analysis for Washington, published by the Structural Engineers of Washington. 4. Provide calculations for the existing 7 x 27 -5/8 glu -lam beams on grid line 5, taking into consideration snow drifting. The glu -lam between grids B & C will carry the majority of the drifted snow with little or no benefit from the reduced snow field beyond the drift. In addition, per page R -2 of the calculations, bending appears to govern the beam design. The glu -lam between grids C & D may also be affected by this increased loading. 5. Provide calculations for the new 6 -3/4 x 33 glu -lam beam at grid 8 taking into consideration snow drifting. This glu -lam will carry the majority of the drifted snow. The area of roof with a reduced snow load which is supported by this beam does not appear large enough to counteract the effects of the increased snow load. In addition, per page R -8 of the calculations, bending appears to govern the design of the beam. 6. At grid 4 and B.5, provide calculations for the 20 -foot tall triple steel stud column supporting the new ridge beam. 7. Indicate on Sheet S2.2 that Section 3/S4.1 applies at the relocated panel on grid A between grids 11 & 12. December 16, 1992 City of Tukwila Re: 92 -T -17 Page Two 8. Ponding is . a serious concern on roofs with roof slopes of less than 1/4 inch per foot. Since this roof does not have sufficient slope or camber to provide drainage after long- time dead load deflection, provide calculations showing that all roof members (plywood, joists, and beams) are designed to support maximum loads, including ponding of water from any source, including snow, due to deflection as required by Section 2305(f). In addition, Section 2511(d)6 requires that roofs with insufficient slope be investigated by a rational analysis to assure stability, under ponding conditions and that the glu- laminated timbers spring constant not exceed 1/2 inch for a 5 psf uniform load. The AITC Timber Construction Manual is one source of additional information on the effects of ponding on roof structures. 9. The roof has no main crossties in the north /south direction. Therefore, the subdiaphragm supporting the concrete walls at grid line 4 is bounded by grids 4, 5, A & D and the sub - diaphgram chords are at grids 4 & 5. This is defined in Section.2337(b)9C. Provide calculations showing that the subdiaphragm chords are adequate and that the shear in the subdiaphragm is within allowable stresses. Please have the applicant respond to the above comments in itemized letter form and resubmit two copies of revised drawings and one copy of revised calculations, as required. All status inquires are to be directed to our receptionist. cc: Turner & Associates 2115 NE Park Road Seattle, WA. 98105 = 111� Mahan&DeSalvo CONSULTING ENGINEERS December 4, 1992 Duane Griffin City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Regarding: 92 -T -17 (Computer City Supercenter) 5q a- O(.410 1200.5th Avenue, Suite 1910 Seattle, Washington 98101 FAX (206) 6248151 (206) 6248150 Dear Mr. Griffin, We have received information on the proposed project and have reviewed it for compliance with the structural portions of the 1991 Edition of the Uniform Building Code. Our comments follow. Structural 1. On Sheet S1.1 in Section #10, revise the reference to the Seattle Department of Construction and Land Use. 2. On Sheet S1.1 in Section #12, provide reference to special inspections required by Section 306. 3. On Sheet S1.1 in Section #13, as well as in note #4 on Sheet S2.1 and in Detail 16/S3.1, revise the 1' -6" soil cover at footings to 2' -0" as required by the soils report. 4. On Sheet S1.1 in Section #15, the referenced Table 26 -B does not pertain to air content. Please revise as required. 5. Provide information on minimum anchor bolt embedments. 6. Provide calculations for all new and existing joists and beams taking into consideration snow drifting at canopies and parapets per the Snow Load Analysis for Washington, published by Structural Engineers of Washington. 7. Provide calculations for all tube steel columns as well as all multi -stud columns. 8. Provide information on the connection of the glu -lam canopy ridge beams to all 6x6 posts as well as to the 3 -stud column shown in Detail 8/S5.1. 9. Provide information on the connection of the 5 -1/8 x 18 glu- lam beam to the tube steel columns at the south canopy. 10. Provide information on the connection of the upper canopy roof to the stud wall along grid A. 11. Provide information on the connection of the relocated panel at grid A between grids 11 and 12 to the existing roof framing. 12. Revise the Metal Framing Notes on Sheet S5.1 to reference the 1991 Uniform Building Code. 13. In Detail 6/S5.1 provide additional information on the bearing seat for the glu -lam beam. It is unclear how this beam is supported. 14. Provide calculations showing that the new roof framing meets the provisions of Sections 2305(f) and 2511(d)6. Decmeber 4, 1992 City of Tukwila Re: 92 -T -17 Page Two 15. The calculations indicate that the chords are to be located at the top portion of the tilt -up concrete wall panels. Provide additional information on what will serve as chords along grids A & 4 where there are no concrete wall panels. In addition, provide calculations showing that the wall panel connections in Detail 3/S3.1 are capable of transferring the chord forces between panels. 16. The calculations distribute the diaphragm force along the full width of the building, 143' -0 ", at grid 4. Provide information on the drag struts required where no concrete shear walls occur. 17. In Detail 4 and 5 on Sheet S4.1 provide the continuous ties or struts required by Section 2337(b)9C. These ties are required in addition to the diaphragm sheathing per Section 2337(b)9D. 18. Provide calculations for the subdiaphragm(s) supporting the concrete walls at grid line 4. 19. Provide diaphragm nailing information in Detail 11/54.1. 20. In Details 9, 10 and 14 on Sheet S3.1, give the maximum allowable wall height. 21. Provide the footing widths in Details 9, 10 and 14 on Sheet S3.1. This information does not appear to be on the plans. 22. In Detail 16/S3.1 provide information on the precast panel support below the dry - packed joint. Is this a new, existing or relocated panel? Please have the applicant respond to the above comments in itemized letter form and resubmit two copies of revised drawings and one copy of revised calculations, as required. All status inquires are to be directed to our receptionist. Sincer e B. Houk DBH:1 cc: Turner & Associates 2115 NE Park Road Seattle, WA 98105 CITY OF TUKWILA Department of Community Development - Building Division Phone: (206) 431 -3670 PRE- APPLICATION FILE NO. C I 2 8; 9 1 PROJECT: Computer City MEETING DATE: 12 -12 - 91 TIME: 2 : 30 SITE ADDRESS: 227 Andover Park East DATE CHECKLIST MAILED: STAFF PRESENT 57 Building (431 -3670) ® Fire (575 -4404) ® Planning (431 -3680) ® Public Worics (433 -0179) ❑ Parks & Rec (433 -1843) ❑ Police (433 -1804) ® Permit Center (431 -3670) ❑ Other: ( - ) APPLICANT / REPRESENTATIVES PRESENT Contact Person Others Present Name Company/Title Street Address Company/Title Street Address Name Company/Title Street Address Name Company/Title Street Address Name Company/flue Street Address Name Company/Title Street Address Howard Tuwse Name Owen Hoskinson Partner CITY OF T y PROCESS MEETING ATTENDANCE RECORD 12 -16 -91 NAMES / TITLES Duane Griffin /Building Official Steve Kohler /Fire Prevention Officer Denni Shefrin /Associate Planner Phil Fraser /SR Engineer Denise Millard /Permit Coordinator 2115 NE Park RD 500 Wall Street Suite 204 0,r6,;A\ Lee Guillory Seattle Pacific Realty 1914 3rd AV Suite 710 BY: City /State/Zip City /State/Zip Phone City /State/Zip City /State2ip DLM 6300 Southcenter Boulevard — #100 . Tukwila Washington 98188 Phone 523-7489 Phone 441 -3639 Phone 682-3100 Phone City / State/Zip Seattle, WA 98105 Seattle, WA 98121 City /State /Zip Seattle WA 98101 Phone CITY OF TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BUILDING DIVISION — PERMIT CENTER Checklist prepared by (staff): PRE - APPLICATI6N CHECKLIST 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 E APPLICATION :J FILE :N E ETNGP RODE BUILDING DIVISION T+ -o 1991 UV will atk 1. Comply with the Uniform Building Code, 1988 Edition. 2. Comply with the Uniform Mechanical Code, 1988 Edition. 3. Comply with the Washington State Energy Code, Edition. Provide energy calculations stamped by a Washington State licensed architect or engineer (see attached format). 4. Comply with Washington State Barrier Free Code, 1990 Edition. 5. Apply for and obtain the following Building Division permits and approvals through the Permit Center: • Building Permit • Rack Storage • Mechanical Permit • Demolition (building) • Other: 11 6. All applications and plan submittals must be complete in order to be accepted by the Permit Center for plan review. Use the Plan Submittal Checklist provided on the reverse of the application forms to verify that all the necessary materials and information has been supplied. DK1 7. Construction drawings must be stamped by a Washington State licensed architect. E . 8. Structural drawings and calculations must be stamped by a Washington Stated licensed structural engineer. El 9. A boundary survey prepared by a Washington State Registered Land Surveyor must be submitted as part of the Building Permit application. 1Q 10. Temporary erosion control measures shall be included on plans. Normally, no site work will be allowed until erosion control measures are in place. IE 11. Rockeries are not permitted over 4' in height. Retaining structures over 4' In height must be engineered re- taining walls, and require a permit. 12. All rack storage requires a permit and rack storage over 8' high must be designed for Seismic Zone 3. A Washington State structural engineers stamp will be required on plans and structural calculations submitted for rack storage over 8' high. 13. Construction documents shall Include special inspection requirements as specified in Sections 302(c) and 306 of the Uniform Building Code. Notify the Building Official of testing lab hired by architect or owner prior to permit issuance date. The contractor may not hire the testing lab. 21 14. Construction documents shall contain soils classification information specified in Table 29 -B of the Uniform Building Code, stamped and signed by Washington State licensed architect or engineer in responsible charge of the structural design work. C 15. Demolition permits are required for removal of any existing buildings or structures. El ELECTRICAL PERMIT /INSPECTIONS are obtained through the Department of Labor and Industries (277- 7272). f' PLUMBING PERMIT /INSPECTIONS are obtained through King County Health Department (Inspec- tions: 296 -4767; Permits: 296 - 4727). ii I I KING COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT must approve and stamp plans for public pools/spas and ` ' food service facilities prior to submittal to the Tukwila Building Division (296- 4787). Eg FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS plans are reviewed through the Tukwila Fire Department (575 - 4404). Z 18. , Under the State Water Conservation Performance standards, handsinks to be used by the general public must have metered faucets. If these handsinks are in food service, minimum is 15 seconds, 10 in schools. ri 19. Ti 0.5 w., ffw ! O ' kVA. b&' 1 • 1'yt ' p.m', i i • 1 . �� roc a 2 20. C• 16. Comply with UBC Appendix Chapter 35, Sound Transmission Control (R -1 occupancy group). 17. Obtain approvals and permits from outside agencies: IfP1L-V1 ,c Tut /f , (30do5 .}1,c14 o,ve adoplal &4 4i vcco,'o,, is accep ct cifIi 00/Y1 su //'4/ Date' 12∎-17, -c') CiTY OF TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BUILDING DIVISION — PERMIT CENTER ❑ 5. n 7. ea Maximum grade is 15% for all projects. 6. Hose stations are required. (City Ord. #1528) Checklist prepared by (staff): PRE- APPLICAI3N CHECKLIST 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 nE ETING DA • FIRE DEPARTMENT -- Construction Information The City of Tukwila has adopted the 1988 Uniform Fire Code. This and other nationally recognized standards will be used during construction and operation of this project. (TMC 16.16.120) Fire hydrants will be required. (City Ord. #729) Required fire hydrants shall be approved for location by the Fire Department, approved for purity by the Water Department, and fully in service prior to start of construction. A fire hydrant must be no further than 150 feet from a structure; and no portion of a structure to be over 300 feet from fire hydrant. (UFC 10.301 and City Ord. #729) C 4. Automatic fire sprinklers are required for this project. Sprinkler systems to comply with N.F.P.A. #13. Sprinkler plans shall be submitted to Washington State Surveying and Rating Bureau, Factory Mutual or industrial Risk Insurers for approval prior to being submitted to Tukwila Fire`Marshal for approval. Sub- mit three (3) sets of sprinkler drawings. This includes one for our file, one for company file, and one for the job site. (City Ord. #1528) A fire alarm system is required for this project. (City Ord. #1528) Plans shall be submitted to the Tukwila Fire Marshal for approval, prior to commencing any alarm system work. Submit three (3) sets of com- plete drawings. This includes one for our file, one for company file, and one for the Job site. 8. Special installations of fixed extinguisher systems, fire alarm systems, dust collectors, fuel storage, etc. require separate plans and permits. Plans to be submitted to the Fire Marshal' prior to start of installa- tion. (UFC 10.301) 9. Portable fire extinguishers will be required in finished buildings per N.F.P.A. #10. (Minimum rating 2A, 10 BC) 10. Buildings utilizing storage of high piled combustible stock will require mechanical smoke removal per Section 81 of the 1988 UFC. 11. During construction, an all- weather access will be required to within 150 feet of the building. (UFC 10.207) r l 12. No building will be occupied, by people or merchandise, prior to approval and inspection by Fire and Building Departments. 13. Adequate addressing is required. Number size will be determined by setback of building from roadway. Four inch numbers are minimum. Numbers will be in color which contrasts to background. (UFC 10.208) 71 14. Designated fire lanes may be required for fire and emergency access. This requirement may be estab- lished at the time of occupancy and/or after the facility is in operation. (UFC 10.207 as amended) 17 ! 15. Special Fire Department permits are required for such things as: storage of compressed gas, cryogens, dry cleaning plans, repair garages, places of assembly, storage of hazardous materials, flammable or combustible liquids or solids, LPG, welding and cutting operations, spray painting, etc. (UFC 4.101) ❑ i 6. Fire Department vehicle access is required to within 150' of any portion of an exterior wall of the first story. Fire Department access roads in excess of 150' require a turn around. Fire Department access roads shall be not less than 20' wide with an unobstructed vertical clearance of 13'6 ". ❑ 17. Adequate fire flow availability will need to be demonstrated for this project. El 18. 2 9 4 00.56:6 b21 06 .... /7 o7' I4z? . ' CITY OF TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BUILDING DIVISION — PERMIT CENTER IV9�N .: :...J .� ... .. ....... ...:. f.:: .... G �a�ri�. �.t ..�....: TS �..,�.�... U 1. 2. 3. ❑ 5. ❑ 6. ❑ 7. ❑ 8. ❑✓ 9. ❑✓ 10. 0 FIRE DEPARTMENT -- Inspections Underground fire line from vault to riser a. Thrust block and roddlng e. Hydrostatic test b. Type of pipe 1. Fire Dept. approved plans c. Depth of cover g. Materials and test certificate d. Flush Overhead sprinkler piping a. Hydrostatic test b. Trip test c. Alarm system monitoring test d. Fire Dept. approved plans e. Sprinkler head location and spacing Underground tank a. Location b. Distance between tanks c. Distance to property line d. Depth of cover Fire alarm a. Acceptance test b. Fire Dept. approved plans Hood and duct inspections • a. Installation b. Trip test Spray Booth a. Location b. Fire protection c. Ventilation d. Permit Flammable liquid room a. Location b. Fire protection c. Permit � PRE- 14,PPLIGATLN CHECKLIST Rack storage a. Permit b. Mechanical smoke removal 0. Rack sprinklers d. Aisle width Fire doors and fire dampers a. Installation b. Drop testing 12. Other: a. b. e. c f. 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431-3670 e. Vent piping, swing joints, 1111 piping, discharge piping 1. Anchoring g. Hydrostatic test h. Separate Fire Dept. approved plans a lt. Fire final e. Fire protection systems: a. Fire Dept. access (1) Halon systems b. Building egress and occupancy load (2) Standpipes c. Hydrants (3) Hose Stations d. Building address (4) Fire Doors (5) Fire Dampers (6) Fire Extinguishers d. ` g. Checklist prepared by (staff)• / q/ .lax,ez Date' ' CITY OF 'I' UKWIL.A DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BUILDING DIVISION — PERMIT CENTER PRE�APP: FILE. NO IMIE 3. Zoning designation: Site located in sensitive area? 4. Minimum setba er quirements: 5. Maximum Building Height 6. 8. 9. 10. 7. • 20. i ) PRE- APPLICATN CHECKLIST PLANNING DIVISION - Land Use In forma t on Comply with Tukwila Municipal Code (zoning, land use, sign regulations, etc.) 2. Obtain the following land use permits /approvals: Boundary Line Adjustment ( ) Building Site improvement Plan Comprehensive Plan Amendment Q Conditional Use Permit Design Review 0 Design Review - Interurban ` —� Environmental (SEPA k 0 Planned Mixed Use Development 0 Planned Residential Development Fronts C) Side: 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98168 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 L Rezone a Shoreline Management Permit ( 3 Shoreline Management Permit Rev. Cl Short Subdivision Sign(s) U Subdivision U Unclassified Use Variance �1'>9=_C pin 0 Other: E Yes No Side: Rear: : L 5' Height exception area? C Yes No Minimum parking stalls required: (0 1, No more than 30% of required parking stalls may be compact. No landscape overhangs Into compact stalls are permitted, although no wheel stops prior to hitting the curb will be required. Minimum landscaping required: Front: (S Side: Side: Rear: 1) Landscape plans must be stamped by a Washington State licensed landscape architect. All landscape areas require a landscape irrigation system (Utility Permit Required). Roof -top mechanical units, satellite dishes and similar structures must be properly screened. Provide elevations and construction details as part of building permit application submittal. 1 1. Trash enclosures and storage areas must be screened to a minimum of 8' in height. Provide elevations and construction details as part of building permit application submittal. 1 2. Building permit plans which deviate from that already approved by the Board of Architectural Review may require re- application for design review approval. D MP,.. 121 7-1 N (; F �� L`� i Cis �� t r =�� is :, '°3 ..; ;ice ti 14. i • 15. 1ru 2E *omcl - 1 - ° PAA9 - 1=' 15 P/v N 7 F 1 \1s; -, 3' MA/ M j.4 ) ,i JI '3'1J i \ r ' ; i � ? t i, �, \ ' ruthf'i i ' Handicap stalls required: ' ` 17. 1e.., -klf;D a k f 18T oos U Li 18. is Cc71)7741)417)On }= ` >> ✓. c:L4, (77Vr -LJ • - =) ( ll yt Cklist prepared by (staff):. 4 ; . /Q/ Date 1 .. // '1" ) CITY OF TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BUILDING DIVISION •- PERMIT CENTER -APPLICATION FILE N • • E ?INo:;OA PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 1. Apply for and obtali the following permits /approvals through the City's Permit Center: 0 Channetization /Striping /Signing Q Curb Cut/Access /Sidewalk n Excavation (public) (J Fire loop /Hydrant (main to vault) CD Flood Zone Control ( ?) Hauling (2.000 Bond. Cert. ins.) () Landscape Irrigation (1 Moving an Oversized Load CD Sanitary Side Sewer PRE - APPLICATION CHECKLIST Sewer Main Extension (private) Q Sewer Main Extension (public) ® Storm Drainage Q Water Main Extension (private) 0 Water Main Extension (public) (?) Water Meter (exempt) Q Water Meter (permanent) U Water Meter (temporary) Other: LAW) ttafEi- 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98181 Telephone:, (206) 431.3671 2. Hauling Permit required prior to start of any hauling of material on public right -of -way ($2,000 bond, $1,000,000 certificate of insurance, route map and $25.00 permit fee required). 3. All applications and plan submittals must be complete in order to be accepted by the Permit Center for plan review. Use the Plan Submittal Checklist provided on the reverse of the appli- cation forms to verify that all the necessary materials and information has been supplied. Water and sewer assessments may apply and will be determined during the utility plan review process. frR. c.) Asssss rntEv mx ro-r n-�5 u nnkC Pc'G-tnoY1(Jy Nef.mAnP L.ts4 -o r..o1 _ 0 a_t l/iNA -l., 1)1, PWt S . Provide sidewalks per Ordinance #1158, #1217 and #1233, or obtain waiver. 6. Provide Hydrological - Geotechnical analysis. 7. Provide erosion control plan as part of grading /fill permit application. 8. Identify building elevation above 100 year flood elevation per FIRM maps (use WGVD datum and recognized benchmarks). F m.AFLoor3 sruoy t, ALP IZ1U1 s V - i? ¶'tr, n sivy (P,v A1t.Art.Ug mo u w• FLir3 c w 6u-s) 9. Provide traffic analysis /trip generation study for: St P. Aplati2, /241219r Mgroo 10. Provide developers agreement for Con. 3INM. AC SS $ f n r?s - uR. y 4 LP P S IN S'rvLANP 1gLVq Tc, Pe\ co MA. PLj st ►-co i ii/ 1) 11. Provide the following easement wand maintenance agreements: sviz. ArrA<P1 1 w - - I 1 L � 'ni-►wu Provide water /sewer availability letters or certificates from districts serving your development. w A'f u A ML1-`I S i s 6.5w A cc1� MiO'C Obtain Metro Waste Discharge permit or approval (684- 2300). Complete Industrial Waste Survey and return to Metro (self addressed and stamp provided). Review the following City Studies when designing your project and preparing your plan submittal: .P. W N ' b . 1\ c.w P P L I N S (c. r - r cn tvr Iw Pi Iv Lp3. -u (7 5') 16. 17. 18. El 19. El 20. Checklist prepared by (staff): Date: Z / / 1 MEMORANDUM TO: DEVELOPMENT FILE: PRE - APP028 -91 — COMPUTER CITY FROM: PHIL FRASER, SENIOR ENGINEER DATE: 12/12/91 THE FOLLOWING COMMENTS AMEND THE PRE — APPLICATION FORM FOR PUBLIC WORKS: 1. A DEMOLITION PERMIT IS REQUIRED. COPY OF THE DEMOLITION PERMIT CHECK —OFF LIST IS ATTACHED (%... 1) %z.10.4 i' 0.1^ 1 1' NOT T GZV E flk; 0 2. PER FIRE MARSHALL NICK OLIVAS, FIRE ACCESS AROUND BUILDING IS NOT ADEQUATE. SEVERAL QUESTIONS AS TO ACCESS FOR WESTERLY BUILDING, USE OF RR EASEMENT FOR ACCESS, STATUS OF RR EASEMENT, AND NARROWING OF ACCESS DRIVE BETWEEN BUILDINGS WITH PARKING NEED TO BE DISCUSSED WITH FIRE DEPT. 3. A TRAFFIC ANALYSIS FOR ACCESS /SAFETY AND FOR THE "DELTA" CHANGE IN TRIP GENERATION FROM CURRENT WAREHOUSE USE TO RETAIL USE WILL BE REQUIRED. CONTACT RON CAMERON, CITY ENGINEER AT 433 -0179 FOR FINAL SCOPING OF THIS STUDY. ELIMINATION OF LOT LINE AND COMBINED TRIP GENERATION WITH NEW USE NEEDS TO BE EVALUATED . A U. ca . 4. A DEVELOPER'S AGREEMENT WILL BE REQUIRED. MITIGATIONS RESULTING FROM THE TRAFFIC STUDY MAY BE CARRIED OUT AS PART OF DEVELOPMENT OR POSSIBLY, WITH CITY'S APPROVAL, BE PUT INTO THIS AGREEMENT. IT IS ANTICIPATED THAT THE FOLLOWING ELEMENTS WILL BE IN THE DEVELOPER'S AGREEMENT: A. AGREE TO NOT PROTEST DEFICIENCIES IN WATER SYSTEM IN STRANDER BLVD., ETC. AS IDENTIFIED IN CITY'S MOST CURRENT COMPREHENSIVE WATER PLAN (CONTACT PAT BRODIN, SENIOR WATER /SEWER ENGINEER AT 433 -0179 FOR THIS INFORMATION). B. IN FUTURE, COMBINE MOST NORTHERLY ACCESS WITH PROPERTY OWNERSHIP TO THE NORTH ON A.P.E. AT TIME OF NORTHERLY PROPERTY OWNER'S REDEVELOPMENT, PROVIDING THAT SUCH DRIVE WAY CONSOLIDATION PROVIDES IMPROVED ACCESS /SAFETY AND INTERNAL CIRCULATION. CITY'S POLICY IS TO HAVE AS FEW DRIVEWAY ACCESS POINTS TO CITY'S TRAFFIC CORRIDORS AS POSSIBLE. 5. WIDEN STRANDER AND A.P.E. 2 -1/2' THROUGH RELOCATION OF C/G AND ASSOCIATED LIGHT POLE /UTILITY RELOCATIONS ALONG WITH ANY ASSOCIATED DEDICATION OF R /W. THIS WILL ALLOW FOR STREET WIDENING AND RESTRIPING OF A.P.E. AND STRANDER BLVD. 6. PROVIDE EASEMENT FOR SIDEWALK. THE WIDTH OF THIS SIDEWALK TO BE PER THE CITY'S SIDEWALK ORDINANCE. THE FINAL LOCATION OF SIDEWALK TO BE APPROVED THROUGH THE CITY ENGINEER, RON CAMERON 433 -0179. SIDEWALK TO BE EXTENDED TO ENDS OF PROPERTY AND TO MOST REASONABLE CONNECTION POINTS. 7. WATER ANALYSIS TO ASSURE NEEDS OF DEVELOPMENT ARE MET WITH AVAILABLE WATER SUPPLY TO CRITERIA OF PUBLIC WORKS, FIRE MARSHAL AND INSURANCE UNDERWRITER SHALL BE PROVIDED BY YOUR ENGINEER. 8. CITY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS WILL BE FOLLOWED (AVAILABLE THROUGH ARLINE 433 -0179) 9. CITY'S UNDERGROUNDING ORDINANCE WILL BE FOLLOWED. 10.DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSMBLY SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR WATER SYSTEMS 11.CITY'S FLOOD ORDINANCE SHALL BE FOLLOWED AS PART OF APPLICATION. 12. DEVELOPER IS REQUESTED TO INCLUDE BIOFILTRATION IN RETROFIT OF DRAIN SYSTEM. 13. CHECK WITH DON WILLIAMS, RECREATION DIRECTOR, 433 - 1843, . FOR ANY FUTURE DEDICATIONS OF TRAIL ALONG RR EASEMENT AREA. 14. FOLLOW 1/1/90 K.C. DESIGN MANUAL FOR DESIGN /DETENTION. 15. HANDICAPPED ACCESS RAMPS FOR SIDEWALKS ALSO NEED TO BE SHOWN ON PLANS. 16. ACCESS POINT AT STRANDER BLVD. TO BE MOVED BACK INTO PROPERTY TO PROVIDE SEPARATION FROM POTENTIAL ACCESS FOR ADJACENT PROPERTY AND ALLOW NORMAL APRON (SEE CITY STREET AND ROADWAY STANDARDS, PLAN R -7. POLICE DEPARTMENT CRIME PREVENTION SECURITY RECOMMENDATIONS : eiepnone: (206) 431 - 3670 1. Doors: Doors should have quality locking mechanisms with minimum one inch deadbolt locks. All exit doors 'shall be operable from the interior without the use of a key or any special knowledge or effort. The Crime Prevention Unit should be contacted for information regarding correct hardware usage (433 - 1823). 2. Windows: Consideration should be given to providing hardened coverings for ground level windows where glass breakage would allow for access to building interiors by burglars. . Orientation of Windows: Windows should be located so that the parking lot area can be easily surveyed by employees inside the business. Also the windows should be located so that a patrol car passing by can easily survey inside the business, this helps reduce the opportunity for armed robberies. 4. Restrooms: If the restrooms are open to the general public 1 recommend they not have false ceilings. There have been problems with subjects hiding in the ceiling area and then dropping down later to do robberies. 5. Lighting: Energy efficient security lighting is a relatively low -cost, yet extremely effective way to protect your business. A well- designed system will: Illuminate a security target. Burglars and vandals simply don't like light, preferring the cover of darkness for their dirty work. Create a psychological barrier. Alarms can frighten would -be intruders away once they've reached your building. Security lighting discourages them from even coming near in the first place. Provide people with a legitimate sense of security. Lighting protects not only you, but employees and customers. Help security people and police identify and capture criminals. Well- designed security lighting will help you meet these basic security objectives along with those that may be unique to your business. 6. Security Camera: Due to the location being close to freeway on- ramps, there is added potential for armed robberies. Recommend that a good quality surveillance video camera be installed during construction. The camera should have sufficient quality to be able to identify a subject from the video recorded tape. 7. Cashier Platform: The cashier's area should be on a raised platform in order for the employees to have a better view of the store which helps prevent shoplifting. Also it provides an atmosphere that the employee has control of the store at the raised platform level thus reducing the opportunity for crimes to occur. 8. Security Alarm: Recommend installing a security alarm system during construction that would report a robbery in progress as well as a burglary in progress when the store is closed. 9. Landscaping: Plant materials should be placed and maintained so to provide visibility and prohit hiding places for unauthorized people around ground level door and window areas Sticker shrubs may discourage crime activities. Low shrubs and umbrella trees (where the canopy is maintained above five (5) feet from thr ground) will allow surveillance opportunities, hence reducing the potential for criminal behavior. Chc ck1 iFt- nrenared by T. Kilburn 413 -1823 1.2/10/91 TOP Film Identification 111 A & P International 2715 Upper Afton Road St. Paul, MN 55119 PRECISION RESOLUTION TARGETS P.° 1.1 1.25 6" 150 MM PA-3 8' /2"x11" PAPER PRINTED GENERAL TARGET .6 c)'t) 9.,\ 1 \ O tip f•- _ EE 19031 33rd Avenue West Suite 100 Lynnwood, WA 98036 (206) 776 -0900 DATAPLEX® CORPORATION Roll Number f2-4 Customer Name L-11 of- Classification T2 1..i' td t v► PPrM 1, - 1 -6 Starting Ending File : 412 - o L.( 10 . ►� Date Produced. I P-Q to Camera Operat Month Day Year 1939 NE Sandy Blvd Portland, OR 97232 (503) 239 -0570 CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICITY This is to certify that the micrographic images appearing on this microfilm are accurate and complete reproductions of the records as delivered in the regular course of business for photographing. The film has been processed and inspected to accepted standards to achieve archival quality. The quality of the individual images is directly related to the color and quality of the original documents. Every effort has been made to obtain the maximum quality micrographic reproduction of these documents. 4*4') 227 ANDOVER PARK EAST TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SPEC HCA t 4 :4 4 1 41 04 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HOWARD R. TURNER STATE OP WASHINGTON ONS LRNER AND ASSOC A 2115 SEATT (206) FILE COPY heck approvals are 47t of • LL•f =ma Asootpt of contractor's X 9- 5 ES EC CITY F TUKWILA Nov 18 1992 PERMIT CENTER 'fin OU t r. 1 SPECIFICATION STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS REPORT OF GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION ENERGY CODE CONFORMANCE SUMMARY ZONE DESIGN COOLING LOAD SUMMARY. i f f TABLE OF CONTENTS COMPUTER CITY Division 00 - Conditions of the Contract: 00100 Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders 00200 Principle Project Contacts 00300 Bid Form 00465 Bid Revisions List 00500 Agreement and General Conditions 00800 Administrative Forms Division 1 - General Requirements: 01000 Summary of the Work 01152 Applications for Payment Change Orders and Misc. Submittals 01310 Construction Schedules 01320 Progress Reports 01340 Submittals and Substitutions 01410 Testing Laboratory Services 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01630 Substitutions and Product Options After Execution of Contract 01640 Product Handling 01700 Contract Closeout 01710 Cleaning 01720 Project Record Documents 01730 Operation and Maintenance Data Division 2 - Site Work: 02072 Minor Demolition for Renovation 02444 Chain Link Fencing and Gates 02513 .. Asphalt Concrete Paving 02580 Pavement Markings Division 3 - Concrete: 03300 Division 4 04400 04410 04500 Cast -In -Place Concrete - Masonry: Mortar Accessories Unit Masonry TURNER & ASSOCIATES :. • Division 5 05120 05400 05500 Division 6 - Wood and Plastics: 06100 Rough Carpentry 06200 Finish Carpentry Division 7 - Thermal and Moisture Protection: 07210 Building Insulation 07220 Roof and Deck Insulation 07530 Singly -Ply Roofing System 07600 - Flashing and Sheet Metal 07610 Preformed Roofing and Siding 07631 Gutters and Downspouts 07721 Pre- Fabricated Metal Roof Curbs 07722 Roof Hatches 07900 Joint Sealers Division 8 - Door and Windows: 08110 Standard Steel Doors and Frames 08211 Flush Wood Doors 08305 Access Doors 08331 Overhead Ceiling Doors 08381 Flexible Traffic Doors 08410 Aluminum Doors, Entrances and Storefronts 08710 Finish Hardware 08800 Glazing Division 9 - Finishes: 09260 Gypsum Wallboard Systems 09510 Acoustical Ceiling 09660 Tile Flooring 09680 Carpeting 09900 Painting Division 10 - Specialities: 10100 Chalkboard and Tackboards 10165 Plastic Laminate Toilet Compartments 10500 Lockers 10521 Portable Fire Extinguishers 10800 Toilet Accessories TURNER & ASSOCIATES - Metals: Structural Steel Light Gauge Steel Metal Fabrication 1 r r f i • Division 11 11100 11132 11452 11160 - Equipment Mercantile Equipment Projection Screen Appliances Loading Dock Equipment Division 12 Furnishings: Not Used Division 13 - Special Construction: 13200 Prefabricated Building Division 14 - Conveying Systems: Not Used Division 15 15050 Division 16 16010 TURNER & ASSOCIATES - Mechanical: General Provisions 15250 Mechanical Insulation 15400 Plumbing and Piping 15500 Fire Protection 15800 Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning 15950 Mechanical Controls - Electrical Specifications: Electrical General Provisions 16100 Schedules 16140 Wiring Devices 16160 Branch Circuit Panelboards 16170 Motor and Circuit Disconnects 16180 Overcurrent Protective Devices 16195 Electrical Identification 16400 Service and Distribution 16450 Grounding 16460 Transformers 16485 Contactors 16500 Lighting 16600 Special Electrical Systems 16740 Telephone System i DIVISION 00 - CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT SECTION 00200 - PRINCIPAL PROJECT CONTACTS PROJECT ARCHITECT /ENGINEER: Turner & Associates 2115 NE Park Rd. Seattle, WA 98105 Phone: (206) 523 -7489 Fax: (206) 525 -5560 The Project Manager is the primary coordinator of all parties and the final arbiter in all differences among the administrators. Official correspondence related to construction should be sent to the Owner in care of the Project Manager. OWNER: Computer Supercenter International, Inc. 1830 Two Tandy Center Fort Worth, Texas 76102 Attn: Phil Trello, Manager Property Development ARCHITECT OF RECORD: Howard R. Turner Turner & Associates 2115 NE Park Rd. Seattle, WA 98105 Phone: (206) 523 -7489 Fax: • (206) 525 -5560 TURNER . & ASSOCIATES END OF SECTION Contract Documents were prepared under the direct supervision of the Architect of • Record. Questions to the Architect shall be directed to the Project. Architect. BID OF: Gentlemen: Respectfully submitted, (Store Name) Contractor Addendum No. 1 Date Addendum No. 2 Date Addendum No. 3 Date (Store #) Date Contractor Business Address By Telephone Having carefully examined the drawings, project manual and related documents: having inspected the site of proposed roject; and being familiar with such local conditions as may affect the project, I (we) agree to furnish all labor, materials and to perform all work described in the specifications and shown on the drawings for the base bid sum of: DOLLARS ($ ). The undersigned agrees, if awarded the contract, to execute contract within 10 calendar days after notification of award to deliver bonds to the owner not later than ten days after contract execution and to commence work not later than days from the receipt of "Notice to Proceed" from the Owner; and to achieve substantial completion of the project within subsequent calendar days. I (we), the undersigned, propose to furnish a Performance Bond in the sum of 100% of the Contract Sum, and a Payment Bond conforming to the requirements of the state in which the property is located, all for the price of and /100 Dollars. ($ ). It is understood that the bond premiums quoted herein are in addition to the base bid sum. I (we) acknowledge the penalty /bonus provisions as defined in the Owner /Contractor Agreement. I (we) acknowledge receipt of the following addenda to drawings and project manual, all of the provisions and requirements of which have been taken into consideration in preparation of the foregoing bid: Title (Seal - if bid is by Corporation) TURNER & BID FORM 00300 -1 . ASSOCIATES xq i OVERHEAD AND PROFIT WILL BE CHARGED AT THE RATE OF 10% FOR ALL ADDITIONAL WORK APPROVED BY OWNER. ALTERNATES: Bidder proposes to include the following Alternates at the prices listed as additions to, or deductions from, the Base. Bid. Alternates listed herein are summarized. Alternate No. 1: Substantially complete the project 100 calendar days from Notice To Proceed. [Add] [Deductl - Dollars ($ (Circle one) Alternate No.2: [Add] [Deductl Dollars ($ (Circle one) Alternate No. 3: [Add] [Deduct (Circle one) Respectfully submitted, Contractor By Title TURNER & ASSOCIATES Business Address Telephone Dollars ($ (Seal - if bid is by Corporation) i f f r r r L L CONSTRUCTION COST BREAKDOWN Company Project Cost Invoice Category Description Line 1101 DEMOLITION 01 1102 EXCAVATION 02 1103 SITE WORK 03 1104 PAVING 04 1105 CONCRETE 05 1106 MASONRY 06 1107 STRUCTURAL STEEL 07 1108 WOOD TRUSSES 08 1109 ROUGH /FINISHED CARP. 09 1110 INSULATION 10 1111 SHEET METAL 11 1112 SEALANTS 12 1113 DOORS /HARDWARE 13 1114 . STOREFRONT 14, 1115 GYPSUM WALLBOARD 15 1116 ACOUSTICAL CEILING 16 1117 FLOOR TILE ' 17 1118 PAINTING 18 1119 ` PLUMBING 19 1120 EMT GRID 20 1121 HVAC 21 1122 , ' ELECTRICAL 22 1123 FIRE PROTECTION , . .. 23 1124. LANDSCAPING /IRRIG. . 24 1127 ROOFING 27 1125 GENERAL CONDITIONS ' 25 1126 OVERHEAD /PROFIT ' . 26 Amount GENERAL CONDITIONS BREAKDOWN (COST CATEGORY 1125) Building Permit Equipment and Tool Rental Taxes and Insurance Temporary Utilities Testing Travel Expenses Supervision Surveying Utilities: TOTAL $ SITEWORK BREAKDOWN (COST CATEGORY 1103) Curb and Gutters Approaches Sidewalks Drainage (curb cuts, catch basins, etc) Water LF. @$ Per L.F. Sewer LF. © $ Per L.F. Gas LF. CO $ `Per L.F. LF. @ $ Per L.F. TO: Computer Supercenter International, Inc. Attn: Phil Trello Manager Property Development Fax #: (817) 878 -6501 C. RE: SEALED BID; COMPUTER CITY STORE # ( FROM: Contractor Name: Revise the following cost categories in our previously delivered sealed bid: Line Item Description Add /Deduct DOCUMENT 00465 BID REVISIONS LIST URGENT TIME DATED MATERIAL 4' TOTAL REVISION (Add /Deduct) COMPUTER CITY LEGAL DEPARTMENT: Please place in a sealed envelope and deliver to Director of Construction BEFORE 4:00 P.M. END OF SECTION. TURNER & BID REVISIONS LIST ASSOCIATES DIVISION 00 - CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT SECTION 00800 - ADMINISTRATIVE FORMS GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT: The. General Conditions which govern the Construction Agreements shall be Computer Supercenter International, Inc.'s. "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction". The General Conditions shall be made a part of the Drawings, Specifications, and Contract Documents as if attached hereto and repeated herein in full. STANDARD OPERATION FORMS: During the course of construction, information shall be submitted, transmitted or otherwise documented on the following standard AIA forms for each intended purpose. AIA G701 AIA G702 AIA G702A AIA G704 P1 G.C. /P.W. P1 G.C. /F.W. P1 S.C. /P.W. P1 S.C. /F.W. Change Order Application and Certificate for Payment Continuation Sheet for G702 Certificate of Substantial Completion General Contractor's Affidavit and Partial Waiver of Lien General Contractor's Affidavit and Full Waiver of Lien Subcontractor's Affidavit and Partial Waiver of. Lien Subcontractor's Affidavit and Full Waiver of Lien END OF SECTION ADMINISTRATIVE FORMS 00800 -1 DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01000 - SUMMARY OF THE WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: 1. The "Project," of which the "Work" of this Contract is a part, is titled "Computer Supercenter International, Inc. The Project described by these specifications consists of furnishing all labor, materials, services, equipment and appliances required for completion of a one -story retail store for Computer Supercenter International, Inc. as defined by the complete set of contract documents including all drawings, specifications, and addenda. . Related Documents: 1. The following list of documents are a part of the General Contract for this project, and apply to all sections of this specification except as modified, rescinded, or amended by provisions under section 005000 in which event, this section shall control and take precedence. • Instruction to Bidders Performance Bond Payment Bond Minimum Insurance Requirements Certificate of Insurance Prevailing wage rates and fringe benefits for building construction Standard For of Agreement between Owner and Contractor (Computer Supercenter Version) General Conditions of the Contract for Construction (Computer Supercenter Version) PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings: Not required B. Product data: Not required PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. On or before 25th day of each month, General Contractor submit, to Owner, itemized Application for Payment for work completed during TURNER & ASSOCIATES DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01152 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT, CHANGE ORDERS AND MISC. SUBMITTALS A. General: 1. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and services for applications for payment as indicated, in accord with provisions of Contract Documents. 2. Completely coordinate with work of all other trades. 3. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation. 4. See General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions for additional general requirements. Samples: Not required Project information: 1. Prior to first application for payment. a. Schedule of . Values b. Application for Payment 2. Submittals: Monthly a. Application for Payment • APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT, . 01152 -1 CHANGE ORDERS AND MISC. SUBMITTALS current calendar month, with estimate of cost of work to be completed next calendar month. B. Notarize Application for Payment. C. Provide supporting data substantiating General Contractor's right to payment as Owner and Architect may require. D. Submit Application for Payment on AIA Documents G702, Application and Certificate for Payment, and G703, Continuation Sheet. E. Furnish in duplicate. F. Applications for Payment to serve as certification of status of project. G. Signed by duly authorized agent of General Contractor. H. Base application for payment upon 100 percent of value of work installed and materials and equipment suitably stored at site (and materials and equipment suitably stored off site in insured and /or bonded warehouse.) I. Itemized Applications for Payment: 1. Work in place to date. 2. Materials and equipment stored on site. 3. Materials and equipment stored off site. 4. Total amount due to date. 5. Amount of previous application. 6. Amount due for this period. J. Construction Photographs: Along with the Application for Payment the Contractor shall submit a set of photographs indicating the progress of the work. A set of photographs shall consist of not less than 4 photographs, with views selected to best indicated the progress of work. Photographs shall be in color, 3, inch x 5 inch, mounted with a flap for binding or in acetate covers suitable for filing in loose leaf binders. 3.2 ADDITIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Within the first two weeks of construction, you will be required to submit the following: 1. Construction Schedule; which is to be posted on the job and . updated as the job progress warrants, See Section 01310. 2. Lists of subcontractors (must have a signed contract). 3. List of material delivery dates and items (major items) See Section 01155. TURNER & APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT, 01152 -2 ASSOCIATES CHANGE ORDERS AND MISC. SUBMITTALS B. As a prerequisite for the completion of the project and final payment, the following items must be provided. 1. A "no lien" Affidavit. Final lien release from subcontractors and project disbursement schedule. 2. Copy of Certificate of Occupancy. 3. Complete list of all subcontractors and major materialmen. 4. All warranties and maintenance agreements including HVAC. 5. Asphalt paving certification (certifying sub -base, base, surface preparation, mix and application). 6. Engineering Inspection Report certifying all concrete work to include mix, reinforcing and formwork. 7. Glass Certification for all plate and safety plate glass. 8. HVAC balancing and test report. 9. Certification of any other item deemed necessary or requested by Pier 1 Imports or code. NOTE: Punch list work is to be complete before opening. 3.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Subdivide the Schedule of Values items into defined areas corresponding to the bid form, the value of said subdivisions shall be mutually agreeable to both the Contractor and Architect. B. Bond cost will be paid with 1st payment. Equal monthly payments shall be made for General Conditions based upon the number of months the Contractor is scheduled to be on -site. Where the Schedule of Values items is separated into a Labor Amount and a Material Amount, payments shall be made for materials delivered and suitably stored. Where the Schedule of Values item is not separated into a Labor Amount and a Materials Amount, payments shall be made for materials upon installation. The Labor Amount shall include all estimated on -site installation costs (including labor, applicable taxes, insurance, fringe benefits, erection equipment costs (including delivery costs, taxes, insurance and overhead /profit). 3.4 PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. Owner will withhold 10 percent of each payment. B. Owner will make monthly partial payments to General Contractor within 20 days after receipt of Application for Payment from Contractor. 3.5 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION TURNER & APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT, 01152 -3 ASSOCIATES CHANGE ORDERS AND MISC. SUBMITTALS • zt 3.6 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT A. Final payment constituting entire unpaid balance of Contract amount • will be paid by Owner to General Contract amount will be paid by Owner to General Contractor within 30 days after final Certificate for Payment based upon submittal of the following. B. Deliver property survey indicating as-built conditions. C. Complete project closeout requirements. • D. Transmittal of required project construction records to Owner. • E. Proof, satisfactory to Owner, that taxes, fees and similar obligations of Contractor have been paid. • F. Removal of temporary facilities, services, surplus materials, rubbish • and similar elements. G. Change over of door locks and other Contractor's access provisions to Owner's property. H. Consent of surety for final payment. END OF SECTION A. Within 35 days after Certificate of Substantial Completion has been issued, General Contractor will be paid sum sufficient to increase total payments to 100 percent of Contract Amount, less such retainage Architect deems necessary to protect Owner. • TURNER & • APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT, • ASSOCIATES ' • ' CHANGE ORDERS AND MISC. SUBMITTALS • • i DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01310 - CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES PART 1 - GENERAL I 1.1 DESCRIPTION I A. Work included: To assure adequate planning and execution of the Work so that the Work is completed within the number of calendar days allowed in the Contract, and to assist the Owner's Representative in appraising the reasonableness of the proposed schedule and in evaluating progress of the Work, prepare and maintain the schedules and reports described in this Section. I B. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not I. necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 2. Requirements for progress schedule: General Conditions. 3. Construction period: Form of Agreement. C. Definitions: 1. "Day," as used throughout the Contract unless otherwise stated, means "calendar day." 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Employ a scheduler who is thoroughly trained and experienced in compiling construction schedule data, and in preparing and issuing periodic reports as required below. f B. Perform data preparation, analysis, charting, and updating in accordance with standards approved by the Owner's Representative. C. Reliance upon the approved schedule: 1. The construction schedule as approved by the Owner's Representative will be an integral part of the Contract and will 1 establish interim completion dates for the various activities under the Contract. 2. Should any activity not be completed within 15 days after the f stated scheduled date, the Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to expedite completion of the activity by whatever means the Owner deems appropriate and necessary, without additional compensation to the Contractor. TURNER & CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01310 -1 ASSOCIATES 1.3 SUBMITTALS PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3. Should any activity be 30 days or more behind schedule, the Owner shall have the right to perform the activity or have the activity performed by whatever method the Owner deems appropriate. 4. Costs incurred by the Owner and by the Architect in connection with expediting construction activity under this Article shall be reimbursed by the Contractor. 5. It is expressly understood and agreed that failure by the Owner to exercise the option either to order the Contractor to expedite an activity or to expedite the activity by other means shall not be considered to set a precedent for any other activities. A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Anticipated Construction Schedule: At time of bid submit one copy of an anticipated construction. C. Preliminary analysis: Within ten calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit one reproducible copy and four prints of a preliminary construction schedule prepared in accordance with Part 3 of this Section. D. Construction schedule: Within 30 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit one reproducible copy and four prints of a construction schedule prepared in accordance with Part 3 of this Section. E. Periodic reports: On the first working day of each month following the submittal described in Paragraph 1.3 -C above, submit four prints of the construction schedule updated as described in Part 3 of this Section. 2.1 CONSTRUCTION ANALYSIS A. Graphically show by bar -chart the order and interdependence of all activities necessary to complete the Work, and the sequence in which each activity is to be accomplished, as planned by the Contractor and his project field superintendent in coordination with all subcontractors whose work is shown on the diagram. B. Include, but do not necessarily limit indicated activities to: 1. Project mobilization; TURNER & 0 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01310 -2 ASSOCIATES 2. Submittal and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples; 3. Procurement of equipment and critical materials: 4. Fabrication of special material and equipment, and its installation and testing. 5. Final cleanup; 6. Final inspecting and testing; and 7. All activities by the Owner's Representative that effect progress, required dates for completion, or both, for all and each part of the Work. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ANTICIPATED CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Indicate all major items of work based on number of calendar days from notice -to- proceed. 3.2 PRELIMINARY ANALYSIS B. Submit in accordance with Paragraph 1.3 -B above. A. Contents: 1. Show all activities of the Contractor under this Work for the period between receipt of Notice to Proceed and submittal of construction schedule required under Paragraph 1.3 -C above; 2. Show the Contractor's general approach to remainder of the Work; 3. Show cost of all activities scheduled for performance before submittal and approval of the construction schedule. 3.3 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. As soon as practicable after receipt of Notice to Proceed, complete the construction analysis in preliminary form, meet with the Owner's Representative, review contents of the proposed construction schedule, and make all revisions agreed upon. B. Submit in accordance with Paragraph 1.3 -C above. 3.4 PERIODIC REPORTS A. As required under Paragraph 1.3 -D above, update the approved construction schedule. 1. Indicate "actual" progress in percent completion for each activity; TURNER & CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES • 013104 . ASSOCIATES i r r r C r r 1....: 12: 3.5 REVISIONS 2. Provide written narrative summary of revisions causing delay in the program, and an explanation of corrective actions taken or proposed. A. Make only those revisions to approved construction schedule as are approved in advance by the Owner's Representative. END OF SECTION TURNER & . CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01310 -4 ASSOCIATES PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL TURNER & ASSOCIATES DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED SECTION 01320 - PROGRESS REPORTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings: Not required. B. Product data: Not required. C. Samples: Not required. D. Project information: 1. Progress report. A. Each subcontractor prepare comprehensive daily log and maintain it during entire project period. B. Each subcontractor present copy of daily log to General Contractor for compilation into weekly Progress Reports. C. General Contractor present copies of Progress Reports weekly to Owner, with one additional set of progress photographs sent to the Architect. D. Progress reports to include following data for each day of entire project period. 1. Manpower, by trade. 2. Work being performed, with location. 3. Weather. 4. Situations or circumstances which could delay work or give cause for claims for extension of time or added cost. 5. List of visitors names, to indude officials, Owner's representatives, and other authorities. Record their observations. E. Progress reports to include progress photographs. 1. Two sets minimum 12 ea., 3 IN x 5 IN color, glossy photographs taken from different viewpoints of interest to current progress. PROGRESS REPORTS 01320 -1 2. Identify all photographs with project name, date, and view or vantage point. 3. Progress photographs are to be taken weekly and one set each submitted to Owner and Architect on Friday of each Week. Reports to Owner. 1. Provide Owner with reports as requested. END OF SECTION DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01340 - SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work included: Make submittals required by the Contract Documents, and revise and resubmit as necessary to establish compliance with the specified requirements. B. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 2. Individual requirements for submittals also may be described in pertinent Sections of these Specifications. C. Work not included: 1. Unrequired submittals will not be reviewed by the Owner's Representative. 2. The Contractor may require his subcontractors to provide drawings, setting diagrams, and similar information to help coordinate the Work, but such data shall remain between the Contractor and his subcontractors and will not be reviewed by the Architect. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Coordination of submittals: 1. Prior to each submittal, carefully review and coordinate all aspects of each item being submitted. 2. Verify that each item and the submittal for it conform in all respects with the specified requirements. 3. By affixing the Contractor's signature to each submittal, certify that this coordination has been performed. B. Substitutions: 1. Proprietary names specified herein are used to establish and indicate minimum required quality of materials, appearance, workmanship, and function, and are not intended to discriminate against any unnamed manufacturers of products which meet or exceed the characteristics of those products specifically named. TURNER & SUBMITTALS & SUBSTITUTIONS 01340-1 ASSOCIATES s ' 2. Proposed substitutions will not be considered without submittal of manufacturer's data, specifications, instructions, and samples, if requested by the Architect. 3. Submit a typed list of proposed substitutions containing the following information: a. Name of specified product. b. Name of proposed substitute product. c. Name and address of manufacturer, local supplier, and local representatives (if any). 4. Substitutions will be considered only when listed at time of bidding, and when substantiated by the Contractor's submittal of required data within 35 calendar days after award of the Contract. 5. The following products do not require further approval except for interface within the Work: a. Products specified by reference to standard specifications such as ASTM and similar standards. b. Products specified by manufacturer's name and catalog model number. 6. Do not substitute materials, equipment, or methods unless such substitution has been specifically approved in writing for this Work by the Owner's Representative. C. "Or equal ": 1. Where the phrase "or equal," or "or equal as approved by the Owner's Representative," occurs in the Contract Documents, do not assume that the materials, equipment, or methods will be approved as equal unless the item has been specifically so approved for this Work by the Owner's Representative. 2. The decision of the Owner's Representative shall be final. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals of Shop Drawings, Samples, substitution requests, and other items in accordance with the provisions of this Section. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Scale and measurements: Make Shop Drawings accurately to a scale sufficiently large to show all pertinent aspects of the item and its method of connection to the Work. B. Types of prints required: 1. Submit Shop Drawings in the form of one sepia transparency of each sheet plus two blueline or blackline prints of each sheet. 2. Blueprints will not be acceptable. TURNER & SUBMITTALS & SUBSTITUTIONS 01340 -2 ASSOCIATES 2.2 MANUFACTURERS' LITERATURE A. Where contents of submitted literature from manufacturers includes data not pertinent to the submittal, clearly show which portions of the contents is being submitted for review. B. Submit the number of copies which are required to be returned, plus one copy which will be retained by the Owner's Rep. 2.3 SAMPLES A. Provide Sample or Samples identical to the precise article proposed to be provided. Identify as described under "Identification of submittals" below. B. Number of Samples required: 1. Unless otherwise specified, submit Samples in the quantity which is required to be returned, plus one which will be retained by the Owner's Representative. 2. By prearrangement in specific cases, a single Sample may be submitted for review and, when approved, be installed in the Work at a location agreed upon by the Owner's Representative. 2.4 COLORS AND PATTERNS A. Unless the precise color and pattern is specifically called out in the Contract Documents, and whenever a choice of color or pattern is available in the specified products, submit accurate color and pattern charts to the Owner's Representative for selection. PART 3 - EXECUTION Review comments of the Owner or Owner's Representative will be known on the sepia transparency when it is returned to the Contractor. The Contractor may make and distribute such copies as are required for his purposes. 3.1 IDENTIFICATION OF SUBMITTALS A. Consecutively number all submittals. 1. When material is resubmitted for any reason, transmit under a new letter of transmittal and with a new transmittal number. 2. On resubmittals, cite the original submittal number for reference. B. Accompany each submittal with a letter of transmittal showing all information required for identification and checking. TURNER & SUBMITTALS & SUBSTITUTIONS 01340 -3 ASSOCIATES p 3.2 GROUPING OF SUBMITTALS 3.3 TIMING OF SUBMITTALS 3.4 ARCHITECT'S REVIEW TURNER & ASSOCIATES C. On at least the first page of each submittal, and elsewhere as required for positive identification, show the submittal number in which the item was included. D. Maintain an accurate submittal log at the job site for the duration of the Work, showing current status of all submittals at all times. Make the submittal log available to the Owner's Representative for his review upon request. A. Unless otherwise specified, make submittals in groups containing all associated items to assure that information is available for checking each item when it is received. 1. Partial submittals may be rejected as not complying with the provisions of the Contract. 2. The Contractor may be held liable for delays so occasioned. A. Make submittals far enough in advance of scheduled dates for installation to provide time required for reviews, for securing necessary approvals, for possible revisions and resubmittals, and for placing orders and securing delivery. B. In scheduling, allow at least ten working days for review by the Architect or Owner's Representative following his receipt of the submittal A. Review by the Architect or Owner's Representative does not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors which may exist in the submitted data. B. Revisions: 1. Make revisions required by the Architect or Owner's Representative. 2. If the Contractor considers any required revision to be a change, he shall so notify the Owner's Representative. 3. Make only those revisions directed or approved by the Architect or Owner's Representative. Reimbursement of Architect's costs: 1. In the event substitutions are proposed to the Architect after the Contract has been awarded, the Architect will record all time SUBMITTALS & SUBSTITUTIONS 01340-4 used by him and by his consultants in evaluation of each such proposed substitution. 2. Whether or not the Architect approves a proposed substitution, the Contractor promptly upon receipt of the Architect's billing shall reimburse the Architect at the rate of two and one -half times the direct cost to the Architect and his consultants for all time spent by them in evaluating the proposed substitution. END OF SECTION SUBMITTALS & . SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01410 - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. Work included: Provide testing and inspecting, complete, as described in this Section and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. B. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 2. Requirements for testing may be described in various Sections of these Specifications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide the services of a soil engineer and a testing laboratory approved by the Owner's Rep and hired by Architect. B. Upon completion of each test and /or inspection, promptly distribute copies of test or inspection reports to the Owner's Rep. to governmental agencies requiring submission of such reports, and to such other persons as directed by the Owner's Rep. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PAYMENT FOR TESTING A. Include within the Contract Sum an amount sufficient to cover all testing and inspecting required under this Section of these Specifications, and to cover all testing and inspecting required by governmental agencies having jurisdiction. B. The Owner will pay for all testing and inspecting specifically requested by the Architect over and above those described in Paragraph 2.1 -A above. C. When initial tests requested by the Architect indicate non - compliance with the Contract Documents, costs of initial tests associated with that non- compliance will be deducted by the Owner from the Contract Sum, and subsequent retesting occasioned by the non - compliance shall be TURNER & TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01410 -1 ASSOCIATES performed by the same testing laboratory and the costs thereof shall be paid by the Contractor. 2.2 SPECIFIC TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Provide all tests and inspections required by governmental agencies having jurisdiction, required by provisions of the Contract Documents, and such other tests and inspections as are directed by the Architect. B. Tests include, but are not necessarily limited to, those described in detail in Part 3 of this Section. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TAKING SPECIMENS A. Except as may be specifically otherwise approved by the Architect, have the testing laboratory secure and handle all samples and specimens for testing. 3.2 COOPERATION WITH TESTING LABORATORY A. Provide access to the Work at all times and at all locations where the Work is in progress. Provide facilities for such access to enable the laboratory to perform its functions properly. 3.3 SOIL INSPECTING AND TESTING A. Make required inspections and tests as directed by soils report including, but not necessarily limited to: 1. Visually inspect on -site and imported fill and backfill, making such tests and retests as are necessary to determine compliance with the Contract requirements and suitability for the proposed purpose: 2. Make field density tests on samples from in -place material as required; 3. As pertinent, inspect and test the scarifying and recompacting of cleaned subgrade; inspect the progress of excavating, filling, and grading; make 90% density tests at fills and backfills; and verify compliance with provisions of the Contract Documents and governmental agencies having jurisdiction. B. Make and distribute necessary reports and certificates. TURNER & TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01410 -2 ASSOCIATES r; 3.4 CONCRETE INSPECTING AND TESTING A. Portland cement: 1. Secure from the cement manufacturer Certificates of Compliance delivered directly to the concrete producer for further delivery directly to the testing laboratory. 2. Require the Certificates of Compliance to positively identify the cement as to production lot, bin or silo number, dating and routing of shipment, and compliance with the specified standards. 3. If so required by the Architect, promptly provide such other specific physical and chemical data as requested. B. Aggregate: 1. Provide one test unless character of material changes, material is substituted, or additional test is requested by the Architect. 2. Sample from conveyor belts or batching gates at the ready -mix plant: a. Sieve analysis to determine compliance with specified standards and grading; b. Specific gravity test for compliance with specified standards. C. Laboratory design mix: 1. After approval of aggregate, and whenever character or source of materials is changed, provide mix design in accordance with ACI 613. 2. Provide designs for all mixes prepared by a licensed civil engineer. D. Molded concrete cylinders: 1. Provide three test cylinders for each 150 cu yds, or fraction thereof, of each class of concrete of each day's placement. 2. Test one cylinder at seven days, one at 28 days, and one when so directed. 3. Report the mix, slump, gage, location of concrete in the structure, and test results. 4. Take specimens and make tests in accordance with the applicable ASTM standard specifications. E. Core tests: 1. Provide only when specifically so directed by the Architect because of low cylinder test results. 2. Cut from locations directed by the. Architect, securing in accordance with ASTM C42, and prepare and test in accordance with ASTM C39. Placement inspections: TURNER Sr TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01410 -3 ASSOCIATES 1. On concrete over 2000 psi, provide continuous or other inspection as required by governmental agencies having jurisdiction. 2. Throughout progress of concrete placement, make slump tests to verify conformance with specified slump. . 3. Using all required personnel and equipment, throughout progress of concrete placement verify hat finished concrete surfaces will have the level or slope that is required by the Contract Documents. 3.5 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT INSPECTING AND TESTING A. Prior to use, test all reinforcement steel bars for compliance with the specified standards. 1. Material identified by mill test reports, and certified by the testing laboratory, does not require additional testing. Require the supplier to furnish mill test reports to the testing laboratory for certification. 2. Tag identified steel at the supplier's shop. When steel arrives at the job site without such tags, test it as unidentified steel. B. Unidentified steel: 1. Have the testing laboratory select samples consisting of two pieces, each 18" long, of each size. 2. Have the testing laboratory make one tensile test and one bend test for each 2-1/2 tons or fraction thereof of each size of unidentified steel. C. Provide continuous inspection for all welding of reinforcement steel. 3.6 STRUCTURAL STEEL INSPECTING AND TESTING A. Prior to use, test all structural steel for compliance with the specified standards. 1. Material identified by mill test reports, and certified by the testing laboratory, does not require additional testing. Require the supplier to furnish mill test reports to the laboratory for certification. 2. Tag identified steel at the supplier's shop. When steel arrives at the job site without such tags, test it as unidentified steel. B. Unidentified steel: 1. Have testing laboratory make one tensile test and one bend test for each five tons or fraction thereof of each shape and size of unidentified structural steel. Shop welding: TURNER & TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01410 -4 ASSOCIATES r 3.7 WAIVER OF INSPECTION AND /OR TESTS r r r r 1. Provide qualified testing laboratory inspector. 2. On single pass welds, inspect after completion of welding and prior to painting. 3. On multiple pass welds, and on butt welds with cover pass on the back side, provide continuous inspection. D. Field welding: Provide continuous inspection by a qualified testing laboratory inspector. • A. Specified inspections and /or tests may be waived only by the specific approval of the Architect, and such waivers will be expected to result in credit to the Owner equal to normal cost of such inspection and /or test. END OF SECTION TURNER & ASSOCIATES TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01410 -5 i DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS f PART 1 - GENERAL ° 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work induded: Provide temporary facilities and controls needed for � the Work including, but not necessarily limited to: 1. Temporary utilities such as heat, water, electricity, and telephone; 2. Field office for the Contractor's personnel; 3. Sanitary facilities; I 4. Enclosures such as tarpaulins, barricades, and canopies; 5. Temporary fencing of the construction site; 6. Project sign. B. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 2. Except that equipment furnished by subcontractors shall comply with requirements of pertinent safety regulations, such equipment normally furnished by the individual trades in execution of their own portions of the Work are not part of this Section. 3. Permanent installation and hookup of the various utility lines are described in other Sections. L 1.2 PRODUCT . HANDLING A. Maintain temporary facilities and controls in proper and safe condition throughout progress of the Work. L. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 UTILITIES 1. A. Water: I 1. Provide necessary temporary piping and water supply and, upon completion of the Work, remove such temporary facilities. 2. Provide and pay for water used in construction. I B. Electricity: `'. TURNER & TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS • 01500 -1 ASSOCIATES 2.2 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS 1. Provide necessary temporary wiring and, upon completion of the Work, remove such temporary facility. 2. Provide area distribution boxes so located that the individual trades may furnish and use 100 ft. maximum length extension cords to obtain power and lighting at points where needed for work, inspection, and safety. 3. Provide and pay for electricity used in construction. C. Heating: Provide and maintain heat necessary for proper conduct of operations needed in the Work. D. Telephone: 1. Make necessary arrangements and pay costs for installation and operation of telephone service to the Contractor's office at the site. 2. Make the telephone available to the Owner's Representative for use in connection with the Work. A. Contractor's facilities: 1. Provide a field office building and sheds adequate in size and accommodation for Contractor's offices, supply, and storage. 2. Within the Contractor's facilities, provide enclosed space adequate for holding project meetings. Furnish with table, chairs, and utilities. B. Sanitary facilities: 1. Provide temporary sanitary facilities in the quantity required for use by all personnel. 2. Maintain in a sanitary condition at all times. 2.3 ENCLOSURES A. Provide and maintain for the duration of construction all scaffolds, tarpaulins, canopies, warning signs, steps, platforms, bridges, and other temporary construction necessary for proper completion of the Work in compliance with pertinent safety and other regulations. 2.4 TEMPORARY FENCING A. Provide and maintain for the duration of construction a temporary fence of design and type needed to prevent entry onto the Work by the public. TURNER & • TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 -2 ASSOCIATES 2.5 PROJECT SIGNS A. Prior to start of construction, see plans for details mount at location directed by Owner's Representative. Mount at the job site where directed by the Owner's Representative. Upon completion of the Work, demount the job sign and return them to the Owner's Representative. Except as otherwise specifically approved by the Owner's • Representative, do not permit other signs or advertising on the job site. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL A. Maintain temporary facilities and controls as long as needed for safe and proper completion of the Work Remove such temporary facilities and controls as rapidly as progress of the Work will permit; or as directed by the Owner's Representative. TURNER &: TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND 'CONTROLS 01560 -3 • ASSOCIATES • PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01630 - SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS AFTER EXECUTION OF CONTRACT A. General 1. Furnish all work and services for furnishing, submitting, processing and handling of requests for substitution and data for product options after execution of Contract. Any substitution or product option must be in accord with provisions of Contract Documents. 2. Completely coordinate with work of other trades. 3. See appropriate sections for specific items. 4. See General Conditions for additional information. B. Address for submission: 1.2 PRODUCT SELECTION - GENERAL A. All bids are based on materials, equipment and procedures specified. B. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in specifications by means of trade names, catalog numbers and /or manufacturer's names. C. Listing of a manufacturer implies acceptance of them only as supplier of a product which complies with specified item. D. Architect reserves right to require substitution or product option items to comply color and pattern -wise with base specified items. E. No substitution permitted between bid opening and execution of Contract. F. No substitution permitted after execution of Contract, except by change order. TURNER & • SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01630 -1 ASSOCIATES AFTER EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 1.3 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS A. For products specified only by reference standards, use any product meeting standards. B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, use any product or manufacturer named. C. For products specified by naming one manufacturer and product and several optional manufacturers or products, select any named product and manufacturer which meets all specification criteria. 1. Contract Documents are based on use of base specified manufacturer. 2. By using an optional manufacturer or product, Contractor represents that he will be responsible for all adjustments to fit product to the work and for providing all additional work, equipment, and cervices required by use of product, at no additional cost. 1.4 SUBSTITUTION AFTER EXECUTION OF CONTRACT A. No substitution will be considered after execution of Contract except for non - availability of specified item due to: 1. Strikes 2. Lockouts 3. Bankruptcy 4. Discontinuance of production 5. Proven shortage 6. Similar occurrences B. Notify Architect, in writing, with substantiating data as soon as non- availability becomes apparent. C. Notify in time to avoid delay in construction. D. Forward submittal data as required for substitutions. 1.5 REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTION A. Only written requests with complete submittal data will be considered. B. Submit request in three copies. C. In making request for substitutions, or in using an approved substitute item, Contractor represents: 1. He has investigated proposed product or method, and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified, and that it will perform intended function. TURNER & SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01630 -2 ASSOCIATES AFTER EXECUTION OF CONTRACT I 1 r No verbal or written approvals other than by Change Order will be valid. 2. He will provide same guarantee for substitute item as for product or method specified. 3. He will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into Work, to include building modifications if necessary, making such changes as may be required for Work to be complete in all respects. 4. He waives all claims for additional costs or subsequently become apparent. 5. Acknowledge acceptance of these provisions in request. 1:6 SUBSTITUTION DATA A. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. B. For products: 1. Product identification, including manufacturer's name. 2. Manufacturer's literature, marked to indicate specific model, type, size, and options to be considered: a. Product description b. Performance and test data c. Reference standards d. Difference in power demand, air quantities, etc. e. Dimensional differences from specified unit. 3. Full size samples if requested. Architect reserves right to impound sample until physical units are installed on project for comparison purposes. Requester pay all costs of furnishing and return of samples. Architect is not responsible for loss of, or damage to, samples. . Name and address of similar projects and name of Owner's representative who can be contacted, to discuss product, installation, and field performance data. C . . For construction methods: 1. Detailed description of proposed method. 2. Illustrate on Drawings. D. Itemized comparison of proposed substitute to specified item. E. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. F. Relation to separate contracts. G. Cost of proposed substitution in comparison with product or method specified. TURNER & , SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01630 -3 ASSOCIATES AFTER EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 1.7 REJECTION OF SUBSTITUTION A. Substitution will not be considered if: 1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings, or project data submittals, without formal request submitted in accord with this section. . Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents, or building spaces. . Request for substitution does not indicate specific item for which request is submitted. Acceptance of a manufacturer only will not be made. END OF SECTION TURNER & SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS ASSOCIATES AFTER EXECUTION OF CONTRACT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01640 - PRODUCT HANDLING S' A. Work included: Protect products scheduled for use in the Work by means including, but not necessarily limited to, those described in this Section. B. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 2. Additional procedures also may be prescribed in other Sections of these Specifications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Include within the Contractor's quality assurance program such procedures as are required to assure full protection of work and materials. 1.3 MANUFACTURERS' RECOMMENDATIONS A. Except as otherwise approved by the Architect, determine and comply with manufacturers' recommendations on product handling, storage, and protection. 1.4 PACKAGING TURNER & ASSOCIATES A. Deliver products to the job site in their manufacturer's original container, with labels intact and legible. 1. Maintain packaged materials with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. 2. Promptly remove damaged material and unsuitable items from the job site, and promptly replace with material meeting the specified requirements, at no additional cost to the Owner. B. The Architect may reject as non - complying such material and products that do not bear identification satisfactory to the Architect as to manufacturer, grade, quality, and other pertinent information. PRODUCT HANDLING 01640 -1 1.5. PROTECTION A. Protect finished surfaces, including jambs and soffits of openings used as passageways, through which equipment and materials are handled. • Provide protection for finished floor surfaces in traffic areas prior to allowing equipment or materials to be moved over such surfaces. • Maintain finished surfaces clean, unmarred, and suitably protected until accepted by the Owner. 1.6 REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENTS A. In event of damage, promptly make replacements and repairs to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. . Additional time required to secure replacements and to make repairs will not be considered by the Architect to justify an extension in the Contract Time of Completion. END OF SECTION TURNER & ASSOCIATES e r r r r I r r PART 1 - GENERAL 1.2 RECORD DRAWINGS: 1.3 SUBMITTAL INFORMATION: TURNER & ASSOCIATES DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01700 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1.1 COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION, TESTS: A. Before completion of the construction project, the Mechanical and Electrical Sub - Contractors shall test all materials, equipment and systems which normally require testing. All piping, etc., shall be tested to meet the specification requirements. All equipment systems shall be operated sufficiently long to prove to the Owner that the equipment and systems perform satisfactorily and meet the requirements set forth on the plans or these specifications. Refer to Divisions 15 and 16 of these Specifications. B. In addition to the requirements of the above portions of these specification, all sub - contractors proposing to do work under these specifications shall comply with the following additional requirements. Mechanical Contractor shall instruct the owner in the proper care, including preventive maintenance, and operation of the systems and equipment. Two copies of bound manual shall be furnished which shall include a resume of the instructions given, complete preventive maintenance instructions, operating procedures, normal operations and a simple description of the systems and their intended operating condition, all spare parts list and all guarantees and warranties. Final payment will not be made until the Owner has received a letter from the Contractor stating that the operating personnel have been properly instructed and do, in fact, understand the installation and further, indicating receipt of the bound manuals. A. The Contractor shall keep a set of drawings on the job, noting daily all changes made in these drawings in connection with the final installation including exact dimensioned locations of all new and uncovered existing utility piping outside the building, and shall, with his request for final payment, turn over a clean, neatly marked set of reproducible drawings indicated as "Record Drawings As Installed" to the Owner. PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 -1 A. The Contractor shall accumulate during the job's progress, the following data, in duplicate, prepared in a neat brochure or packet folder and turned over to the Owner. 1. All warranties and guarantees and manufacturer's directions on equipment and material covered by the contract. 2. Approved fixture brochures, wiring diagrams and control diagrams. 3. Any and all other data and /or drawings required during construction. 4. Repair parts lists of all major items and equipment including name, address and telephone number of local supplier or agent. 5. Valve tag charts and diagrams. B. All of the above data shall be submitted to the Owner for approval at such time as the Contractor asks for his last estimate prior to his final estimate, but in no case, less than two weeks before final inspection. 1.4 FINAL INSPECTION A. It shall be the duty of the Contractor to personally make a careful inspection trip of the entire project, assuring himself that the work on the project is ready for final acceptance, before calling upon the Owner to make a final inspection. B. In order not to delay final acceptance of the work, the Contractor shall have all necessary bonds, guarantees, receipts, affidavits, and certificate of occupancy, etc., called for in the various articles of these specification, prepared and signed in advance, together with a letter of transmittal, listing each paper included, and shall deliver the same to the Owner at or before the time of said Final Inspection. The Contractor is cautioned to check over each bond, receipt, etc., before preparing same for submission to see that the terms meet the requirements of these specifications. C. The final inspection will be made by the Project Manager. D. The Project Manager is to receive notice of the final walk 2 weeks in advance. The Contractor shall bear all trip costs expended by the Project Manager if the project is not ready for final inspection. 2.1 OWNER OCCUPANCY: A. Contractor shall provide access for Owner. B. Prior to occupancy, execute Certificate of Substantial Completion. C. Upon occupancy of new building, Owner will provide: TURNER & ASSOCIATES PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 -2 1. Custodial services. 2. Security. 3. Maintenance. 4. Utilities. 5. Operation of HVAC and electrical systems. END OF SECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01710 - CLEANING A. Work included: Throughout the construction period, maintain the buildings and site in a standard of cleanliness as described in this Section. B. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 2. In addition to standards described in this Section, comply with requirements for cleaning as described in pertinent other Sections of these Specifications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conduct daily inspection, and more often if necessary, to verify that requirements for cleanliness are being met. B. In addition to the standards described in this Section, comply with pertinent requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CLEANING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Provide required personnel, equipment, and materials needed to maintain the specified standard of cleanliness. 2.2 COMPATIBILITY A. Use only the cleaning materials and equipment which are compatible with the surface being cleaned, as recommended by the manufacturer of the material. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PROGRESS CLEANING TURNER & ASSOCIATES A. General: CLEANING 01710 -1 i 3.2 FINAL CLEANING TURNER & ASSOCIATES 1. Retain stored items in an orderly arrangement Allowing maximum access, not impeding traffic or drainage, and providing required protection of materials. 2. Do not allow accumulation of scrap, debris, waste material, and other items not required for construction of this Work. 3. At least twice each month, and more often if necessary, completely remove all scrap, debris, and waste material from the job site. Provide adequate storage for all items awaiting removal from the job site, observing requirements for fire protection and protection of the ecology. Site: 1. Daily, and more often if necessary, inspect the site and pick up all scrap, debris, and waste material. Remove such items to the place designated for their storage. 2. Weekly, and more often if necessary, inspect all arrangements of materials stored on the site. Restack, tidy, or otherwise service arrangements to meet the requirements of subparagraph 3.1 -A -1 above. 3. Maintain the site in a neat and orderly condition at all times. Structures: 1. Weekly, and more often if necessary, inspect the structures and pick up all scrap, debris, and waste material. Remove such items to the place designated for their storage. 2. Weekly, and more often if necessary, sweep interior spaces clean. a. "Clean," for the purpose of this subparagraph, shall be interpreted as meaning free from dust and other material capable of being removed by use of reasonable effort and a hand -held broom. 3. As required preparatory to installation of succeeding materials, clean the structures or pertinent portions thereof to the degree of cleanliness recommended by the manufacturer of the succeeding material, using equipment and materials required to achieve the necessary cleanliness. 4. Following the installation of finish floor materials, clean the • finish floor daily (and more often if necessary) at all times while work is being performed in the space in which finish materials are installed. a. "Clean," for the purpose of this subparagraph, shall be interpreted as meaning free from foreign material which, in the opinion of the Architect, may be injurious to the finish floor material. A. "Clean," for the purposes of this Article, and except as may be specifically provided otherwise, shall be interpreted as meaning the CLEANING 01710 -2 level of cleanliness generally provided by skilled cleaners using commercial quality building maintenance equipment and materials. Prior to completion of the Work, remove from the job site all tools, surplus materials, equipment, scrap, debris, and waste. Conduct final progress cleaning as described in Article 3.1 above. C. Site: 1. Unless otherwise specifically directed by the Architect, broom clean paved areas on the site and public paved areas adjacent to the site, including adjacent streets. 2. Completely remove resultant debris. D. Structures: 1. Exterior: a. Visually inspect exterior surfaces and remove all traces of soil, waste materials, smudges, and other foreign matter. b. Remove all traces of splashed materials from adjacent surfaces. c. If necessary to achieve a uniform degree of cleanliness, hose down the exterior of the structure. d. In the event of stubborn stains not removable with water, the Architect may require light sandblasting or other cleaning at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. Interior: a. Visually inspect interior surfaces and remove all traces of soil, waste materials, smudges, and other foreign matter. b. Remove all traces of splashed material from adjacent surfaces. c. Remove paint droppings, spots, stains, and dirt from finished surfaces. 3. Glass: Clean inside and outside. 4. Polished surfaces: To surfaces requiring routine application of buffed polish, apply the polish recommended by the manufacturer of the material being polished. E. Schedule final cleaning as approved by the Architect to enable the Owner to accept a completely clean Work. 3.3 CLEANING DURING OWNER'S OCCUPANCY TURNER & ASSOCIATES A. Should the owner occupy the Work or any portion thereof prior to its completion by the Contractor and acceptance by the Owner, responsibilities for interim and final cleaning shall be as determined by the Project Manager in accordance with the General Conditions of the Contract. END OF SECTION CLEANING 01710 -3 PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01720 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. General: 1. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services to provide Project Record Documents as specified, in accord with provisions of Contract Documents. 2. Completely coordinate with work of all other trades. 3. See Division 1 for additional General Requirements. B. Definitions: 1. Documents required for construction: Complete set of all documents required by Contract Documents, including but not limited to: a. Contract drawings. b. Project manual /specifications. c. Addenda. d. Shop drawings. e. Product data. f. Samples and mock -ups. g. Project data. h. Change orders. i. Modifications. j. Field . test records. k. soils report. 2. Field documents: Complete set of all documents required for construction. a. Used for construction of project. b. Contract drawings in form of prints. 3. Periodic Update Documents: Complete separate set of all documents required for construction with exception of samples and mock -ups. a. Not used for construction of project. b. Contract drawings in form of clean prints. 4. Project Record Documents: Complete set of all documents required for construction with exception of samples and mock- ups. a. Do not use for construction of project. b. Provide contract drawings in form of correctable, reproducible sepia mylars. 1.02 SUBMITTALS (See Division 1) TURNER & ASSOCIATES PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720 -1 • A. Shop drawings: Not required. B. Product data: Not required. C. Samples: Not required. D. Project information: 1. Project Record Documents, at completion of project, to Owner with letter of transmittal. a. Submit Project Record Documents in containers used for Periodic Update Documents. 2. Provide transmittal letter containing: a. Date. b. Project title. c. Contractor's name and address. d. Title and number of each Project Record Document. e. Certification that Project Record Documents submitted are complete and accurate. 3. Copy of transmittal letter to Architect. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 POSTING PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION A. After Contract is executed, but prior to start of construction, obtain Contract Drawings and Project Manual /Specifications which will be used for Field Documents and Periodic Update Documents. B. Obtain copies of all addenda and post above documents. 3.02 MAINTENANCE OF FIELD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain minimum of one copy at project site. B. Label each document "FIELD ". C. These documents will be used for construction of project. D. Make documents available at all times for review by Architect, Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. TURNER & PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720 -2 ASSOCIATES 3.03 MAINTENANCE OF PERIODIC UPDATE DOCUMENTS A. Maintain one copy at project site. B. Label each document "PERIODIC UPDATE ". C. Do not use these documents for construction purposes. D. Make documents available at all times for review by Architect, Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. E. Maintain in clean, dry, legible condition. F. Maintain contract drawings in stackable, enclosed cardboard file drawers designed to hold Drawings horizontally. 1. Provide index of contents of each file drawer on outside of drawer. G. Maintain all other Periodic Update Documents in stackable, enclosed file boxes designed to hold specific type of document. 1. Provide index of contents of each box on outside of box. 3.04 POSTING AND UPDATING OF PERIODIC UPDATE DOCUMENTS A. Post and update on weekly basis. B. Contract drawings: Mark legibly to record actual construction induding but not limited to: 1. Depths of various elements of foundations in relation to first floor level. 2. Horizontal and vertical location of underground utilities and appurtenances referenced to permanent surface improvements. 3. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction referenced to visible and accessible features of structure. 4. Field changes of dimension and detail. 5. Changes made by change order or field order. C. Project Manual /Specifications: Type on each section to record all changes including but not limited to: 1. Addenda. 2. Change order or field order. 3. Modifications to contract. 4. Bind added sections into Project Manual /Specifications. 5. Indicate manufacturer. TURNER & PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720 -3 ASSOCIATES . Do not conceal work for which information must be recorded until all required information is recorded on Periodic Update Documents. • Any work concealed prior to recording of required information will be exposed. Once all required information is recorded on Periodic Update Documents, work will be restored at Contractor's expense. 3.05 PRODUCTION OF PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. At substantial completion, obtain complete set of correctable reproducible mylars for each contract drawing. B. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD ". C Have skilled draftsman transfer all changes, corrections, entries, etc., from Periodic Update Documents to Project Record Documents. D: All other Periodic Update Documents may be used for Project Record Documents provided they are in satisfactory condition. E. Replace any Periodic Update Document, found to be in unsatisfactory condition. Transfer all recorded changes from original to replacement COPY• TURNER & '. ASSOCIATES • PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work included: To aid the continued instruction of operating and maintenance personnel, and to provide a positive source of information regarding the products incorporated into the Work, furnish and deliver the data described in this Section and in pertinent other Sections of these Specifications. B. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. Required contents of submittals also may be amplified in pertinent other Sections of these Specifications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01730 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. In preparing data required by this Section, use only personnel who are thoroughly trained and experienced in operation and maintenance of the described items, completely familiar with the requirements of this Section, and skilled in technical writing to the extent needed for communicating the essential data. 1.3 SUBMITTALS TURNER & ASSOCIATES A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Submit two copies of a preliminary draft of the proposed Manual or Manuals to the Owner's Representative for review and comments. This submittal shall be made prior to project being 50% complete. C. Unless otherwise directed in other Sections, or in writing by the Owner's Representative, submit three copies of the final Manual to the Owner's Representative prior to indoctrination of operation and maintenance personnel. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01730 -1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSTRUCTION MANUALS Where instruction Manuals are required to be submitted under other Sections of these Specifications, prepare in accordance with the provisions of this Section. B. Format: 1. Size: 8-1/2" x 11" 2. Paper: White bond, at least 20 lb weight 3. Text: Neatly written or printed 4. Drawings: 11" in height preferable; bind in with text; foldout acceptable; larger drawings acceptable but fold to fit within the Manual and provide a drawing pocket inside rear cover or bind in with text. 5. Flysheets: Separate each portion of the Manual with neatly prepared flysheets briefly describing contents of the ensuing portion; flysheets may be in color. 6. Binding: Use heavy -duty plastic or fiberboard covers with binding mechanism concealed inside the Manual; 3 -ring binders will be acceptable; all binding is subject to the Architect's approval. 7. Measurements: Provide all measurements in U. S. standard units such as feet- andinches, lbs., and cfm; where items may be expected to be measured within ten years in accordance with metric formulae, provide additional measurements in the "International System of Units " (SI). Provide front and back covers for each Manual, using durable material approved by the Architect, and clearly identified on or through the cover with at least the following information: TURNER & ASSOCIATES OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS Name and address of Work Name of Contractor General subject of this Manual Space for approval signature of the Architect and approval date OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA D. Contents: Include at least the following: 1. Neatly typewritten index near the front of the Manual, giving immediate information as to location within the Manual of all emergency information regarding the installation. 2. Complete instructions regarding operation and maintenance of all equipment involved including lubrication, disassembly, and reassembly. 3. Complete nomenclature of all parts of all equipment. 4. Complete nomenclature and part number of all replaceable parts, name and address of nearest vendor, and all other data pertinent to procurement procedures. 5. All guarantees and warranties issued and fully executed by respective companies. 6. Manufacturers' bulletins, cuts, and descriptive data, where pertinent, dearly indicating the precise items included in this installation and deleting, or otherwise clearly indicating, all manufacturers' data with which this installation is not concerned. 7. Such other data as required in pertinent Sections of these Specifications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTRUCTION MANUALS A. Preliminary: 1. Prepare a preliminary draft of each proposed Manual. 2. Show general arrangement, nature of contents in each portion, probable number of drawings and their size, and proposed method of binding and covering. 3. Secure the Owner's Representative approval prior to proceeding. B. Final: Complete the Manuals in strict accordance with the approved preliminary drafts and the Architect's review comments. TURNER & ASSOCIATES END OF SECTION C. Revisions: 1. Following the indoctrination and instruction of operation and maintenance personnel, review all proposed revisions of the Manual with the Owner's Representative. 2. If the Contractor is required by the Owner's Representative to revise previously approved Manuals, compensation will be made as provided for under "Changes" in the General Conditions. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01730 -3 i PART 1 - GENERAL 66 1.04 PROTECTION t . DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK SECTION 02072 - MINOR DEMOLITION FOR RENOVATION 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 specifications, apply to work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. "Minor Demolition for Renovation" means the removal of portions of an existing building, including major structural elements, to provide for the enlargement and alteration of the structure and may require [. "cutting and patching" to be performed as part of the work. Work of this section applies to minor demolition required in areas of the existing structure not scheduled to be totally demolished. Extent of minor demolition for remodeling is shown on drawings. " B. Remove, store, and rotect materials products, and equipment t or identified by Owner or Construction Documents to be reused tagged rg relocated. C. Remove and turn over to Owner materials, products, and equipment tagged or identified by Owner or Construction Documents to be retained for Owner's personal use. 1.03 SUBMITTALS (( A. Permits and notices authorizing demolition. 1:! B. Certificates of severance of utility services. C. Permit for transport and disposal of debris. D. Three copies of demolition and removal procedures and operational 1 sequence for review and acceptance by Owner and Architect prior to start of work. Include in the submittal: 1. The coordination for shut off, capping, and continuation of utility services a required. 2. All aspects of the concrete panel relocation. TURNER & • MINOR DEMOLITION FOR RENOVATION 02072 -1 ASSOCIATES 1.05 MATERIALS A. Do not interfere with use of adjacent areas of site or building occupied by Owner. Maintain free and safe passage to and from. B. Provide, erect, and maintain barricades, lighting, and guard rails as required by applicable regulatory advisory to protect occupants of building and workers. C. Protect existing items which are not indicated to be altered. D. Existing Services: 1. Arrange and pay for disconnecting, removing, and capping utility services within areas of demolition. Disconnect and stub off. 1.06 PREPARATION 2. Place markers to indicate location of disconnected services. Identify service lines and capping locations on Project Record Documents. (See Section 01720). 3. Protect, keep in service, and maintain continuity of existing utilities required to provide service to facilities not scheduled to be demolished. Schedule necessary interruptions of service in cooperation with Owner's representative and Architect. If damaged by demolition work, repair or replace immediately at expense to Owner. 4. Remove and reroute utilities such as piping, wiring, and ductwork which are in conflict with demolition work, but need to be kept in service for Owner's operation, in a manner satisfactory to the Owner. A. Except where noted otherwise, maintain possession of materials being demolished. Immediately remove from site. B. Carefully remove, store, and protect for reinstallation materials and equipment tagged or identified by the Owner or Construction Documents. Carefully remove materials and equipment identified by Construction Documents to be retained by the Owner. Deliver and store where directed by the Owner. Replace any damaged materials with new, matching adjacent existing materials. A. Maintain exit requirements. TURNER & MINOR DEMOLITION FOR RENOVATION 02072-2 ASSOCIATES 1.07 DEMOLITION B. Erect and maintain dustproof partitions where necessary. On completion, remove partitions and repair damaged surfaces to match adjacent surfaces. A. Demolish in an orderly and careful manner as required to accommodate new work. Remove debris and rubbish from the site daily. Do not allow to accumulate in, on, or around the work area. B. Perform demolition in accordance with applicable authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with applicable safety regulations. C. Remove and dispose of asbestos materials in compliance with requirements of OSHA Standards and EPA Standards. D. Lower demolished material in a controlled manner in locations indicated on drawings. Dropping or throwing of materials from heights is prohibited. Provide chute to contain dust and debris. E. Locate demolition equipment throughout the structure and remove materials so as to not impose excessive loads to supporting walls, floors, or framing. F. Repair all demolition performed in excess of that required at no cost to the Owner. Remove and store materials and equipment to be retained or re- installed in manner to prevent damage. Burning of materials on site is not permitted. Immediately remove from site contaminated, vermin - infested or dangerous materials encountered and dispose of by safe means so as not to endanger health of workers and public. Remove demolished materials from site as work progresses. Upon completion of work, leave areas of work in a condition acceptable to the Owner. J• PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not applicable. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not applicable. END OF SECTION TURNER & MINOR DEMOLITION FOR RENOVATION 02072 -3 ASSOCIATES DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK SECTION 02444 - CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to the work specified in this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. New chain link gate at dumpster enclosure. - 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide chain link fences and gates as complete units controlled by a single source including necessary erection accessories, fittings, and fastenings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data, shop drawing, and installation instructions for metal fencing and gates. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Dimensions shown for pipe, rolled - formed, dimensions. B. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with products of one of the following: 1. Allied Tube and Conduit Corp. 2. Anchor Fence, Inc. 3. Colorguard Corp. 4. Davis Walker Corp. 5. Dominion Fence and Wire Prod. 6. United States Steel 2.02 STEEL FENCING A. TURNER & ASSOCIATES Fabric: No. 9 ga. (0.148 ") finished size steel wires, 2" mesh, with top selvages knuckled for fabric 60" high and under, and both top and bottom selvages twisted and barbed for fabric over 60" high. CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES and H- sections are outside requirements, provide 02444 -1 1. Fabric finish, galvanized, ASTM A 392, Class I, with not less than 1.2 oz. zinc per sq. ft. of surface. B. Framework: Galvanized steel, ASTM A 120 or A 123, with not less than 1.8 oz. zinc per sq. ft. of surface. C. Hardware and Accessories: Galvanized, ASTM A 152, with zinc and weights per Table I. D. Preformed steel roofing (see Section 07610). 2.03 FRAMING AND ACCESSORIES TURNER & ASSOCIATES A. Gates: Fabricate swing gate perimeter frames for 1.90" OD pipe. Metal and finish to match framework. Provide horizontal and vertical members to ensure proper gate operation and for attachment of fabric, hardware, and accessories. Space so that frame members are not more than 8' apart. 1. Assemble gate frames by welding or with special fittings and rivets, for rigid connections. Use same fabric as for fence, unless otherwise indicated. Install fabric with stretcher bars at vertical edges. Bars may also be used at top and bottom edges. Attach stretchers to gate frame at not more than 15" o.c. Attach hardware to provide security against removal or breakage. Install diagonal cross - bracing consisting of 3/8" diameter adjustable length truss rods on gates to ensure frame rigidity without sag or twist, if required. 2. Attach preformed steel roofing on outside of gate fabric at 12" o.c. both ways. B. Gate Hardware: Furnish the following hardware and accessories for each gate. 1. Hinges: Size and material to suit gate size, non - lift -off type, offset to permit 180 gate opening. Provide 1-1/2 pair of hinges for each leaf over 6' nominal height. 2. Latch: Forked type or plunger -bar type to permit operation from either side of gate, with padlock eye as integral part of latch. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Gates: Install gates plumb, level, and secure for full opening without interference. Install ground -set items in concrete for anchorage, as recommended by fence manufacturer. Adjust hardware for smooth operation and lubricate where necessary. END OF SECTION CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES 02444 -2 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK SECTION 02513 - ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING • A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification section's and soils report, apply to work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of asphalt concrete paving work is shown on drawings. B. Prepared base course and NFS subbase is specified in soils report. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Material Certificates: Provide copies of materials certificates signed by material producer and Contractor, certifying that each material item complies with, or exceeds, specified requirements. A. Weather Limitations: Apply prime and tack coats when ambient temperature is above 50 degrees Fahrenheit and when temperature has not been below 35 degrees Fahrenheit for 12 hours immediately prior to application. Do not apply when base is wet or contains an excess of moisture. B. Construct asphalt concrete surface course only when atmospheric temperature is above 40 degrees Fahrenheit and when base is dry. Base course may be placed when air temperature is above 30 degrees Fahrenheit and rising. Grade Control: Establish and maintain required lines and elevations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Use locally available materials and gradations which exhibit a satisfactory record of previous installations. B. Base course Aggregate is specified in soils report. TURNER & ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING 02513 -1 ASSOCIATES C. Asphalt Cement: Comply with AASHTO M 226 (ASTM D 3881). 1. Viscosity Grade: AC -20, AR -8000. D. Tack Coat: Emulsified asphalt, SS -1, SS -1h, CSS -1, or CSS -1h, diluted with one part water to one part emulsified asphalt. 2.02 ASPHALT - AGGREGATE MIXTURE: A. Provide asphalt - aggregate mixture as recommended by local paving authorities to suit project conditions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Remove loose material from compacted NFS subbase or subgrade surface immediately placing base course. B. Proof roll prepared NFS surface to check for unstable areas and areas requiring additional compaction. C. Place base course in uniform layer and compact to 95% of optimum theoretical density. D. Notify Contractor of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not begin paving work until deficient areas have been corrected and area ready to receive paving. E. Prime Coat: Apply at rate of .20 to .50 gal. per sq. yd., over compacted base course. Apply material to penetrate and seal, but not flood, surface. Cure and dry as long as necessary to attain penetration and evaporation of volatiles. F. Tack Coat: Apply to contact surfaces of previously constructed asphalt or Portland cement concrete and surfaces abutting or projecting into asphalt concrete payment. Distribute at rate of 0.05 to 0.15 per sq. yd. of surface. G. Allow to dry until at proper condition to receive paving. 3.02 PLACING MIX: A. General: Place asphalt concrete mixture on prepared surface spread and strike -off. Spread mixture at minimum temperature of 225 degrees Fahrenheit. Place inaccessible and small areas by hand. Place each course to required grade, cross- section, and compacted thickness as TURNER & • ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING 02513 -2 ASSOCIATES described in soils report or a minimum of 2 -1/2" total thickness,,put down in two courses. B. Paving Placing: Place in strips not less than 10' wide, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. After first strip has been placed and rolled, place succeeding strips and extend rolling to overlap previous strips. Complete base course for a section before placing surface course. C. Joints: Make joints between old and new payments, and between successive days' work, to ensure continuous bond between adjoining work. Construct joints to have same texture, density and smoothness as other sections of asphalt concrete course. Clean contact surfaces and apply tack coat. 3:03 ROLLING A. General: Begin rolling when mixture will bear roller weight without excessive displacement. 1. Compact mixture with hot hand tampers or vibrating plate compactors in areas inaccessible to rollers. B. Breakdown Rolling: Accomplish breakdown or initial rolling immediately following rolling of joints and outside edge. Check surface after breakdown rolling, and repair displaced areas by loosening and filling, if required, with hot material. Second Rolling: Follow breakdown rolling as soon as possible, while mixture is hot. Continue second rolling until mixture has been thoroughly compacted. D. Finish Rolling: Perform finish rolling while mixture is still warm enough for removal of roller marks. Continue rolling until roller marks are eliminated and course has attained maximum density. E. Patching: Remove and replace paving areas mixed with foreign materials and defective areas. Cut -out such areas and fill with fresh, hot asphalt concrete. Compact by rolling to maximum surface density and smoothness. F. Protection: After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on pavement until it has cooled and hardened. 1. Erect barricades to protect paving from traffic until mixture has cooled enough not to become marked. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: Test in -place asphalt concrete courses for compliance with requirements for thickness and surface smoothness. Repair or remove and replace unacceptable paving as directed by Architect. TURNER Sr ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING 02513-3 ASSOCIATES B. Thickness: In -place compacted thickness will not beacceptable if exceeding following allowable variation from required thickness. 1. Base Course: 1/2", plus or minus. 2. Surface Course: 1/4 ", plus or minus. Surface Smoothness: Test finished surface of each asp halt concrete course for smoothness, using 10' straightedge applied parallel with, and at right angles to centerline of paved area Surfaces will not be acceptable if any evidence of ponding water or if exceeding the following tolerances for smoothness. 1. Wearing Course Surface: 3/16 ". END OF SECTION Check surface areas at intervals as directed by Architect. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Materials. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK SECTION 02580 - PAVEMENT MARKINGS 1.02 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities. Utilize flagmen, barricades, warning signs and warning lights as required. A. The paint shall be a non - bleeding, quick - drying, alkyd petroleum base paint suitable for traffic- bearing surfaces and shall meet FS TTP -85E and mixed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions before application. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Sweep and clean surface to eliminate loose material and dust. 3.02 APPLICATION A. Apply two (2) coats of paint at manufacturer's recommended rate without the addition of thinner, with a maximum of 125 square feet per gallon. Apply with mechanical equipment to produce uniform straight edges. At sidewalk curbs and crosswalks, use a straightedge to ensure a uniform, clean, and straight stripe. B. The following items are to be painted with the colors noted below: 1. Handicap Symbols: Per Local Code. 2. Parking Stall Striping: Yellow, unless otherwise noted on plans. TURNER & PAVEMENT MARKINGS 02580 -1 ASSOCIATES END OF SECTION PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Formwork, shoring, bracing, and anchorage. 2. Reinforcement and accessories. 3. Cast -n -place concrete, including sidewalks adjacent to building. 4. Curing and finishing. 5. Grout. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05120 - Structural Steel. 2. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications. 3. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 1. ACI 214 - Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Strength Test Results of Concrete. 2. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. 3. ACI 347 - Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork. 4. ACI 315 - Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. 5. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A82 - Cold Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. ASTM A185 - Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. ASTM A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 4. ASTM C31 - Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. 5. ASTM C33 - Concrete Aggregates. 6. ASTM C39 - Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. 7. ASTM C42 - Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. 8. ASTM C94 - Ready -Mixed Concrete. 9. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement. 10. ASTM C192 - Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory. 11 ASTM C260 - Air- Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. TURNER & ASSOCIATES DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 -1 1.03 SUBMITTALS 12. ASTM C309 - Liquid Membrane Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. 13. ASTM C494 - Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. C. American Welding Society (AWS): 1. AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel. D. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI): 1. CRSI - Manual of Practice. 2. CRSI 63 - Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars. 3. CRSI 65 - Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports, Specifications and Nomenclature. . Product Standard (PS): 1. PS 1- Construction and Industrial Plywood. A. Provide Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples in accordance with Section 01300 - Submittals,for all Work under this Section. 1.. Product List: List product selected for the following: a Curing compound. b. Grout. 2. Shop Drawings - Reinforcement: a. Reproduce concrete notes that concern proper placing of reinforcing and submit with shop drawings for field use. Do not use reproductions of Contract Documents as shop drawings. b. Provide reinforcement placement drawings with bar lists. Comply with Pan B, Chapter 3 of ACI 315 for preparation of shop drawings. Include number, grade, size, length, mark, location, splice lengths, and bending diagrams for all reinforcing steel and related products. 3. Quality Control Submittals - Mk Design: Submit three copies of laboratory trial mix design proposed in accordance with ACI 301, Method 1, or three sets of each of 30 consecutive test results and mix designs used from record of past performance in accordance with ACI 301, Method 2. a Determine or certify proportions of ingredients for mix by independent testing laboratory in accordance with Chapter 4 of ACI 318 to provide characteristics listed on Contract Documents for each class of concrete. b. Determine required average strength for above specified strength in accordance with ACI 318; evaluate compressive strength results of field concrete in accordance with ACI 214. c. Include the following information in concrete mix design: (1) Proportions of cement, fine and coarse aggregates, and water. TURNER & CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 -2 ASSOCIATES 1.04 TESTS A. Required testing will be performed by Testing Laboratory, Section 01400. Notify Testing Laboratory 24 hours prior to proposed concrete pour. Testing Laboratory shall be present at every concrete pour. B. Testing firm will take cylinders and perform slump and air entrainment tests in accordance with ACI 301. 1. Four concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 50 or less cu yds of each class of concrete placed each day. 2. One slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken. 3. For air- entrained concrete one air content test will be made when slump test is taken. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Cold Weather Placing: Perform work in accordance with ACI 306. 1. Comply with the following for minimum temperature of concrete delivered to job site: a Air Temperature 30 -45 °F: Concrete temperature 55 -90 °F. b. Air Temperature 0 -30 °F: Concrete temperature 60 -90 °F. c. Air Temperature below 0 °F: Concrete temperature 65- 90°F. 2. Combine water heated to above 1 00°F with aggregates before cement is added. Do not add cement to water or aggregates having temperature greater than 1 00 °F.3. When outdoor temperature is less than 40 °F, maintain temperature of concrete at not less than 50 °F for required curing time. a. Make arrangements before placement to maintain required temperature without damage from excessive heat. Do not use combustion heaters during first 48 hours without precautions to prevent exposure of concrete to exhaust gases containing carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide. TURNER & ASSOCIATES (2) Water - cement ratio, 28 day compressive and design strength, slump, and air content. (3) Type of cement and aggregates. (4) Aggregate gradation. (5) Type and dosage of admixtures. (6) Special requirements for pumping. (7) Range of ambient temperature and humidity for which design is valid. (8) Special characteristics of mix which require precautions in mixing, placing, or finishing techniques to achieve finished product specified. d. Batch Delivery Tickets - Submit sample ticket indicating information to be supplied. CAST -IN- PLACE CONCRETE 03300 -3 B. Hot Weather Perform work in accordance with ACI 305.1. Do not deliver concrete to job site above 95 °F. Cool ingredients before mixing to prevent concrete temperature in excess of 95 °F. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMWORK A. Engineer forms, shores, bracing, and other temporary supports to support loads imposed during construction. 1. Plywood: Sound, undamaged sheets with straight edges. 2. Lumber: Construction grade. 3. Steel: Minimum 16 gage sheet, well matched, tight fitting, stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of finished surfaces. B. Accessories: 1. Form Ties: Removable or snap -off metal, of fixed or adjustable length as applicable, with cone ends. 2.02 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615; 60 ksi yield grade billet -steel deformed bars, uncoated finish. B. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A185 plain type. 2.03 REINFORCEMENT . ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type. B. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for strength and support of reinforcement during installation and placement of concrete. 2.04 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C150, normal - Type 1, produced from American-made clinker. B. Fine and Coarse Aggregate:1. Normal weight concrete: ASTM C33. C. Water Clean and not detrimental to concrete. 2.05 CHEMICAL ADMIXTURES TURNER & ASSOCIATES A. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300-4 B. Joint Filler: Preformed type, 1/2 inch thick. Chemical Admixtures: ASTM C494; Type A - water reducing; Type B - retarding; Type C - accelerating; Type D - water reducing and retarding. 1. No calcium chloride allowed. 2.06 RELATED MATERIALS A. Non - shrink Grout: Pre -mixed non - shrinking, high strength grout, COE CRD -621; compressive strength of 5000 psi in 28 days. 1. Masterflow 713 by Master Builders Co. 2. Gilco Construction Grout by Gifford -Hill Co. 3. Crystex by L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. 4. Euco -N -S Grout by Euclid Chemical Company. 5. Sonogrout by Sonneborn Building Products. C. Levelling Compound: 1. "Flow True" by Burke: Minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi after 28 days. Thickness of 1/8 inch to 1/2 inch in single application. D. Vapor Retarder: Provide polyethylene sheet vapor retarder cover, not less than 6 mils thick, over prepared base material bebw slabs on grade. Cobr: clear. 2.07 CONCRETE CURING A. Chemical Cure for Slabs: Kure -N -Seal by Sonnebom Building Products, ASTM C309; acrylic formua designed and certified to be compatible with resilient flooring adhesives. 1. Substitutions: Similar products by other manufacturers; submit product data for acceptance. B. Moisture Cure: 1. Water: Potable. 2. Moisture - retaining Coverings: Burlap, cotton mats, or other moisture- retaining fabrics; AASHO M182, ASTM C171, or AASHO M73. Provide burlap free of sizing; rinse thoroughly in caustic soda to remove soluble substances and make burlap more absorbent. 2.08 CONCRETE MIX A. Mix normal and light weight concrete in accordance with ASTM C94. B. , Provide normal weight concrete with the following characteristics: TURNER & CAST -EN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 -5 ASSOCIATES PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION B. Vapor Retarder Installation 1. All concrete, except Structural Precast Concrete - Site Cast, Section 03430: a Compressive Strength: (1 ) 7 Days: 2250 psi. (2) 28 Days: 3000 psi. • (3) Cettititiot&tivspo b. Maximum Water/Cement Ratio: 0.50 c. Air Content: 5%, plus or minus 1% d. Slump: Not to exceed 4 inches. 2. • Structural Precast Concrete - Site Cast, Section 03430: . a. • Compressive Strength: (1) 7 Days: 3000 psi. • (2) 28 Days: 4000 psi. (3). CCtifititUtOits':brspocioirtiiodiiiiftgieiiiiiia b. Maximum Water/Cement Ratio: 0.50 c. Air Content: 5%, plus or minus 1% d. Slump: Not to exceed 4 inches. C. • Accelerating Admixtures: ASTM C494; Type C. Use in cold weather only when approved by Owner's Representative. Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements. D. Set-retarding Admixtures: ASTM C494, Type B. Use during hot weather only when approved by Owner's Representative. E. .Air Entraining Admixtures: ASTM C260. Add to concrete mix for concrete work subject to freeze-thaw cycling. F. • Water Reducing Admixtures: ASTM C494, Type A. Use at interior slabs • on grade. A. Verify anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement, and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, held securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent. Apply bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. TURNER & CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-6 ASSOCIATES 1. Following leveling and tamping of prepared base for slabs on grade, place vapor retarder sheeting with longest dimension parallel with direction of pour. 2. Lap pints 6 inches minimum and seal with appropriate tape. Do not disturb or damage vapor retarder while placing concrete reinforcing. If damage occurs, repair before concrete placement. 3.03 PLACING REINFORCEMENT A. Perform concrete reinforcement work in accordance with CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, and Documents 63 and 65. 1. Accurately place and secure saddle ties at every other intersection with 16 gage black annealed wire; hold rigidly, in place with metal chairs or spacers during placing of concrete. 2. Hob bars in beams and slabs to exact location during concrete placement. Use spacers, chairs, or other necessary supports with the following tolerances: a Bars in Slabs, Structural Precast Concrete, and Beams: (1) Members 8 Inches Deep or Less: ± 1/4 inch. (2) Members 8 Inches to 2' -0- Deep: ± 1/2 inch. (3) Members More than 2' -0- Deep: ± 1 inch. b. Lengthwise of Member: ± 2 inches. c. Concrete Cover to Formed Surfaces: ± 1/4 inch. d. Minimum Spacing Between Bars: ± 1/4 inch. 3.04 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301; including hot and cold weather placement procedures. B. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts and formed joints are not disturbed during concrete placement. C. Place concrete in reasonably uniform layers, approximately horizontal, and not more than 12 inches deep, exercising care to avoid vertical joints or inclined planes. Place concrete continuously between predetermined construction and control joints. Piling up of concrete in forms to cause separation or loss of ingredients is not permitted. D. Do not deposit concrete which has partially set or hardened. Remove hardened or partially hardened concrete which has accumulated on forms or reinforcement. Do not place concrete on previously deposited concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause formation of seams or planes of weakness within respective member or section except as specified. E. Deposit concrete as nearly in final position as practical to avoid rehandling. Exercise care to prevent splashing forms or reinforcing with concrete. Do not permit concrete to drop freely a distance greater TURNER & CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 -7 ASSOCIATES than 3 feet. Where longer drops are necessary, use chute, tremie, or other conveyances to help avoid separation. F. Do not deposit concrete into excavation where water is standing. If place of deposit cannot be successfully pumped dry, pour through tremie with outlet end near bottom of place of deposit. G Do not deposit concrete when plasticity, measured by slump test, is outside limits indicated on Structural Drawings. H. Consolidate and screed concrete by use of vibratory screed of size to allow construction joint pattern as indicated on Structural Drawings. Vibration: As soon as concrete is deposited, thoroughly agitate with mechanical vibrators and suitable hand tools to work mixture into corners of forms and around reinforcing and embedded items. Use mechanical vibrators with minimum frequency of 7000 revolutions /minute. Do not over vibrate or use vibrators to transport concrete within forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators at many points, 18 to 30 inches apart. At each insertion, vibrate generally 5 -15 seconds, sufficient to consolidate concrete but not long enough to cause segregation. Keep spare vibrator on job site during concrete placement operations. Do not insert vibrator into lower courses that have begun to set. j. Saw cut control pints within 12 hours after finishing. Use 3116 inch thick blade, cutting 1-1/4 inch into slab. K. Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. 3.05 FORM REMOVAL A. Do not remove forms until concrete has attained sufficient strength. Clamps or tie rods may be Ioosened 24 hours after concrete is placed. Ties, except for sufficient number to hold forms in place, may be removed at that time. B. Minimum Curing Period Prior to Form Removal: 1. Above 60 °F: 3 days. 2. 50°F to 60 °F: 5 days. 3. 40°F to 50 °F: 7 days. 4. Less than 40 °F: See Note below. Note: When temperature below 40 °F prevails, leave forms in place additional period equal to time structure has been exposed to such lower temperature. C. Observance of minimum curing periods listed above does not relieve Contractor of responsibility for safety of structure during construction. TURNER & CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 -8 ASSOCIATES 3.06 FINISHING A. Schedule of Finishes: 1. Interior Floor Slab: 2. Unexposed Ext. Formed Surfaces: 3. Exposed Ext. Formed Surfaces: 4. Sidewalks: 5. Ramps and Steps: TURNER & ASSOCIATES Remove wood forms from under floors, ramps, steps, and similar places (through temporary openings if necessary) so no material will be left to rot or to be infested by termites. Machine trowel Rough form finish Rubbed /Stoned Broom w/ diamond pattern Broom B. Initial Working: 1. Remove surface irregularities with bull float or darby before water appears on concrete surface. 2. Do no further working of surface until time for floating; do not work surface while water is present. C. Floating: 1. Begin float operations when bleed water has disappeared and concrete has stiffened sufficiently to allow walking on surface without leaving heel prints more than 1/4 inch deep. Use magnesium or aluminum power float. 2. Premature finishing brings excessive fines to surface and causes finished slab to have soft surface which will dust. Trowelling: 1. Delay trowelling as long as possible to prevent working excess fines and water to surface. Do not begin until surface moisture film and shine remaining after floating have disappeared. 2. Power trowel where possible; use hand trowel in inaccessible areas. E. Provide ACI Class A tolerance; 1/8 inch variation in 10 feet, measured with straight edge laid in any direction. F. Pitch to drains 1/4 inch per foot nominal. 3.07 CURING AND SEALING A. Chemical Cure for Building Slabs -on- grade, and Structural Precast Concrete: 1. Apply specified curing compound uniformly in a continuous operation by power spray equipment in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Do not use hand pump sprayer; apply only with airless sprayer to produce mist. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 -9 a. Apply first coat to damp concrete surfaces at the rate of 300 -400 square feet per gallon as soon as possible after final finishing operations are complete, but no later than 2 hours after finishing operations. b. Apply second coat at the rate of 400 -600 square feet per gallon after installation of pint filler compound, before building possession. Do not use membrane curing compounds on surfaces which are to be covered with a coating material applied directly to the concrete or with a covering material bonded to the concrete, such as liquid floor hardener, waterproofing, dampproofing, membrane roofing, flooring, painting, and other coatings and finish materials, unless otherwise acceptable to the Owner. 1. The Contractor shall obtain from the curing compound manufacturer a written guarantee that its compound will not be detrimental to bonding of flooring adhesives or surface materials. This guarantee shall be submitted to the Owner at the time request is made for use of curing compound. C. Do not use curing compounds on surfaces to which additional concrete or cementitious finishing materials are to be applied. Such areas shall be cured by moist curing method. D. Chemical Cure for Remainder of Slabs: Apply in accordance with manufacturer's single coat application instructions. 3.08 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Modify or replace concrete not conforming to required levels and lines, details, and elevations. B. Repair or replace concrete not properly placed or of the specified type. C. Do not impair appearance or strength of structure in removal or replacement procedures. 3.09 PROTECTION A. Protect finished work. B. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. 3.10 CLEANING TURNER & CAST -IN- PLACE CONCRETE ASSOCIATES 03300 -10 Remove forms, equipment, protective coverings! and rubbish resulting from concreting operations. Leave finished concrete surfaces in clean conditions. After sweeping with ordinary broom and removing mortar, concrete droppings, loose dirt and mud, wash concrete floors and platforms with soapy water and rinse with clean water. Provide adequate measures during scrubbing, mowing, and rinsing to keep excessive or injurious amounts of water off resilient tile floors. Repair damage to resilient tile floors due to concrete cleaning operations. END OF , SECTION CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 -11 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS, CODES A. All applicable portions of Division 1 General Requirements are to be considered as included with this section. 1.02. JOB CONDITIONS A. Protect Cementitious materials and aggregates from entrance of water, snow, and ice formations. DIVISION 4 MASONRY SECTION 04400 - MORTAR The following are minimum requirements and shall govern, except that all Federal, Local, and /or State Codes and Ordinances shall govern when their requirements are in excess hereof. Comply with recommended practices for cold weather construction as outlined below: AIR TEMPERATURE CONSTRUCTION (FAHRENHEIT DEGREES) REQUIREMENTS 40 -32 Heat mixing , water Qr sand to minimum of 70 degrees F. and maximum of 160 degrees F. Heat mixing water and sand to minimum of 70 degrees F. and maximum of 160 degrees F. Heat mixing water and sand to minimum of 70 degrees F. and maximum of 160 degrees F. Utilize sources of heat on both sides, of walls under construction. Employ windbreaks , when wind is in excess of 15 mph. Heat mixing water and sand to minimum of 70 degrees F. and maximum of 160 degrees F. Provide enclosure and auxiliary heat to maintain air PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Masonry cement shall conform to ASTM C -91, Type II. B. Portland cement shall conform to ASTM C -150, Type I. C. - Hydrated Lime shall conform to ASTM C -207, Type S. D. Mortar aggregate shall be natural or manufactured sand conforming to ASTM C -144. E. Mortar pigments shall be pure, chemically inert, non - fading, alkali -fast mineral oxides finely milled, and specifically prepared for use in mortar. 1. Custom Color Medusa Masonry Cement, modified to meet specified mortar strengths, manufactured by Medusa Portland Cement Company, is also acceptable. F. Aggregate for grout shall be a mixture of natural or manufactured sand in combination with crushed stone or gravel conforming to ASTM C- 404 for course aggregate and ASTM C -144 for fine aggregate. G. Water shall be clean, free from deleterious amounts of acids, alkalies, or organic materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION temperature above 32 degrees F. Temperature of units when laid shall not be less than 20 degrees F. A. Mortar shall conform to ASTM C -270, Type S, average compressive strength 1800 psi at 28 days. 1. Prepared Masonry cement mortar shall be proportioned by volume: one -half part Portland Cement, one part masonry cement, and loose damp aggregate not less than two and one- quarter and not more than three times the sum of the volumes of the cement used. 2. Portland Cement and Hydrated Lime mortar shall be proportioned by volume: one part Portland Cement, over one quarter to one -half part Hydrated Lime and loose damp aggregate TURNER & MORTAR 04400 -2 ASSOCIATES of not less than two and one - quarter and not more than three times the sum of the volumes of the cement and lime used Grout shall consist of a mixture of one part of Portland Cement to not more than two parts of aggregate conforming to ASTM C476. Hydrated Lime may be added in an amount not to exceed ten percent (10 %) when required to secure workability. No anti - freeze liquid, salts, or other substances shall be used in the mortar or grout to lower the freezing point. END OF SECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS, CODES DIVISION 4 - MASONRY SECTION 04410 - ACCESSORIES A. All applicable portions of Division 1 - General Requirements are to be considered as included with this section. B. The following are minimum requirements and shall govern, except that all Federal, Local, and /or State Codes and Ordinances shall govern when their requirements are in excess hereof. 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. All above grade masonry walls shall be reinforced with galvanized wire joint reinforcing. Horizontal joint reinforcement shall be installed in the first and second bed joints, eight inches (8 ") o.c., immediately above and below at openings and in bed joints at sixteen inches (16 ") o.c. elsewhere. Reinforcement in the second bed joint above or below openings shall extend two feet beyond the jambs. All other reinforcement shall be continuous. Side rods shall be lapped at least 6 inches (6 ") at splices. 1. All below -grade masonry wall shall contain horizontal and vertical reinforcement as required by full live, dead, and lateral load design and /or by code requirements, and as shown on the working drawings. Normal galvanized wire joint reinforcement is not required. 2. Where horizontal reinforcement is not required to meet structural design or code requirements, provide horizontal joint reinforcement as required in 1.02, A. TURNER & ASSOCIATES B. Provide steel anchors at intersecting load - bearing walls. C. Provide steel reinforcing bars at lintels and bond beams. D. Provide column anchors at all steel columns embedded in masonry. Anchors shall be spaced 16" o.c. maximum. Wrap all columns embedded in masonry walls. E. Control joints will be required throughout the building for all exposed concrete masonry walls. Spacing shall be as indicated on the drawings and as required. Maximum control joint spacing shall not exceed forty (40) feet. Control joints should also be placed at points of extreme stress concentration such as: change in wall heights, change in wall ACCESSORIES 04410 -1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS thickness, at chases required for pipes, vents, and columns and abutments of columns and walls. A. Horizontal wall reinforcement shall be prefabricated "truss design" or "ladder design" formed from 9 gauge minimum deformed, galvanized welded cold drawn steel wire. Acceptable manufacturers shall be Dur- O-Wal, Lox -All, AA Wire Products Company, and National Wife Products Corporation. 1. Width of reinforcing shall be approximately two (2) inches less than wall thickness. Provide prefabricated corners and ties. 2. Composite wall construction with stack bond face veneer shall be tied and reinforced with "truss design" horizontal wall reinforcement or "continuous" pre - spaced rectangular ties. Width of reinforcing shall be approximately 2" less than total composite wall thickness. 3. "Ladder Design" reinforcement shall be used in all insulated walls. B. All ties shall be 7/8" x 5 ", 22 gauge minimum, corrugated galvanized metal. Acceptable manufacturers AA Wire Products Co., Hohmann and Barnard, Inc. and Heckman Building Products. C. Column and beam anchors shall be commercially prefabricated type formed from 3/16" minimum galvanized steel rod or 1/8" x 1" minimum galvanized steel bar stock. Acceptable manufacturers shall be AA Wire Products Co., Hohmann and Barnard, Inc., and Heckman Building Products. 1. Anchors shall be clamp or weld -on adjustable type sized to provide flexibility and maximum anchorage. D. Steel reinforcing bars shall conform to "Specifications for Deformed Billet - Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement", ASTM A -615 Grade Number 60, having a minimum yield strength of 60,000 p.s.i. E. Bond breaker at control joints shall be #15 asphalt saturated felt. F. Column wrap shall be 1/4" minimum asphalt impregnated cellular paper "Column Boxboard" as manufactured by Williams Products Company. G. Control joint gasket shall be closed -cell neoprene sponge strip "Weatherlite R" as manufactured by Williams Products Company. TURNER & ACCESSORIES 04410 -2 ASSOCIATES Wall expansion joint components: Exterior Preformed gasket and seal Model #5- 362 -1500 as manufactured by D.S. Brown Company; interior - Aluminum cover plate clip -in type. 2W2-4" . as manufactured by Balco, Inca 1. Bat insulation infill - fiberglass. END OF SECTION 1.02 SUBMITTALS 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS DIVISION 4 - MASONRY SECTION 04500 - UNIT MASONRY 1.03 PRODUCT DELIVERY AND STORAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS, CODES A. All applicable portions of Division 1 - General Requirements are to be considered as included with this section. B. The following are minimum requirements and shall govern, except that all Federal, Local, and /or State Codes and Ordinances shall govern when their requirements are in excess hereof. A. One (1) full -size face shell only of the painted (or integrally colored) split faced masonry unit shall be submitted to the Architect for approval of color and texture. See Division 1 of the Specifications. B. Submit a "Letter of Intent" indicating evidence of compliance with ASTM Standards for all hollow, solid, and split face concrete masonry units. See Division 1 of the Specifications. C. Submit "Letter of Intent" indicating proposed waterproofing materials. See Division 1 of Specifications. A. Masonry materials shall be handled in such manner as to prevent breakage. Care shall be taken during loading and unloading operations, and in piling, to adequately protect arises and exposed surfaces of units from injury. Units shall be stored on platforms or in any other approved manner which will protect these materials from contact with the soil. A. Protect masonry units from entrance of water, snow, and ice formations. B. Unless adequate provisions are made for heating and drying materials and for protecting the completed work for at least twenty -four (24) TURNER & UNIT MASONRY 04500 -1 ASSOCIATES hours after erection, no units shall be laid when the ambient temperature is thirty -two degrees Fahrenheit (32 degrees F.) and falling. C. Units having a film of water or frost on their surfaces shall not be laid, and no work shall proceed with frozen materials. D. Comply with recommended practices for cold weather protection requirements as outlined below: TURNER & ASSOCIATES MEAN DAILY AIR CONSTRUCTION TEMPERATURE REQUIREMENTS (completed (FAHRENHEIT DEGREES) masonry or sections not being worked on) 40 -32 Protect masonry from rain or snow for 24 hours. 32 -35 Completely cover masonry for 24 hours. 25 -20 Completely cover masonry with insulating blankets for 24 hours. 20 and below Maintain masonry temperature above 32 degrees F. for 24 hours by enclosure and supplementary heat, by electric heating blankets, infra -red heat lamps or other approved method. E. Units incorporated as a part of incomplete construction, not being worked on, shall be adequately protected at all times during construction operations. At such time as inclement weather is imminent and /or work is discontinued, the tops of all exposed units shall be protected with a moisture resistant cover well secured in place. F. Masonry walls shall be fully and adequately braced during erection to resist all lateral loads. Walls shall not be built higher than ten (10) times their thickness unless adequately braced or until provision is made for prompt installation of permanent bracing. 1. If any masonry wall fails prior to the erection of the permanent bracing, this subcontractor shall at his expense replace the masonry wall, or repair it with the approval of the Tenant's Representative. G. Consult other trades and prime contractors in advance and make provision for proper location and installation of their work, in order to avoid cutting and patching. Build in work furnished by other contractors and trades and set according to approved shop drawings UNIT MASONRY 04500 -2 furnished by those contractors and trades. Check sizes of all openings, frames, and other built -in work against masonry coursing and jointing. Work out required details. Consult the Architect and Tenant immediately about discrepancies. Form chases required for conduit and piping. All cutting and patching to be done by mason. H. Complete items to be built into masonry, flashing, anchors, frames, miscellaneous steel, loose beams, bearing plates lintels, etc., all furnished by others. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 MATERIALS PART 3 - EXECUTION TURNER & ASSOCIATES C. Split faced masonry shall receive waterproofing. A. Solid or hollow masonry units of natural or lightweight aggregates conforming to ASTM C -33 or ASTM C -331 and the physical requirements of ASTM C -145 grade N -11 or ASTM C -90 grade N -11. 1. Hollow non -load bearing masonry units will not be permitted on the job site. B. Split face masonry units shall comply with the physical requirements as described in A above. 1. Split faced masonry units shall be painted. See Section 9E. a. Integrally colored units shall be waterproofed. See Paragraph 4. 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Unless otherwise indicated, masonry units shall be laid in a single whythe in a running bond. bond each course at corners and intersections and break vertical joints at least four inches (4 "). Where masonry units are exposed eight inch (8 ") high vertical face shall be maintained. B. Mortar bedding for all hollow units shall be placed under the face shells of units but shall not extend across the webs; except that full mortar bedding shall be required under the first or starting course of units lad on footings and solid foundation walls and webs adjacent to grout filled cores. Mortar shall be applied over the full thickness and height of face shells and /or the solid end faces of units to form the vertical mortar joints. UNIT MASONRY 04500-3 C. Horizontal and vertical joints for all solid . units shall be filled solid. Mortar shall be spread over the full area of the unit in horizontal joints. Vertical surfaces of units shall be heavily buttered so that mortar will be applied over the full end area of the unit. 1. Provide a minimum of two (2) courses; (16 ") of solid masonry units at all masonry bearing steel members. All exposed joints shall be tooled. Interior partitions shall be wedged to underside of roof deck. Provide "Air. Seal" where indicated on drawings. END OF SECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY 1.02 REFERENCES 1.03 SUBMITTALS TURNER & ASSOCIATES B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300 - Cast -ln -Place Concrete. 2. Section 05210 - Steel Joists. 3. Section 05300 - Metal Decking. DIVISION 5 - METALS SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL A. Section Includes: 1. Structural steel framing members, structural steel support members, struts, with required bracing, welds, and fasteners. 2. Base plates and shear stud connectors. A. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC): 1. AISC - Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A36- Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A108 - Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold- Formed, Standard Quality. 3. ASTM A325 - High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel joints. 4. ASTM A500 - Cold- Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes. 5. A STM A501 - Hot - Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing. American Welding Society (AWS): 1. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code. Federal Specification (FS): 1. FS TT-P -636 - Primer Coating, Alkyd, Wood or Ferrous Metals. A. Provide Shop Drawings in accordance with Section 01300 - Submittals, for all Work under this Section. 1. Indicate profiles, sizes, spacing, and locations of structural members, connections, attachments, and fasteners. STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 -1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS 2. Include supplementary parts and members necessary to complete structural steel work, regardless of whether parts are definitely shown or specified, and furnish bolts, gussets, plates, and related items as required for proper assembly of items. 3. Include miscellaneous deck support angles as required for proper support of metal deck around columns, gussets, openings, and obstructions. 4. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. 5. Provide setting drawings, templates, and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other anchorages to be installed by other trades. 6. Templates are to be furnished by fabricator with instructions for setting of anchor bolts and bearing plates. 7. Prepare shop drawings under seal of a Professional Structural Engineer registered in State in which Project is located. 8. Omission from shop drawings of materials required by Contract Documents does not relieve Contractor of responsibility of furnishing and installing such materials even though shop drawings may have been returned and reviewed. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications for Welding Work: Qualify welding operators in accordance with AWS Standard Qualification Procedures. Provide certification that welders employed in work have satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests within previous 12 months. If recertification of welders is required, provide without additional cost to Owner. A. Provide materials as indicated and required in accordance with the following: 1. Structural Steel Shapes, Plates and Bars: ASTM A36. 2. Structural Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B. 3. Structural Steel Pipe: ASTM A501. 4. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A325. 5. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. 6. Primer: FS TT-P -636. Color to match primer used on steel roof deck and joists. TURNER & STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 -2 ASSOCIATES 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate structural steel members in accordance with AISC Specification. B. Connections: Engineered by fabricator, under direct supervision of Professional Engineer registered in State in which Project is located, to resist forces shown on Structural Drawings and shown in detail on shop drawings, subject to acceptance of Architect. C. Fabricator shall be responsible for errors of detailing, fabrications, and for correct fitting of structural steel members. 1. Do not splice structural steel members. Members having splice not shown and detailed on shop drawings will be rejected. 2.03 FINISH A. Clean, prepare, and shop prime structural steel members. Do not prime surfaces to be field welded or in contact with concrete. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION 3.02 ERECTION A. Examine areas and conditions under which structural steel work is to be installed. A. Erect structural steel in accordance with AISC Specification. B. Make provision for erection bads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure safe, plumb, and in true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. C. Do not field cut or alter structural members. D. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed, except surfaces to be in contact with concrete. Use a primer consistent with shop coat. E. Anchor Bolts: Furnish anchor bolts and other connectors required for securing structural steel to foundations and other in -place work. Furnish templates and other devices as necessary for presetting bolts and other anchors to accurate locations. TURNER & STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 -3 ASSOCIATES G High- strength Bolting: Comply with specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 Bolts. Setting Bases: Clean concrete bearing surfaces of bond - reducing materials and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surfaces of base and bearing plates. 1. Set loose and attached base plates for structural members on wedges or other adjusting devices. 2. Tighten anchor bolts after the supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims, but H protruding, cut off flush with edge of base or bearing plate prior to grouting. 3. Grout solidly between bearing surfaces and bases of plates immediately after erecting member and before additional bad is placed on member. Finish exposed surfaces, protect installed materials, and allow to cure. For proprietary grout materials, comply with manufacturer's installation instructions. Erection Bolts: 1. On exposed welded construction, remove erection bolts, fill holes with plug welds, and grind smooth at exposed surfaces. 2. Tighten threaded bolts with calibrated wrenches or by "turn-of- nut" method. Any bolt tightened by calibrated wrench method or by torque control shall have hardened washer under nut or bolt head turned in to point not closer than 718 of bolt diameter from center of washer. Calibrated wrench tightening and "turn- of-nut" tightening shall comply with Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 bolts. Touch -up Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint. Apply paint to exposed areas with same material as used tor shop painting. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner reserves the right to use an independent testing laboratory to make fabrication and field quality control tests at their own expense. 1. Adequacy of welds may be tested by ultrasonic inspection. 2. Fabrication and erection of joists and joist girders, and their connections to steel members are subject to testing. END OF SECTION TURNER & STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 -4 ASSOCIATES [ • PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work included: Provide metal studs joists, bridging, clips, fasteners indicated on the drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and - proper installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS DIVISION 5 - METALS SECTION 05400 - LIGHT GAGE STEEL A. Metal studs: 1. At load bearing walls, provide steel studs with properties as shown on the drawings. 2. Use only one type throughout the work, unless otherwise shown on the drawings or specifically approved non -load bearing. At metal stud walls, unless otherwise shown on the drawings, provide 16 gage standard steel "C" studs, either hot -dip galvanized or factory prepainted. B. Accessories: Provide all accessories including, but not necessarily limited to, tracks, clips, anchors, fastening devices, sound attenuation pencil rods and resilient clips, and other accessories required for a complete and proper installation, and as recommended by the manufacturer of the steel studs used. 2.2 MANUFACTURER A. Provide materials under this section as indicated on drawings 2.3 GROUT A. Provide a good grade of commercial grout for leveling the floor runner member of steel stud partitions as required. TURNER & LIGHT. GAGE STEEL 05400 -1 ASSOCIATES PART 3 - EXECUTION 3:1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Accurately layout partition and wall lines from the dimensions shown on the drawings. B. Install metal studs and accessories in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, anchoring all components firmly into position. Align partition and wall assemblies to a tolerance of one in 200 horizontally and one in 500 vertically. END OF SECTION TURNER & ASSOCIATES Coordination: 1. Space the studs as required for compliance with pertinent regulation, to give proper support for the cover - material, and as indicated on the drawings. Coordinate and provide required backing and other support for items to be mounted on the finished covering. 3. Coordinate requirements for pipes and other items designed to be housed within the partition and wall systems. LEVELING A. By use of the specified grout, provide continuous solid bearing under floor runner members of steel stud partitions and walls. B. Level in a manner to provide uniform interface with ceilings and other overhead construction. LIGHT GAGE STEEL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Shop fabricated ferrous metal items, galvanized and prime painted. 2. Refer to Schedule at end of this Section. 1.02 REFERENCES DIVISION 5 - METALS SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A36 - Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A53 - Hot- Dipped, Zinc - coated Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe. 3. ASTM A307 - Low - Carbon Steel Externally and Internally Threaded Fasteners. 4. ASTM A366 - Cold- Rolled Carbon Steel Sheet, Commercial Quality. 5. ASTM A446 - Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot- Dip Process, Structural (Physical) Quality. 6. ASTM A500 - Cold- formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. 7. ASTM A570 - Hot - Rolled Carbon Steel Sheet and Strip, Structural Quality. 8. ASTM A591 - Steel Sheet, Cold- Rolled, Electrolytic Zinc - Coated. B. American Welding Society (AWS): 1. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code. C. Federal Specification (FS): 1. FS TT -P -31 - Paint, Oil: Iron Oxide, Ready Mix, Red and Brown. 2. FS TT -P -645 - Primer, Paint, Zinc Chromate, Alkyd Type. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Product Data and Shop Drawings in accordance with Section 01300 - Submittals for all Work under this Section. 1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's installation instructions for securing studs to tracks and for other framing connections. Provide manufacturer's descriptive literature on standard TURNER & METAL FABRICATION 05500 -3 ASSOCIATES S framing members, materials and finish, product criteria, and limitations. 2. Shop Drawings: a. Indicate component details, framing openings, bearing, anchorage, temporary bracing, welds, type and location of mechanical fasteners and accessories or items required of other work for complete installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Materials A. Steel Sections: ASTM A36. B. Cold Rolled Steel: ASTM A366, Class I, matte finish. C. Cold Rolled Sheet: ASTM A570. D. Galvanized Structural Steel Sheets: ASTM A466, G90. E. Galvanized Sheet Steel: ASTM A591, Class C. F. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B. G. Steep Piping: ASTM A53. H. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307. I. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. J. Primer: FS TTOP -31; for shop application and field touch -up. K. Touch -up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: FS TT -P641. L. Concrete inserts: Cast steel or malleable bolts, washers, and shims; galvanized. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. B. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. C. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. D. Grind exposed welds flush and smooth with adjacent finished surface. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. TURNER & METAL FABRICATION 05500 -4 ASSOCIATES E. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively located; consistent with design of structure, except where specifically noted otherwise. F. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. G. Supply components required for anchorage of metal fabrications. Fabricate anchorage and related components of same material and finish as metal fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. 2.03 FINISH A. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. B. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact bond with concrete or where field welding is required. C. Prime paint items scheduled with one coat; touch up with same primer. D. Galvanize items to minimum 2.0 oz /sq ft zinc coating. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION 3.02 INSTALLATION S' A. Clean and strip site primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is scheduled. B. Make provision for erection loads with temporary bracing. Keep work in alignment. C. Supply items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry with setting templates, to appropriate Sections. Use grout specified in Section 03300 for setting metal fabrications. A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS Dl.l. After installation, touch -up field welds, scratched or damaged surfaces with primer. TURNER & METAL FABRICATION 05500-5 ASSOCIATES C. Provide and install items listed in Schedule and shown on Drawings with anchorage and attachments necessary for installation. 3.03 SCHEDULE The Schedule is a list of principal items only. Refer to Drawing details for items on specifically scheduled. A. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Fabricate as required to complete work. Fabricate of welded construction in as large units as possible. Drill and tap for hardware and other items. Include anchors required for building into work of other Sections. Prime paint finish. B. Miscellaneous Steel Trim: Profiles and sizes as indicated on Drawings; continuous welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Use concealed field splices where possible. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages; coordinate assembly and installation into work of other Sections. Prime paint finish. • C. Miscellaneous Supports, Embeds and Plates: Provide for applications indicated which are not a part of structural steel framework, as required to complete work. 1. Fabricate units to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and required to receive adjacent other construction retained by framing and supports. 2. Fabricate from structural steel shapes, plates, and steel bars of welded construction using mitered joints for field connection. 3. Cut, drill and tap units to receive hardware, hangars and similar items. 4. Equip units with integrally welded anchors for casting into concrete and building into masonry. Furnish inserts if units must be installed after concrete is placed. 5. Except as otherwise indicated, space anchors 24 inches o.c. and provide minimum anchor units in the form of steel straps 1 1/4 inches wide x 1/4 inch x 8 inches long. D. Where indicated or required, provide perimeter steel framing at openings in roof structure. Framing shall be designed to support equipment as scheduled and fabricated to adapt to the conditions and restrictions of the structure. E. Exterior Bollard: Bollards shall be fabricated as indicated with 8 inch outside diameter standard weight steel pipe. Comers shall be provided by 90 degrees elbow having a 12 inch radius. All connections and fabrications shall be welded and ground smooth. All stamps, seams, and other blemishes shall be removed by grinding and finished smooth. Exterior surfaces shall be primed, ready for field painting. Bollard shall be set level and plumb in footing as indicated. TURNER & METAL FABRICATION 05500 -6 ASSOCIATES s• Roof Hatch Ladder: 1. Side Rails: 1/2 x 3 -1/2 inch steel bars, 20 inches apart. 2. Rungs: 3/4 inch round solid steel rods, 12 inches on center. 3. Attach with steel mounting brackets. 4. Cage: Hoops of 1/4 x 2 inch bars with 3/16 x 1-1/2 inch vertical bars. 5. Prime paint all surfaces. Steel Pipe Railings: Fabricate to dimensions indicated on Drawings. Make smooth mitered corners and prime paint all surfaces. 1. Set and secure railings as indicated. 2. Handrails and Top Rails: Design point load 200 lbs, downward and horizontal, and uniform load of 50 lb /lin ft applied simultaneously in both vertical and horizontal directions. Concentrated and uniform loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. 3. Intermediate Rails: Uniform load of 25 lbs /sp ft of gross area of railing system, including open area. Truck Well Curb Drain: Locate as indicated at Truck Well. 1. R- 7512 -A Cast Iron Pipe Screen by Neenah Foundry Company. END OF SECTION TURNER & METAL FABRICATION. 05500 -7 ASSOCIATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Materials 2. Accessories 3. Wood treatment 1.02 REFERENCES A. Federal Specification (FS): 1. FS TT -W -550 - Wood Preservative, Chromated Copper Arsenate Mixture. 2. FS TT-W -571 - Treating Practices. B. National Forest Product Association (NFPA): 1. NFPA - National Design Specification for wood construction. C. Product Standard (PS): 1. PS 1 Construction and Industrial Plywood. 2. PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard. D. American Lumber Standards Committee (ALSC). E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM Al23 - Zinc (Hot Galvanized) Coatings on Products Fabricated from Rolled, Pressed and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars, and Strip. 2. ASTM A307 - Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners. F. American Plywood Association (APA). 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Lumber: All lumber should be grade stamped by an agency certified by the Board of Review of the American Lumber Standards Committee (ALSC) and shall be manufactured in accordance with PS 20. • DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY Regulatory Requirements: Conform to applicable code for fire retardant treatment of wood surfaces for flame /fuel /smoke ratings. TURNER & ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 -1 ASSOCIATES C. Regulatory Requirements: Conform to applicable code for fire retardant treatment of wood surfaces for flame /fuel /smoke ratings. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Provide proper facilities for handling and storage of materials to prevent damage to edges, ends and surfaces. B. Keep materials dry. Stack materials off ground a minimum of 12 inches or concrete slab -on -grade a minimum of 1 -1/2 inches on level flat forms, fully protected from weather. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain uniform moisture content of lumber at not more than 19 percent before, during, and after installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS TURNER & ASSOCIATES A. Lumber: PS 20; S4S. 1. Non - structural framing (2 -4 inches thick, 2 -4 inches wide): construction grade, any species available in rade. 2. Wall studs (2 -4 inches thick, 2 -4 inches wide stud grade or No. 3 structural light framing grade meeting the following stresses, any species. a. Fb = 800 psi (single use). b. E = 1,500,000 psi. c. Fv =95 psi. d. Fc (perpendicular to grain) = 625 psi. e. Ft = 475 psi. f. Fc (parallel to grain) = 600 psi. 3. Concealed Boards: Standard grade, any species graded by an ALSC certified grading agency. 4. Miscellaneous Lumber: Standard Grade for members supporting other work (cants, bucks, nailers, blocking, furring grounds, stripping, and similar members). B. Panel Products: 1. APA Graded for application indicated. a. Backing for Electrical and Telephone Equipment C -D plugged, exposure 1; fire retardant treated, 3/4 inch thickness. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 -2 2.02 ACCESSORIES b. Stage Flooring: C -D plugged, exposure 1; fire retardant treated as indicated, 3/4 inch thickness, tongue and groove. 2. Sheathing: USG gypsum sheathing, fire - resistant gypsum board with water - resistant core encased in black water - repellent paper on both sides. Material shall comply with ASTM C79. a. Panel size, 24" x 96" x 1/2 inch thick, tongue and groove edge design. b. Panel size, 24" x 96" x 5/8 inch thick, tongue and groove edge design. A. Fasteners: 1. Nails, Spikes, and Staples: Galvanized for exterior locations, high humidity areas, and treated wood; plain finish for other interior locations; size and type to suit application, unless otherwise noted. 2. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, and Screws: ASTM A307 bolts and threaded parts; size and type to suite application; galvanized for exterior and high humidity areas, and treated wood; plain finish for other interior locations. 3. General: Expansion shield and sleeve bolt type for anchorage to concrete; threaded bolts and nuts or power activated type for anchorage to steel. 4. Fasteners: Use the following fasteners for attachment of wood to indicated materials. Provide manufacturers recommended power tools for each type of fastener. a. Wood to Metal Deck: Hilti self- drilling /tapping /screwing, #12 -24 x 2 -12 PGH #4 wings. b. Wood to Metal Structure: Hilti self - drilling /tapping /screwing, #1/4 -20 x 2 -3/4 PGH #4 wings. c. Wood to Concrete: Hilti "Kwik -Con II" #14-4 TFH,1 /4" X 4" with Torx hex washer head. 2.03 WOOD TREATMENT TURNER & ASSOCIATES A. Preservative Pressure Treatment of Lumber: "Wolmanized Pressure- Treated Wood" by Hickson Corporation, Atlanta, GA (404) 843 -2227. 1. Impregnate lumber with Wolman CCA Type C, conforming AWPA Standard P5. Apply the preservative in a closed cylinder by pressure process in accordance with AWPA Standard C15. a. Retention of CCA dry slates shall be 0.25 pounds per cubic foot (oxide basis) for moderate severe conditions (constant contact with ground or water). 2. Liberally brush cut surfaces, bolt holes and machined areas with the same preservative in accordance with AWPA Standard M4, ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 -3 3. Remove excess moisture where shrinkage is a serious fault or where treated lumber will be in contact with plaster, or stucco, and where water -borne treated lumber is to be painted or stained. a. Lumber shall be dried to 15 -19% moisture content after treatment, and material to be painted or stained shall have knots and pitch streaks sealed as with untreated wood.,, B. Fire Retardant Treatment: "Dricon" by Hickson Corporation, Atlanta, GA (404) 843 -7727. 1. Lumber and plywood specified to be fire - retardant treated shall be pressure impregnated with approved fire retardant to comply with the requirement for a flamespread of 25 or less with no evidence of significant progressive combustion when tested for 30 minute duration under the standard test method for fire hazard classification of building materials, (ASTM E84). a. Each piece of wood shall bear the UL FR -S label, indicating compliance with the fire hazard classification. b. After treatment, all plywood and lumber, 2" nominal or less, shall be dried to an average moisture content of 19% of less. 2. All concealed lumber such as framing, blocking and plywood subfloor in raised floor areas shall be fire retardant treated lumber. PART 3 - EXECUTION Wood Requiring Treatment: 1. Wood Preservative Treatment: Where fire retardant treatment is not required. Nailers, blocking, stripping, and similar items in conjunction with roofing, flashing, and other construction. Sills, blocking, stripping, and similar items in contact with masonry or concrete. 2. Fire Retardant Treatment: a. Framing of doors where required, blocking, nailers, and miscellaneous wood at roofing system. b. Plywood used as sheathing material. c. Plywood backing for electrical and telephone equipment. 3.01 SITE TREATMENT OF WOOD MATERIALS A. Retreat site sawn ends with brush application according to manufacturer's instructions. Allow preservative to cure prior to placing members. 3.02 INSTALLATION TURNER & ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 -4 ASSOCIATES Examine areas to receive rough carpentry work and verify following: 1. That installation of building components to receive rough carpentry work is complete. 2. That surfaces are satisfactory to receive work. 3. That spacing, direction and details of supports are correct to accommodate installation of blocking, backing, stripping, furring and nailing strips. Install miscellaneous blocking, furring, nailing strips, framing, and sheathing as detailed on Contract Documents. Coordinate to allow . proper attachment of work of other Section. Install all members true to line. No wood shingle shims are permitted. Place joists with crown up; maximum 1/4 inch crown permitted. Secure in place with appropriate fasteners. Use fasteners of correct size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or require finishing. Do not split wood with fasteners; set panel products to allow expansion at joints. Firestop concealed spaces with wood blocking not less than 2 inches thick where space is not blocked by other framing members. Construct members of continuous pieces of longest possible lengths. Raised Floor Construction: Provide framing at maximum 16 inch o.c. Framing shall be level to within 1/4 inch in 10 feet in all directions. Provide solid blocking or bridging at maximum 4 feet o.c. Using adhesive and fasteners, set T & G plywood panels in place and secure. Set all fasteners flush with surface of panels. TURNER & ASSOCIATES ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 -5 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Lumber 2. Panels 3. Plastic laminate 4. Casework 5. Closets and shelving 6. Trim materials 7. Accessories 1.02 REFERENCES DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY A. Federal Specification (FS): 1. FS L -P -508 - Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Decorative and Non - Decorative. 2. FS MM -L -736 - Lumber - Hardwood. 3. FS MMM -A -130 - Adhesive, Contact. B. National Forest Product Association (NFPA): 1. NFPA - National Design Specification for wood construction. . Product Standard (PS): 1. PS 1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood. 2. PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard. 3. PS 51 - Hardwood and Decorative Plywood. 4. PS 58 - Basic Hardwood. D. American Lumber Standards Committee (ALSC) E. American Plywood Association (APA). 1. APA - Grades & Specifications F. American Woodworking Institute (AWI): 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform finish carpentry work in accordance with AWI Quality Standards, Custom Grade, Section as referenced. TURNER & FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 -1 ASSOCIATES B. Regulatory Requirements: Conform to applicable code for fire retardant treatment of wood surfaces for flame /fuel /smoke ratings. C. Fire retardant treatment to conform to requirements of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL). Mark each unit of fire retardant treated lumber and plywood with classification marking of UL or other testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Place marking on surfaces which will not be exposed after installation. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Storage and Protection: Store indoors, in ventilated areas with constant minimum temperature of 60 degrees F and maximum relative humidity of 55 percent. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 LUMBER A. Softwood Lumber: PS 20; Custom Grade in accordance with AWI Quality Standard, Section 100 maximum moisture content of 6 percent for interior work and 10 percent for exterior work B. Hardwood Lumber: PS58; Custom Grade in accordance with AWI, Quality Standard, Section 100; maximum moisture content of 6 percent. 2.02 PANELS 2.03 PLASTIC LAMINATE MATERIALS A. Softwood Plywood: PS 1; Custom Grade II in accordance with AWI, Qualityty Standard, Section 200; core material as selected by manufacturer; species of type as indicated. 1. Face Veneer, rotary cut Douglas Fir, A -C B. Hardwood Plywood: PS 51; Custom Grade II in accordance with AWI, Quality Standard, Section 200; core material of veneer species of type indicated. 1. Face Veneer, plain slice red oak, I -IV C. Particleboard: Composed of wood shavings made with waterproof resin binders of density; sanded faces, grade 1 -M -2 (ANSI A208.1 and A161.1), for counter tops and shelves covered with plastic laminate. TURNER & FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 -2 ASSOCIATES yi! A. High pressure laminate; color, pattern, and finish as selected from one of the following manufacturer's standard product line. 1. Formica Brand Products, Formica Corporation 2. Wilsonart Plastics Company 3. Nevamar Corporation B. All high pressure laminate shall meet of exceed NEMA LD 1. Exposed Horizontal Surfaces: GP -50. 2. Exposed Vertical Surfaces: GP -28. 3. Adhesive: As recommended by plastic laminate manufacturer. C. Aluminum Trim: Extruded shapes, smooth surface finish, natural finish. Size and type to suit application. D. Melamine thermoset laminate; thickness as indicated, color, pattern, and finish as selected from manufacturer's standard products. Paper . based laminated will not be allowed. 1. Melatech by Decoalam, Boston, MA (617) 277 -8643 A. Plastic Laminate Casework: Custom Grade; Reveal overlay construction. Fabricate to AWI Quality Standards, Section 400: 1. Exposed surfaces: (other than edges) High Pressure Laminate, nominal 0.28" thick. 2. Semi- exposed surfaces: (other than edges) Melamine laminated panels. 3. Edges of Laminated Components: Plastic T edge, shelf edge of PVC edge. Cabinet Hardware and Accessories: 1. Door: a. Hinges: Blum #90M950 (self- closing) b. Pulls: Ives #130, US26 c. Cushions: Blum #SJ5312 2. Drawer: a. Guides: Knape & Vogt #1429 (full extension) b. Pulls: Ives #130, US26 3. Shelf Standards: Knape & Vogt #333, (4) per shelf 4. Lock: Knape & Vogt #986 5. Joint Fasteners: Knape & Vogt #516 2.05 CLOSETS AND SHELVING A. Closets: 1. Shelving: Fir plywood with veneer core and hardwood sanded edges; AWI Custom Grade, Section 600: a. AOA 5 -ply A /C, 3/4 inch thickness. 2. Accessories: a. Rod: Knape & Vogt #770.1 TURNER & FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 -a ASSOCIATES c. End supports: Knape & Vogt #734 and 735 Bracket: Knape & Vogt #1194 B. Prefinished Shelving: Particleboard core having melamine finish surfaces, all sides and ends. Thickness and color as indicated. 1. Melamine thermoset laminate; Thickness as indicated, color, pattern, and finish as selected from manufacturer's standard products. Paper based laminated will not be allowed. a. Melatech by Decoalam, Boston, MA (617) 277 -8643 Shelf Accessories: Where indicated, provide the following standards and brackets. One bracket per shelf per standard; provide standards at maximum 24" o.c. 1. Standard: 2. Bracket: 2.06 TRIM MATERIALS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION Knape & Vogt #85 Knape & Vogt #180 A. Interior Standing and Running Trim: 1. Transparent Finish: AWI Custom Grade, Section 300: a. Hardwood species, Red Oak, 1" x 6" slice. 2.07 ACCESSORIES A. Nails: Size and type to suite application. B. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags and Screws: Size and type to suit application; non- corrosive for exterior, high humidity, and treated wood locations; plain finish at other interior locations. C. Provide nails, screws and other anchoring devices of the type, size, material and finish required for application indicated to provide secure attachment, concealed where possible. Where finish carpentry is exposed on exterior or in areas of high relative humidity, provide fasteners and anchorages with a hot - dipped zinc coating (ASTM A153) or stainless steel. A. Brush apply preservative treatment on exterior finish carpentry items. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. See Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry. 1. Verify materials do not exceed 19 percent moisture content before applying fire wood preservative treatments. TURNER & FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 -4 ASSOCIATES Back -prime surfaces of all Work under this Section scheduled for installation on exterior of building. Preparation for Finishing: Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. Apply wood filler in exposed nail and screw indentations. Verify mechanical, electrical, and building items affecting this Section are placed and ready to receive the Work of this Section. Prime paint surfaces of items and assemblies in contact with cementitious materials. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install woodwork plumb, level, and straight without distortion; use concealed shims. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work. Anchor woodwork items to nailers or blocking or directly to substrate using concealed fasteners. B. Casework: 1. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Provide well- fitting and smooth operating doors and drawers. 3. Countertops: Anchor plastic laminate countertops securely to base units. . Closets: 1. Wood Shelving: Assemble units and install as indicated on Drawings. Standing and Running Trim: 1. Install with minimum joints, using maximum lumber lengths possible. Cope at returns; miter at corner. Secure to solid backing only. Site Finishing: Refer to Section 09900. END OF SECTION DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Batt insulation. 2. Safing insulation. 3. Accessories. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM C665 -86: Standard Specification for MineralFiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE PART 2 - PRODUCTS SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION A. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide insulation materials that are identical to those whose fire performance characteristics, as listed for each material or assembly of which insulation is a part, have been determined by testing, per methods indicated below: 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: ASTM E -84. 2. Fire Resistance Rating: ASTM E -119. 3. Combustion Characteristics: ASTM E -136. 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Batt Insulation, fiber glass: a. Certain Teed Corporation b. Owens- Corning Fiberglass Corp. c. Manville Building Products Division. 2.02 BATT INSULATION TURNER & BUILDING INSULATION. 07210 -1 ASSOCIATES A. General: Provide insulation materials which comply with requirements indicated for materials, compliance with referenced standards, and other characteristics specified. B. Exposed insulation shall be flexible fiberglass batts and blankets meeting the requirements of ASTM C -665, Class A, Type III. 1. Facing: Reflective membrane facing. 2. Flame spread rating: 25 or less, complying with ASTM E -84. 3. "R" value: Determined by NMWIA. C . Non- exposed insulation shall be flexible fiberglass batts and blankets meeting the requirements of ASTM C -665, Class C, Type II. 1. Facing: Kraft paper facing. 2. "R" value: Determined by MMWIA. D. Acoustical insulation shall be flexible fiberglass batts and blankets meeting the requirements of ASTM C -665, Type I. 1. Facing: Non - faced. 2. Thickness: As required for wall construction. 2.03 SAFING INSULATION A. Mineral fiber batt and blanket insulation as manufactured by United Stated Gypsum Company, "Thermafiber Curtain Wall and Safing Insulation ". 1. Curtain Wall: Type III, 2" thick, dark color. 2. Safing: Type I, 4" thick. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Tape: 1. Fasson Industrial Division, (216) 352 4444, Paingsville, OH 44077 2. Nashua Industrial Tape Division, (800) 258 -1740, Nashua, NH 03060 3. 3M Company, (612) 733 -1110, St. Paul, MN 55101 B. Wire Supports: 1. E -Z Wire Products Co., (503) 582 -0872, Gold Hill, OR 97525 2. Wire Products Corporation, (919) 275 -0516, Greensboro, NC 27403 3. Mar -Mac Manufacturing Co., Inc. (803) 335 -8211, McBee, SC 29101 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Batt Insulation: TURNER & BUILDING INSULATION 07210 -2 ASSOCIATES 3.02 INSTALLATION -BATT INSULATION A. Install batt insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, without gaps or voids. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Use batts free of damage. Fit insulation tight in spaces and tight to exterior side of mechanical and electrical services within the plane of insulation. Install insulation with factory applied membrane facing warm side of building spaces. Lap ends and side flanges of membrane. Staple or nail in place; tape seal butt ends and lapped side flanges. Tape seal tears or cuts in membrane. Verify adjacent materials are , dry and ready to receive installation. • Verify mechanical and electrical services within walls have been installed and tested. Acoustical Insulation: 1. Provide full thick acoustical insulation within wall construction full height from floor to termination of wall. 2. ' Ceiling level; lay acoustical insulation over top of wall and 2 feet on each side of wall construction on ,top of ceiling in a continuous manner. ( 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Follow manufacturers printed recommendations for handling and storing insulation material. TURNER & ROOF AND DECK INSULATION 07220 -1 ASSOCIATES B. Do not deliver plastic insulations to project site prior to time of installation; protect against ignition at all times. Conceal with other work as indicated immediately upon installation; do not allow plastic insulations to remain exposed. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Coordinate Warranty requirements with roof membrane. See related sections. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Isocyanurate Board: AC Foam -1 as manufactured by Atlas Energy Products, Atlanta, GA 1. Rigid closed -cell polyisocyanurate foam complying with FS HH- 1 -1972, aged "R" valves as determined by ASTM C -518 @ 75 degrees F, flame - spread rating of 25 (ASTM E84), and ' recommended for maximum continuous operating temperature of 300 degree F (149 degree C.) 2. Facing; each side: Bonded, non - asphaltic glass fiber mat. 3. Apply as bottom course over metal roof, thickness as scheduled. B. Tapered Insulation: 1. Provide tapered and fill insulation compatible with insulation system and membrane assembly at locations indicated and required. 2. Insulation shall provide positive net drainage, minimum 1/4" per foot, at locations indicated and required to facilitate drainage as indicated. 2.02 INSULATION MATERIAL SCHEDULE A. Fire Resistive Layer: Not Used. B. First Layer Insulation: Isocyanurate foam, 1.5 inches thick (R= 10.8). 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Mechanical Fasteners for Insulation: Fluorocarbon polymer coated fasteners of appropriate length and tested to comply with wind uplift requirements approved by Factory Mutual; acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. TURNER & ROOF AND DECK INSULATION 07220-2 ASSOCIATES B. Insulation Stops: Preservative treated lumber, Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry, size and thickness as required by insulation thickness. C. Insulation Tape: 6" wide glass fiber mat, with adhesive compatible with insulation board faces as recommended by roof membrane manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces and adjacent areas in which Work under this Section is to be performed. Report in writing to the Architect prevailing conditions that may adversely affect satisfactory execution of Work. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Starting Work constitutes acceptance of the existing conditions and being responsible for correcting all unsatisfactory and defective Work encountered. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Make sure all trash, debris, grease, oil, water, moisture and contaminates are removed from the surface of the deck. 13. Deck shall be inspected and found acceptable by meeting the requirements of the roof membrane manufacturer. C. Insulation Stops: Provide continuous wood insulation stops, the thickness of insulation, at perimeter of roof area and all penetrations. 1. Secure insulation stops in place using mechanical fasteners of sufficient length to penetrate deck minimum of 3/4 inch. a Coordinate work with Section 06100. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Fire Resistive Layer: Not Used. B. Insulation: 1. Lay insulation with end joints staggered 2 feet in adjacent rows. 2. Attach insulation layer with mechanical fasteners long enough to penetrate metal deck 3/4 inch minimum. Space fasteners to comply with manufacturer's and FM recommendations to achieve wind uplift rating. TURNER & ROOF AND DECK INSULATION 07220 -3 ASSOCIATES 3. Comply with insulation and membrane manufacturer's recommendations to achieve wind uplift requirements and comply with UL design. 4. Cut and fit insulation around obstructions and roof penetrations. Form crickets, cants, saddles, and tapered areas as required to achieve proper drainage. Do not install more insulation each day than can be covered with membrane before end of day, or before inclement weather. Mechanically fasten insulation to deck following FM requirements for wind uplift resistance as indicated. D. Closely butt edges of insulation unites without forcing units into place. Cut insulation to fit neatly to insulation blocking and around protrusions through roof. 1. Miter insulation edges at ridges and elsewhere to prevent open joints and irregular surfaces. 2. Cut insulation to taper at roof drains. Provide insulation flush with drain rings to full thickness back a minimum of 18" away from drains on all sides. 3. Do not install insulation to bridge across expansion pints. E. Apply no more insulation than can be sealed with membrane in same day. F. Tape pints of insulation in accordance with insulation manufacturer's instructions. 3.04 SADDLES AND CRICKETS A. After installation of second layer of insulation, laid out roof area, locating all cricket lines, roof mounted equipment and penetrations. B. Place tapered insulation units at locations indicated and required to provide positive drainage for all areas of roof surface. Provide multiple courses of insulation as required. C. Secure units in place in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendation to meet the required UL listing. END OF SECTION TURNER & ROOF AND DECK INSULATION ASSOCIATES 072204 DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Miscellaneous Metals - Section 05500. B. Rough Carpentry - Section 06100. C. Caulking and Sealants - Section 07920. D. Building Insulation - Section 07210. 1.3 SECTION 07530 - SINGLE -PLY ROOFING SYSTEM A. Furnish and install adhered membrane roofing system in strict accordance with Drawing, Specifications, and manufacturer's installation procedures and recommendations. QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Apply roofing system using an approved single -ply roofing contractor., B. Inspection: Upon completion of the installation, an inspection shall be made by a representative of Roof Manufacturer to ascertain that the roofing system has been installed according to manufacturer's published specifications and details. Upon approval by the Owner, the Owner shall receive certification of a minimum 20 year roof warranty as offered by the manufacturer. Upon completion of the Single Ply Roofing installation, the roofing contractor shall furnish the owner a written guarantee from the membrane manufacturer stating that the Single Ply System, and related sheet metal work, as installed, will be watertight for a period of at 15 years. The 15 year warranty period commences on the date of acceptance of the roof by the Owner. A statement shall be included in the guarantee that the membrane manufacturer /roofing contractor, during the initial 15 Year Period, will make any repairs which prove to be the fault of the membrane or improper installation in order to assure the Owner of a watertight roof. These repairs will be made at no cost to the Owner. TURNER & SINGLE -PLY ROOFING SYSTEM 07530 -1 ASSOCIATES C. Insulation: Insulation over which single-ply roofing is installed shall be minimum thickness recommended by the manufacturer of the roofing for installation only - -not for thermal use. System shall be classified by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. as class A roof covering. D. ROOFING MEMBRANE SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH ROOF DECK AND INSULATION, DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO APPLICATION. 1.4 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit shop drawings for approval. Shop drawings are required for final inspection of the Warranted Roof. Shop drawings shall be made by Manufacturer. 1. Shop drawings shall include: outline of roof and roof size, location and type of penetrations, perimeter and penetration details, special details and Bill of Material. 2. Approved Applicators may supply roofing system with an as- built shop drawing for final inspection. 3. Letter of verification to Owners Representative from General Contractor and Roofing Contractor certifying compatibility of roofing membrane and roof deck insulation. B. SAMPLES: 1. Membrane Material: 12" x 12" 2. 12" x 12" Field cut from actual membrane installed for project record file. 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Deliver materials in original unopened containers. B. Containers labeled with manufacturer's name, brand name, installation instructions and identification of various items. C. Store roofing insulation, roofing membrane and all other moisture sensitive materials indoors, on raised platforms and covered with suitable waterproof protective coverings. Provide continuous protection against wetting of materials. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS: A. Membrane Material: Provide a single ply membrane roofing system equal to "Bond Cote Systems ", mechanically fastened roof system as manufactured by West Point Pepperell, West Point, Ga. TURNER & SINGLE -PLY ROOFING SYSTEM 07530 -2 ASSOCIATES B. Flashing Materials: Manufacturers standard materials for conditions encountered. C. Fastening: Mechanically fastened. D. Walkway Pads: Provide "Yellow Spaghetti" walkway /pads by Green Streak plastic products, St. Louis, MO. or acceptable alternate compatible with roofing system specified and approved by the Project Manager. Pads have a peel and stick backing. 2.2 MANUFACTURER: A. Provide a single ply roofing system by one of the following or an equal approved manufacturer: 1. Westpoint Pepperell Mfg. (Bond cote system) 2. Duro -Last Roofing, Inc. (Duro -Last) 3. Trocal PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Contractor shall be responsible for providing proper substrate to receive the Roofing System. Roofing Subcontractor shall notify contractor in writing of defects in the substrate, and work shall not proceed until defects have been corrected. 3.2 SUBSTRATE PREPARATION: A. Prepare substrate according to manufacturer's recommendations. 3.3 INSTALLATION: TURNER & ASSOCIATES END OF SECTION SINGLE -PLY ROOFING SYSTEM S' A. Install single -ply roofing system in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. All decking to be directly attached to the supporting structure. C. Prior to placement of the roof membrane, all roof openings, parapets, etc., shall be completed by the General Contractor. D. Portals furnished by the Roofing Contractor should be available on the job site prior to installation of roof membrane. E. After installation of roof membrane, all HVAC units, chillers, coolers, etc., should be placed as outlined in Division 15. 07530 -3 . 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. B. In addition to complying with pertinent codes and regulations, comply i with pertinent recommendations contained in current edition of "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" published by the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA). C. Standard commercial items may be used for flashing, trim, reglets, and similar purposes provided such items meet or exceed the quality standards specified. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product data: Within 45 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 1 Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; TURNER & FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600 -1 ASSOCIATES 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the Work. 2.1 MATERIALS AND GAGES A. Where sheet metal is required, and no material or gage is indicated on the Drawings, provide the highest quality and gage commensurate with the referenced standards to assure an architectural grade installation with no deformation or oil - canning. 2.2 GALVANIZED IRON A. Provide sheet metal or sheet iron of a standard brand of open - hearth copper- bearing steel, copper - molybdenum iron, or pure iron sheets. B. Zinc coating: 1. Where galvanizing is required, provide zinc coating by hot -dip galvanize to all surfaces. 2. Weight: a. Provide not less than 1 -1/4 oz per sq ft, nor more than 1 -1/2 oz per sq ft, to surfaces required to be galvanized. 3. Comply with ASTM A93. 2.3 NAILS, RIVETS, AND FASTENERS 2.4 FLUX A. Use only soft iron rivets having rust - resistive coating, galvanized nails, and cadmium plated screws and washers in connection with galvanized iron and steel. A. Where flux is required, use raw muriatic acid. TURNER & FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600 -2 ASSOCIATES 2.5 SOLDER A. Where solder is required, comply with ASTM B32. 2.6 OTHER MATERIALS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 WORKMANSHIP A. General: 1. Form sheet metal accurately and to the dimensions and shapes required, finishing molded and broken surfaces with true, sharp, and straight lines and angles and, where intercepting other members, coping to an accurate fit and soldering securely. 2. Unless otherwise specifically permitted by the Architect, turn exposed edges back 1/2 ". B. Form, fabricate, and install sheet metal so as to adequately provide for expansion and contraction in the finished Work. C. Weatherproofing: 1. Finish watertight and weathertight where so required. 2. Make lock seam work flat and true to line, sweating full of solder. 3. Make lock seams and lap seams, when soldered, at least 1/2" wide. 4. Where lap seams are not soldered, lap according to pitch, but in no case less than 3 ". 5. Make flat and lap seams in the direction of flow. D . Joints: 1. join parts with rivets or sheet metal screws where necessary for strength and stiffness. TURNER & FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600 -3 ASSOCIATES 3.3 EMBEDMENT 3.4 SOLDERING 3.5 TESTS 2. Provide suitable watertight expansion joints for runs of more than 40' -0 ", except where closer spacing is indicated on the Drawings or required for proper installation. E. Nailing: • 1. Whenever possible, secure metal by means of clips or cleats, without nailing through the exterior metal. 2. n general, space nails, rivets, and screws not more than 8" apart and, where exposed to the weather, use lead washers. 3. For nailing into wood, use barbed roofing nails 11/4" long by 11 4. Fo r nailing into concrete, use drilled plugholes and plugs. A. Embed metal in connection with roofs in a solid bed of sealant, using materials and methods described in Section 07920 of these Specifications or other materials and methods approved in advance by the Architect. A. General: 1. Thoroughly clean and tin the joint materials prior to soldering. 2. Perform soldering slowly, with a well heated copper, in order to heat the seams thoroughly and to completely fill them with solder. 3. Perform soldering with a heavy soldering copper of blunt design, properly tinned for use. 4. Make exposed soldering on finished surfaces neat, full flowing, and smooth. B. After soldering, thoroughly wash acid flux with a soda solution. A. Upon request of the Architect, demonstrate by hose or standing water that the flashing and sheet metal are completely watertight. END OF SECTION TURNER & FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600 -4 ASSOCIATES DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07610 - PREFORMED ROOFING AND SIDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS, CODES A. All applicable portions of Division 1- General Requirements are to be considered as included with this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION The following are minimum requirements and shall govern except that all Federal, Local, and /or State Codes and Ordinances shall govern when their requirements are in excess hereof. A. Provide all materials, accessories, labor, equipment, service, etc., necessary and incidental to the completion of all Preformed Roofing and Siding work as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. B. Work included consists of but is not limited to the following: 1. Metal roofing system. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Wood blocking and sheathing - Section 06100. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Panel configurations indicated are mandatory. Panels supplied by alternate manufacturers shall be identical in configuration to those indicated and specified. Approval of panel configuration must be obtained from Owner prior to award of contracts. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings for approval. See Division 1 of the Specifications. 1. Shop drawings shall indicate all metal roof entrance canopy components, metal gauges, methods of attachment, colors, etc. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Panels shall be crated and protected to prevent damage by impact or weather during shipment. B. Panels shall be stored on edge in a clean, dry place. Panels shall be positioned to permit any moisture to run off and air to circulate around every surface. TURNER & PREFORMED ROOFING AND SIDING 07610 -1 ASSOCIATES C. Coordinate work of this section with work of all related trades to assure smooth progression of work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 COMPONENTS A. A canopy roofing panel system shall be standing seam, narrow rib, as follows: 1. Berridge Manufacturing Co., Houston, Texas, "Tee Panel", 1" high, 12-3/4" o.c., 24 gauge hot dipped galvanized steel. Finish to be Kynar 500 Fluorocarbon coating. a. Color to be per Architect. 2. Acceptable manufacture, headquarters, and styles: a. AEP -Span, San Diego, California, "S5 -1 2 Standing - Seam ", 1 -1/2" h., 12" o.c. B. All flashing and trim connected with the system shall be provided of same gauge and finish as adjoining panels, including curved flashing. C. Sufficient fasteners shall be provided of the size, type, and holding strength required for proper erection according to manufacturer's standards and engineering requirements. Color of fasteners shall match panel color. D. Coping, closure cap, flute closure, sill closure, drips, miscellaneous trim, interior and exterior corner trim shall be same gauge and finish as related panels. E. Sealant shall be Tremco -Mono, Pecora -60+ or DAP. F. Fasteners shall be non - corrosive. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Inspect all construction which will receive preformed siding for conformance with contract documents. If defects or irregularities exist, notify the Contractor, in writing, with copy to the Owner. Proceeding with work constitutes acceptance of work by other trades. 3.02 INSTALLATION TURNER & ASSOCIATES PREFORMED: ROOFING AND SIDING 07610 -2 !' All panels shall be attached to substrate with concealed fasteners or clips. 1. Provide metal subgirts as required. � . Metal trim shall be attached with concealed fasteners wherever possible. Where exposed, fasteners must be used in finished areas exposed to view, paint fastener to match adjacent surface. C. All exposed joints shall be sealed either by factory installed gasket seal or by field application of sealant. Sealant, where exposed to view, shall match adjacent surface color. 3.03 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Upon completion of installation touch -up all nicks, scratches, blemishes with matching touch -up paint. Remove all excess sealant. Installation shall be a complete weathertight and watertight installation. . Remove all debris from work area. Leave area broom clean. END OF SECTION PREFORMED ROOFING AND, SIDING 07610 -3 DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Galvanized steel gutters and downspouts. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashings and Trim. 2. Section 09900 - Painting: Field painting of metal surfaces. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A446 - Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated, (Galvanized) by the Hot- Dip Process, Structural (Physical) Quality. 2. ASTM B32 - Solder Metal. 3. ASTM A525 - General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process. B. Federal Specification (FS): 1. FS O -F -506 - Flux, Soldering, Paste and Liquid. 2. FS QQ -S -571 - Solder, Tin Alloy, Tin -Lead Alloy, and Lead Alloy. 3. FS TT -C -494 - Coating Compound, Bituminous, Solvent Type,' Acid Resistant. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to Drawings for nominal sizing of components for rainfall intensity determined by a storm occurrence of 1 in 5 years. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack preformed materials to prevent twisting, bending, or abrasion, and to aid ventilation. Slope to drain. TURNER & ASSOCIATES SECTION 07631 - GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS C. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association (SMACNA): 1. SMACNA - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS 07631 -1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel: ASTM A525, G90; minimum 24 gage core steel for downspouts; minimum 22 gage core steel for gutters. 2.02 COMPONENTS 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Anchorage Devices: Straps to SMACNA requirements. B. Gutter and Downspout Supports: Straps. C. Backing Paint: Zinc chromate alkyd. D. Protective Back Coating: FF TT -C -494, bituminous. E. Solder: ASTM B32; 95/05 type. F. Flux: FS O -F -506. TURNER & ASSOCIATES Prevent contact with materials during storage which may cause discoloration, staining, or damage. A. Gutters and Downspouts: SMACNA profiles- detailed as shown on drawings. 1. Gutters: SMACNA Rectangular profile, see as indicated, Plate 2, style j. 2. Downspouts: SMACNA Rectangular profile, size as indicated, Plate 32, figure B. B. Provide end caps, downspout outlets, gutter and downspout straps, screens /strainers and other accessory components in profiles to suit gutters and downspouts. G Screens and downspout strainers: Same basic metal as gutter. Screen fabricated of 1/4" hardware cloth. Strainers fabricated of galvanized wire, inserted into outlet tubes and held in place by friction. H. Downspout Shoes (Boots): Provide durable sleeve through sidewalk and grade adjacent to building. GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS 07631 -2 2.04 FABRICATION A. Form gutters and downspouts of size and profile indicated on Drawings. 1. Hem exposed edges of metal. B. Field measure site conditions prior to fabricating work. C. Fabricate with required connection pieces. D. Form sections square, true, and accurate in size, in maximum possible lengths and free of distortion or defects detrimental to appearance or performance. Allow for expansion at joints. E. Fabricate and install gutter expansion joints equally spaced between downspouts in accordance with SMACNA - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual Plate #7 or 8 for Bun Type Gutter Expansion Joints. Provide minimum 1/2" space joint. F. Solder metal joints. After soldering, remove flux. Wipe and wash solder joints clean. G Fabricate gutter and downspout accessories; solder watertight. H. Shop Finishing: 1. Shop prepare and prime ferrous metal surfaces. 2. Back paint concealed metal surfaces with protective coating paint to minimum dry film thickness of 15 mil. PART 3 - EXECUTION • 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work and conditions are as acceptable. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions and substrate. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install gutters, downspouts, and accessories. B. Joint lengths with formed seams soldered watertight. Flash and solder gutters to downspouts and accessories. Construct expansion joints as detailed on Drawings. TURNER & GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS 07631 -3 ASSOCIATES Apply backing paint to metal back surfaces. Apply bituminous protective backing on surfaces in contact with dissimilar materials. Solder metal joints watertight for full metal surface contact. After .. soldering, wash metal clean with neutralizer solution and rinse with water. Attach downspouts with straps on 48" centers. Install screens and strainers in locations as indicated on drawings. Install vertical screens at midpoints between 2 downspouts. DIVISION 7 - THERMAL, AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07721 - PREFABRICATED METAL ROOF CURBS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Prefabricated metal roof curbs. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications. 2. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PREFABRICATED METAL ROOF CURBS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, the following manufacturer's may provide Prefabricated Metal Roof Curbs. 1 . Custom Curb, Inc., Model CRC -3, Chattanooga, TN, (800) 251- 3001. B. Fabrication: 1. Fabricate curbs using minimum 18 gauge galvanized steel with fully mitered and welded comers. a Curbs longer than 4' -0" or supporting HVAC units shall be constructed of 14 gauge steel. 2. Provide 1 -1/2" thick, 3 pound density fiberglass insulated curbs and factory - installed pressuretreated wood nailers. 3. Minimum height of curb shall be 14" above finished roof. 4. Provide custom sheet metal closures as required. See curb detailing. 5. Construct curbs to match slope of roof and provide a level top surface for mounting of equipment. 6. Provide ledge angles (2 x 2 x 1/4") at RTU openings to support metal decking inside curb opening to close area not used by supply or return ductwork. a Provide 14 gage base plate as required to weld ledge angles in place. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION • " A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions as shown on Drawings. Coordinate installation with roof membrane installation requirements specified under other Sections: END OF SECTION TURNER & PREFABRICATED METAL ROOF CURBS 07631 -1 ASSOCIATES DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY SECTION 07722 - ROOF HATCHES A. Section Includes: 1. Prefabricated steel roof hatch. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications. 2. Section 06100 Rough Carpentry. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ROOF HATCHES A. Roof Hatches: Type "S -20 ", by The Bilco Co., New Haven, Connecticut. B. Manufactured Units: 1. Size: 2'- 6 "x3' -0 ". 2. Curb: 14 gage galvanized G90 steel. 3. Cover: 14 gage galvanized G90 steel with one inch glass fiber insulation retained by 22 gage steel inner liner. Continuous gasket to provide weatherproof seal. Hardware: Manufacturer's standard manually operated type with compression spring operators, positive snap latch with turn handles inside and out and padlock hasp inside; automatic hold - open arm with vinyl covered grip handle for easy release; cadmium plated finish. 5. Hinges: Heavy duty pintle type: 6. Fasteners: Corrosive resistant fasteners recommended by roof hatch manufacturer. B. Substitutions: Subject to compliance with requirements, one of the following may be substituted for that specified. 1. Model 6-102, by Babcok -Davis Hatchways, Inc., Arlington, MA (617) 643 -5344 2. Model M -1, by Milcor, Lima, OH. 3. Naturalite, Inc., Garland, TX. 4. Model PLH, by Precision Stair Corp. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate free of visual distortions and defects. Weld corners and joints. TURNER & ROOF HATCHES 07722 -1 ASSOCIATES B. Fabricate curbs without rigid insulation, integral capflashing, and extended . flange for mounting. Provide for removal of condensation. Provide weathertight assembly. Prime paint; one coat. F. Spot weld hasp, latch and hinges to prevent removal from exterior. END OF SECTION PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide weathertight installation. 2. Polyurethane Sealant #2: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade P, Class 25. a. Vulkem 245 by Mameco International, Inc. A. Polyurethane Sealant: 1. Polyurethane Sealant #1: ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NX, Class 25. a. Vulkem 227 by Mameco International, Inc. b. Dynatrol II by Pecora Corporation. c. Sonolastic SL1, by Sonneborn Building Products. TURNER & JOINT SEALERS 07900 -1 ASSOCIATES b. Urexpan NR -201, by Pecora Corporation. c. Sonolastic SL1, by Sonneborn Building Products. B. Silicone Sealant: 1. Silicone Sealant #1: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25. 2. Silicone Sealant #2: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, mildew resistant. a. Sanitary 1702 by General Electric Silicone Products Division. b. 786 by Dow Corning Corporation. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Non - staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. B. Joint Cleaner: Non - corrosive and non - staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. C. Joint Filler: Polyethylene foam rod, oversized 30% to 50 %. D. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive work and field measurements are as shown on. Drawings and recommended by the manufacturer. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing substrates. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. B. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. C. Protect elements surrounding work of this Section from damage and disfiguration. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. TURNER & JOINT SEALERS 07900 -2 ASSOCIATES 3.04 SCHEDULE B. Measure joint dimensions and 'size materials to achieve required width /depth ratios. Install joint backing to achieve neck dimension no greater than 1/3 the joint width. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. Apply sealant within recommended temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within recommended temperature ranges. F. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. G. Tool joints concave. A. General Exterior Construction; Choice of: 1. Polyurethane Sealant #1, or 2. Silicone Sealant #1. B. Horizontal Exterior Locations: 1. Polyurethane Sealant #2, or 2. Silicone Sealant #1. General Interior Construction: 1. Polyurethane Sealant #1, or 2. Silicone Sealant #1. Interior Construction, Smooth Surfaces: 1. Silicone Sealant #2. E. Horizontal Interior Locations: 1. Polyurethane Sealant #2. END OF SECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS SECTION 08110 - STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES A. Section Includes: 1. Steel doors, panels, and frames. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Door Hardware Institute (DHI): 1. DHI - The Installation of Commercial Steel . Doors and Steel Frames, Insulated Steel Doors in Wood Frames and Builder's Hardware. B. Steel Door Institute (SDI): 1. SDI -100 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames 2. SDI -105 - Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames. 3. ASTM E152 - Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide doors and frames complying with Steel Door Institute "Recommended Specifications: Standard Steel Doors and Frames" (SDI -100) and as herein specified. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Deliver hollow metal work cartoned or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. B. Inspect hollow metal work upon delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired provided refinished items are equal in all respects in new work and acceptable to Architect; otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed. C. Store doors and frames at building site under cover. Avoid use of non- vented plastic or canvas shelters which could create humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper on door becomes wet, remove carton TURNER & ' STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 -1 ASSOCIATES PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.02 METAL DOORS immediately. Provide 1/4" spaces between stacked doors to promote air circulation. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide doors, panels and frames of one of the following: 1. Amweld Building Products Division. 2. CECO. 3. Curries. 4. Mesker. 5. Steelcraft, by American Standard. A. Construct hollow metal doors, flush type, 1-3/4" thick, of two sheets of finest grade cold rolled steel. 1. Interior Doors: SDI -100, Grade I, Standard -Duty, Model 3, Seamless - Hollow Steel Construction, 20 gage cold- rolled steel. 2. Exterior Doors: SDI -100, Grade II, Heavy - Duty,Model 3, Seamless - Hollow Steel Construction, 18 gage cold- rolled steel. B. Doors shall have sound deadening core construction material of an approved type applied to the interior surface of panels. Provide one of the following core construction; Contractor's option: 1. 22 gage vertical steel stiffeners space 6 inches apart and spot welded to face sheets at 6 inches on center. Insulate spaces between stiffeners with loose fill insulation full height of door. 2. Polyurethane core foamed in place or laminated, 20 psi strength, 1.8 pcf density; 1/2 inch exceed strength of core so delamination will not occur during operating conditions. 3. Rigid core of polystyrene foam board, 1500 psf compressive strength, 18 psi shear strength. Strength of bond between core and steel face sheet shall exceed strength of core 80 that delamination will not occur under operating conditions. C. Provide double doors with one piece astragals of 12 gauge steel. Provide solid drip cap at top of all exterior out - swinging doors. D. Accurately mortise doors for locks and hinges. Provide adequate reinforcement with steel plates welded to jambs. Provide for lights and louvers or grilles in doors as scheduled . E. Doors shall be bonderized and primed with two shop coats of light gray zinc chromate rust inhibitive primer, baked on. Primer shall be TURNER & ' STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 -2 ASSOCIATES 2.03 METAL FRAMES smooth surface, ready to receive finish coats at time of delivery and when installed. A. Frames shall be pressed steel to profile indicated: 1. Interior: 18 gauge units, mitered and welded or knock down field assembly type. 2. Exterior: 16 gauge unit type welded construction, with angles, molds, returns and miters neatly welded and weld beads ground smooth. Prepare frames reinforced to receiver mortised type hardware and reinforced heads for closer arm. Provide frames with fixed insert anchors welded to face and flange returns 12" down from top, then 24" center. All anchors shall be suitable for wall conditions. 1. Provide frames with floor clips welded to each jamb, face and flanges punched for anchoring to floor. D. Door openings wider than 42" and at multiple openings, reinforce head members full length with 12 gauge steel channel. E. Brace door frames with temporary wood or metal spreaders to insure maintaining square and true shapes in shipping. F. Provide frames with loose glazing beads with screws for flush countersunk installation to receive glass as indicated. G. Frames shall receive one shop coat of rust inhibitive primer. Primer shall be smooth surface, ready to receive finish coats at time of delivery and when installed. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Rubber Silencers: Resilient rubber inserts, coordinate with Section 08710. B. Glazing Stops: Rolled steel channel shape, butted corners; prepared for countersink style screws. C. Plaster Guards: Provide 26 gage steel plaster guards or mortar boxes, welded to frame at back of hardware cutouts for use in precast panel installations. TURNER & • • STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 -3 ASSOCIATES 2.05 PROTECTIVE COATINGS A. Bituminous Coating: Fibered asphalt emulsion. B. Primer: Exposed surfaces shall be cleaned, treated with Bonderite chemical and given one baked -on shop coat of grey synthetic primer. 2.06 FABRICATION A. Fabricate units rigid, neat, and free from warp or buckle. Fabricate KD or welded as specified. Weld exposed joints continuously; grind, dress, and make smooth, flush and invisible. Reinforce door and frame units to receive surface applied finish hardware. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install frames in accordance with SDI -105, and Coordinate installation with adjacent wall construction for anchor placement. Coordinate installation of glazing. 3.02 Prepare frame for silencers. Provide three single rubber silencers for single doors and two single silencers on frame head at double doors without mullions. END OF SECTION ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust hardware for smooth and balanced door movement. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1.3 SUBMITTALS DIVISION 8 - DOOR AND WINDOWS SECTION 08211 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS A. Work included: Provide flush wood doors, complete in place with finish hardware installed, where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. B. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but, are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. • Section 08710: Finish hardware. • Section 06200: Finish carpentry. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. B. In addition to complying with pertinent codes and regulations of governmental agencies having jurisdiction, comply with: 1. AWI - Architectural Woodwork, Quality Standards. 2. NWMA - National Woodwork Manufacturer's Association, Industry Standard I.S.I. 3. U.L. and F.M. approval as required for fire rated assemblies. A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product data: Within 20 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Samples, approximately 8" x 8" in size, of each of the proposed door face materials. TURNER & • FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 -1 ASSOCIATES 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. B. Delivery: 1. Deliver doors to site after plaster and cement are dry, and after the building has reached average prevailing humidity of its locality. 2. Deliver prefinished doors in manufacturer's original containers, clearly marked with manufacturer's name, brand name, size, thickness, and identifying symbol on the covering. 3. Seal all four edges of unfinished doors when delivered to the job site. C. Storage: 1. Stack flat on 2" x 4" lumber, laid 12" from ends and across center. 2. Under bottom door and over top of stack, provide plywood or corrugated cardboard to protect door surfaces. 3. Store doors in area where there will be no great variations in heat, dryness, and humidity. D. Do not drag doors across one another; lift doors and carry them into position. A. Provide flush wood doors of the types, designs, and thicknesses shown on the Door Schedule in the Drawings, labeled or non - labeled as indicated and required, and in solid core or hollow core as shown on the Door Schedule. B. Grade: Except as may be shown otherwise on the Drawings, fabricate the work of this Section to "custom grade" standards of the referenced organization. C. SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR: HARDBOARD: Sound grade: Sound grade as defined by M.W.M.A. I.S.1. Face for paint finishes: Wood pattern, 1-ply tempered hardboard veneer to receive paint finish. Provide samples of finish for selection by Project Manager. Core: 1 -3/4" solid core flush panel construction. Edge: Bevel strike edge 1/8" in 2 ". D. Site finish or mill finish wood doors in accordance with provisions of Section 09900 of these Specifications. TURNER & FLUSH WOOD DOORS •08211 -2 ASSOCIATES PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Fitting and machining: 1. Unless doors are completely fitted and machined at the mill, fit them for width by planing and fit them for height by sawing: a. Bottom: 1/2" clearance maximum. b. Top: 1/8" clearance maximum. c. Lock edge and hinge edge: Bevel 1/8" in 2" maximum. 2. Machine doors for hardware in accordance with recommendations of the hardware manufacturers, as those recommendations have been approved by the Architect. B. Receive and retain custody of finish hardware furnished for the work of this Section under Section 08700 of these Specifications and, except as otherwise directed by the Owner's Rep., install all such finish hardware in strict accordance with the recommendations of its manufacturer. C. Replace or rehang doors which are hingebound and do not swing or operate freely. 3.3 COMPLIANCE A. The Owner reserves the right to request and pay for an inspection by a representative of the referenced organization to determine that the work of this Section has been performed in accordance with the specified standards. B. In the event such inspection determines that the work of this Section does not comply with the specified requirements, immediately remove the non - complying items and replace them with items complying with the specified requirements, all at no additional cost to the Owner, and reimburse the Owner for the cost of the inspection. END OF SECTION TURNER & FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 -3 ASSOCIATES -:, PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wall Access Doors 2. Ceiling Access Doors 1.02 REFERENCES DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS SECTION 08305 - ACCESS DOORS A. Reference Standards: Applicable requirements of standards and specifications referenced herein apply to the work of this section. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Certification: Where a fire - resistance classification is indicated, provide access door assembly with panel door, frame, hinge, and latch from manufacturers listed in Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., "Building Materials Director" for rating shown. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to job site in unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and content identification. B. Deliver materials requiring fire resistance classification to the job site with labels attached and packaged as required by labeling service. C. Store materials as recommended by the manufacturer. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field verify all conditions to determine exact restrictions in which Work under this Section is required, including but not limited to the following: 1. Installation heights. 2. Jamb installation requirements. TURNER & ACCESS DOORS 08305 -1 ASSOCIATES PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCESS DOORS A. Wall: 1. Non - rated: Designed for flush installation in wall construction where indicated on Drawings. Construct of metal with concealed continuous hinge, having recessed screwdriver latch. Size shall be minimum 24" x 24 ". a. Products: Provide one of the following subject to conformance with the requirements specified. (1) "APWB -RD" - NYSTROM, INC., Minneapolis, MN (800) 447 -2635. (2) "Type DSB- 214SM" - Karp Associates, Inc., Maspeth, NY (718) 784 -2105. B. Ceiling: 1. Non - rated: Designed for flush installation in ceiling construction where indicated on Drawings. Construct of metal with concealed continuous hinge, having recessed screwdriver latch. Size shall be minimum 24" x 24 ". a. Products: Provide one of the following subject to conformance with the requirements specified. (1) "APWB" - NYSTROM, INC., Minneapolis, MN (800) 447 -2635. (2) "Type KDW" - Karp Associates, Inc., Maspeth, NY (718) 784 -2105. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas in which work is to be performed. Report in writing to Owner's Representative all prevailing conditions that may adversely affect satisfactory execution of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Starting work constitutes acceptance of the existing conditions and this Contractor shall then, at his expense, be responsible for correcting all unsatisfactory and defective work encountered. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate access door location and install with mechanical, plumbing, and electrical trades. Provide access doors for all components of the building which requires periodic maintenance and adjustment. TURNER & ACCESS DOORS 08305 -2 ASSOCIATES 3.03 CLEANING END OF. SECTION Install access doors in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendation and assembly requirements. Set frames accurately in position and securely attach to supports with face panels plumb and level in relation to adjacent finish surfaces. A. Clean and prepare completed work to properly perform as designed. Adjust hardware and panels after installation for proper operation. Remove and replace panels and frames which are warped, bowed and otherwise damaged. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS SECTION 08331- OVERHEAD COILING DOORS A. Section Includes: 1. Interior Coiling Doors. 2. Exterior Coiling Doors. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A526 - Steel Sheet, Zinc- coated (Galvanized) by the Hot - dip Process, Commercial Quality. 2. ASTM A525 - General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc - coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.04 SITE CONDITIONS A. Regulatory Requirements - Exterior Door: Wind load of 20 psf with deflection of no greater than 0.03 inches per foot of opening width. A. Field verify all conditions to determine exact restrictions in which Work under this Section is required, including but not limited to the following: 1. Installation heights. 2. Jamb installation requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 INTERIOR COILING DOORS A. Non- insulated, motorized, between jamb mount, Model #S41TF as manufactured by the Atlas Roll -Tite Door Corporation. B. Substitutions: Subject to compliance with requirements, one of the following may also be provided: 1. Atlas Roll -Tite Overhead Doors. 2. Raynor Manufacturing Company. 3. Windsor Door Company, Division of CECO. TURNER & OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 08331 -1 ASSOCIATES 4. Overhead Door Corporation. 5. Cookson Company. C. Door Construction - Curtain: Non - insulated interlocking flat slats, design #F -3 of minimum 22 gage steel, ASTM A446, Grade A or ANSI /ASTM A526; galvanized with minimum 1.25 oz in accordance with ASTM A525; one piece for length of door. 1. Slide bolts shall be provided, each end, in bottom bar. Coordinate with lock cylinder, Section 08710 - Finish Hardware. D. Fabricate interior coiling doors in accordance with approved manufactured standards to include the following: 1. Endlocks: To hold curtain in place and baffle air infiltration around curtain and glide. 2. Bottom Bar: Galvanized steel double angle. 3. Curtain Guides: Galvanized steel angles, minimum 3/16 inch. 4. Roller Shaft Counterbalance: Manufacturer's standard adjustable helical spring mounted around steel shaft in barrel. 5. Finish: Galvanized steel: Baked on primer over galvanized finish, white or light grey color. a. Non - galvanized Steel: Shop primed. 2.02 EXTERIOR COILING DOORS A. Model: Series "Stormtite ", Model #SFN2, chain operated, by Overhead Door Corporation. B. Substitutions: Subject to compliance with requirements, one of the following may also be provided: 1. McKee Door Company. 2. Raynor Manufacturing Company. 3. Windsor Door Company, Division of CECO. C. Door construction - Curtain: Interlocking flat slats, F -265 design, of minimum 22 gage steel, ASTM A446, Grade A or ANSI /ASTM A526; galvanized with minimum 1.25 oz in accordance with ASTM A525; one piece for length of door. D. Fabricate exterior coiling doors in accordance with approved manufactured standards to include the following: 1. Endlocks: To hold curtain in place and baffle air infiltration around curtain and glide. 2. Bottom Bar: Galvanized double angle. 3. Curtain Guides: Galvanized steel angles and channels. 4. Roller Shaft Counterbalance: Manufacturer's standard adjustable helical spring mounted around steel shaft in barrel. 5. Finish: Galvanized steel: Phosphate treated for field paint adhesion. TURNER & OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 08331 -2 ASSOCIATES PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that openings, sizes, tolerances and conditions are acceptable for proper installation. 3.02. INSTALLATION A. Install coiling doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Use anchorage devices to securely fasten assembly to wall construction and building framing without distortion or stress. Securely brace components suspended from structure. Fit and align assembly including hardware; level and plumb, to provide smooth operation. Test for smooth operation through full range of motion; adjust as required END OF: SECTION ADJUSTING a. Non- galvanized Steel: Shop primed. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FLEXIBLE TRAFFIC DOORS 2.02 MATERIALS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS SECTION 08381 - FLEXIBLE TRAFFIC DOORS A. Section Includes: 1. Double acting aluminum swinging traffic doors. A. Easy Swing LWP3 Interior Double -Acting Door by Eliason Corporation. B. Substitutions: Subject to compliance with requirements, one of the following may be substituted for that specified. 1. Type 2 - Double Action, by Carlson Products. 2. Series 2000 Rigid Traffic Doors, by Chase Durus. A. Door: Standard lightweight aluminum door of 0.063 inch 6061T6 aluminum alloy with satin anodized finish both faces. Form edges for stiffness and easy swing gravity -type hinge with no springs. View Window: 6x34 inch (200 sq in), clear acrylic safety window set in black rubber molding. C. Base Plates: 30 inch high stainless steel, each door, both sides. D. Hardware: As required for installation conditions. A. Install to manufacturer's installation instructions and final shop drawings. END OF SECTION TURNER & • FLEXIBLE TRAFFIC DOORS 08381-1 ASSOCIATES DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS SECTION 08410 - ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Aluminum doors, frames and glazed lights 2. Anchors, brackets, and attachments 3. Door hardware B. Related Sections: 1. Section 08460 - Automatic Doors 2. Section 08710 - Finish Hardware 3. Section 08800 - Glazing 1.02 REFERENCES 1.03 SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM E283 - Rate of Air Leakage through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors. 2. ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. B. Federal Specification (FS): 1. FS TT-P -31 - Paint, Oil: Iron Oxide, Ready Mixed, Red and Brown. 2. FS TT-P -641 - Primer Coating: Zinc Dust -Zinc Oxide (for Galvanized Surfaces). A. Performance Requirements: 1. Air Infiltration: ASTM E283, infiltration not to exceed 0.06 CFM per sq. ft. of fixed area. 2. Water Infiltration: ASTM E331, no water penetration at a test pressure of 8.0 PSF. 3. Structural Performance: Maximum deflection of 1/175 of span. Allowable stress with 1.65 safety factor. System shall perform to these criteria under a windload of 20 PSF. B. The above performance requirements shall be required of the total assembly including material and workmanship under this Section as TURNER & ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08410 -1 ASSOCIATES PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.03 HARDWARE well as material and workmanship specified under other sections relating to this Work. 2.01 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS A. These specifications are based on the product Trefab II 400 as manufactured by the Kawneer Company, Inc. B. Subject to compliance with requirements, one of the following manufacturers may also be provided: 1. Vistawall Architectural Products 2. Amarlite, ARCO Metals Company 3. Tublite 4. EFCO 2.02 COMPONENTS A. Framing: 1 -3/4x4 inch extruded aluminum flush glazed framing system for 1/4" glazing. B. Doors: Medium stile, sizes indicated on Drawings; 350 by Kawneer. C. Column Covers: 0.040 inch aluminum; to match storefront system finish. A. Closers: 1. Single Action Doors: Heavy duty surface closer, independently hung, with adjustable back check and 100 degree hold -open at exterior doors; slim line half covers, spray painted aluminum to match aluminum storefront system. Attachment: Thrubolted in door. a. Dorma 7600 Series, parallel arm. b. LCN 1460 Series, parallel arm. c. Norton P8300 Series, parallel arm. d. Russwin 2820 Series, parallel arm. e. Yale 3300 Series, parallel arm. 2. Double Action Doors: Heavy duty surface loser, double acting overhead concealed closer with cover plate. a. Dorma RT85 b. Jackson 20 -330 c. Rixson 800 Series TURNER & ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08410 -2 ASSOCIATES B. Pivots: 1. Single Action Manual Doors: Off -set pivot hinges. 2. Double Action Manual Doors: Center Pivot hinges. C. Deadbolt Locks: Mortise type, Adams Rite MS- 1850A, less cylinder. See Section 08710 for cylinders. D. Interlocking Device: Provide interlocking device for pairs of doors, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. The Controller Interlocking Locking System by Kawneer. 2. Header Bolt 4085 and Threshold Bolt 4015 by Adams Rite Manufacturing Co. E. Push /Pulls: Kawneer Type V. Color: #29 Black. 1. Push /Pulls on single action doors. F. Flush Bolts: Provide one of the following. 1. Controller Locking System, by Kawneer. 2. No. 4015/4085, 3 point lock, by Adams Rite. G. Door Holder: Exterior doors only: 1. 1220 -4 by Trimco Builders Hardware. 2. 1220 -5 by Triangle Brass Mfg. Co. H. Weatherstripping, for Exterior Doors only: 1. Head and Jamb: Replaceable wool, polypropylene, or nylon wool pile with aluminum strip backing, recessed in frame; AAMA 701.2. I. Threshold: See Section 08710. J. 2.04 HARDWARE SCHEDULE TURNER & ASSOCIATES Crash Bars: Nominal 1/2 x 2 inch aluminum bars, one centered 6 inches AFF, the other centered 24 inches AFF, - flush mounted stile -to- stile. 1. Install crash bars both faces of interior and exterior Vestibule doors. A. Provide hardware as schedule for all entry doors and interior doors as scheduled. Coordinate hardware preparation as required. 1. Hardware Set #1, Entry Doors - pair 1 set Off -set pivots hinges 2 each Closers 1 each Deadbolt Locks 1 set Push /Pulls 1 set Flush Bolts 1 each Door Holder 1 set Weatherstripping ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08410 -3 1 each 1 set 2,05 FABRICATION 2.06 FINISHES • Thre Crash Bars A. Fabricate doors and frames allowing for minimum clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assembly, yet enabling installation. B. Rigidly fit and secure joints and corners. Make joints and connections flush, hairline, and weatherproof. Develop drainage holes with moisture pattern to exterior. . Prepare components to receive anchor devices. Fabricate anchorage items. E. Arrange fasteners, attachments, and jointing to ensure - concealment from view. F. Prepare components with internal reinforcement for door hardware. A. Exposed Aluminum Surfaces: AA- M12C22A42/44; black anodized. B. Maintain same color range on doors and frames. Do not mix light and dark shades. C . Concealed Steel Items; Galvanized in accordance with ASTM A386 to 2.0 oz /sq ft. D. Apply two coats of bituminous paint to concealed aluminum and steel surfaces in contact with cementitious or dissimilar materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify wall openings are ready to receive work of this Section. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install doors, frames, glazing, infill panels, and hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. TURNER & ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08410 -4 ASSOCIATES B. Use anchorage devices to securely attach frame assembly to structure. C. Align assembly plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain assembly dimensional tolerances, aligning with adjacent work. D. Install sill flashings. E. Pack fibrous insulation in shim places at perimeter of assembly to maintain continuity of thermal barrier. F. Install hardware using templates provided. Refer to Section 08700 for cylinders and installation requirements. Install perimeter sealant, backing materials, and installation requirements in accordance with Section 07900. Adjust operating hardware and crash bars. 3.03 TOLERANCES • A. Variation from Plane: 0.03 inches per foot maximum or 0.25 inches per 30 feet, whichever is less. B. Misalignment of Two Adjoining Members abutting in Plane: 0.015 inches. 3.04 CLEANING A. Wash down exposed surfaces using a solution of mild detergent in warm water, applied with soft, clean wiping cloths. Take care to remove dirt from corners. Wipe surfaces clean. B. Remove excess sealant by moderate use of mineral spirits or other solvent acceptable to sealant manufacturer. TURNER & ASSOCIATES ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08410 -5 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS SECTION 08710 - FINISH HARDWARE A. Section Includes: 1. Materials and fabrication 2. Materials- General 3. Cylinders and keying 4. Hinges, butts, and pivots 5. Locks, latches, and bolts 6. Alarm exit devices 7. Push /Pull units 8. Closers and door control devices 9. Miscellaneous hardware 10. Finishes 11. Door Hardware Schedule B. Related Sections: 1. Section 08110 - 2. Section 08210 - 3. Section 08410 4. Section 12510 1.02 REFERENCES 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Standard Steel Doors and Frames Wood Doors - Aluminum Entrance and Storefront - Window Treatment A. The following reference standards shall be considered applicable to these specifications as though reprinted and contained within. 1. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 2. Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. (UL). 3. Steel Door Institute (SDI) 4. Factory Mutual Engineering and Research Corporation (FM). 5. American National Standard Institute (ANSI). A. Provide hardware for fire rated openings in compliance with NFPA Standard No. 80 and local building code requirements. 1. Provide only hardware that has been tested and listed by UL or FM for types and sizes of doors required and complies with requirements of door and door frame labels. • TURNER & FINISH HARDWARE • 08710 -1 ASSOCIATES PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2. Emergency Exit Devices: Where exit devices are indicated, provide UL or FM label on exit devices indicating "Fire Exit Hardwaren. B. Fire Rated Assemblies: Only hardware bearing such labels shall be installed on UL rated doors and frames. 1. Follow approved installation instructions for all hardware and accessories bearing UL and FM labels. 1.04 SITE CONDITIONS A. Deliver individually packaged hardware items at the proper times to the proper locations for installation. B. Tag each item or package separately, with identification related to final hardware schedule, including basic installation instructions with each item. C. Coordinate installation with other trades as required to provide only solid backing or reinforcing for all hardware items and accessories listed herein including, but not limited to the following: 1. Wall Stops 2. Closers 3. Coordinators 2.01 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION A. Drawings indicate direction of slide, swing or hand of each door leaf. Furnish each item of hardware for the proper installation and operation of door movement as indicated. B. Do not use manufacturer's products which have manufacturer's name or trade name displayed in a visible location. Identification will be permitted on rim of lock cylinders. 1. Omit removable nameplates 2. Labels in conjunction with UL requirements shall remain. 2.02 MATERIALS - GENERAL A. Provide hardware which conform to published templates, prepared for machine screw installation. 1. Do not provide hardware which has been prepared for self - tapping sheet metal screws. TURNER & FINISH HARDWARE 08710-2 ASSOCIATES B. Furnish screws for installation of all hardware. Finish exposed screws to match surface in which screw in being used; hardware item or adjacent materials. C. Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units which are exposed when door is closed. 1. Do not use thru -bolts for installation where bolt head will be exposed on opposite face. D. Provide hardware bearing UL Label for label doors. 2.03 CYLINDERS AND KEYING 2.04 HINGES, BUTTS, AND PIVOTS A. Supplier shall meet with owner to finalize keying requirements and obtaining final instruction in writing. B. Keying System: 1. Except as otherwise noted, provide new master key system for project. C. Key Quantity: 1. Key blanks: Furnish one (1) blank for each lock. 2. Change keys: Furnish three (3) for each lock. 3. Master keys: Furnish five (5) for each master system. A. Templates: Provide only template produced units. 1. Exception: Hinges and pivots installed entirely into wood doors and frames. B. Screws: Furnish Phillips flat head, machine screws for installation of units. 1. Exception: Furnish Phillips flat head, wood screws for installation of units in wood doors and frames. C. Hinge Type and Size: 1. All exterior, out swinging doors shall have butts with non - removable pin, (NRP) when the door is in dosed position. 2. Exterior doors and doors scheduled with doser shall have ball bearing butts. 3. Doors up to 1 -3/4" thick and up to 3'-4" wide shall have 4-1/2" x 4 -1/2" butts. 4. All butts shall be sized in width to clear all trim. D. Number of hinges: Provide minimum of three (3) hinges per leaf for all doors up to 90" in height. TURNER & FINISH HARDWARE 08710 -3 ASSOCIATES 1. Provide one (1) additional hinge for each 30" of door height for all doors over 90 ". E. Manufacturers: 1. Hager 2. McKinney 3. Stanley 2.05 LOCKS, LATCHES, AND BOLTS A. General - Lever Design: 1. All locksets and latches shall be provided by one manufacturer. 2. All cylinders for locks shall have minimum 6 pin tumblers. 3. All locks and latchsets shall have 2 -3/4" backset unless otherwise noted. 4. All locks shall be Grade 1 unless otherwise noted. 5. Provide with operating function as indicated by ANSI number. Handicap Accessories: Provide lever handicap accessible design lock and latch sets. C. Strikes: 1. Manufacturer's standard wrought box strike for each latch and lock bolt with curved lip extended to protect frame. Finish to match lock or latch set. D. Bolts: Provide minimum 1/2" throw for all latches and deadbolts. Comply with UL requirements for throw of bolts and latch bolts on rated openings. 1. Provide minimum 5/8" throw of latch and deadbolt used on pairs of doors. E. Manufacturers: 1. Russwin 2. Best 3. Arrow 2.06 ACCESS CONTROL A. Digital Access Control lever lockset as manufactured by Simplex, UNICAN Series #L -1000. Unit shall allow free egress at all times and controlled access with digital code or free access with use of keyed passage feature. 1. Finish: Antique Brass 2. Door Thickness: 1 -3/4 inch 3. Backset: 2 -3/4 inch 4. Strike: 1000 -15 TURNER & FINISH HARDWARE 08710 -4 ASSOCIATES 2.07 EXIT DEVICES: A. Provide keyed dogging device to hold the push bar down and the latch bolt in the open position for all exit devices. 1. Except on fire rated doors, do not provide dogging device. B. Furnish all accessories\ and trim as indicated and required for a complete and operational installation. C. Trim: Exterior pull, thumb piece, and key; key locks and unlocks thumb piece. D. Style: Vertical rod E. Manufacturers: 1. Corbin, Series Model 73, 3246U -73 with 31A trim 2. Russwin, Series 700 Series, #701 -73 with 8415 Modera trim 3. Sargent, Series 9700 Series, 9762 with MAL trim 2.08 PUSH /PULL UNITS A. Provide manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners for typical installation requirements. Through bolting permitted for matched pairs but not for single units. 1. Concealed Fasteners: Provide manufacturer's concealed fastener system where indicated. B. Manufacturers: 1. Ives 2. Quality 3. Builders Brass Works 2.09 CLOSERS AND DOOR CONTROL DEVICES A. Provide units which are adjustable, complying with the provisions of ANSIP A117.1 for door opening force and delayed action closing. B. Except as otherwise noted, provide devices complying with the manufacturer's recommendations for the device size based on the size of the door, exposure to weather, and frequency of use. 1. Exception: Where parallel arms closed are provided, furnish closer unit one size larger than recommended. C. Manufacturers: 1. LCN 4110 Series TURNER & FINISH HARDWARE 08710 -5 ASSOCIATES 2.10 MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE 2.11 FINISHES 2. Norton 7700 Series 3. . Russwin 2820 Series Door Bolt Manufacturers: 1. Builders Brass Works 2. Ives 3. Stanley A. Silencers: Provide button type silencers in metal door frames, unless not permitted for fire rating or unless bumper -type weatherstripping is provided; three (3) each for single door frame, and two (2) each for double -door frames. 1. Ives 2. Quality 3. Russwin C. Threshold Manufacturers: 1. National Guard 2. Pemko 3. Reese Weatherstripping Manufacturers: 1. National Guard 2. Pemko 3. Reese 4. Zero Wall and Floor Stops Manufacturers: 1. Builders Brass Works 2. Ives 3. Quality Flush Bolts: Minimum 1/2" diameter rods constructed of brass, bronze, or stainless steel. Provide minimum 12" long rod for doors up to 7-0". Doors over 7-0 ", provide longer rods as required for installation of bolts at 6' -0 ". 1. Manufacturers" a. Builders Brass Work b. Ives c. Quality A. Finish and Base Material Designations: Number indicate BHMA Code or nearest traditional U.S. commercial finish. TURNER & FINISH HARDWARE 08710 -6 ASSOCIATES 2.12 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE SET 2 1-1/2 pr. 1 ea. 1 ea. SET 3 Each to Have: 1 -1/2 pr. Butts 1 ea. Passage Set, ANSI #F -75 1 ea. Wall Stop SET 4 1-1/2 pr. 1 ea. 1 ea. Each to Have: Butts Passage Set, ANSI #F-75 Floor Stop TURNER & FINISH HARDWARE ASSOCIATES B. Where base material and quality of finish are not otherwise indicated, provided at least commercially recognized quality specified inapplicable Federal Specifications. C. All finish hardware furnish under this Section shall receive finish as follows: 1. US 26D, Dull Chromium, with all accessory products finished in "clear anodized" finish. A. Provide finish hardware for each door opening as required in accordance with the following listing. Coordinate requirements with additional information as provided on the drawings. 1. Coordinate hardware requirements with Section 08410. B. This schedule is intended to be a guide for the types of hardware required. Contractor shall provide complete hardware for all doors in project. SET 1 Each Pair to Have: 1 ea. Cylinder 1 ea. Thumbturn 1 ea. Threshold Pemko 1665A All other hardware furnished by door manufacturer as specified in Section 08401. Each to Have: Butts, Pushpad & Pull Handle Lockset, ANSI #F -86 Wall Stop Ives 409-1/2 Ives 409 -1 /2 Ives 436 SET 5 Each to Have: 1-1/2 pr. . Butts - Pushpad and Pull Handle 1 ea. Access Control Lever L- 1000 -2 1 ea. Closer 2 ea. Wall Stop Ives 409 -1/2 08710 -7 TURNER & ASSOCIATES SET 6 3 pr. 2 sets 2 ea. 2 ea. SET7 1-1/2 Pr. 1 ea. 1 ea. SET 8 Each to Have: All hardware furnished by door manufacturer as specified in Section 08381. SET 9 2pr. 1 ea. 1ea. SET 10 Each to Have: 1 ea. Cylinder, coordinate with door manufacturer. Installation hardware shall be furnished by door manufacturer as . specified in Section 08331. SET 11 Each to Have: Installation hardware shall be furnished by door manufacturer as specified in Section 08331. SET 12 1-1/2 pr. 1 ea. 1 ea.' 1 set 1 ea. 1 ea. 1 ea. 1 ea. SET 13 3 pr. 2 ea. 2 ea. 1 ea. 1 set 1 ea. 2 ea. FINISH HARDWARE Each Pair to Have: Butts Dummy Knob Closer Wall Stop Each to Have: Butts Lockset, ANSI #F -82 Wall Stop Each to Have: Butts Exit Device (Vertical Rod) Closer Weatherstrip Threshold Bottom Drip Cap Floor Stop Each Pair to Have: Butts Exit Device (Vertical Rod) Closer Mullion Weatherstrip Threshold Bottom Ives 409-1/2 Ives 409 -1/2 Each to Have: Butts Passage Set, ANSI #F -75 Wall Stop Ives 409 -1/2 08710 -8 Pemko S88D Pemko 157D Pemko 210DV Pemko 346D Ives 436 Von Duprin #4954 Pemko S88D Pemko 157D Pemko 210DV 1 ea. 2 ea. SET 14 2 pr. 1 ea. 1 ea. 1 set 1 ea. 1 ea. 1 ea. 1 ea. SET 15 1-1/2 pr. 1 ea. 1 ea. 1 ea. SET 16 1-1/2 pr. 1 ea. 1 ea. 1 ea. SET 17 1-1/2 pr. 1 ea. 1 ea. 1 ea. SET 18 1-1/2 pr. 1 ea. 1 ea. 1 ea. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION Drip Cap Floor Stop Each to Have: Butts Exit Device (Vertical Rod) Closer Weatherstrip Threshold Bottom Drip Cap Floor Stop Each to Have: Butts Access Control Lever L- 1000 -2 Closer Wall Stop Each to Have: Butts Passage Set, ANSI #F -75 Closer Wall Stop Each to Have: Butts Lockset, ANSI #F -86 Closer Wall Stop Each to Have: Butts Lockset, ANSI #F -82 Closer Wall Stop Pemko 346D Ives 436 • Pemko S88D Pemko 157D Pemko i 210DV Pemko 346D Ives 436 Ives 409-1/2 Ives 409 -1/2 Ives 409-1/2 Ives 409 -1/2 A. Hardware Mounting Heights: Installation all hardware under this Section in accordance with the "Door and Hardware Institute Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames," except as otherwise indicated. Install each hardware item to comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. TURNER & FINISH HARDWARE 08710 -9 ASSOCIATES C. Secure Floor stops in place to allow swing of 90 degrees from jamb. 3.02 ADJUSTING A. Hardware Adjustment: Return to project one month after Owner's occupancy, and adjust hardware for proper operation andfunction. Instruct Owner's personnel in proper maintenance and ent. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION TURNER & ASSOCIATES DIVISION 8 - DOOR AND WINDOWS SECTION 08800 - GLAZING A. Work included: Provide glazing and glazing accessories where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. B. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 2. Section 08410: Aluminum entrances and storefronts. 3. Solid and hollow core wood doors- Section 08200. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. B. In addition to complying with pertinent codes and regulations of governmental agencies having jurisdiction, comply with pertinent recommendations contained in: 1. Flat Glass Marketing Association: a. "Glazing Sealing Systems Manual"; b. "Glazing Manual." 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturers' specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Manufacturers' recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Owner's Rep., will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the Work. GLAZING 08800 -1 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. B. During storage and handling of glass, provide cushions at edges to prevent impact damage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GLASS TURNER & ASSOCIATES s ' Samples: Accompanying the above product data, submit: 1. Samples of each type of glass and gasket proposed to be used; 2. Samples, at least 12 \" long, of each type of sealant proposed to be used, installed between samples of the material to be glazed, fully cured. A. General: 1. For all glass, provide the type and thickness shown on the Drawings or specified herein. 2. Where type or thickness, or both, are not shown on the Drawings or specified herein, provide type and thickness directed by the Architect. B. Tempered glass: 1. Provide tempered glass where indicated on the Drawings, and elsewhere as required by governmental agencies having jurisdiction. 2. Sizes and cutting: a. Prior to tempering, cut glass to required sizes as determined by accurate measurements of the openings to be glazed, making allowances for required edge clearances. b. Cut and process edges in accordance with the glass manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Fully tempered glass: a. Comply with Fed Spec DD -G -1403 and ANSI Z97.1. 2.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Libby Owens Ford B. Pittsburg Plate Glass 2.3 GLASS MATERIAL: 2.4 ACCESSORIES: A. Single Glazing (Doors): clear tempered glazing, equal to PPG's Vision Glass, size as shown on drawings. B. Side Glazing (Windows): clear glazing, equal to PPG's vision glass, size as shown on drawings. (Tempered each side of entry doors). C. Door Vision Panel: clear Lexan MR 5 sheet, tempered vision glass, size as shown on drawings. A. Setting Blocks: Neoprene, 70 -90 Shore "A" durometer hardness. B. Spacers: Neoprene, 40 -50 Shore "A" durometer hardness. C. Glazing Points and Wire Spring Clips: Corrosion resistant, manufacturer's standard. 2.5 OTHER MATERIALS A. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. B. Clean glazing channels, stops, and rabbets to receive the glazing materials, making free from obstructions and deleterious substances which might impair the work. 1. Remove protective coatings which might fail in adhesion or interfere with bond of sealants. 2. Comply with manufacturers' instructions for final wiping of surfaces immediately prior to application of primer and glazing compounds or tapes. 3. Prime surfaces to receive glazing compounds in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. TURNER. & GLAZING 08800-3 ASSOCIATES , A. Inspect each piece of glass immediately prior to start of installation. 1. Do not install items which are improperly sized, have damaged edges, or are scratched, abraded, or damaged in any other manner. 2. Do not remove labels from glass until so directed by the Owner's Rep. 3. Install glass so distortion waves, if present, run in the horizontal direction. B. Locate setting blocks at sills one quarter of the width of the glass in from each end of the glass, unless otherwise recommended by the glass manufacturer. 1. Use blocks of proper size to support the glass in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Provide spacers for all glass sizes larger than 50 united inches, to separate glass from stops; except where continuous glazing gaskets or felts are provided. a. Locate spacers no more than 24" apart, and no closer than 12" to a corner. b. Place spacers opposite one another. c. Make bite of spacer on glass 1/4" or more. • C. Set glass in a manner which produces the greatest possible degree of uniformity in appearance. D. Do not use two different glazing materials in the same joint system unless the joint use is approved in advance by the Owner's Rep. E. Mask, or otherwise protect, surfaces adjacent to installation of sealants. F. Miter -cut and seal the joints of glazing gaskets in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, to provide watertight and airtight seal at corners and other locations where joints are required. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect glass from breakage after installation by promptly installing streamers or ribbons, suitably attached to the framing and held free from glass. Do not apply warning markings, streamers, ribbons, or other items directly to the glass except as specifically directed by the Owner's Rep. END OF SECTION TURNER & GLAZING 08800 -4 ASSOCIATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION DIVISION 9 - FINISHES SECTION 09260 - GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEM A. Work included: Provide gypsum drywall and accessories where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. B. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 2. Section 05400: Metal stud system. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed,submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Owners Rep., will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the Work. Mock -ups: 1. At an area on the site where approved by the Owner's Rep., provide a mock -up gypsum wallboard panel. a. Make the panel approximately 4' -0" square. b. Provide one mock -up panel for each gypsum wallboard finish used on the Work. TURNER & GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEM 09260 -1 ASSOCIATES c. The mock -ups may be used as part of the Work, and may be included in the finished Work, when so approved by the Owner's Rep. d. Revise as necessary to secure the Owner's Rep. approval. 2. The mock -up panels, when approved by the Owner's Rep., will be used as datum points for comparison with the remainder of the work of this Section for the purpose of acceptance or rejection. 3. If the mock -up panels are not permitted to be part of the finished Work, completely demolish and remove them from the job site upon completion and acceptance of the work of this Section. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GYPSUM WALLBOARD A. General: 1. Provide gypsum wallboard complying with Fed Spec SS- L -30D, in 48" widths and in such lengths as will result in a minimum of joints. 2. Fire - retardant wallboard: Provide type III, grade X, class 1, 5/8" thick. 3. Water - resistant wallboard: Provide type VII, grade W or X as required, class 2, 5/8" thick except as may be shown otherwise on the Drawings. 4. Provide all gypsum wallboards as manufactured by United States Gypsum (U.S.G.). B. Sheathing: Where gypsum wallboard sheathing is indicated on the Drawings, provide U.S.G. gypsum sheathing complying with Fed Spec SS- L -30D, type II,grade W, class 2. 2.2 METAL TRIM A. Form from zinc - coated steel not lighter than 26 gage,complying with Fed Spec QQ- S-775, type I, class d or e. B. Casing beads: 1. Provide channel- shapes with an exposed wing, and with a concealed wing not less than 7/8" wide. 2. The exposed wing may be covered with paper cemented to the metal, but shall be suitable for joint treatment. TURNER & GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEM 09260 -2 ASSOCIATES C. Corner beads: Provide angle shapes with wings not less than 7/8" wide and perforated for nailing and joint treatment, or with combination metal and paper wings bonded together, not less than 1 -1/4" wide and suitable for joint treatment. D. Edge beads for use at perimeter of ceilings: 1. Provide angle shapes with wings not less than 3/4" wide. 2. Provide concealed wing perforated for nailing, and exposed wing edge folded flat. 3. Exposed wing may be factory finished in white color. 2.3 JOINTING SYSTEM A. Provide a jointing system, including reinforcing tape and compound, designed as a system to be used together and as recommended for this use by the manufacturer of the gypsum wallboard approved for use on this Work. B. Jointing compound may be used for finishing if so recommended by' its manufacturer. 2.4. FASTENING DEVICES A. For fastening gypsum wallboard in place on metal studs and metal channels, use flat -head screws, shouldered, specially designed for use with power- driven tools, not less than 1" long, with self - tapping threads and self- drilling points. B. For fastening gypsum wallboard in place on wood, use 1-1/4" type W bugle -head screws, or use annular ring type nails complying with ASTM C514 and of the length required by governmental agencies having jurisdiction. 2.6 OTHER MATERIALS A. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Owner's Rep. 2.7 MANUFACTURER A. Provide metal trim and accessories as manufactured by Western Metal Lath & Steel Systems (213) 944-6117 or equal. TURNER & GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEM 09260-3 ASSOCIATES PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install the gypsum wallboard in accordance with the Drawings and with the separate boards in moderate contact but not forced into place. 2. At internal and external corners, conceal the cut edges of the boards by the overlapping covered edges of the abutting boards. 3. Stagger the boards so that corners of any four boards will not meet at a common point except in vertical corners. 13. Walls: 1. Install the gypsum wallboard to studs at right angles to the furring or framing members. 2. Make end joints, where required, over framing or furring members. C. Attaching: 1. Drive the specified screws with clutch - controlled power screwdrivers, spacing the screws 12" on centers at ceilings and 16" on centers at walls. 2. Where framing members are spaced 24" apart on walls, space screws 12" on centers. 3. Attach double layers in accordance with the pertinent codes and the manufacturer's recommendations as approved by the Architect. 4. Attach to wood as required by governmental agencies having jurisdiction. 3.3 JOINT TREATMENT A. General: 1. Inspect areas to be joint treated, verifying that the gypsum wallboard fits snugly against supporting framework. 2. In areas where joint treatment and compound finishing will be performed, maintain a temperature of not less than 55 degrees for 24 hours prior to commencing the treatment, and until joint and finishing compounds have dried. 3. Apply the joint treatment and finishing compound by machine or hand tool. TURNER & • GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEM 09260 -4 ASSOCIATES 4. Provide a minimum drying time of 24 hours between coats, with additional drying time in poorly ventilated areas. B. Embedding compounds: 1. Apply to gypsum wallboard joints and fastener heads in a thin uniform layer. 2. Spread the compound not less than 3" wide at joints, center the reinforcing tape in the joint, and embed the tape in the compound. Then spread a thin layer of compound over the tape. 3. After this treatment has dried, apply a second coat of embedding compound to joints and fastener heads, spreading in a thin uniform coat to not less than 6" wide at joints, and feather edged. 4. Sandpaper between coats as required. 5. When thoroughly dry, sandpaper to eliminate ridges and high points. C. Finishing compounds: 1. After embedding compound is thoroughly dry and has been completely sanded, apply a coat of finishing compound to joints and fastener heads. 2. Feather the finishing compound to not less than 12" wide. 3. When thoroughly dry, sandpaper to obtain a uniformly smooth surface, taking care to not scuff the paper surface of the wallboard. 3.4 CORNER TREATMENT A. Internal corners: Treat as specified for joints,except fold the reinforcing tape lengthwise through the middle and fit neatly into the corner. B. External corners: 1. Install the specified corner bead, fitting neatly over the corner and securing with the same type fasteners used for installing the wallboard. 2. Space the fasteners approximately 6" on centers, and drive through the wallboard into the framing or furring member. 3. After the corner bead has been secured into position, treat the corner with joint compound and reinforcing tape as specified for joints, feathering the joint compound out from 8" to 10" on each side of the corner. 3.5 OTHER METAL TRIM A. General: 1. The Drawings do not purport to show all locations and requirements for metal trim. TURNER & GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEM 09260 -5 ASSOCIATES 2. Carefully study the Drawings and the installation, and provide all metal trim normally recommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum wallboard approved for use in this Work. In addition to other requirements for cleaning, use necessary care to prevent scattering gypsum wallboard scraps and dust, and to prevent tracicing gypsum and joint finishing compound onto floor surfaces. At completion of each segment of installation in a room or space, promptly pick up and remove from the working area all scrap, debris, and surplus material of this Section. END OF SECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work included: Provide acoustical ceilings where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed fora complete and proper installation. B. Related work: -- 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. B. Qualification of Installer: Minimum of 3 previous project installations of comparable size. C. Fire Hazard Classification: 1. Maximum Flame Spread: UL (ASTM E84): 25. 2. Smoke Developed: 0 1.3 SUBMITTALS DIVISION 9 FINISHES SECTION 09510 - ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed,submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show suspension, layout, lateral restraint, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Owner's Rep., will become the basis for TURNER & ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510 -1 ASSOCIATES accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the Work. 5. Submit 3 -12" square samples of each type of ceiling panel. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. 1.5 EXTRA STOCK A. Deliver to the Owner for his use in future modifications, an extra stock of approximately 10% of each type of acoustical material installed, packaging each type of material separately, distinctly marked,and adequately protected against deterioration. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide suspension system of one of the following: 1. Prelude 15/16" Exposed Tee System, by Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2. 1800 System, by Chicago Metallic. 3. Donn DX System, by USG Interiors, Inc. 4. ML Series, by National Rolling Mills. B. Materials: 1. Grid: ASTM C635, intermediate duty, steel exposed T; nominal 1 inch width; stab -in connections. 2. Accessories: Stabilizer bars, clips, and splices. 3. Grid Finish: White 4. Support System: Hot or cold rolled steel channels; galvanized hanger wire, minimum 12 gage; to rigidly secure suspension system. 5. Edge Moldings: Metal channel with exposed flange to match suspension system. 6. Hold -Down Clips: Manufacturer's standard retention clips to suit conditions specified. C. Substitutions: None accepted. 2.2 ACOUSTICAL LAY IN PANELS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide non -rated acoustical panels as follows: 1. Armstrong "Minaboard ", fissured pattern. TURNER & ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510 -2 ASSOCIATES B. Materials: 1. Size: 24x48x5/8 inches 2. Edge: Square 3. Color: White 4. Surface Finish: Factory - applied vinyl latex 2.3 LAY -IN LIGHT DIFFUSERS A. 1/2" thick, 100% white translucent acrylic louver, Model #ALP 45A, by ALP Lighting and Ceiling Products Co., Chicago, IL (312) 774 -9550, size as required for indicated installation. B. Provide aluminum support angle trim with 1" exposed face. Secure at 12" on center. 2.4 OTHER MATERIALS A. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Owner's Rep. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Except as modified by requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction, recommendations of the manufacturer as approved by the Owner's Rep., or specific directions of the Owner's Rep., install in accordance with ASTM C636 and the pertinent UL design requirements. Lateral bracing: 1. Provide lateral bracing as required by pertinent codes and regulations. 2. Secure lateral bracing to structural members. Secure at right angles to the direction of the partition and four ways in large ceiling areas. TURNER & ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510 -3 ASSOCIATES Provide hold -down clips for ceiling boards in stockroom and elsewhere when so required by governmental agencies having jurisdiction. Make all grid level within a tolerance of one in 1000 and straight within a tolerance of one in 1000. Space main tees at 48" o.c., suspend from structure with hanger wire spaces at 48" o.c. Install additional hanger wires at ends of each suspension member and at light fixtures. Space across tees at'24" o.c., connect to main tees. Rest main and cross tees on wall mouldings. In addition to other stipulated requirements for cleaning, completely remove finger prints and traces of soil from the surfaces of grid and acoustical materials, using only those cleaning materials recommended for the purpose by the manufacturer of the material .being cleaned. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1.3 SUBMITTALS DIVISION 9 - FINISHES SECTION 09660 - RESILIENT TILE FLOORING s• A. Work included: Provide resilient tile flooring and base where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. B. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product data: Within 45 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Samples of each item, color, and pattern available in the specified grades from the proposed manufacturers. 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the Work. C. Submit samples of resilient flooring, reducer strips and base materials to Architect for approval and selection of color and pattern. Do not order or deliver materials until after Project Manager's selection and approval. Materials delivered to project shall match approved samples. TURNER & RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09660-1 ASSOCIATES 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. 1.5 EXTRA STOCK A. At completion of project, deliver to Owner a minimum of 1 complete carton of floor tile of same brand, size, and pattern of each color used on project, 20 lin. feet of base and 4 outside corner pieces. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RESILIENT TILE A. Refer to schedule on drawings for materials. B. Adhesive: As recommended by the tile manufacturer. 2.2 RESILIENT BASE A. Base: FS SS- W -40a, Type II Vinyl; 4 inch high, 1/8 inch thickness; with matching end stops and preformed corner units; top -set coved base by one of the following. 1. Roppe: Black #500 2. Flexco: Black #VC -1003. johnsonite: Black #CB40. B. Edge Strip: Vinyl Binder -Bar edging for resilient flooring. 1. Flexco #92, color as selected. C. Adhesive: As recommended by resilient base manufacturer for application intended. 2.3 ACCESSORIES TURNER & ASSOCIATES A. Edge Strips: Resilient material; minimum width 1 inch, 1/8 inch thickness; tapered bullnose edge. Color: Black. B. Subfloor Filler: Latex underlayment, mixed with undiluted latex liquid furnished by the selected manufacturer. Use one of the following products. 1. Levelastic by Allied 2. Webtex No. 60P by Durabond 3. No. 345 by W.W. Henry C. Primers and Adhesives: Waterproof; of types recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer for specific material. RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09660-2 • PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3,2 PREPARATION A. Subfloors: 1. Examine substrate for excessive moisture content and unevenness which would prevent proper execution of flooring application. 2. Remove grease, dirt and other foreign substances from sub- floors. 3. Fill depressions, holes, and cracks with latex underlayment. Trowel and feather edge underlayment to a smooth and level surface. Grind down high spots and finish with underlayment. Finish floor shall be level within 1/8" when tested with a 10' straight -edge. Report surfaces which cannot be put into proper order by above procedures. Do not proceed until defects are corrected. 4. Maintain 70 degree F. minimum temperature 24 hours before and after laying tile. Stack tile in prepared areas at 70 degrees F. 24 hours prior to laying tile. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install materials only after finishing operations, including painting, have been completed and after permanent heating system is operating. 2. Verify that moisture content of concrete slabs, building air temperature, and relative humidity are within the limits recommended by the manufacturers of the materials used. 3, Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or plainly marked for future cutting by repeating on the finish surface as marked in the subfloor. Use chalk or other non - permanent marking device. B. Installing resilient tiles: TURNER & RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09660 -3 ASSOCIATES 1. Place units with adhesive cement in strict compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations as approved by the Owner's a. Butt units tightly to vertical surfaces, nosings, edgings, and thresholds. . b. Scribe as necessary around obstructions and to produce neat joints. c. Place tiles tightly laid, even, and in straight parallel lines. d. Extend units into toe spaces, door reveals, and in closets and similar spaces. 2. Lay units from starting point as indicated on drawings. a. Lay units square to axes of the room or space. 3. Match units for color and pattern by using materials from cartons in the same sequence as manufactured and packaged. 4. Lay in ashlar pattern with grain in all units running the same direction, unless otherwise directed by the Owner's Rep. 5. Place resilient edge strips tightly butted to units and secured with adhesive, providing at all unprotected edges unless otherwise shown. C. Installing base: 1. Install base where shown on the Drawings. 2. Use factory - preformed exterior corners, and factory- preformed interior corners. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Remove excess adhesive and other blemishes from .exposed surfaces, using neutral cleaner recommended by the manufacturer of the resilient materials. B. Allow 24 hours after laying tile before beginning All vinyl composition tile flooring shall be installed with clear mastic. The use of "cutback" or other black mastic is prohibited. After thorough cleaning of all tile with mild soap and damp mop (do not flood floor), and when the floor is thoroughly dry, apply three (3) coats of Butcher's Wax (follow product directions), letting each coat dry thoroughly prior to applying the next coat. Polish the floor with a high RPM buffing machine prior to the application of the first wax coat and after application of each wax coat. END OF SECTION TURNER & RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09660 -4 ASSOCIATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION DIVISION 9 - FINISHES SECTION 09680 - CARPETING A. Work included: Provide carpeting and carpet accessories where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper carpet -and -pad installation. B. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product data: Within 30 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Shop Drawings showing location of seams and locations and types of carpet metal and accessories. 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the Work. 1:4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. TURNER & • CARPETING ASSOCIATES 09680 -1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CARPET A. Refer to finish and material schedules on drawings. 2.2 OTHER MATERIALS A. Provide seam adhesive such as W. W. Henry Company No. 246, Roberts Company No. 41 -0502, or an equal approved by the Architect and recommended for the purpose by the manufacturer of the proposed carpet. B. At intersection of carpet and floor tile, provide Mercer Plastics Company, Inc., "Custom Edge Carpet Bar No. 90," vinyl, or equal, in color selected by the Project Manager. C. Provide Allen Industries 50 oz "Star -Tex" combination pad, or equal approved in advance by the Project Manager under all carpet of this Section. D. Provide other materials, including tackless strips, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Project Manager. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Make substrata level and free from irregularities. Assure one constant floor height after carpet is installed, filling low spots and grinding high spots as required. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install the approved pad in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations as approved by the Project TURNER & ASSOCIATES CARPETING 09680-2 3.4 PROTECTION A. Manager, lightly butting the joints, and providing a smooth underlayment. 2. Scribe the carpet accurately to vertical surfaces. 3. Align the lines of carpet, as woven, using no fill strips less than 6" wide, laying all carpet in the same direction unless specifically directed otherwise by the Architect. Seams: 1. Locate seams only where shown on the approved Shop Drawings, or where specifically otherwise approved by the Project Manager. 2. Locate seams to the maximum extent practicable out of the way of traffic. 3: Fabricate seams by the compression method, using a butt joint, and properly bead and seal. 4. Make seams as inconspicuous as possible, flat, unpuckered, and completely free from glue on the exposed surfaces. 5. Do not stretch seams. In addition to the cleaning requirements stated elsewhere, thoroughly clean carpet and adjacent surfaces prior to final acceptance of the carpeted areas by the Project Manager. Provide a heavy non- staining paper or plastic walkway. as required over carpeting in direction of traffic, maintaining intact until carpeted space is accepted by the Project Manager. 3.5 SURPLUS MATERIAL A. • Allow the Project Manager to inspect and select from scrap carpet remaining after the installation. Bundle, wrap in burlap, and deliver to the Owner the carpet scraps selected by him. END OF SECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work included: Paint and finish the exterior and interior exposed surfaces listed on the Painting Schedule in Part 3 of this Section, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. 1. Listed below are areas required for painting although not necessarily inclusive. This listing; however, does not relieve this contractor of verifying all other sections of these specifications for provisions regarding painting. a. EXTERIOR: Galvanized metal Hollow metal door and frame Solid wood and plywood members Structural steel shapes Mechanical piping and equipment (except roof mounted items) Electrical conduits, panels, etc. (except roof mounted items) b. INTERIOR: Galvanized sheet metal Miscellaneous metal items Finish carpentry items Hollow metal door and frame Wood doors and frames Joint reinforcement, taping, bedding & texturing of expos- ed gypsum drywall & painting exposed gypsum drywall Exposed Mechanical piping and equipment Exposed Electrical conduits, panels, etc. c. PAINTING DOES NOT INCLUDE: Painting roof mounted mechanical and electrical work 2. This subcontractor shall thoroughly examine the other sections of these specifications for provisions regarding painting. He shall understand that all surfaces that are left unfinished by the requirements of other sections shall be painted or finished under this section of the work. Notify Owner's Rep. of discrepancies. 3. "Paint" as used herein means all coating systems materials, including primers, emulsions, enamels, stains, varnishes, sealers, fillers, and other applied materials whether used as prime, intermediate or finish coats. TURNER & • ASSOCIATES DIVISION 9 - FINISHES SECTION 09900 - PAINTING Related work specified elsewhere: Hollow Metal Doors and Frames - Section 08100 PAINTING 09900 -1 1.2 STORAGE PART 2 - PRODUCTS TURNER & ASSOCIATES Solid and Hollow Core Wood Doors - Section 08211 Gypsum Drywall system - Section 09260 Miscellaneous Metals - Section 05500 1.3 COLORS AND SAMPLES A. Colors shall be as indicated on drawings. Most colors shall be standard colors, intermixes or let - downs, and the Contractor shall mix colors as required to match approved samples. The Contractor shall prepare and furnish in duplicate, on chips approximately 6" x 6" in size, dry specimens for the approval of the Project Manager. In all instances, specimens shall be on the same type of material as that on which it is to be used. C. Work not included: 1. Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not required on surfaces in concealed areas and inaccessible areas such as furred spaces, foundation spaces, utility tunnels, pipe spaces, and duct shafts. 2. Metal surfaces of anodized aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate, copper, bronze, and similar finished materials will not require painting under this Section except as may be so specified. 3. Do not paint moving parts of operating units; mechanical or electrical parts such as valve operators; linkages; sensing devices; and motor shafts, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Do not paint over required labels or equipment identification, performance rating, name, or nomenclature plates. 5. Do not paint concrete which has been sandblasted. A. Store all materials in single place designated by Contractor and approved by Owner. Keep space neat and clean. Any damage to storage space shall be made good by this subcontractor. Remove all oily rags and waste each night and take every precaution against fire. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Labels: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, stock number, color and label analysis on label of containers. 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: PAINTING 09900 -2 2.2 PAINTING SCHEDULE PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.2 PAINT APPLICATION TURNER & ASSOCIATES A. The specified painting formulas are based on the topline products of Sherwin Williams. A. All paint formulations are based on products of Sherwin Williams or Benjamin Moore. The surfaces listed in the painting schedule shall receive the surface preparation, paints and number of coats prescribed. Exposed piping shall not be painted until the piping has been tested and approved. B. Primer and undercoat paint to be by same manufacturer as the finish costs. Use only approved thinners and within recommended quantities. C. Refer to the end of this section for painting schedule. All paints specified are for brush or roller application. Dripless spraying is acceptable for large areas using comparable materials. Caution shall be taken to not spray adjacent surfaces. 3.1 CLEANING AND PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. Hardware, hardware accessories, machine surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in contact with painted surfaces and not to be painted shall be removed, masked, or otherwise protected prior to surface preparation and painting operations. Remove door silencers from hollow metal door frames and replace after painting. Surfaces to be painted shall be clean before applying paint or surface treatments. A. Prepare all surfaces in accordance with requirements of paint manufacturer. All paint shall be applied under strict controls as established by manufacturer. B. If spraying is elected to be used by this Contractor, care shall be taken to not damage adjacent finish areas. If damage does occur, Contractor shall correct or replace surfaces at no cost to Owner. C. The finished surfaces shall be free from runs, drips, ridges, waves, laps, brush marks, and variations in color, texture, and finish. The hiding shall be complete, and each coat shall be so applied to produce film of uniform thickness. Special attention shall be given to insure that all surfaces including edges, corners, crevices, welds, and rivets receive a PAINTING 09900 -3 3.3 CLEANING areas and installations shall be protected by the use of drop cloths or other approved precautionary measures. Sufficient time shall elapse between successive coats to permit proper drying. D. Pressure wash all existing concrete slabs and exposed aggregate concrete panel exterior surfaces with a mild detergent solution. A. Cloth and cotton waste that might constitute a fire hazard shall be placed in closed metal containers or destroyed at the end of each day. Upon completion of the work, staging, scaffolding, and containers shall be removed from the site. Paint spots, oil, or stains upon adjacent surfaces shall be removed and the entire job left clean and acceptable. B. Provide a minimum of one gallon each of all paints for the Owner's use. 3.4 GYPSUM BOARD TEXTURES A. Texture: Unless scheduled or specified otherwise,(refer section 09260), all painted gypsum board walls, ceilings and soffits shall, be taped, bed and sanded smooth. After these operations have been completed and approved, apply texture as scheduled in the Drawings. B. Submit samples to the Project Manager for selection and approval of all textures. C. Omit texture on Gypsum Board walls to receive other finishes. 3.5 PAINTING AND FINISHING SCHEDULE (EXTERIOR) Paint Schedule provides for minimum two -coat application. Third coat may be required to give complete coverage and uniform appearance. Omit primer for items shop primed. The following schedule is based on Benjamin Moore & Company products. A. Ferous Metal: 1st Coat: Rust Inhibitive Latex Primer #162 2nd Coat: Latex, flat #105 B. Galvanized Metal: 1st Coat: Galvanized Steel Latex Primer #155 with texturing 2nd Coat: Latex, flat #105 C. Precast Concrete Panels: 1st Coat: Water Repellent Resin Sealer as Provided TURNER & PAINTING 09900 -4 ASSOCIATES t . * Back roll both filler and paint coats to ensure good coverage. 3.7 PAINTING AND FINISHING SCHEDULE (INTERIOR) A. Ferrous Metal: 1st Coat: Rust Inhibitive Latex Primer #162 2nd Coat: Latex, Flat #105 Galvanized Metal: lst Coat: Galvanized Steel Latex Primer #155 2nd Coat: Latex, Flat #105 Gypsum Board - General: 1st Coat: Latex Quick Dry Primer /Sealer #201 -00 2nd Coat: Regal Eggshell Aquavelvet #319 D. Gypsum Board - Toilets and Breakroom: 1st Coat: Latex Quick Dry Primer /Sealer #201 -00 2nd Coat: Impervo Enamel #133 E. Ceiling Structure - Wood 1st Coat: Latex Enamel Underbody #345 2nd Coat: Regal Eggshell Aquavelvet #319 F. Ceiling Structure - Ductwork lst Coat: IronClad Galvanized Metal Latex Primer #155 2nd Coat: IronClad Retardo Rust Inhibitive Paint #163 3rd Coat: IronClad Sweep -Up Airless Spray #348 Wood (Opaque) lst Coat: Latex Enemel Underbody #345 2nd Coat: Regal Eggshell Aquavelvet #319 . Wood (Stained): Clear Varnish over Oil Stain 1st Coat: Fill wood with natural pastewood filler tinted with oil stain before final finish. 2nd Coat: Rez Varnish, Alkyd Gloss Interior Clear, 77 -4 series. 3rd Coat: Rez Varnish, Interior Satin Oil Clear, 77 -7 series. TURNER & ASSOCIATES END OF SECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Chalkboards 2. Tackboards PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CHALKBOARD A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide chalkboard by one of the following: 1. • Greensteel, AXW Series #006048 (6'x4'), Dixonville, PA Chalkboard: Writing (Dry Mark Board) board shall be minimum 24 gauge face factory laminated to 7/16 inch particleboard backing. Face shall receive special porcelain frits coating to provide smooth writing surface. Each unit shall have a natural clear factory finished perimeter red oak frame and bottom chalktrough. 1. Each unit shall be provided with twelve (12) markers and one (1) felt eraser. 2.02 TACKBOARD DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES SECTION 10100 - CHALKBOARD AND TACKBOARDS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide tackboard•by one of the following: 1. Greensteel, AXW Series #Tac -Tex (6'x4'), Dixonville, PA B. Tackboard: Tackboard shall be factory laminated vinyl to 1/4" thick natural cork, laminated to 1/4" thick hardboard. Vinyl covering shall be self- healing, pliable vinyl embossed surface, color as selected. Each unit shall have a natural clear finished red oak perimeter frame. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CHALKBOARD A. Wall surface shall be painted and clean before installation of Chalkboard. TURNER & CHALKBOARD AND TACKBOARDS 10100 -1 ASSOCIATES B. Determine final location of each unit with Architect or Owner before securing unit in place. Bottom of unit shall be set level at 3' -0" above finish floor. Secure units to solid blocking of wall framing only All fasteners shall be concealed. . Clean all surfaces and deliver to owner all accessories. 3.02 TACKBOARD A. Wall surface —hall be painted and clean before installation of Tackboard. B. Determine final location of each unit with Architect or Owner before securing unit in place. C. Bottom of unit shall be set level at 3' -0" above finish floor. Secure units to solid blocking of wall framing only. All fasteners shall be concealed. 3.03 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Repair all surfaces damaged as the result of installation. Clean . all surfaces exposed to view. TURNER & ASSOCIATES I. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 TOILET COMPARTMENTS 2.02 MATERIALS TURNER & ASSOCIATES DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES SECTION 10165 - PLASTIC LAMINATE TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Work Includes: 1. Plastic laminate partitions for toilet compartments 2. Urinal screens 3. Attachment hardware B. , Related Sections: 1. Section 06200 - Finish Carpentry: Limit plastic laminate manufacturers to one. A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide overhead braced toilet compartments of one of the following manufacturers: 1. Concord, by Accurate Partitions Corp. 2. Overhead braced, by Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. 3. Overhead braced, by Weis /Robart Partitions, Inc. B. Urinal Screens: Wall hung type, 24 "x42" to match toilet compartments. A. High pressure plastic laminate material laminated to exposed faces and edges of solid 451b. density particleboard core. Refer to Section 06200 for Plastic Laminate requirements. 1. Panels: 3/4 inch thickness 2. Doors: 1 inch thickness 3. Pilasters: 1 -1/4 inch thickness with core reinforced 4. Reinforcement for Anchorages: Minimum 12 gauge steel B. Pilaster Shoes: 3 inch high; Type 302/304, No. 4 stainless steel finish. C. Attachments, Screws, and Bolts: Stainless steel; tamper proof type; heavy duty extruded aluminum brackets. D. Hardware: Chrome plated non - ferrous cast pivot hinges, gravity type, adjustable for door close positioning; nylon bearings; thumb turn door PLASTIC LAMINATE TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10165 -1 latch; door strike and keeper with rubber bumper; cast alloy chrome plated coat hook and bumper. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Provide formed and dosed edges for doors, panels, and pilasters. Miter 1 1 r PART 3 - EXECUTION L: 3.01 PREPARATION A. Take site dimensions affecting this work. Verify correct spacing of plumbing fixtures. B. Verify correct location or built -in framing, anchorage, and bracing, where required. 3.02 INSTALLATION l A. Install partitions secure,plumb, level, and square. B. Leave 1/2 inch space between wall and panels, and between wall and end pilasters. Attach panel brackets securely to walls using anchor devices. C. Attach throw anels and pilasters to bracket with through sleeve tamperproof bolts and nuts. p g D. Anchor urinal screen panels to walls as recommended by manufacturer to suit supporting wall construction. E . Provide for adjustment of floor variations with screw jack through steel saddles integral with pilaster. Conceal floor fastenings with stainless steel shoes. and weld corners and grind smooth. F. Equip each door with hinges, one door latch, and one coat hook and bumper. Adjust and align hardware to uniform clearance at vertical edges of doors not exceeding 3/16 inch. G. Adjust hinges to locate doors in partial open position when unlatched, except that out -swing doors shall return to closed position. 3.03 CLEANING A. Remove protective maskings. Clean surfaces. END OF SECTION TURNER & PLASTIC LAMINATE TOILET COMPARTMENTS ASSOCIATES 10165 -2 PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES SECTION 10500 - LOCKERS A. Section Includes: 1. Lockers, hardware and accessories 2. Bench B. Store materials as recommended by manufacturer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery materials to job site in unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and content identification. KAk 2.01 LOCKERS, HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide lockers of one of the following manufacturers: 1. Interior Steel Equipment Co., Cleveland, OH (216) 881 -0100 2. Lyon Metal Products, Inc., Aurora, IL (800) 323 -0096 3. Republic Storage Systems, Canyon, OH (800) 321 -0216 4. Penco Products, Inc., Oaks, PA (215) 666 -0500 TURNER & ASSOCIATES B. Design: 1. Three (3) tier, 12" wide, 12" deep and 24" high. 2. Sides and Back: 24 gauge sheet steel. 3. Door: Louvered, 16 gauge steel. 4. Frame: 16 gauge formed steel channels, corners lapped and welded into rigid assembly. 5. Hinges: 14 gauge steel, five knuckle type. C. Finish: Manufacturer's standard factory baked enamel. Color "grey ". D. Door Latches: Positive latching with recessed pull handle and locking device for pad lock (NIC). E. Number Plates: Satin finish aluminum with black numbers. Numbering system supplied by Owner. LOCKERS 10500 -1 2.02 BENCH A. Benches shall be made of laminated maple, 1-1 /4" x 9 -1/2 ". All corners shall be rounded and sanded smooth. All surfaces, top, sides, and bottom, shall be finished with two (2) coats of marine grade varnish. 1. Provide benches in lengths of 6 foot. Pedestals shall consist of 1 -1/4" O.D. tubing with 10 gauge steel flanges welded to each end. Overall height shall be 17 -1/2 ". PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Lockers: 1. Set base in place and secure. 2. Set lockers in place and secure to wall construction in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Install lockers plumb, level and square. Check and adjust hardware and door operation. Set trim and closure pieces to provide a uniform appearance. F. Accessories: 1. Minimum 20 gauge slope tops with closed ends, finished to match lockers. 2. Minimum 16 gauge "Z: base, finished to match lockers. Quantity: 1. Fourteen (14) linear feet total, plus corner filler unit as required. • Benches: 1. Determine location of benches. Provide level bearing surface for pedestal. Secure pedestals in place using expansion shield anchor bolts. Number required by pedestal flange. 3. Set bench in place on pedestal and secure flange of bottom side of bench. 2. END OF SECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work included: Provide hand - portable fire extinguishers where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. B. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this. Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS SECTION 10521 - PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product data: Within 45 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications, catalog cuts, and other data needed to demonstrate compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Owner's Rep., will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the Work. 4. Samples: Submit one representative sample of model specified, if requested by Project Manager. Samples may be used on job if not damaged. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING DIVISION 10 - SPECIALITIES TURNER & PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 10521 -1 ASSOCIATES A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Fire Extinguisher: 51b. Type A.B.C. portable extinguishers; furnish 6 extinguishers. B. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. J.L. Industries 2. Larson's Manufacturing Co. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install the work of this Section in strict accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations as approved by the Owner's Rep., anchoring all components firmly into position for long life under hard use. 3.3 CLEANUP: The exact location of the extinguishers will be determined by the local Fire Marshall at the time of final inspection for Certificate Occupancy. Contractor shall install as directed by the local Fire Marshall. Only beside doors and mounted on columns are allowed by Owner: If not acceptable to Fire Marshal notify Project Manager prior to installation. A. Protect work of other trades and protect items after they are installed. Defective items shall be replaced with matching items at the Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION TURNER & PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS ASSOCIATES 10521 -2 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION DIVISION 10 - SPECIALITIES SECTION 10800 - TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES A. Work included: Provide toilet room accessories where indicated on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for "a complete and proper installation. B. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these . Specifications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product data: Within 35 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section. 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Manufacturers' data clearly defining the required support and other details of installation to enable proper interface with the work of other trades. 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Owner's Rep., will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the Work. 5. Samples: submit one representative sample of each item and model specified, if requested by Owner's Representative. Samples may be used on job if not damaged. TURNER & TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES 10800 -1 ASSOCIATES 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES A. Anchors and fasteners: 1. Provide anchors and fasteners capable of developing a retaining force commensurate with the strength of the accessory to be mounted, and well suited for use with the supporting construction. 2. Where exposed fasteners are permitted, provide oval head fasteners with finish matching the accessory. 3. Provide 2 X wood blocking as called for on drawings and as required for proper anchorage. B. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Provide all items from a single manufacturer. 2. Manufacturers: Model number included for washroom accessories are items manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc., unless otherwise noted, and are listed as a standard quality. C. Accessory items: 1. Paper Towel Dispenser /Receptacle: a. Model No. B 36903 2. Grab Bars: 18 gage stainless steel; 1-1 /4 inch diameter, (1-1/2" diameter where required by Local Code) textured grip surface, concealed mounting, length as indicated. a. Model No. B550 x 36" at back wall and 48" at side wall. 3. Sanitary Napkin Dispenser: (One per each women's restroom) Surface mounted, 22 gage 18 -8 Type 304 stainless steel, satin finish. Tight fitting self - closing top cover, locking bottom panel with continuous stainless steel piano hinge. a. Model No. B352 4. Mirrors: No. 1 quality 1/4 inch float glass electrolytically copper plated; coating guaranteed for ten years. a. Model No. B 165 -24 x 36 Soap Dispensers: a. Model No. B112 6. Toilet Tissue Dispenser a. Model No. B 686 2.2 MATERIAL A. Stainless Steel: Type 304, ASTM A167, finish satin. TURNER & TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES 10800 -2 ASSOCIATES 13. Steel: 1. Cold Rolled Sheet: ASTM A366, commercial quality. 2. Zinc Coated: ASTM Al23. 3. Chromium Plating: ASTM 13456, Type SC2. C. Aluminum: 1. Extruded: 6463 -T5 alloy, anodized satin finish. 2. Sheet Stock: 5005 -H14. D. Mounting Devices: Galvanized Steel, ASTM A386. 2.3 OTHER MATERIALS A. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION END OF SECTION A. Coordinate as required with other trades to assure proper and adequate provision in the work of those trades for interface with the work of this Section. B. Install each item in its proper location, firmly anchored into position, level and plumb, and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. C. Locate accessories as indicated on the Drawings and in accordance with mounting heights as recommended by the manufacturer. Mounting heights shall conform to local handicap codes. D. After inspection of the installation and approval, remove all labels and clean accessories. Adjacent work of other trades soiled by work under this Section shall also be cleaned. E. Defective accessories shall be replaced with matching accessories at the expense of the Contractor. TURNER & TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES 10800 -3 ASSOCIATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Monitor Mounting Unit. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MONITOR MOUNTING UNIT A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide mounting unit by one of the following: 1. Impart, Inc., adjustable ceiling mounted monitor unit, Model #ACM -2030. (800) 544-3343. B. Mounting Unit: Heavy -duty T.V. monitor mounting unit designed for overhead mounting installation. Unit shall provide the following: 1. Swivel: 360 degrees 2. Tilt: 25 degrees 3. Adjustable Platform: 20" x 30" max. 4. Mounting: Flange, type suitable for structure, with 1 -1/2" pipe threads 5. Capacity: 120 pounds live load C. Stabilizer Kit: Tie wires and support anchors suitable for attachment to structure. D. Finish: Baked epoxy "Wrinkle" Black. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION TURNER & ASSOCIATES DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT SECTION 11100 - MERCANTILE EQUIPMENT A. Units shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions, capable of supporting a live load of 250 pounds. B. Determine location of unit(s). Mounting flange shall be secured to overhead structure as required. Provide all accessories required to mount flange to scheduled surfaces. Fasteners shall be of the type required for the type of structure and substrate. 1. Coordinate installation of blocking where required. MERCANTILE EQUIPMENT 11100 -1 1 1 A r i 1:1 C. Stabilizer: Where installation of unit requires the use of 1-1/2 inch pipe in excess of 24 inch in length, stabilizer kit installation shall be provided. 1. Tie wires shall be secured to unit and splayed at maximum of 60 degrees from horizontal and 120 degrees in each direction. 2. Anchors shall be secured to structure. 3. Completed installation shall be uniform in appearance. D. Assembly unit. Leave work in operational condition, ready for use 3.02 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Repair all surfaces damaged as the result of installation: Clean all surfaces exposed to view. END OF SECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Projection Screen PART 2 - PRODL CTS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PROJECTION SCREEN DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT SECTION 11132 - PROJECTION SCREEN END OF SECTION 2.01 PROJECTION SCREEN A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Projection Screen by one of the following: 1. Da -Lite, Model B, 60" x 60 ", Warsaw, IN B. Projection Screen: 1. Projection screen shall be manual operated. 2. Projection area shall consist of "glass beaded" surface. 3. Options and Accessories: a. Black masking 2" border. b. Non - adjustable extension brackets, 6 ". A. Wall . surface shall be painted and cleaned before installation of Projection Screen. B . Determine final location of each unit with architect or owner before securing unit in place. C. Top of unit shall be set level at 8' -0" above finish floor. Secure units to solid blocking or wall framing only. All fasteners shall be concealed. 3.02 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Repair all surfaces damaged as the result of installation. Clean all surfaces exposed to view. TURNER & PROJECTION SCREEN 11132 -1 ASSOCIATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Dock seals. 2. Dock bumpers. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300 - Cast -ln -Place Concrete. PART 2 - PRODUCTS DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT SECTION 11160 - LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT 2.01 DOCK SEALS - STANDARD A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Dock Seals of one of the following: 1. Frommelt Industries, Foam -Fit Model TP- 901 -NPV. 2. Tuf- Seals, Model DSS- 102- WP8 -WF1. 3. Econo -Max Manufacturing, Inc., Model 22V STD (8/12) FA(12) TLH -P5. 4. W.B. McGuire Co., Inc., Model TS181. B. Fabrication: 1. Pads: a. Side Pads: Size as required for opening x 12 inches wide (beveled). Profile: 12 inch projection. b. Head Pad: Size as required for opening x 12 inches high, with 12 inch projection. Extra 22 oz reinforcing on face of head pad, black. c. Clear opening size: 8' -0" wide by 8'-8" high. d. All pads to have nylon breather mesh. 2. Coated fabric covered urethane foam core with supporting frame. a Cover Fabric: Vinyl coated nylon, 22 oz /sq yd., black. b. Guide Straps: Nominal 4 inch wide coated nylon on each jamb pads; yellow. c. Armor Pleats: Full height at side pads and at ends of head pads, vinyl coated nylon, 40 oz /sq yd; with maximum 8 inch exposure, black. d. Supporting Frame: Kiln- dried, preservative treated, and factory painted wood, with steel mounting hardware. TURNER & LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT 11100 -1 ASSOCIATES 2.02 DOCK BUMPERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Dock Bumpers of one of the following: 1. Kelly Company, Inc. Model #036. 2. W.B. McGuire Co., Inc. Model # "H ". 3. Overhead Door Corp. Model # "H ". 4. Dura -Dock by Durable Mat Company, Model #B410 - 36. . Materials: 1. Fabric reinforced laminated pads 4-1/2 inches thick x length indicated; galvanized steel rods between end plates. a Horizontal: 4 inches deep, 10 inches high, 3 foot -0 inches long. b. Vertical: 4 inches deep, 10 inches wide, 1 foot -8 inches high. 2. Attachment. Hardware: Galvanized bolts and expansion shields. 3. Provide intermediate support for horizontal bumpers: 4. Provide welded top cover plate over openings between bumpers and dock. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate all Work and equipment under this Section with related sections to make sure preparation for this Work is correct. Install dock bumpers and seals in strict accordance with manufacturers instructions. END OF SECTION LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT <'. 11100-2 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Refrigerator PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 REFRIGERATOR DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT SECTION 11452 - APPLIANCES S' 1.02 REFERENCES A. All Appliances provided shall contain Underwriters Laboratory listed components. A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Refrigerator by one of the following: 1. GE Appliances, Model "TBX16AP ", Louisville, KY 2. Whirlpool, "ET16ZMXW ", Benton Harbor, MI B. Refrigerator: 1. Size: 65" H x 28" W x 31" D 2. ' Upright, no -frost 3. Capacity: a. Refrigerator: nominal 16 cubic feet b. Freezer: nominal 4 cubic feet 4. Shelves: adjustable, white epoxy coated steel 5. .Liner: ABS Plastic 6. Reversible door swing 7. Automatic "ice maker" 8. Textured steel finish, color "white'' 9. 120VAC, 2 wire, 60 cycle. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Do not set units in place until area has been cleaned and painted. TURNER & ASSOCIATES APPLIANCES 11452 - -1 1 f r c C 3.03 • Verify that correct utility connections have been provided and ready for use. A. Make final connections of utilities required for operation. • Set units in place level in compliance with manufacturer's printed instructions. ADJUST AND CLEAN Repair all surfaces damaged as the result of installation. Clean; all surfaces exposed to view and interior areas of each appliance. END OF SECTION MECHANICAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS 15.050 GENERAL PROVISIONS 15250 MECHANICAL INSULATION 15400 PLUMBING AND PIPING 15500 FIRE PROTECTION 15800 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND'AIR 15950 MECHANICAL CONTROLS t r r CONDITIONING L PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 15050 Page 1' A. Inclusion of Bidding Requirements and Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 are a part of this Section and Contract for this work and apply to this Section as if fully repeated herein. 1.2 DESCRIPTION A. The following General Provisions apply to all subsequent Division 15 Sections and shall be included where applicable. 1.3 CODES AND FEES A. Make installation of all items in complete accordance with all Codes or regulations set forth by State and local authorities. In case Drawings or Specifications conflict with Code requirement, the Code governs. Obtain and pay for all permits, licenses and taxes applicable to this project as required by law. 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS OF WORKMEN A. Use sufficient journeymen, mechanics and competent supervisors in the execution of this portion of the work to ensure proper and adequate mechanical installation throughout. 1.5 CATALOG DATA AND APPROVALS A. Before commencing work and within 30 days after award of Contract furnish five copies of complete vendor's submittal data on equipment and fixtures as required by these specifications. Submittal data shall be submitted to the Architect for approval and shall show all pertinent dimensional and rating data. Submit all equipment submittals bound together and deliver all at one time. B. Checking is only for general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information in the contract documents. The action noted to be is subject to the requirements of the plans and specifications. The Contractor is responsible for dimensions which shall be confirmed and correlated at the Section 15050 Page 1 1.7 WARRANTY GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 15050 Page 2 job site, fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordination of his work with that of all other trades, and the satisfactory performance of his work. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Materials required shall be new, standard, full weight, identical to apparatus or equipment in successful operation for a minimum of two years. Supply materials of similar class by same manufacturer. Materials omitted here but necessary to complete the work shall be of comparable quality. B. Materials, labor, and equipment that are not specifically referred to in the plans or specifications but required to meet the functional intent of any system shall be provided without additional cost to the Owner. A. Material or labor found defective within one year after final completion and acceptance of the project will be replaced without cost to the Owner. Damage caused by defective work or material installed under this contract within the above - mentioned period will be repaired to the Owner's satisfaction without cost to the Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Provide all steel as required for adequate support of all mechanical equipment, angle or channel, I or H sections as required by application. Adequately cross braced and welded pipe stands may be used for tank supports. Provide suitable based plates for all stands and anchors for all hanging equipment. B. Drill or burn support holes in only flanges of structural shapes. Drill or burn holes in only one leg of any one angle, and as far from center of length as possible. Apply one coat of black Rustoleum primer to shop fabricated items delivered to job; other painting as specified herein. . Provide Shop Drawings of supports especially constructed for this project. 2.2 IDENTIFICATION MARKERS Section 15050 Page 2 i F A GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 15050 Page 3 A. Nameplates: 1. Engraved nameplates, 1/16 -inch thick, laminated 3- ply plastic, center ply white, outer ply black, letters formed by exposing center ply, Lamicoid or approved. 2. Size: 3 -inch by 5 -inch nameplates with 1/4" -inch high letters. B. Valve Tags: 2.3 SUBSTITUTIONS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION 3.2 DEMOLITION 1. 1 -1/2 inch diameter, 18 -gauge polished brass tags with 3/16 inch chain hole and 1/4 inch high stamped, black - filled service designation. A. Unless indicated otherwise, "or approved" may be assumed for all products in Division 15. In selecting substitute equipment, the Contractor is responsible for guaranteeing equal performance and fit and for coordinating with all other trades affected by the substitution. A. Site Examination: •Before starting work, carefully examine the site and. all Contract Drawings so as to become thoroughly familiar with conditions governing work on this project.. Verify all indicated elevations, building measurements, roughing -in dimensions and equipment locations before proceeding with any of the work. B. The location of all utilities, wires, conduits, pipes, ducts, or other facilities are shown in a general way only on the drawings and shall be verified by the contractor. A. Remove and discard existing mechanical equipment and systems as described in these specifications. 3.3 COORDINATION A. Verify dimensions at the site and coordinate with other Section 15050 Page 3 GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 15050 Page 4 trades as necessary to ensure that all systems will be complete and operable, to verify fit, to comply with all applicable Codes, and to preclude interferences before the installation is made. Coordinate progress of all work to conform to progress of work of other trades. Complete the entire installation as soon as the condition of the building will permit. Contractor will bear costs resulting from defective or ill -timed work. B. Coordinate with the General Contractor for the introduction into the building of all equipment that is too large to fit through finished openings. C. Coordinate with the General Contractor for the locations of all penetrations and sleeves through walls, floors, etc. before the walls and floors are built. The Mechanical Contractor shall bear the cost of core drilling, sawcutting, or framing modifications resulting from failure to coordinate these penetrations. 3.4 SCAFFOLDING, RIGGING, AND HOISTING A. The Mechanical Contractor shall furnish all scaffolding, rigging, hoisting and services necessary for erection and delivery of any equipment to be furnished. Remove the same from the premises when it is no longer required. 3.5 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect all equipment and fixtures from damage before, during, and after installation. Clean all equipment, fixtures, and ductwork at completion of the job to the satisfaction of the Architect. 3.6 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Install equipment and systems in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and all applicable Codes and listings. Bring conflicts between such recommendations and drawings to the immediate attention of the Architect before the installation is made. B. Provide all equipment components and hardware as described in the drawings and specifications for each piece of equipment, and any additional components and hardware normally required for a complete working installation. Section 15050 Page 4 r r 3.8 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Furnish three sets of complete operating and maintenance manuals, including service data and parts lists, for mechanical equipment as described in these ii specifications. 1 B. Bind Operating and Maintenance Instructions in three ring binders and deliver to the Architect prior to acceptance I of completed installation. PART 4 FINAL APPROVAL ( 4.1 FINAL APPROVAL REQUIREMENTS I_ i f 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 15050 Page 5 C. Exact equipment locations shall be selected to allow adequate maintenance and installation clearances. D. Mechanical equipment and materials shall not be suspended or supported from pipe, electrical conduit, ceiling systems, or any non - structural member. 3.7 AS -BUILT DRAWINGS A. Make one complete set of "as built" Drawings on blackline prints as furnished by the Architect and return to the Architect. Keep "as built" drawings clean, undamaged and up to date as work progresses. Accurately indicate depth of all buried piping and location of cleanouts. Locate all buried or concealed piping and ductwork to scale relative to walls, center - lines, etc. and dimension where necessary. If "as built" drawings are not correct, Mechanical Subcontractor is responsible for costs of future "prospecting" for lines not installed as shown. A. Final approval is contingent upon completion of the following: 1. Furnish manufacturer's operating and maintenance manuals to the Owner as described in Part 3 of these specifications. 2. Instruct Owner's maintenance and operating personnel in the proper operation and care of the mechanical equipment. 3. Test, adjust, and balance all systems in accordance with the appropriate sections of these specifications. 4. Clean all equipment, piping, and ductwork in Section 15050 Page 5 GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 15050 Page 6 accordance with Part 3 of these specifications. . .Submit redline drawings in accordance%with_Section 3 of these specifications. END OF SECTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS A. Apply all insulation in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations and the Standard of Insulation Application in a neat and workmanlike manner. Complete all test and obtain system approval prior to applying insulation to piping or equipment. 1.2 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives and coatings to the site in factory- fabricated containers with the manufacturers' stamp or label affixed, showing fire hazard ratings of the products. Store insulation in original wrappings and protect from weather and construction traffic. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION FIRE RATING A. Composite (insulation, jacket or facing and adhesives) fire and smoke hazard ratings are not to exceed a flame spread of 25 or smoke development of 50. Component ratings of accessories such as adhesives, mastics, cements, tapes, asbestos cloth for fittings are also to meet the above requirements and any treatment to impart flame and smoke safety are to be permanent. The use of water soluble treatments is prohibited. Vapor barrier covering is to be continuous over insulated fittings. Insulation fire and smoke hazard ratings shall be compatible with the location of the installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PIPE INSULATION MECHANICAL INSULATION Section 15250 Page 1 A. Above -grade insulation shall be 1" sectional premolded fiberglass with ASJ cover. Below grade insulation shall be 1/2" Armaflex. Provide materials in compliance with fire and smoke ratings for the locations installed. B. Insulate all hot and cold water pipe and fittings and horizontal rain leaders with 1" thick fiberglass with all service jacket. Cut and fit insulation at elbows and valves for smooth continuous surface of equivalent Section 15250 Page 1 C. Insulate barrier -free fixtures per UBC 511(b) and WAC 51- 10. Use preformed insulated p -trap covers. 3.2 DUCT INSULATION thickness. A. Insulate all ductwork in accordance with Washington State Energy Code, Uniform Mechanical Code, and local jurisdiction. B. Thermal insulation is required on all supply and return =ductwork except for the ductwork at the Sales Floor ceiling and at the Receiving ceiling. Supply and return ductwork above the east and west perimeter offices, lockers, lounge, etc. are in an enclosed attic space and shall be internally lined to R -5 or insulated with fiberglass wrap to R -5. C. Soundlining shall be applied to all supply air and return air ductwork within 20 feet of the HVAC units except where shown otherwise on the drawings. Soundlining shall be 1" thick fiberglass duct liner. Dimensions shown on the drawings are inside dimensions. Duct liner shall be suitable for operating velocities up to 4,000 ft /min. Apply the duct liner to the duct surface with 100% coverage of lagging adhesive, and coat all exposed edges and leading edges of all transverse joints of the duct liner with lagging adhesive. For ducts with a larger dimension of 21" or greater, the duct liner on the top and sides of horizontal'runs and all sides of vertical runs shall also be secured with stick clip mechanical fasteners on 12" centers. The stick clips shall be approximately flush with the exposed surface of the duct liner. Fasteners shall start within 2" of the leading edge of each duct liner section. END OF SECTION MECHANICAL INSULATION Section 15250 Page 2 Section 15250 Page 2 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide necessary labor, materials, equipment, accessories, and services required for the complete installation of plumbing systems in accordance with these drawings and specifications. 1.2 CODES, PERMITS, AND FEES A. The Plumbing Contractor shall obtain and pay for all required permits and fees. Install plumbing work in a manner that will comply with all applicable codes and laws. Where the requirements of the drawings and specifications exceed Code requirements, comply with the drawings and specifications. 1.3 UTILITIES A. The plumbing Contractor shall extend plumbing services five feet outside the building. Verify depth and location of utilities before starting related work. 1.4 EXCAVATION A. Provide excavation and backfill/compaction required for plumbing underground work. Verify locations of all existing and new underground utilities prior to trenching. 1.5 DEMOLITION PLUMBING AND PIPING Section 15400 Page 1 A. Remove and discard all existing plumbing fixtures, floor drains, catch basins, piping, fittings, gas piping, gas cylinders, compressed air piping, hangers, and fittings. Where existing piping penetrates the slab, or where floor drains, catch basins, or floor mounted plumbing fixtures are removed, cap the piping below the slab. 1.6. TESTS A. Water piping shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure test of 100 psi for a period of time sufficient to examine the entire system, but not less than one hour. Section 15400 Page 1 Section 15400 Page 2 copper tubing, type L or as required by Code. B. Below grade domestic water piping above 1" diameter shall be copper tubing, type K or as required by Code. Below 1" diameter use soft copper tubing. All below - grade water piping shall have silver- soldered joints. C. Valves shall be rated for 125 psi. D. Install PDI certified water hammer arrestors at each fixture or group of fixtures containing fast closing valves. Size in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for total fixture units. 2.2 SOIL DRAIN PIPING A. Use ABS plastic schedule 40 DWV except where prohibited by Code, where piping is exposed, or where otherwise noted on the drawings. Where piping is exposed use standard weight no -hub cast iron. 2.3 VENT PIPING 2.4 NATURAL GAS PIPING PLUMBING AND PIPING Section 15400 Page 3 A. Use 'ABS plastic schedule 40 DWV except where prohibited by Code or where otherwise noted on the drawings. A. Use schedule 40 black steel pipe, ASTM Al20. All concealed pipe shall be threaded or welded. All underground piping shall be threaded or welded and wrapped. B. Fittings shall conform to the following: 1. Malleable iron screwed: ANSI B16.3 2. Cast iron screwed: ANSI B16.4 3. Cast iron flanged: ANSI B16.1 4. Steel butt welding: ANSI B16.9 C. Close nipples are not permitted on any part of the work. Use short nipples for short pipe connections. Use of bushing is not permitted. D. Underground ferrous piping and fittings shall be machine wrapped with pvc pressure sensitive tape .020 " thick ( "Scotchwrap ") to include risers at buildings to a minimum of 6" above grade. Section 15400 Page 3 PLUMBING AND PIPING Section 15400 Page 4 E. Welding procedures shall be in accordance with ANSI 131.1. All welders' qualifications shall meet all requirements of local utility and jurisdiction. F. All welded joints shall be butt welds on mechanically bevelled pipe ends. Electrodes shall be stored in a dry heated area. Do not use moist or damp electrodes or those with chips in the coating. 2.5 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Support all piping from the building structure by means of ring hangers and supports to prevent sagging, swaying, or displacement. Use of chain or perforated strap is prohibited. 2.6 INSULATION A. Above -grade insulation shall be 1" sectional premolded fiberglass with ASJ cover. Below grade insulation shall be 1/2" Armaflex. Provide materials in compliance with fire and smoke ratings for the locations installed. B. Insulate all hot and cold water pipe and fittings and horizontal rain leaders with 1" thick fiberglass with all service jacket. Cut and fit insulation at elbows and valves for smooth continuous surface of equivalent thickness. C. Insulate barrier -free fixtures per UBC 511(b) and WAC 51 -10. Use preformed insulated p -trap covers. PART 3 PLUMBING FIXTURES 3.1 GENERAL A. Provide plumbing fixtures and related accessories as described in the plumbing fixture schedule on the drawings. Plumbing fixtures shall be white unless specified otherwise. Plumbing trim shall be provided with renewable seats and replaceable internal working components. All trim shall be of the same manufacturer where possible. C. Coordinate exact locations and mounting heights of the fixtures and trim with the Architect and architectural drawings prior to installation. All fixtures, trim, Section 15400 Page 4 4.1 GENERAL PLUMBING AND PIPING Section 15400 Page 5 related piping, and accessories shall be rigidly installed and supported. Fixtures shall be caulked around the perimeter where they meet walls, floors, counters, etc. 3.2 MISCELLANEOUS BRASS A. Sink traps and drains: Chrome plated 1 -1/2 inch, 17- gauge "P" trap with 17 -gauge chrome plated tubing to wall and chrome plated escutcheon. Provide cleanouts in the bottoms of traps. B. Lavatory traps and drains: Lavatory traps and drains shall be chrome plated 1 -1/4 inch, 17 -gauge "P" trap with 17 -gauge chrome plated tubing to the wall and chrome plated escutcheon. Provide cleanouts in the bottoms of traps. C. Fixture traps and drains: Fixture traps and drains 2 inches or larger shall be copper tubing painted aluminum from the outlet of the fixture to the wall after installation. Provide chrome plated escutcheon at the wall. D. Equipment traps and drains: Equipment traps and drains shall be the same as described above for sinks, lavatories and drains 2 inches and larger. Size is determined by equipment drain connection, but must not be smaller than 1 -1/4 inches, unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. E. Stops and supplies: Where not specified elsewhere, supplies and stops shall be 3/8 -inch brass chrome plated, loose key type with key and chrome plated escutcheon. The pipe extending from the wall to the stop and from the stop to the fixture connection shall be chrome plated. Corrugated tubing is not allowed. PART 4 PLUMBING DRAINS AND SPECIALTIES A. Provide drains, accessories and specialties indicated in these specifications and drawings. B. Outlets shall be either caulked or no -hub as required by the piping used. Provide suitable clamping devices on drains and cleanouts in the floors with water- Section 15400 Page 5 proofing membranes. PART 5 FINAL APPROVAL 5.1 GENERAL A. Final approval of the plumbing system contingent on completion of the following: 1. Execution of final •project Architect's satisfaction. 2. Proper submittal of operation and manuals. 3. Operation instruction provided representative. 4. Proper submittal of as-built drawings. 5. Testing, cleaning,: and balancing submittal of reports. 6. Submittal of redline drawings. END OF SECTION PLUMBING AND PIPING Section 15400 Page 6 review to list to maintenance and will be Owner's proper PART .1 GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL DOCUMENTS 1.2 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FIRE PROTECTION Section 15500 - Page 1 A. Design, fabricate, install, test and secure all necessary written stamped approvals of a complete automatic fire protection sprinkler system acceptable to the governing Fire Marshal, and in accordance with the standards set forth in this section. Provide and install a complete fire protection system including connection to the existing water main outside the building, riser, piping, controls, and accessories for a complete system. Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits required by local authorities. Arrange for a complete connection to the water main and pay all fees required. B. In addition to conforming with all pertinent Codes and regulations, conform with the requirements of Factory Mutual, NFPA -13 and UBC Standard 38 -1. C. Provide a wet sprinkler system to protect the entire building. Reuse existing sprinkler piping and heads where applicable for the requirements of the new sprinkler system design. A. Provide all requirements and design data information as requested and required under NFPA 13 and 14 and Factory Mutual. Fire protection contractor shall be licensed and regularly engaged in the design and installation of automatic sprinkler equipment as listed by UL or other nationally recognized testing laboratories. The Contractor shall have been engaged in work of this section for a period of at least four years and have installed at least five such systems. B. Sprinkler system shall be hydraulically designed to Factory Mutual requirements. C. Determine flows and pressures of available water supply and adjust the design accordingly. D. Provide required clearance where piping extends through walls, floors, and foundations and seismic bracing in accordance whth NFPA 13. Maintain 2" minimum clearance Section 15500 - Page 1 1.3 SUBMITTALS FIRE PROTECTION Section 15500 - Page 2 from sprinkler head deflector to structural members above the ceiling. Provide main and sectional drains as required by NFPA 13, piped to outside of building. Terminate drains where approved by the Architect. E. All ceiling spaces shall be sprinklered, where required, regardless of construction type. F. The velocity in the overhead piping shall not exceed 20 ft. per second. Higher velocities will be permitted in riser nipples and starter pieces for throttling to achieve a balanced flow. G. Locate drain valves where approved by Architect. H. Coordinate sprinkler system installation with structure, ductwork, plumbing, lighting, and conduit to preclude interferences. I. Provide a dry system in areas subject to freezing. System shall be complete with valves and compressor. A. Submit six sets of the following system Shop Drawings to the Architect for final review prior to starting work. These Shop Drawings must bear the stamped review of the Fire Marshal prior to submittal to the Architect. 1. Layout drawing of complete overhead sprinkler system indicating relationship of all other overhead items including ceiling air diffusers and grilles, ductwork, lighting fixtures, and beams. Conform to symmetrical spacing, align in straight rows, and integrate with locations of lights, ceiling grid, ceiling pattern, and other ceiling devices. Drawing scale shall be 1/8" = 1'0 ". 2. Include complete details and sections as required to clearly define and clarify the design, including a materials list describing all proposed materials by manufacturer's name and catalog number. 3. Plot plan shall indicate location of all underground connections, valves, piping, and related items, and all structures within 15 feet of the building. Drawing scale shall be 1" = 20'0 ". 4. Provide hydraulic calculation sheets as part of the Section 15500 - Page 2 1.4 MANUAL A. Upon completion of the installation, and as a condition of its acceptance, compile an 8 -1/2" x 11" sprinkler system manual. Provide two copies of the manual to the Architect. B. Contents of manual shall be as follows: 1.5 RECORD DRAWINGS FIRE PROTECTION Section 15500 - Page 3 submittal. 5. Architect shall have the opportunity to revise the sprinkler head locations and spacing at no additional cost to the owner if spacing is not symmetrical with the ceiling grid and light fixtures. 1. A complete list of all components of the system with manufacturer's names, catalog numbers and all data required for ordering replacement parts. 2. One copy of the Record Drawings. 3. All information required to affect or secure emergency repairs or service. 4. One copy of written warranty. A. During progress of the work of this Section, maintain an accurate record of all changes made in the design of the fire sprinkler system. Upon completion of the installation, and as a condition of its acceptance, accurately transfer all said information to original approved Shop Drawings and submit two sets of mylar sepias and two sets of blueline prints of these Records Drawings. Insert one set of prints into each copy of the manual described below. 1.6 SUPERVISION A. The Sprinkler Contractor shall maintain a supervisor on the job while all sprinkler equipment is being installed and as required by the general contractor. The supervisor's responsibility shall be to attend coordination meetings and to interface the Sprinkler Contractor's work with all other trades. 1.7 QUALITY CONTROL ri Section 15500 - Page 3 FIRE PROTECTION Section 15500 - Page 4 A. The Sprinkler Contractor shall be responsible to field verify prior to final design and fabrication. Owner will not pay any additional costs incurred from Sprinkler Contractor's failure to comply with this Specification. Sprinkler Contractor shall be responsible for verifying all dimensions and adjusting the piping drawings accordingly. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. All materials, equipment, valves and devices installed and /or furnished under this Section shall be Factory Mutual listed and approved. All materials shall be the latest design of the manufacturer. All materials shall meet the requirements of the local authorities. 2.2 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION A. Fire department connection shall be as shown on the drawings, labelled "Auto- spkr ", Factory Mutual approved, national standard thread fire department hose connection. Locate where approved by the fire department. 2.3 VALVES A. All gate valves in fire protection system shall be class 150, FM listed, 285 psi at 100 degrees F. Provide supervisory switch in the OS & Y and butterfly valves. B. At the contractors option, FM approved alternate valves with built -in supervisory switches may be used. 2.4 SPRINKLER HEADS A. Sprinkler heads shall be chrome plated, FM listed standard type conforming to section 3 -16 of NFPA 13. Sprinkler heads to be installed in the vicinity of heating equipment shall be of the temperature ratings required by NFPA Pamphlet No. 13. In locations where special occupancies indicate the need for high temperature, corrosion resistant, or fast response heads the appropriate type of head shall be determined and provided by the Sprinkler Contractor. Section 15500 - Page 4 2.5 PIPING 2.6 PIPING ACCESSORIES 2.7 FIRE HOSE CABINET FIRE PROTECTION Section 15500 - Page 5 B. Sprinkler heads in areas with lay -in or sheet rock ceilings shall be semi - recessed pendant type with adjustable off -white escutcheon plate. C. Sprinkler heads in the sales area and in receiving shall be upright type. D. Provide and install near the sprinkler riser a cabinet containing extra heads of each type used for this project, including a special head wrench. The drain valve shall be so indicated with a suitable sign. Instruction charts describing operation and proper maintenance shall be provided and posted near the risers by the Sprinkler Contractor. Valve charts to be provided per Specification. A. Above grade 2" and smaller, use Schedule 40 standard black steel pipe, ASTM A -53, seamless with cast iron screwed fittings. B. Above grade 2 1/2" and larger, use Schedule 40 standard black steel pipe, ASTM A -53, seamless with grooved mechanical fittings. C. Below grade shall be ductile iron pipe AWWA C151, with cement mortar lining complying with AWWA C104 Class 51. All below grade piping shall be covered with Republic "X- Thru -Coat or equal polyethylene wrap. 40- A. Floor, wall and ceiling plates shall be pressed steel or cast iron split plates, chromium plated. Install escutcheons throughout. B. Where required for access to equipment, valves and cocks, and where not otherwise specified, metal access doors and frames shall be furnished by this contractor . and installed by others. Panels shall be Milcor, suitable for surface in which installed and of a fire rating equal to the construction in which installed. Section 15500 - Page 5 FIRE PROTECTION Section 15500 - Page 6 A. Furnish recessed fire hose cabinets with white baked enamel interior. Provide quantities and locations as required. Provide complete with all trim, hoses, nozzles, and signing. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Furnish all design, engineering, labor, equipment, materials , and perform all operations in connection with the installation of the Fire Suppression System as required for a complete and operable system meeting all required approvals. Include any remote detector checks, . vaults, and Fire Department Connections required for a complete and operable system. The Sprinkler Contractor will coordinate his work with the other building trades on the site to prevent conflict of location with equipment, fixtures or structural elements. In event of unnecessary conflict, the Sprinkler Contractor will make the necessary changes at his expense. B. All hangers, supports, earthquake bracing, sleeves through walls and floors or openings required will be the responsibility of the Sprinkler Contractor and will be provided at his expense. C. Sprinkler lines shall be routed in a satisfactory manner which will eliminate the necessity of cutting, burning or otherwise damaging any structural member that would result in weakening the structure. All overhead sprinkler main lines must be supported from exterior walls or wood beams with steel hangers. Sprinkler mains to be as close to bottom of beams as possible. Branch lines shall be placed at approximately 12" below roof deck and run through open webs of trusses. D. The Sprinkler Contractor will provide and install near each riser a cabinet containing a minimum of six extra heads of each type used for this project, including a special head wrench. The drain valve shall be so indicated with a suitable sign. Instruction charts describing operation and proper maintenance shall be provided and posted near the risers by the Sprinkler Contractor. Valve charts to be provided per Specification. Section 15500 — Page 6 3.3 INSPECTION SERVICE FIRE PROTECTION Section 15500 - Page 7 F. After completion, the Sprinkler Contractor will, at his expense, perform a hydrostatic leakage test witnessed by representative of the Fire Marshal. Submit NFPA test report. G. Design shall be coordinated with the Architect to achieve maximum utility of building spaces and the best practical appearance. All heads in 2x4 ceiling panels shall be located as close to the center of the panel as possible. Provide sprinkler guards on all heads lower than 7'6" to finished floor. H. Run all overhead piping parallel to the building structure. Provide approved pipe support structure. Verify type of building construction with General Contractor. Provide earthquake bracing per NFPA 13. Paint all exposed fire sprinkler piping per the requirements of Specification Division 9. I. Installation of valves, gauges and equipment shall be conveniently and accessibly located with reference to the finished building for repairs, removal and service. Provide access doors when equipment is located in a finished area. J. Contractor shall provide all wiring related to the automatic sprinkler system that is necessary for proper and complete operation of the system unless otherwise indicated. 3.2 DEMOLITION A. Remove and discard all portions of the existing fire protection system that are not used in the new system, including piping, sprinkler heads, hangers, valves, hoses, hose cabinets, and all other equipment and fittings. A. At start of guarantee year, execute inspection agreement. B. Without additional charge to Owner, make quarterly inspections of the system during the year. 1. Check and operate all control valves. Section 15500 - Page 7 FIRE PROTECTION Section 15500 - Page 8 Lubricate valve parts. Drain dry system drain valves and maintain system components. Report each inspection to Owner. 3.4 GUARANTEE A. The entire fire protection installation specified herein shall be guaranteed by the Contractor for one year against defects in equipment, materials and workmanship. The guarantee period shall begin when a successful acceptance test is made. Defective equipment, materials and workmanship shall be repaired or replaced at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall also repair or replace any property damaged as a result of such defects or during their correction. The guarantee does not require the. Contractor to render service, replacement or repairs required as a result of .the normal operation of the equipment or the Owner's negligence or abuse. END OF SECTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide labor and materials necessary to complete the heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems in accordance with these specifications and drawings. All work is to be done in accordance with all applicable codes and good installation practice. B. When a discrepancy occurs between the plans and the specifications, obtain clarification before the installation is made. 1.2 DOCUMENTATION PART 2 EQUIPMENT HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING Section 15800 Page 1 A. Submit vendor's submittal data in accordance with Section 15050 of these specifications to the Architect on the following items for approval: Air conditioning equipment Exhaust fans Grilles, registers, and diffusers Air balancing contractor B. Submit operation and maintenance manuals in accordance with Section 15050 of these specifications to. the Architect on the following items: Air conditioning equipment Exhaust fans 1.3 DEMOLITION A. Remove and discard all existing heating equipment, fans, ductwork, gas vents, roof caps, and other equipment and fittings relating to the existing heating and ventilating systems. Remove and discard the existing equipment and attached ductwork in the existing northwest mechanical room. 2.1 ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS A. Units shall be single packaged type, gas heating. Trane or approved equal. Section 15800 Page 1 2.2 FANS A . B . C . D. HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING Section 15800 Page 2 B. Provide AC units with the following accessories: 1. Roof mounting curb. 2. Economizer. 3. Power exhaust on units 10 ton and above. 4. Two stage heat (AC -1, AC -2, AC -3). 5. 1" disposable filters. C. Rails and curbs shall be level, and shall be flashed and counterflashed to make the installation waterproof. All roof openings and wall openings shall be made watertight. D. Modify all AC units for gas piping and electrical power entry below the unit in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Coordinate with the Electrical and Plumbing Contractors for gas piping and electrical installations. Provide fans with capacities shown on the drawings. Greenheck, Acme, or Cook. with curb, backdraft Rooftop fans shall be provided damper, and bird screen. Substitute fans shall have equal than those specified. Provide a backdraft damper in any exhaust system that does not have a backdraft damper at the fan. or lower sound levels 2.3 FILTERS A. Filters shall be 1" thick, disposable fiberglass type. B. Provide three complete sets of filters -- one for use during construction, one initial operating set, and one replacement set to be provided to the Owner at time of occupancy. Section 15800 Page 2 PART 3 AIR DISTRIBUTION 3.1 DUCTWORK A. GENERAL 3.2 HANGERS HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING Section 15800 Page 3 1. All ductwork other than flex duct shall be sheet metal and shall be constructed, supported, and installed in accordance with SMACNA standards. 2. All 90- degree supply elbows over 12" wide shall be provided with turning vanes. All transitions and offsets shall have a maximum 15- degree offset angle. 3. Where ducts pass through partitions, ceilings, or floors, provide 1" clearance and insulate from the structure with insulation material. 4. Install a flexible connection at the inlet and discharge of all air moving equipment other than ceiling cabinet exhaust fans. 5. Provide access panels to fire dampers, motors, and other moving accessories where concealed. 6. Flexible duct may be used at the connection to grilles, registers, and diffusers provided the entire length of flex is readily accessible from a suspended ceiling, attic, crawl space, etc. Except where otherwise shown on the drawings, flexible duct shall be installed in a fully extended condition free of sags and kinks and suspended on 36" centers. Length shall not exceed six feet on supply ducts and four feet on return and transfer ducts. 7. The Mechanical Contractor is responsible for his own shop drawings. Engineer's drawings are not meant to be shop drawings and do not attempt to show all offsets that may be necessary for ductwork installation. A. Duct hangers shall be installed in accordance. with SMACNA standards. Section. 15800 Page 3 3.4 VOLUME DAMPERS 4.1 START AND TEST HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING Section 15800 Page 4 B. Fasten hangers to the duct with sheetmetal screws or rivets on ducts 24" and smaller. Bolt or rivet hangers to side bracing angles or side joints on ducts 25" and larger. C. Ducts shall be installed so that the ducts and hangers do not touch moving equipment or equipment supports, conduit, or piping subject to vibration. 3.3 GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS A. Grilles, registers, and diffusers shall have white finish and shall be supplied and installed with frames that mate with the ceiling or wall system. Exact locations shall be coordinated with light fixtures, sprinkler heads, speaker outlets, etc. to avoid conflict. Refer to the architectural ceiling plan before installation. Titus, Krueger, or J &J. A. Install a volume damper in the branch duct serving each supply air register and diffuser not provided with an opposed blade damper. B. Manual volume dampers shall be single blade for ducts up to 12" high and opposed blade Ruskin MD35 for ducts over 12" high. PART 4 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING A. Subject all equipment and systems to operational tests sufficient to demonstrate satisfactory function and operating efficiency. 4.2 AIR BALANCING A. Perform testing and balancing in accordance with Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) or National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB). All work shall be done by an independent balancing contractor. B. Calibrate instruments used for testing and balancing within a period of six (6) months of start of work. Section 15800 Page 4 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING Section 15800 Page 5 Submittal: Provide three (3) copies of typed and bound report. Include a copy of report in Operations and Maintenance Manual. D. Installation: 1. The Contractor shall provide ladders, scaffolding, additional dampers and clean filters as required elsewhere in these specifications. 2. The Contractor shall put all systems and equipment into operation and shall continue operation until all adjusting, balancing, testing, demonstrations, instructions and cleaning of systems have been completed. 3. Do not begin testing and balancing until systems are completed and in good working order. Change all filters prior to test and balance work, so measurements are taken with clean filters. 4. Check motors for proper rotation, coupling and drive alignment, belt tension and freedom from vibration, etc. 5. After completion of testing and balancing, operate systems under normal conditions for at least two (2) days of eight (8) hours each to demonstrate specified performance. Test and balance agency shall include an extended warranty of 90 days, after completion of test and balance work, during which the Owner's representative, at his discretion, may request a recheck or resetting of any outlet, supply air or exhaust fan, as listed in test reports, at no` additional cost to the Owner. Section 15800. Page END OF SECTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide labor and materials necessary to complete the mechanical control systems in accordance with these specifications and drawings. 1.2 SCOPE A. The Mechanical Contractor shall provide and install all low voltage thermostats, timers, switches, dampers, actuators, and other control devices. B. All line voltage thermostats, timers, switches, motor starters, motor thermal heaters, and other control devices for the mechanical equipment shall be furnished by the Mechanical Contractor, except for equipment controlled by light switches. Installation of line voltage devices shall be done by the Electrical Contractor. C. The Mechanical Contractor shall furnish and install all low voltage control wiring and conduit for mechanical equipment. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install all line voltage power and control wiring and conduit for mechanical equipment. Installation of all components and wiring shall be done by competent personnel. D. Coordinate with the Electrical Contractor as applicable for complete control system installation. 1.3 DOCUMENTATION MECHANICAL CONTROLS Section 15950 Page 1 A. Submit vendor's submittal data in accordance with Section 15050 of these specifications to the Architect on the following items for approval: 1. Thermostats B. Submit operation and maintenance manuals in accordance with Section 15050 of these specifications for the following items: 1. Thermostats Section 15950 Page 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 THERMOSTATS 2.2 ECONOMIZER 2.3 SMOKE DETECTORS PART 3 EXECUTION MECHANICAL CONTROLS Section 15950 Page 2 A. Thermostats shall be E -net night setback thermostats with single stage heating, by Logic Power in Tampa, Florida (813- 854 - 1588). Provide additional relays and controls as necessary to operate two -stage heating on AC -1, AC -2, and AC -3. Provide locking covers on all thermostats. B. Provide remote sensors with locking covers in the sales area as shown on the drawings to control AC -1 and AC -2. AC -1 and AC -2 thermostats to be located in the general manager's office. A. Provide modulating low - leakage outside air dampers, return dampers, actuators, and a mixed air controller to maintain a mixed air temperature of 55 F when the thermostat calls for cooling. Outside air damper shall return to minimum position for ventilation or heating mode. A. Install ionization -type smoke detectors in accordance with Code in the supply and return air ducts of all air handling systems with a designed air quantity of 2,000 cfm or greater. Smoke detector shall stop the fan upon sensing of smoke. Coordinate connection to the alarm system with the Electrical Contractor as required on the electrical drawings. 3.1 GENERAL A. Low voltage wiring may be installed without conduit where run in frame or metal stud walls or in ceiling spaces, provided that conduit is not required by any applicable code. Wiring must be installed in conduit where buried or in masonry walls. All wiring shall be in accordance with the National Electrical Code, and shall be installed in a workmanlike manner, clear of equipment access openings and protected against damage Section 15950 Page 2 or accidental disconnection. MECHANICAL CONTROLS Section 15950 Page 3 • All electrical equipment furnished shall be in strict accordance with the National Electric Code and shall conform to standard accepted trade practices. • Provide black phenolic labels at all control points, indicating the function of the instrument. Also provide labels for all switches, relays, etc. as necessary to identify them in relation to the entire control sequence. 3.2 CONTROL SEQUENCES A. Air conditioning unit gas heating section And refrigeration compressors shall be controlled by the room thermostat to maintain thermostat set point. Fan operation shall be continuous during the occupied cycle and intermittent during the unoccupied cycle. Thermostats shall be automatic changeover from heating to cooling, with separate setpoints for heating and cooling. END OF SECTION p' B. Exhaust fan EF -1 shall be interlocked with the thermostat controlling AC -1 so that EF -1 runs during all occupied times. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS • 16010 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16100 SCHEDULES 16140 WIRING DEVICES 16160 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS 16170 MOTOR AND CIRCUIT DISCONNECTS 16180 OVERCURRENT`PROTECTIVE DEVICES 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16400 SERVICE .AND DISTRIBUTION 16450 GROUNDING 16460. TRANSFORMERS 16485 • CONTACTORS 16500. LIGHTING 16600 • SPECIAL. ELECTRICAL. SYSTEMS 16740 • TELEPHONE SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS BASIC ELECTRICAL REOUIREMENTS Section 16010 - Page 1 A. Where the words "furnish ", "provide ", "install" appear in this Division, or a manufacturer is indicated with item or product catalog number listed, install and furnish the item complete and operating for the purpose or function intended, unless noted otherwise. B. All references to power system voltages are RMS per definition in NEC Article 100. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements: Electrical systems required for this work includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete installation of electrical work shown on Drawings, specified herein or required for a complete operable facility and not specifically described in other Sections of these Specifications. Among the items required are: 1. Service and distribution equipment shown on Drawings. 2. Feeders to subdistribution and branch circuit panels, HVAC equipment, and specific equipment as indicated on Drawings. 3. Branch circuit wiring from the branch circuit panels for lighting, receptacles, junction boxes, motors, signal systems and other indicated circuit wiring. 4. Lighting fixtures, control switches, receptacles, relays, supports, and other accessory items. 5. Wiring and final power connections for motors installed for heating, cooling and ventilation. 6 Special systems and communications systems. 7. Demolition and removal of existing electrical distribution equipment. 8. Provide all couduits, outlets etc. for special systems, (fire alarm, security, pos, telephone, etc.) as shown on electrical drawings and as required by Owner furnished drawings (TANDY). B. Shop Drawings and Product Data: 1. Submit in accordance with Division 1. Include Section 16010 - 1 260 /CC BASIC ELECTRICAL REOUIREMENTS Section 16010 - Page 2 physical and electrical characteristics; i.e. dimensions, materials, voltage, phase, etc., of all new equipment except basic wiring materials. Include installation wiring diagrams for each special system. 2. If deviations, discrepancies or conflicts between Shop Drawings and the Drawings and Specifications are discovered either prior to or after Shop Drawing Submittals are processed by Architect; Design Drawings and Specifications take precedence. 3. Contractor agrees that Shop Drawing Submittals pro- cessed by Architect are not Change Orders. The purpose of Shop Drawings is to demonstrate to the Architect that the Contractor understands the design concept. 4. Contractor demonstrates understanding of design concept by indicating material he intends to furnish and install, and by detailing fabrication and installation methods. C. Office Samples: Submit samples as requested by Architect. D. Project Record Documents: 1. Refer to section 01700 "Project Close out ". 2. Show all change and variations from Design Drawings and exact routes of all feeders, service conduits and location of all conduits stubbed out for future continuation with definite dimensions and burial depths. Label each drawing as "Record Drawing" with Electrical Contractors' name and date. 3. Maintain one "work" set on project site at all times. Work set subject to inspection by Architect. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Submit the following prior to final acceptance and Contractor's request for final payment for Division 16 work, in conformance with the Project Closeout requirements of the General Provisions: a. Record Drawings. b. Maintenance and Operation Manuals. 2. Provide four complete sets of Maintenance and Operation Manuals including, but not limited to, Section 16010 - 2 260 /CC BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS_ Section 16010 - Page 3 the following: a. Schematic diagrams, installation wiring diagrams and instructions and Maintenance /Operation Manuals for all communications, special systems, signalling and control systems and equipment. b. Complete fixture cuts including lamps furnished for all lighting fixtures. c. S h o p D r a w i n g s a n d installation /maintenance /operation manuals for all power distribution and control equipment including service and distribution equipment, branch panels, emergency generator system, etc. d. Copies of certificates of Code Authority acceptance, and test data and other special guarantees, warranties, etc. specified elsewhere herein and /or indicated on the Drawings. 3. Assemble each set in standard hardback, 3 -ring binder(s). Binder fill shall not exceed 50 %; i.e., 1" thickness of paper in 2" binder. Use tabular dividers to organize the materials in the same order as this Specification. Mark each divider according to (sub)section number and name. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Acceptance at site: 1. Do not use scratched, marred or deformed materials. 2. Do not use fixtures, material or equipment in wet cartons or boxes, stored in or exposed to rain, water, dust, dirt or snow. 1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Cooperation with Other Crafts: 1. Cooperate with other crafts and or contacts as may be necessary for the proper execution of the work in the construction of the building. 2. Prior to the installation and connection of the Division 16 work for equipment by other Divisions, the Owner, or by other contracts, verify the Section 16010 - 3 260 /CC requirements indicated in Division 16 with the requirements and characteristics of the other Divisions, the Owner, and /or other contractors equipment. Read and understand the requirements of Divisions 0, 1, 2, and 15 which affect the installation of work in this Division. Obtain information on Food Service equipment prior to starting rough -in. 3. Obtain wiring or schematic diagrams for confirmation and connections. Deviations to be brought to the attention of the Architect. 4. Consult the Drawings of all other trades or crafts to avoid conflict with cabinets, counters, equipment, structural members, etc. In general, the Architectural Drawings govern, but conflicts shall be resolved with the Architect prior to rough -in. B. Safety: In accordance with generally accepted construc- tion practices, the Contractor is solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety of all persons and property during performance of the work. This requirement applies continuously and is not limited to normal working hours. 1.6 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Without additional charge, replace any work or material which develops defects, except from abuse, within one (1) year from date of substantial completion unless otherwise noted. B. Lamps: 1. Lamp warranty is from date of Owner occupancy or acceptance: Thirty (30) days for incandescent, twelve (12) months for fluorescent and HID lamps. 2. Provide labor for lamp installation for thirty (30) days after final acceptance. C. Ballasts: BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 16010 - Page 4 1. Refer to section 16500 "Lighting ". Ballasts covered by a two year warranty, based upon date and final acceptance. 2. Warranty includes nominal payment toward normal cost of labor for replacement of ballast. Section 16010 -.4 260 /CC PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. General: Like items from one manufacturer; i.e., fixture types, switches, receptacles, breakers, panels, etc. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Provide electrical materials of the type and quality indicated, or prior approved substitute, new, listed by the Underwriters' Laboratories, bearing their label wherever standards have been established and label service is regularly furnished by them. Indicated brand names and catalog numbers are used to establish standards of performance and quality. The description of materials isted herein - overns in the event that catalo• numbers do not corres to the materials described herein. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Special Features and Incidentals: 1. Include special features, finishes, description or requirements indicated in the Contract Documents for particular items or equipment, but not included by or in the item's listed catalog number. 2. Provide and install as part of the Contract work all incidentals, hangers, brackets, supports, framing, backing, signal transformers, relays, etc., not specifically mentioned herein or noted on the Drawings, but required to complete the system or systems, in a safe and satisfactory working condition, as part of the Contract Work. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Shop /Factory Finishing: Modify manufacturer's products at the factory to comply with the special requirements noted. Contractor's responsibility to verify compliance. PART 3 EXECUTION 3. VERIFICATION A. Verification of Conditions: BASIC ELECTRICAL REOUIREMENTS Section 16010 - Page 5 Section 16010 5 260 /CC BASIC ELECTRICAL REOUIREMENTS Section 16010 - Page 6 1. Bidder is expected to visit site of proposed con- struction. Verify and inspect the existing site to determine the conditions that affect this work and demolition work required. 2. Include all costs in the bid price for the work and /or material required to comply with the Contract Documents, based on the actual existing conditions and the information indicated on the Contract Documents. 3. Failure to visit the site and verify conditions affecting work of this Division does not relieve Contractor from the necessity of doing any and all work which is necessary to make all electrical installations and systems complete. B. Construction Documents: 1. Electrical Drawings are diagrammatic with symbols representing electrical equipment, outlets and wiring. 2. Electrical symbols indicating wiring and equipment, shown on the Drawings or specified in Division 16, are included in Division 16 work unless speci- fically noted otherwise. 3. Drawings indicate general directions and routes of feeders and service conductor systems. Determine exact route and installation of electrical wiring and equipment with conditions of construction and acceptance of Architect. 4. Deviations from Drawings required to make the elec- trical installation conform to the building's con- struction design and the work of other crafts are part of the Contract work. Obtain Architect appro- val prior to executing any deviations from Drawings. 5. Data given herein and shown on Electrical Drawings is as exact as could be secured but its absolute accuracy is not guaranteed. C. Clarification: 1. Prior to submitting a bid, bring to the attention of the Architect any ambiguous, conflicting or unclear instructions. Such items will be clarified by the Architect in Addendum form. 2. In the event that time does not permit clarification prior to bid opening, the Drawings Section 16010 - 6 260 /CC 3.2 INSTALLATION govern in matters of quantity, the Specification in matters of quality. In event of conflict on the Drawings or in the Specifications, the greater quantity and the higher quality apply. 3. Should the Electrical Documents indicate a condition conflicting with the Governing Codes and Regulations, refrain from installing that portion of the work until clarified by the Architect. Remove and correctly install, as part of the Contract work, any work installed in violation of the Governing Codes. A. Codes and Permits: 1. Comply with the latest Rules and Regulations of the Codes of the State and local authorities having jurisdiction. Contractor responsible for appraising himself of the pertinent Codes prior to commencing work. 2. Furnish all materials and labor required for com- pliance with these Rules and Regulations. Items in excess of Code requirements take precedence. 3. Obtain and pay for all required permits, plan check charges and certificates. Deliver Certificates of Acceptance from the Code - Enforcing Authorities to Architect. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests: BASIC ELECTRICAL REOUIREMENTS Section 16010 - Page 7 1. Conduct tests of equipment and systems to demon- strate compliance with requirements specified in Division 16. 2. Provide journeyman electrician with tools, meters, instruments and other test equipment required. Remove and replace trims, covers, fixtures, etc., and test materials, systems, methods and workman- ship in the presence of the Owner for final review at completion of the work. 3. In the presence of the Architect, conduct thorough tests of all Special Systems and Communication Systems. Tests conducted by equipment /system authorized manufacturer's representative. Emergency system tests, conform to Code (NEC Section.16010 - 7 260 /CC B. Inspection: 1. Do not close in or cover work prior to review by the Architect. 2. Contractor responsible for cost of uncovering and making repairs where work has been closed in or covered prior to review by Architect. This includes trenches and conduits stubbed out from buildings. 3.4 CLEANING Article 700). A. Tools and Materials: BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 16010 - Page 8 1. Keep tools and materials in an orderly manner throughout the construction period. 2. Upon completion of the work, remove all supplies, materials, tools, etc., furnished by the Electrical Division. B. Dirt, Debris and Dust: 1. Remove dirt and debris of whatever nature caused by the execution of the work from job site at frequent periods appropriate to the progress of the work, or as directed by the Architect. 2. Leave the entire electrical system installed under this Contract in clean, dust -free and proper working order. 3.5 MOUNTING HEIGHTS A. Leave center of outlet boxes, unless otherwise noted, the following distance above the floor: 1. Control Switches: 48 ". 2. Receptacles: 18" unless otherwise noted. B. Other outlets as noted on Drawings, or as specified, detailed or indicated elsewhere. 3.6 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING A. Provide trenching, backfilling, restoration of paving, sidewalk, plants, etc., for electrical systems conduits, Section 16010 - 8 260 /CC cables and ducts. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 16010 - Page 9 B. For non - metallic conduit, a minimum 3" cover of sand or clean earth fill shall be placed all around the conduit on leveled trench bottom. Lay all steel conduit on a smooth level trench bottom, so that contact is made for its entire length. Water shall be removed from trench while electrical conduit is being laid. C. Place backfill in layers not exceeding 8" deep and compact to 95% of maximum density at optimum moisture to preclude settlement. Where higher compaction or other materials are called for on the drawings or other sections of the specification, they shall prevail. 1. Under paved areas, sidewalk, and interior slabs use bank sand or pea gravel. 2. Exterior use excavated material, if suitable to obtain compaction with final 8" soil, without rocks. D. Following backfilling, grade all trenches to the level of surrounding soil. All excess soil shall be disposed of at the site as directed. E. Saw cut all concrete and paving prior to trenching. Replace concrete and paving to match existing. F. Replace all plants, grass, etc. damaged with like materials. 3.7 INSTRUCTION PERIODS A. After substantial completion of the work and less than 20 days after the 0 & M manuals . have been delivered to the Architect and after all tests and final inspection of the work by the Authority(s) having Jurisdiction; the Contractor shall demonstrate the electrical systems and instruct the Architect's designated operating and maintenance personnel in the operation and maintenance of the various electrical systems. The Contractor shall arrange scheduled instruction periods with the Architect. The Contractor's representatives shall be superintendents or foremen knowledgeable in each system and suppliers representatives when so specified. Scheduled instruction periods shall be: Section 16010 - 9 260 /CC 1 i r r r 1. Lighting Control System 2. Power Distribution System 3. Security System BASIC ELECTRICAL REQ UIREMENTS Section 16010 - Page 10 1 HR 1 HR 1 HR FINAL ACCEPTANCE REQUEST The Contractor shall submit to the Architect, with a copy to the Engineer, a Job Completion Form (form attached in this section) properly filled out prior to the time final acceptance of the electrical work is requested. At this time also submit copies of final inspection certificates and receipts for loose materials turned over to the Architect. is PROJECT NAME JOB COMPLETION FORM PROJECT LOCATION: DATE: A. Electrical Inspectors Final Acceptance Copy of certificate attached. Contractors Rep. Signature END. OF SECTION BA SIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 16010 - Page 11 Name Agency Date B. The following systems have been demonstrated to Owner's representative. 1. Lighting Control System Owner's Rep. Date 2. Distribution Owner's Rep. Date 3. Security System C. Record Drawings Attached Transmitted previously to D. 0 & M Manuals Attached Transmitted previously to Test Reports Attached Transmitted previously to Owner's Rep. Date F. The work is complete in accordance with contract documents and authorized changes except for Date Date Date E. Date and the Owner /Engineer's representative is requested to meet with at on Supervisor of Electrical Work Time Date . Section 16010 - 11 260 /CC END OF SECTION SCHEDULES Section 16100 - Page 1 PART 1 SECTION CONTENTS Description Pages Fixture Schedule 2 Panel Schedule N1, N2, S1, S2, I1 Mechanical Equipment Schedule 260 COMPUTER CITY FIXTURE SCHEDULE A 2' X 4' RECESSED FLUORESCENT FIXTURE, DIE- FORMED CODE GAUGE STEEL METAL PARTS, 100% ACRYLIC DIFFUSER, BAKED WHITE ENAMEL FINISH. LITHONIA 2SP 240 SERIES, METALUX, DAY - BRITE. LAMPS; 2 -F34. B 2' X 4' RECESSED FLUORESCENT FIXTURE,SAME DESCRIPTION AS A EXCEPT NUMBER OF LAMPS. LITHONIA 2SP 440 SERIES, DAYBRITE, OR METALUX. LAMPS; 4 -F34. C SUSPENDED 8' INDUSTRIAL STRIPS, DIE - FORMED CODE GAUGE STEEL HOUSING AND REFLECTOR, BAKED WHITE ENAMEL FINISH. LITHONIA AF 240 SERIES, DAY - BRITE, OR METALUX. LAMPS; 2 -F34. D SURFACE MOUNTED UNDER COUNTER STRIP FIXTURE, DIE- FORMED CODE GAUGE STEEL METAL PARTS, BAKED WHITE ENAMEL FINISH. LITHONIA S 140 SERIES, DAY -BRITE OR METALUX. LAMPS; 1 -F34. F RECESSED METAL HALIDE DOWNLIGHT, DIE -CAST ALUMINUM HOUSING, CLEAR ALZAK ALUMINUM REFLECTOR, WHITE FLANGE OPTION, 6" APERTURE. LITHONIA AH 100M 6AR SERIES, EDISON- PRICE, KURT VERSEN. LAMPS;1 -100W MH COLOR CORRECTED. G SURFACE WALL & SHELVES STRIP FIXTURE, DIE - FORMED CODE GAUGE STEEL METAL PARTS, BAKED WHITE ENAMEL FINISH. LITHONIA C 240 SERIES, DAYBRITE OR METALUX. LAMPS; 2 -F34. H SURFACE METAL HALIDE WALL PACK, DIE -CAST ALUMINUM HOUSING, STAINLESS STEEL EXTERNAL HARDWARE, DARK BRONZE POLYESTER POWDER FINISH, SPECULAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM REFLECTOR, PRISMATIC GLASS GASKETED LENS. Mc GRAW EDISON, METALUX. LAMPS; 1 -100W MH CLEAR. J RECESSED FLUORESCENT DOWNLIGHT, DIE -CAST STEEL OR ALUMINUM METAL PARTS, CLEAR SPECULAR ALZAK REFLECTOR, 6" APERTURE. STAFF 23CL SERIES, EDISON - PRICE, KURT VERSEN. LAMPS; 1 -26W QUAD. P PORCELAIN KEYLESS FIXTURE. LAMPS; 1 -100W. X FLUORESCENT EXIT SIGN LIGHT, WITH DIRECTIONAL ARROWS AND BATTERY PACK, DIE- FORMED STEEL HOUSING, WHITE BAKED ENAMEL FINISH, ARROWS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, FIBERGLASS COLOR PANELS, LEAD CALCIUM BATTERY. LITHONIA F2X EL SERIES, EMERGILITE, OR SURELIGHT. LAMPS; 2 -TW TT. PAGE1 COMPUTER CITY OCTOBER 30, 1992 .MP1 ARM - MOUNTED METAL HALIDE SITE LIGHT, WITH 12' ROUND STEEL POLE, SEAMLESS ACRYLIC UPPER COMPONENT,'SPUN ALUMINUM LOWER COMPONENT, CAST ALUMINUM ARM, TEMPERED FLAT GLASS�;GASKETED LENS, ANODIZED AND SEALED ALUMINUM REFLECTOR. GARDCO CAG,18 SERIES. LAMPS; 1 -175W MH CLEAR. NOTES: 1. PROVIDE UL LISTED FIRE RATED BONNETS FOR ALL FIXTURES LOCATED IN FIRE RATED CEILINGS. 2. PROVIDE ALL MOUNTING HARDWARE, FLANGES, STEMS, SLOPE CEILING ADAPTERS,. SWIVEL HANGERS ETC. FOR THE FINAL CEILING CONSTRUCTION TYPE. 3. ALL FLUORESCENT LAMPS SHALL BE SYLVANIA 'SUPER SAVER' OR PHILIPS ECONO WATT. . AN E ON OR NEXT TO THE LIGHTING FIXTURE INDICATES FIXTURE TO BE EQUIPPED WITH AN EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK. 1 1 8 I LOAD VA 1 zi 1 2840 1 LTG 121 1 2840 1 LTG 1 [t} 1 2270 1 LTG 121 1 2840 1 LTG 91 C 9} 1r 88RVED PROM: MDP ON SERVICE / 1 • mixan 'SNG: CI..A.SS PANE'Ll_iOP1W 1 !; 480/277 VOLT / 3 PRASE / 4 WIRE 225 AMP MLO 1 SECTION: SINGLE LUGS 11/12/92 10 :40 :43 MOUNTING: SURFACE SERVES 1 WIRE 1 Ca 1 ckt Phase Ckt 1 C8 I WIRE 1 SERVES 1 LOAD VA I s 1 T 1 1 20/1 ► 1 * 2 1 20/1 1 1 LTG 1 2200 1 112 1 1 20/1 1 3 * 4 1 20/1 1 1 LTG 1 1490 1 112 1 1 20/1 1 5 * 6 1 20/1 1 1 LTG 1 1690 1 112 1 1 20/1 1 7 * 8 1 20/1 1 1 LTG 1 1920 1 112 2840 1 LTG 1 1 20/1 1 9 * 10 1 20/1 1 1 LTG 1 2060 1 112 2080 1 LTG 1 1 20/1 111 * 12 1 20/1 1 I LTG 1 2264 1 112 1140 11IL 1 1 20/1 1 13 * 14 I 20/1 1 1 LTG 1 1780 I 112 2400 1 EXT. LTG. 1 1 20/1 1 15 * 16 } 20/1 1 1 LTG. 1 1150 1 112 1 1100 1 LTG. 1 i 20/1 1 17 * 18 1 20/1 1 1 LTG 1 1780 1 112 1 1800 } SIGN 1 1 20/1 1 19 * 20 1 20/1 1 1 man I 1400 1 1 9 -91 1 1800 1 SIGN 1 I 20/1 } 21 22 1 20/1 1 1 axon 1 1400 1 1 9 )1 1 1800 1 SIGN 1 1 20/1 123 * 24 1 20/1 1 1 SIGH 1 1400 1 1 9 91 1 740 1 LTG. 1 } 20/1 125 * 26 1 20/1 1 1 SION 1 1400 1 1 9 -91 1 2400 1 SITE LTG. 1 1 20/1 1 27 * 28 I 20/1 1 1 aIon 1 1400 1 1 9 3 1 1 ' 1400 1 SIGN I 1 20/1 1 29 * 30 ► 20/1 1 1 SIGN 1 1400 1 1 9 1 1 1 SPACE 1 I 1 31 * 32 I 1 1 SPACE 1 1 ` --- i -- - -- ; SPACE -- --------- ----- ----- i--- - -- -` 33 --- * 34 1 1 1 SPACE ---- --- _- - - - -.. ' _.. L-- 1 --- 1 - - --- 1 SPACE 1 135 * 36 I 1 1 SPACE 1 1 1 1 1 SPACE } 1 37 * 38 } 1 I SPACE 1 -_ - - 1 w "'1 1 1 SPACE 1 I I I 1 1 ]9 40 SPACE 1 1 I I 1 1 SPACE 1 1 I 41 * 42 1 1 1 SPACE 1 I 1 1 PR VA -A :18060 8:19780 C:17184 1 480/277 VOLT / 3 PHASE / 4 WIRE 1 SECTION: SINGLE LUGS I ISILOAD 11 I 32800 1 AC -1 1 1 --- 1- ._, _-_.__ ___ ___ I 1 --- { 3 * 4 1 --- 1 ---- 1 L - TE 11 I 25200 I AC -3 1 1 --- 1 1 _ 1 1 --- 1 I - SERVED PROM: MDP ON SERVICE 4 1 V A 1 SERVES I W I R E 1 ® __ I Ckt Phase Ckt I CB I W I R E I SERVES I L O A D V A I S I T 1 --- 1 5 * 6 1 --- I ---- 1 --- 1 -- 1 1 50/3 1 7 * 8 1 30/3 I I AC -4 I 13600 1 11 I --- 1 9 • 10 I --- 1 ---- I 1 --- 1 1 1 ---- 1 --- 1 11 * 12 I — 1. 1 --- .- --- --- - --_ 1 --- 1 1 I• SPARS I I 30/3 I 13 * 14 1 30/3 I I AC -5 .�. 1 13600 I 1 1 I ---- I --- 1 15 * 16 1 --- 1 - --- I- I --- 1 I 1 ---- 1 - - - 1 17 * 18 1 --- 1 - - -- I- 1 --- 1 1 1 SPACE I I 1 19 * 20 1 1 I SPACE 1 I I I SPACE I I 121 * 22 1 1 1 SPACE I 1 1 1 I SPACE I I 1 23 * 24 1 1 I SPACE 1 1 1 1 -- 1 1 I SPACE 1 1 125 * 26 1 I (SPAS f 1 1 f 1 I SPACE 1 1 127 28 1 1 18PACa 1 - - - - -- I 1 MMIle 1 SPACE 1 I 129 * 30 1 1 I SPACE 1 1 1 1 1 FACE 1 1 1 31 * 32 1 1 I SPACE 1 I 1 1 1 1 SPACE 1 1 1 33 * 34 ( I .I SPACE 1 1 1 1 I SPACE I I SPACE I SPACE MX(28 -IWINO CLAMS PANmmxia*ARD N2 1 225 AMP MLO I 60/3 1 1 * 2 1 60/3 1 I AC-2 1 1 135 * 36 1 1 I SPACE • I 1 37 * 38 1 1 1 SPACE 1 39 * 40 1 -- 1 ISPACE -- -- 141 * 42 1 1 I SPACE 11/12/92 10:40:53 MOUNTING: SURFACE 1 32800 I I 1 1 --- 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I PH VA- A:39333 B:39333 C :39333 I 208/120 VOLT / 3 PHASE / 4 WIRE 225 AMP MLO 1 SECTION: SINGLE LUGS I - SERVED FROM: T3 ON SERVICE 1 1 LMOBI `XNO CLAMS PANELSOAIim 81 11/12/92 10 :41 :04 MOUNTING: SURFACE [ISILCAD V A I - - --- S E R V E S " - - - -- I W I R E I CB I Ckt Phase Ckt I , C B I WIRE I SERVES I LOAO VA I S I T 91 I 1920 I SECURITY J BOX 1 1 20/1 11 * 2 I 20/1 I I TIME CLACK REC. 1 180 I 113 I�91 I 1920 I SECURITY J BOX 1 1 20/1 1 3 4 I 20/1 I I MICROWAVE I 1200 I 1 9 r 91 1 1920 $ SECURITY J BOAC 1 $ 20/1 15 * 6 I 20/1 I I REC. I 1260 I 113 '91 I 1920 I SECURITY J BOX 1 $ 20/1 17 * 8 I 20/1 I I, VENDING MACHINE REC. 1 1180 I 19 9 I 1920 I SECURITY ,7 BOX 1 $ 20/1 19 * 10 1 20/1 I I VENDING MACHINE REC. I 1180 I 19 91 I 2400 I COFFEE VENDING 1 1 30/1 111 * 12 I 20/1 I I VENDING MACHINE REC. $ 1000 1 19 . 91 1 360 $'COLUMN REC. 1 1 20/1 113 * 14 I 20/1 I I FLOOR BOX REC. 1 900 I 113 -31 1 I EF -1 1 1 20/1 1 15 * 16 1 20/1 1 1 REC./LIGHT 1 1000 1 1 9 91 1 750 I P -10 1 1 20/1 117 * 18 1 20/1 1 I REC. 1 720 I 113 91 1 900 1 FLOOR BOX REC. 1 I 20/1 119 * 20 1 20/1 1 1 P -5 390 I I 9 -9 1 I 1800 I SIGN OUTLET 1 1 20 /11 I21 * 22 I 1 1 SPACE 1 1 1 91 1 180 I EA8 REC. 1 $ 20/1 123 * 24 I 1 I SPACE 1 1 I 1 I SPACE I 1 125 26 I 1 I SPACE 1 1 1 1 I SPACE 1 1 127 * 28 I 1 I SPACE 1 1 1 I SPACE 1 1 129 * 30 I 30/1 I I P -7 I 2500 I { 4 I I SPACE 1 1 131 * 32 I 20/1 I I MONITOR ** 1 360 I $ 9 I { " I SPACE 1 133 * 34 I 20/1 1 1 SPARE 1 11 $ 1 I SPACE 1 $ 135 * 36 I 20/1 I I COPIER ** I 1920 I 19 I 1 1 SPACE 1 1 1 37 38 1 20/1 1 1 MICROWAVE I 1200 1 1 9 $ $ .1 S 1 $ I39 * 40 I 20/1 I I SPARE I 1 I S 1' $ 141 * 42 I 20/1 I I SPARE { 1 1 I PH .VA- A:9310 B:9020 C:12650 1 1 $ 1 1 I - SERVED FROM: 22 ON SERVICE i 1 I.. 208 /120 VOLT / 3 PHASE / 4 WIRE 2 SECTIONS: [1) SINGLE LUGS; [2] SINGLE LUGS 1 8 1 LOAD VA 1 BEEVES 1 WIRE 1 CB 1 Ckt Phase Ckt 1 CB 1 WIRE 1 SERVES 131 1 720 1 WIREMOLD 1 1 20/1 1 1 * 2 1 20/1 1 131 1 720 1 WIREMOLD 1 I 20/1 1 3 * 4 1 20/1 1 I 720 1 WILD 1 - - -__ 20/1 1 5 _6 1 20/11 131 1 720 1 WIREMOLD — 1 1 20/11 7 * 8 1 - 20/1-1 — 131 1 760 1 RECEPTACLES 1 1 20/1 1 9 * 10 1 20/1 1 31 1 900 1 RECEPTACLES 1 1 20/1 1 11 * 12 1 20/1 1 131 1 1080 1 RECEPTACLES 1 1 20/1 1 13 * 14 1 20/1 1 131 1 1080 1 RECEPTACLES 1 1 20/1 1 15 * 31 1 1080 1 RECEPTACLES 1 1 20/1 1 17 * 18 1 20/1 1 131 1 1080 1 RECEPTACLES 1 1 20/1 1 19 20 1 20/1 1 i 1 SPARE 1 I 20/1 1 21 * 22 1 20/1 1 1 1 1 SPARE 1 1 20/1 1 23 * 24 1 20/1 1 131 1 1080 1 WIREMOLD 1 1 20/1 1 25 - - - - 26 1 20/1 1 "31 1 1080 1 WIREMOLD 1 1 20/1 1 27 28 1 20/1 1 31 I 1080 1 WIREMOLD 1 1 20/1 1 29 30 1 20/1 1 131 1 1080 1 WIREMOLD "81 1 600 1 AUTO -DOORS 1 SPARE 1 1 1 SPARE ' -- 1-- - -- 1 SPARE 1 SPARE 1 1 SPACE 1 SPACE 1 SPACE 131 1 1800 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL 131 1 1800 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL 131 1800 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL 31 1800 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL -31 1 1800 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL 131 1 1800 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL I I 1 SPACE 1 SPACE 1 SPACE 1.2C3Z3T3:NG CLP.SS pxlvmximsaAm3o S2 1 1 1 1 31 1 1800 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL 1 _31 I 1800 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL I 1 1 1 31 1 1800 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL X31 - 1 -- - 1800 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL » 1 131 1 1800 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL 1 1 » - -_ - 1 SPACE 1 1 1 . 1 1 1 SPACE 1 20/1 1 31 * 32 1 1 1 SPACE 1 1 20/1 1 33 * 34 I 1 1 SPACE 1 1 20/1 1 35 * 36 1 1 1 SPACE 1 • 1 20/1 1 37 * 38 1 1 1 SPACE I I 20/1 1 39 20/1 1 49 * 20/1 1 51 20/1 1 53 20/1 1 55 * 20/1 1 63 20/1 1 65 20/1 1 67 * 20/1 1 69 20/1 1 71 225 AMP MLO 1 RECEPTACLES 1 RECEPTACLES 1 RECEPTACLES 16 J 20/1 1 1 RSCEPTAOLBB 1 RECEPTACLES 40 1 20/1 1 41 * 42 1 1 43 * 44 1 1 31 1 1800 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL 1 1 20/1 1 57 58 1 20/1 1 1.31 1 1800 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL 1 J 20/1 1 59 * 60 1 20/1 1 20/1 1 61 * 62 1 20/1 1 1 WIREMOLD 1 WIREMOLD 1 WIREMOLD 1 RECEPTACLES 1 WIREMOLD 1 WIREMOLD 1 WIREMOLD 1 WIREMOLD I WIREMOLD 1 WIREMOLD 1 1 SPACE 1 SPACE 1 SPACE 11/12/92 10:41:14 MOUNTING: SURFACE 1 1 1 1 LOAD VA 1 8 1 T 540 1 113 540 1 113 540 1 113 900 1 113 1 1 1 1 1 1 540 1 113 1 540 1 113 1 540 1 113 1 540 1 $13 1 1 1 45 * 46 1 1 1 SPACE 1 1 I 1 1 1 47 * 48 1 1 1 SPACE 1 ___ »— 1 _ » 50 1 1 1 SPACE 1 900 1 113 900 1 113 1080 1 113 1080 1 113 1260 1 113 540 1 113 540 1 113 1 1 52 1 20/1 1 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL 1 1800 1 113 * 54 1 20/1 1 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL 1 1800 1 113 56 1 20/1 1 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL 1 1800 1 113 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL 64 1 20/1 1 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL 68 1 20/1 1 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL 70 1 20/1 1 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL * 72 1 20/1 1 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL 1 77 * 78 1 20/1 1 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL 1 1800 1 113 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL 1 1800 1 113 1 WIBEMOLD -3 LEVEL 1 1800 1 113 1 1800 1 1 13 66 1 20/1 1 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL 1 1800 1 113 20/1 1 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL 1 1 1 1 1 81 * 82 1 20/1 1 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL 1 1 1 1 83 84 1 20/1 1 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL 1800 1 113 1800 1 113 1 18001 113 20/1 1 73 * 74 1 20/1 1 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL 1 1800 1 113 1 75 * 76 1 20/1 1 1 WIREMOLD -3 LEVEL 1 1800 1 113 1800 1 113 1800 1800 1800 1 113 1 113 1 113 1 f SERVED PROM: T1 ON SERVICE 1 XaXQEITX•Q CLASS PAE ELSOA32D S 1 I 208/120 VOLT / 3 PHASE / 4 WIRE 2 SECTIONS: [1] SINGLE LUGS; [2] SINGLE LUGS F ISILOAD VA 1 - - - » -- SERVES - 1 WIRE - _ » CB — 1 Ckt Phase Ckt ` — C8 —_ — WIRE SERVES 7 1 1 720 COMP. REC. - - - - - »- { 1 20/1 1 1 * 2 1 20/1 1 1 COMP. REC. 11/12/92 10 :40 :20 200 AMP MCB MOUNTING: SURFACE f LOAD VA 1 8 1 T 1080 1 1 7 71 1 720 I COMP. REC. 1 20 /1 1 3 * 4 1 20/1 1 I COMP. REC. 1 720 1 1 7 1 -7,» } 540 I COMP. REC. 1 » 20/1 1 5 * 6 1 20/1 1 I COMP. REC. 1 1080 1 1 7 71 1 720 1 COMP. REC. I 1 20 /1 1 7 * 8 1 20/1 1 1 SPARE 1 1 1 71 1 720 1 COMP. REC. I 20/1 1 9 * 10 1 20/1 1 1 CASH REGISTERS 1 360 1 1 8 ----- - - - --- - - -- - - -- ---------- -- - - -- - -- 71 1 720 1 COI1P. REC. 1 1 20/1 1 11 * 12 1 20/1 1 I CASH REGISTERS 1 360 1 1 8 '71 1 720 I COMP. REC. I 1 20/1 1 13 * 14 1 20 /1 1 I FLOOR OUTLETS 1 1440 1 113 71 1 500 { COMP. REC. 1 1 20/1 1 15 * 16 I 20/1 1 1 SPARE I 1 1 31 1 1440 { FLOOR OUTLETS 1 1 20/1 1 17 * 18 1 20/1 1 1 SPARE 1 1 1 i31 1 1440 1 FLOOR OUTLETS 1 1 20/1 1 19 * 20 1 20 /1 1 I SPARE 1 1 1 .. l 91 1 1800 1 GONDOLA RACK I 1 20/1 21 • 22 1 20/1 1 1 GONDOLA RACK 1 1800 1 1 9 91 1 1800 1 GONDOLA RACK 1 20/1 1 23 * 24 1 20/1 1 1 GONDOLA RACK » - -__- 1 -- 1800 1 1 9 91 1 1800 1 GONDOLA RACK 1 20/1 1 25 * 26 1 20/1 1 1 GONDOLA RACK 1 1800 1 1 9 91 1 1800 I GONDOLA RACK 1 20/1 1 27 * 28 I 20/1 1 1 GONDOLA RACK 1 1800 1 1 9 9 1 1 1000 1 GONDOLA RACK 1 20/1 1 29 * 30 1 20/1 1 1 GONDOLA RACK 1 1800 1 1 9 91 1 1800 1 GONDOLA RACK 1 20/1 1 31 * 32 I 20/1 1 1 GONDOLA RACK 1 1800 1 1 9 "91 1 1800 1 GONDOLA RACK 1 20/1 1 33 * 34 1 20/1 1 1 GONDOLA RACK 1 1600 1 1 9 I V 91 1 1800 1 GONDOLA RAC 1 20/1 1 35 * 36 1 20/1 1 1 GONDOLA RACK _ - -___ 1 1800 1 1 9 - 91 1 1800 1 GONDOLA RACK 1 20/1 1 37 * 38 1 20/1 1 1 GONDOLA RACK 1 1800 1 1 9 I 91 1 1800 1 GONDOLA RACK 1 20/1 139 * 40 1 20/1 1 1 GONDOLA RACK I 1800 I 19 . 9 1 1 1000 1 GONDOLA RACK I 20/1 141 * 42 I 20/1 1 1 GONDOLA RACK 1 1800 I 1 9 9 1 1 1800 I GONDOLA RACK 1 1 20/1 1 43 * 44 I 20/1 1 I GONDOLA RACK 1 1800 • 1 1 9 1 91 1 1800 1 GONDOLA RACK 1 1 20/1 1 45 46 } 20/1 1 - -_— I GONDOLA RACK 1 1800 1 1 9 I 9 1 1 1800 I GONDOLA RACK 1 20/1 1 47 * 48 I 20 /1 1 1 GONDOLA RACK -_- - � —_ - 1 1800 1 1 9 131 1 1620 I WIREMOLD 1 20 /1 1 49 * 50 1 20/1 1 1 GONDOLA RACK I 1800 i 1 9 31 1 1620 1 WIREMOLD 1 20/1 1 51 * 52 I 20/1 1 I GONDOLA REC. - -_ —� 1 540 1 113 31 1 1260 1 REC. 1 20/1 1 53 * 54 I 20/1 1 1 GONDOLA REC. 1 • 540 1 113 1 1 I SPARE 1 20/1 1 55 • 56 1 1 1 SPACE I 1 I 1 I 1 SPARE 1 20/1 1 57 * 58 I 1 1 SPACE I 1 1 1 1 { SPARE 1 1 20/1 159 60 I 1 I SPACE 1 1 1 I I SPACE 1 1 1 61 62 1 1 1 SPACE 1 1 E 1 1 I SPACE 1 1 63 64 1 1 1 SPACE 1 I . - SPAE 1 1 65 * 66 I 1 1 SPACE 1 N 1 1 1 SPACE 1 1 67 68 1 1 I SPACE 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 SPACE I I 69 * 70 1 1 } SPACE - - - N I 1 1 1 f SPACE -- » - - - - - — 1 1 71 * 72 f I I aPACB 1 . SPACE - SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE I 173 * 74 1 1 1 SPACE 1 1 1 —__ - - _ } 1 75 76 1 • 1 I SPACE - - 1 1 _ 1 f _ 1 1 7 7 * 7 i 1 I SPACE I I I - - - - - -I - 1 1 79 * 80 1 1 I SPACE 1 1 1 1 1 1 81 82 1 1 1 SPACE 1 1 1 -- --- - - --- - 1 1 99 --- *84 -i--- -- i __ 1SPACE 1 ; - -i - 1 • CAG/MAG/MAGL ALCM MOUNT GENERAL DESCRIPTION: The Gardco Arm Mounted Glowtop Form 10 products are cylindrical (CAG) or semi- spherical (MAG) sharp cutoff luminaires for high intensity discharge lamps up to 250W. Translucent top section provides a soft uptight glow. Lantem style (MAGL) unit features a cast crown creating a dassic architectural form. Luminaires accept 4 interchangeable rotatable precision seg- mented optical systems. O R D E R I N G PREFIX CONFIGURATION REFLECTOR ® CAG 18 MAG18 MAGL18 NOTES 2 D I M E N S I O N S WATTAGE 100HPS 150HPS' 50MH 70MH 1 100MH 2 175MH 250MH 100MV 175 MV 250MV 3 1. 150 HPS ballast operates 55 volt lamp unless specified otherwise. 2. Medium base lamp. 3. 250 watt lamps available with120 or 277 volt only. TYPE PREFIX CONFIGURATION REFLECTOR WATTAGE VOLTAGE FINISH OPTIONS EPA's Approx Single Twin Weight Arm 180° Single Arm CAG .85 ' 1.6 27Ibs MAG .85 1.7 27Ibs VOLTAGE FINISH mss. OPTIONS —� F 120 WP: White Paint F: Fuse 208 BLP: Black Paint SC: Special 240 BRP:Bronze Paint Color, 277 NP: Natural Specify Aluminum Paint 0 111 Gardco Lighting 2661 Alvarado Street San Leandro, CA 94577 U.S. 800/227 -0758 CA 510/357.6900 FAX 5101357.3088 ®TH2.4tls o•. GLOWTOP CAG/MAG/MAGL POLE SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL: Each Gardco Form 10 Arm Mounted Glow Top is an 18" diameter cylindrical (CAG) or semi - spherical (MAG) performance sharp cutoff luminaire with translucent top section providing a soft uptight glow. Lantem style (MAGL) unit includes a cast crown which creates a classic architectural form. All luminaires utilize high intensity discharge lamps rated to 250 watts. Internal components are totally enclosed, rain tight, dust tight and corrosion resistant. No venting of optical system or electrical components is required or permitted. Lamping requires no lifting or hinging the luminaire housing, disturbing wiring or exposing uninsulated live parts. HOUSING: Upper section is high impact resistant, white molded seamless acrylic providing a uniform uplight glow. Lower component is one piece, seamless spun aluminum incorporating a returned flange stiffener to protect against housing edge deformation. ARM: Mounting arm is a single piece cast aluminum (single mount) or extruded aluminum (twin mount) and attaches to RA 4.5 style pole without fasteners or welds visible from normal viewing angles. GENERAL DESCRIPTION: Each Gardco RA style 4.5" diameter pole is designed to be used with CAG, MAG, or MAGL luminaires. Pole consists of extruded aluminum shaft, anchorage and base holder. SHAFT: Round aluminum alloy 6063 -T6 extrusion satisfies all requirements set forth in AASHTO standard specifications. 18ASE: Poles of 15' and shorter use cast aluminum welded bases. Units above 15' feature steel base tenons. BASE COVER: One piece seamless .08" spun aluminum base cover includes a reinforcing circumferential reveal. Two(2) button head screws secure cover to base. ANCHORAGE: Four(4) hot dip galvanized anchor bolts complete with double nuts, flat and split washers engage a permanent • grouting/anchor bolt template. Double anchor bolt nuts are accessible for leveling after the pole has been set. LENS: One piece, die cast aluminum door frame retains the optically clear, heat and impact resistant tempered flat glass in a sealed manner using hollow section, high compliance, memory retentive extruded silicone rubber. Concealed stainless steel hinge and two(2) flush 1/4 tum fasteners secure lens assembly to luminaire. OPTICAL SYSTEMS: The segmented Form Ten optical system is homogeneous sheet aluminum, electrochemically brightened, anodized and sealed. The segmented reflectors are set in faceted arc tube image duplicator pattems to achieve Types 1, 0, 3, and FM distributions (see pattem illustra- tions). The mogul base lampholder is glazed porcelain with a nickel plated screw shell - all securely attached to the reflector assembly. 50W MH, 70W MH and 100MH units have medium base lampholder. ELECTRICAL: Each high power factor ballast is the separate component type, capable of providing reliable lamp starting down to •20' F. The ballast is mounted on a unitized tray and is housed within the 4 1/2" pole shaft. High Pressure Sodium ballasts FINISH: Poles and Base Cover are finished in hardcoat, fade-resistant electrostatically applied polyurethane enamel or Aluminum Association Architectural Class I anodizing after fabrication. Bolt Circle 7" ARM MOUNT POLE ORDERING 10' RA 4.5 -10 -AF 12' RA 4.5 -12 -AF 15' RA 4.5-15-AF 18' RA 4.5 -18 -AF 20' RA 4.5.20 -AF operate lamps within ANSI trapezoidal omits. Metal Halide and Mercury Vapor ballasts are medium regulation auto transformer providing ±10 %(MH) and 15 %(MV) power regulation with a ±10% variation from rated input voltage. Component -to- component, wiring within the tuminaire will carry no more than 80% of rated current 'arid is listed by'UL for use at 600 VAC at 150° or higher. Plug disconnects are listed by UL for use at 600 VAC, 15A or higher. FINISH: Housings are rotationally bumished before painting so spinning lines or grooves created by multiple forming passes are not evident. Internal welds will not distort or discolor external surfaces. Paint is hardcoat, fade resistant, electrostatically applied polyurethane. LABELS: All fixtures bear UL wet location and I.B.E.W. labels. Gardco reserves the right to change materials or modify the design of its product without notification as part of the company's continuing product improvement program. Gardco's segmented reflector optical system has been awarded U.S. Patent #3746854. ® Gardco Lighting 2661 Alvarado Street San Leandro, CA 94577 U.S. 800/227.0758 CA 510/357-6900 FAX 510/357.3088 @TH21&t 79115.36 Die - Formed Steel Emergency Exit Signs State-of-the-Art Compact Fluorescent Lamps APPROVAL TM Labor - Saving Plug -In Powerr" Mounting Plate Available in 1 -lamp (F7TT) and 2 -lamp (F5TT) Versions with Canopy- Mounted Ballasts JOB INFORMATION Fluoresce 1t SERIES F2X EL SERIES - 1 - 2 L -ra n rgp Lead Calcium • Sturdy, die - formed housing. 20 -gauge frame and face plate. • Factory-assembled housing; available in black or white baked enamel. CONSTRUCTION • Heavy -duty, die -cast aluminum mounting canopy Included with all models. • Universal, easily- removed directional arrow knockouts. • Hinged face plate allows easy Tamp compartment access. • Reinforced, impact - resistant fiberglass color panels. Printed panels finished with chip- and scratch - resistant baked epoxy coating. • Uniform graphics illumination without shadows or hot spots. Letters 6" high with 3/4" stroke. • Efficient, non - yellowing, prismatic acrylic downiight diffuser. LAMP (S) • Compact fluorescent 1 -lamp FX Series (F7TT) and 2 -lamp F2X Series (F5TT). • 15,000 - 20,000 hours rated average life based on continuous operation. or Low energy consumption — only 15 watts with 1 lamp and 22 watts with 2 lamps (120V). BATTERY • Sealed, maintenance -free lead calcium battery delivers 90 minutes capacity to emergency lamps. • 24 -hour battery recharge after 90-minute discharge. • Test switch and LED provide visual and manual means of monitoring system operation. e Low - voltage disconnect prevents excessively deep discharge that can permanently damage battery. • Polarized battery connector simplifies installation and mainte- nance; prevents charger damage due to improper connection. ELECTRONICS • Custom microchip charger, developed exclusively for Lithonia Emergency Systems. Provides increased reliability and maxi- mizes battery life. ■ Two-rate regulated charger minimizes energy consumption and provides low operating costs. ■ Filtered charger output — minimizes charge voltage ripple and extends battery life. • Short circuit protection — current•limiting charger circuitry protects printed circuit board from shorts. • Thermal protection — senses circuitry temperature and adjusts charge current to prevent overheating and charger failure. • AC /LVD reset — ppermits unit testing at time of installation and ensures full 90-minute discharge. MOUNTING • Universal (top, end or back) mounting; easily- removed mounting knockouts. ■ Plug-In Powerr' mounting plate permits quick, labor- saving Installation. CODES • UL listed — meets: UL 924, UL 1570, NFPA 101 -1988 (current Life Safety Code), NEC and OSHA illumination standards. WARRANTY • Three-year total customer satisfaction warranty. (For complete details, see warranty sheet in Emergency Systems catalog.) fALITHONIA Ele ffs INCY SYSTEMS LIFE BAFETY B YSTEMt! EX -710 Sheet Fluorescent Die - Formed Steel Emergency Exit Signs ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS MINIMUM LAMP RATED DC LAMP RATED SUPPLY AC INPUT POWER START DESCRIPTION LIFE DESCRIPTION LIFE VOLTAGE WATTS MAX. AMPS FACTOR TEMP.('F) One F7TT 7 Watt Compact Fluorescent FX . Fluorescent Two /64 20,000 DC Hours' Bayonet-peso Incandescent Two F5TT Two /64 5 Watt 20,000 DC Compact Hours' Bayonet•Base Fluorescent Incandescent 'Based on continuous operation. BATTERY SPECIFICATIONS TYPE VOLTAGE 6 Sealed Lead Calcium - Sealed Nickel Cadmium 6 (Optional) 'AI 77'F. • '0 timum emblenl temperature range where unit will pprravlde rated capacity la 90 minutes. Higher and lower temperatures affect Ole and capacity. Consult lactay for deUtied information. 1 Periodic system status lest recommended, ORDERING INFORMATION FX Family Face Type s . Stand! P - Panel ACCESSORIES Order as separate Item SHELF LIFE' Months 3 Years EXPECTED LIFE' 5-8 Years 7.9 Years ELA SS12EL 12" stem kit ELA WG2 Wire guard (back mount only) TM 1,000 120 16 .23 .50 Hours 277 19 .18 .30 1,000 120 24 .41 .40 Hours 277 28 .34 .25 Nonet Type SERIES REMARKS 0' 0' OPTIMUM MAINTENANCE TEMPERATURE" Nonet 60*-90°F 32 °•100 °F FIXTURE E3CHEOULE Catalog Number FX EL'SERIES --1- Lamp F2X EL SERIES , 2 -Lamp Lead Ca .. MOUNTING SPECIFICATIONS End Mounting (200 m _L_ (2264 mm) Back .lounling 4 3/4' (12 mm) ;, 11 1/2' ' 13 3/4' (292 mm) (349 mm) 7 7/8" (200 mm) 1 120/277 EL Housing Number of • Panel Color Input Emergency Color Feces letter/background Voltage Operation Blank . Black 1 - Single R . Red Must be EL . Lead W • White Face 0 - Green Specified) Calcium 2 - Double WR . White on Red 120/277 . Battery Face RW . Red on White Dual Voltage OW - Green on White WO . White on Green 10 3/8' (284 mm) Tbp Mounting 8 3/4' (148 mm) Shipping Weight: FXS 1R EL 11.5 lbs. (5.2 kgs.) 64 mm� F2XS1 R EL 12.0 lbs. (5.5 kgs.) TP. Options (321 mm) Tamperproof (one 08.32 720 torx head screw) Two 7W F7TT Lamps (two -lamp models only) Flashing Emergency Operation (75 (lashes per minute) FA - Flashing Emergency Operation and Intermittent Audible Alarm (75 times per minute; alarm 75 dB at 100 cm) LL- Less Lamps N - Maintenance- Free Nickel Cadmium Battery r. F . O FALITHONIA EMERGENCY SYSTEMS `11111111Mom LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS ONE LITHONIA WAY. DECATUR, GEORGIA 30035, TELEPHONE 404 9574200. FAX 404 911.8,41, A DIV. OF UTHONIA LIGHTING • IN CANADA: 1100 50TH AVE. LACHINE, QUEBEC HIT 2V3, A DIV. OF N.S.I. HOLDINGS. INC. EX-710 Sheet ©1987 Uthonla UghUng, Rev. 12/90 Recesses! Down i ig ht 6" Diameter 20CL (clear) 20GD (gold) Lamps Used: (1) x 13w (QUAD) super compact fluorescent Lamp Base: GX23•D Ballasts: — Single Lamp — 60 hz. — Class P — Encapsulated Construction — Specify Power Factor HP = High Power Factor NP = Normal Power Factor Voltage: Specify - 1 =120v 2=277v Weight: Trim 6 lbs. Rough -in 2 Ibs. Material: Steel, aluminum, reduced iridescent metal reflector. 21CL 21GD Lamps Used: (1) x 18w (QUAD) super compact fluorescent Lamp Base: G24 -D2 Ballasts: — Single Lamp — 60 hz. — Class P — Encapsulated Construction — Specify Power Factor HP = High Power Factor NP = Normal Power Factor Voltage: Specify • 1 =120v 2 =277v Weight: Trim 5 lbs. Rough -in 2 lbs. Material: Steel, aluminum, reduced iridescent metal reflector. Photometrics: Page 15 (chart 13) Photometrics: Page 16 (chart 14) Rough -In section 770 Ordering Format All 6" V -AIu -Quads are supplied as i.e. 770 - 20CL - HP 1 a rough-in / finish section combing- 770 - 21GD - NP 2 - FS tion. Therefore, both sections must 770 - 23CL - HP 2 - 9952 be ordered to make a complete unit (refer to ordering format). Options (specify when ordering) Emergency Pack: Add suffix EM (for 18w or 26w Tamp, consult factory) Fusing: Add suffix FS 9907: Plaster collar (adjustable to 1' /e" max.) 9930: Set of two (2) 27" C•channel mounting bars 9952: Set of two (2) 52" C- channel mounting bars 23CL 23GD Lamps Used: (1) x 26w (QUAD) super compact fluorescent Lamp Base: G24 -D3 Ballasts: — Single Lamp — 60 hz. — Class P — Encapsulated Construction — Specify Power Factor HP = High Power Factor NP = Normai Power Factor Voltage: Specify - 1 =120v 2 = 277v Weight: Trim 5 lbs. Rough -in 2 lbs. Material: Steel, aluminum, reduced Iridescent metal reflector. Photometrics: Page 16 (chart 15) II (Ceiling Cut Out = 6W) Listing: UL 1572 listed suitable for wet loco- CSA certified. SockekPorcelain, vertically oriepted socket with copper alloy nickel-plated screw sheU and center contact UL listed 660W - 600V, 4KV pulse rated. • Note: Not re for car wash applcations. Features . Housing: Rugged, corrosion-resistant , 'cast aluminum :housing.. All external hard- Ware isstainless steel. Standard finish is dark bronze TGIC• polyester powder electro cally applied.and oven-cured. Other archi- tectural dolors are available as options. .0PtiCs:ReflecforissPecular anodized alum num. Refractor is prismatic borosilicate glass. Lens is sealed and gasketed to Inhibit the - , entrance of outside contaminants. Ballast. 70 - 150W HPS: High reactance, high power factor. All others: Constant wattage autotransformer. Encased and* potted solid state .ignitors (HPS and 100MH). Ballast is copper wounil and:100% factory, tested. AL .1029.1isted. Electrical components mounted in frontcover on wattages above 175W; 175W and below mounted on back housing. installation: Backwire access an a 3" or 4" outlet box.Top wire EiCCOSS thrdugh3/4" con- : *dolt entrance. Feed-thru wiring can be • • achieved by using a condulet tee. Mount on .• any flat vertical surface. Glass Refractor Use in pedestrian areas, stairways or garages. Catalog Number TWH /OS Designation' • HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM 70W 100W 150W 200W 250W 400W DIMENSIONS Height 15-3/4 cml Width 15 UV 426 cm) D.plh r 3 cml TWII TWH TWH TWII TWII TWII 70S 1DOS 150S' 200S 250S 400S METAL HALIDE 100W TWH 100M' 175W TWH 175M 250W TWH 250M 400W TWH 400M' MERCURY VAPOR 100W TWH I75W TWH 250W TWH LOW PRESSURE SODIUM 35W TWII 351' 10011 17511 25011 CANADIAN SHIPMENTS Add CSA as suffix to catalog number. Optional Multi•tap Ballast I(20,208,240,277V). Operates 55V lamp. Not available 480V. Requires E-18 or ED•28 lamp Not available TB. 115 250 400 120 120 208 240 211 347 480 TB' Voltage Example: TWII 70S LAMP/FIXTURE DATA Weight Wattage Ballast Lbs Kg High Pressure Sodium - Med/Clear 70 24 11 100 HX-HPF 24 11 150 26 12 High Pressure Sodium - Mog/Clear 200 28 13 250 CWA 32 15 400 42 19 Metal Halide - Med1100) Mog /Clear 100 FIX-HPF 26 12 26 CWA 32 42 Mercury Vapor - Mog/Cdated 100 21 175 CWA 23 250 26 Complete selection available, including guards, fusing, photou trots, and special fins See page 227. 12 15 19 10 10 12 Low Pressure Sodium D.C. Bay/Clear 35 HPF.LAG 25 11 ' Other ballast types available, see pg 227 IA I ITLIIIAll A iri■ FEATURES STANDARD CHANNEL : 4' LENGTH • 1 OR 2 LAMPS • RAPID START 140/240 SPECIFICATIONS Ballast Thermally - protected, resetting, Class P, HPF ballast standard. Sound rating A, CBM /ETL certified, UL listed. Wiring & Electrical AWM, TFN or THHN wire used throughout, rated for required temperatures. Twist -lock lampholders secured by snap -In socket tracks. Input watts (standard) (energy - saving): C 140 (55) (44); C 240 (94) (71). Materials Metal parts die - formed from code -gauge steel. Finish Five- stage, iron - phosphate pretreatment ensures superior paint adhesion and rust resistance. All steel parts finished with white, electrostatically - applied, polyester enamel (85% gloss, 89% reflectance). Salt spray test 500 hours. Hardness minimum 2H. UL listed and labeled 1.8.E.W. A.F. of L. Fixture guaranteed for one year against mechanical defects in manufacture. MOUNTING DATA For unit or row Installation, surface or suspended mounting Unit Installation- Minimum of two hangers or one double -stem hanger required Row Installation -One hanger per channel plus one per row required Hooker" Hangers - Minimum two per channel (unit and row) 2.1/16" Also available in 2', 3' and tandem -wired (6' and 8') lengths ..••• Heavy -duty channel, die - formed from cold- t rolled steel • Sturdy channel cover secured by captive quarter -turn latch- permits easy access to wireway. • High - gloss, baked white enamel finish. • Combination end plate /channel connector furnished with each fixture • Accepts plug -in options for 1, 2 or 3 primary circuits • For unit or row installation, surface or suspended mounting. 43/16" S Q_ 1.7/6 "I 2YYi6" _L 3 3/4" .L HRC y SWIVEL STEM HOOKERTM CEILING SPACER HANGER • HANGER See ACCESSORIES on reverse side for other hanging devices Approval Job Information • DI" DIA. K.O. (3) IS" DIA. K.O. " T I — • 31/4"11.-- " 24•• 7/32" DIA. K.O. U) Ali." DIA. K.O. 141 2" DIA. K.O. - T — � 14h" DIA. 1.0. 11 1B- SHEET C 140/240 7/32" DIA. K.O. (4) 4 /te " —• ■Norr COMMERCIAL/INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING Dimensions and specifications subject to change without notice. I . L /THON /A FLUORESCENT Plc 20% Pee 80% 70% 50% i it35% :i. Pw 70%50% 30% 10% 70% 50%30% 1S% 50% X% 104'. 8M'. SO% 111% 92 07 83 79 79 83 75 76 73 7 7 0 8 �g 67 " BQ 13 6 55 4499 43 65 h2 Oi fIjil g 4 : 6 7 b7 js 42 59 43 �2gg 36 28 48 34 27 22 � 4 32 4 32 24 6 44 41 29 22 17 42 31 23 15 39 28 21 16 3I 24 1r 28 26 19 15 2B 23 16 24 15 14 ANGLE ALONG 45° ACROSS gssgg I gaig *g00000000000 11.0 24.4 90.1 98.8 100. 2086 WMENS %LAMP %FIXTURE gssgg 2111 1561 5165 11.0 24.4 90.1 98.8 100. C 1401240 STANDARD CHANNEL 4' LENGTH • 1 OR 2 LAMPS • RAPID START PHOTOMETRICS COEFFICIENTS OF UTILIZATION 'Standard belles , F40T12 /CW lamps (3200 lumens) Spacing criterion: 1.6 x mounting height Full report available. Request ITL 18235 For photometrics on other configurations, see Technical Data section or Lithonia representative ORDERING INFORMATION -Example: 8TC 240 277 ES TILW For tandem -wired (8') unit, (� c add prefix 8T. For In -line wiring on tandem 2 -lamp models, add prefix 8T and suffix TILW Series 1 or 2 lamps (not included) Length & Type 20 = 24 "TS (20 30•+36 "RS 30 40 = 48 "RS ( 40 FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPE CATALOG NUMBER REMARKS SHEET C 140/240 C 240* ZONAL CAVITY :' r0° CANDLEPOWER VOLTAGE 120 or 277 Others available -- consult factory OPTIONS ES Energysaving ballast BW Plug -in branch wiring (specify 1, 2, or 3 circuits and ballast wiring) EL Self-contained emergency lighting OLR Internal fast-blow fusing (GMF for slow-blow) TILW Modem Incline wiring CS1 8' 120V cordset, U•ground plug (CST for 277V) SW Stretch-Wrap (palletized in cartons) CPK Collin pack (palletized without cartons) For details and complete list of options. see OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES section ACCESSORIES Order Separately 106A_ Tong hanger (Specify stem size) HRC Hooker Hanger, flush to ceiling HRC1— hooker Hanger, 11/2" from ceiling SO_ Swivel stem hanger (specify length) 224 Double stem hanger (4' models only) 10 Ceiling spacer, We " from ceiling ZONAL LUMEN SUMMARY HC Chain hanger set (36" length) WOG Wire guard (48" long) For details and complete list oI accessories, see OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES section 41984 Lllhonla Lighting Rev. 3/88 — 8upercedee NI previous sheet. frie Call con- FLUORESCENT COMMERCIAL /INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING A DIVISION OF LITHONIA LIGHTING P.O. BOX A, CONYERS, GEORGIA 30207.0067.404 922.9000 • TELEX 261351 LITHO UR SPECIFICATIONS 1. Die -cast aluminum lam pholderhousing. Designed for effective heat dissipation and positive fight center po- sitioning, Medium base porcelain socket with nickel - plated screw shell. 2. Telescoping channel bar hangers adjust vertically and horizontally with one locking screw (3/8' head). Inte- gral channel end mounting tabs rigidly attach to T -bar, concealed -Z, or wood joist. Scales are stamped into the channel bars and upright brackets in 114' incre- ments for easy presetting and leveling of fixture, 3. Prewired, encased and potted, 120 /277 dual tap bal- last/tray module. Module can be attached before or after rough -in section is mounted. 4. Specular clearAlzak* reflector finishing trim. Optically designed for 45° visual cutoff to lamp and lamp image. Minimum flange matches reflector finish. Painted white flange optional. . 5. Galvanized steel junction box with bottom - hinged access covers and spring latches. Three combination 1/2' - 3/4' and one 1/2' knockouts are provided which allow for straight thru conduit runs. Capacity: 8 (4 in - 4 out) No. 12 AWG conductors, rated for 75° C. 6. Thermal protector is an Integral part of the ballast assembly and snaps easily onto the junction box for wiring to be completed. 7. Die -cast aluminum mounting /plaster frame with fin- ishing trim friction support springs. Maximum 7/8' ceiling thickness. 'Alzak Is a registered trademark of Alcoa. ORDERING INFORMATION Catalog Number Source AN 32M 6AR Metal Halide AH 70M 6AR* Metal Halide AH 100M 6AR* Metal Halide AH 100H 6AR Mercury Vapor AN 50S 6AR HPS AN 70S 6AR HPS AH 10US 6AR HPS Lamp Type MXR32/CNBU MH70 /C /U/MED M 100/CN H38AV- 100/DX LU50 /0/MED LU70 /D/MED LU100 /D/MED • Voltage 120 or 277 must be specified. Ex: AH 70M 6AR 120 ' Includes required safety glass ADDITIONAL ORDERING INFORMATION Optional Reflectors - Order as substitution in catalog number. Deep. Description CR Champagne Gold Reflector (substitute CR for AR) OR Gold Reflector (substitute GR for AR) Options - Order as suffix to catalog number. Sunk Description TRW White Painted Flange SF Single Fuse SSC Provides compatibility with Lilhonla Reloc Connector System 820. The 820 System can be installed less this option with connectors provided by others. Accessories - Order as separate catalog number. Cat. No. Description CTA6 Ceiling Thickness Adaptor (extends mounting frame to accommodate ceiling thickness up, to 2' max.) SC6 Sloped Ceiling Adaptor. Degree of slope must be specified (10D, 15D, 20D, 250, 30D). Ex: SC6 10D. For more details see Submittal Sheet ACC -1 -:e Open Downlight 20' TYPE CAT. NO. Spec!yVoltage 120.277 HiGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE 32W -100W Metal Halide 100W Mercury Vapor 50W -100W High Pressure Sodium NOTES: 1. Fixtures are U.L. 1672 listed for thru- branch circuit wiring, recessed and damp location. 2. See back of this sheet for electrical operating data. corHONiA DOWNL /GHT /NG " DOWNLIDHTING & TRACK SYSTEMS A DIVISION OF LITHONIA LIGHTINGi GH -1 7/89 6" Reflector Open Downlight High Intensity Discharge Catalog No. WATTAGE/ AMP TTPE 8m1N RATED LUMENS AN 32M 6AR 32W MXR32/CNBU 1.0 2500 Test No. 2189051005 AN 70M 6AR 70W MH70/CN/MED 1.0 5000 Test No. 2188093004 AN 100M 6AR mow M100/C/U 1.2 8000 TestNo,21138100604 AN 100H 6AR 100W/1138AV•100/DX 1.0 4400 Test No, 2189060002 AN 70S 6AR 70W LU70 /D/MED 1.1 5950 • Test No 2189031010 AN 100S 6AR 1 00W LU100/D/MED 1.1 8800 000 000 1200 1800 000 1600 2400 5200 4000 1000 1600 2000 2600 740 1400 2220 2900 8700 1100 2200 3500 4400 Test No.2180030307 6600 DISTRIBUTION CURVE CONVERSION FACTOR Use mulnpller to convon C.P., lumens and P.C. Chanpagne Gold: x .95 Gold: x ,90 60S: x (70S) .83 0' 15• 25' • 45' 65' 75• 90• M 8' DISTRIBUTION DATA 0• 5' 25 35' 45' 55' 75' 90' 111014 5' 26 45' 65' 75' 85• 90' FROM I' 5• 15' 5 • 45' 65' es' 00' 76077 1' r 2 5' • 45' 55• 65' 85 90' F60M I' 5' 15' • 45' 75' 90 ' 1410 1417 137 1 520 246 19 38 45 .P IAFNIt 2760 2853 277 3281 889 2220 1028 1035 679 343 27 0 0 0 C.P. 3065 3825 7 45 173 0 0,, 2228 2024 1056 19 O.P. 3608 2928 1398 4 49 3 G H -1 , LITHONIA DQWNLIGHTING "UMW. A M/�ONI o 10lU m11MTEM{ 1.011 TT • CMMt0106VIIT 7747 W1A 410x1 • 'tunic** 30017.1 a3T. 7AN 31 7 3.1.1013 1 o 0 0 0 0 2 1 0 0 0 284 44 0 0 tumors •N 0'.30' 1� 0•;60• 00•.53' "6 0' -tea tt 0 e WARPS 216 575 360 91 4 1 0 LUMENS 927 1� 3 69 4 0 C.P. LUTAEN8 6 ' 5165 492 4797 1363 4302 024 2 889 1 560 72 100 4 0 0 0 0• -30' 0•-40' 0. -60 0•-90' 90'•180• 0'•180' 9778 t 0••30' Q'•40• 0'.60• 0'.00' 90'-160' 0'.180' 708E 5.30• 0' -40' 0'-60' 0'40' 00••180' 0' -180' 2077E 0'•30' 0••40• 0'.60' 040' 00••180' 0••180' 0'•40' 0'•60' 0'40' 90••180• 0'.180' OUTPUT DATA 208E 1071 42.84 1460 68.43 1704 80.17 1707 86.28 0 0.0 1707 68.28 UIMENI 1818 2302 2753 2758 0 2758 LUMENS 2570 3503 3957 3062 0 3062 2 3 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 111.AAV 38.74 2 52.34 3 82.68 4 82.88 5 0.0 6 82.88 7 8 9 10 STAMP 2 3 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 8 7 8 9 10 43.88 57.45 84.00 64.00 0.0 64.00 MI AMP 38.5 53.2 62.9 53.0 0.0 63.0 42.3 55.5 60.1 88.2 0.0 86.2 moo 71.48► 77 • 5151 5818 5625 0 6825 0 66.5 66.1 68.2 0.0 662 WA rrAeeI BAUAST COEFF113ENT OF UTILIZATION RF 20 RC 80 50 30 RW 60 30 50 30 50 30 78 72 67 83 59 68 62 49 46 43 72 08 64 60 57 54 51 48 45 43 70 66 61 58 54 51 47 44 41 39 70 65 61 57 54 50 47 44 41 38 74 70 85 82 68 65 52 48 46 43 74 70 65 02 58 55 52 48 48 43 76 89 84 80 66 52 49 45 42 39 70 65 61 67 64 51 48 46 42 40 69 89 83 65 59 61 55 57 51 54 47 50 44 47 41 44 38 41 35 39 83 83 68 54 60 47 43 40 37 34 72 87 82 69 55 61 48 45 42 39 72 67 82 69 55 51 48 45 42 39 72 88 65 81 58 54 51 48 45 42 68 84 61 68 55 63 50 47 45 42 66 62 59 65 52 40 48 43 40 37 70 88 83 60 58 63 60 4? 48 42 70 68 63 80 58 63 60 47 45 42 71 66 62 68 65 61 48 45 42 39 87 83 60 68 53 50 47 44 42 30 67 62 58 64 60 47 44 41 38 35 85 80 58 53 40 48 42 40 37 34 60 65 61 67 63 51 47 44 41 30 69 64 81 67 53 50 47 44 41 30 Metal Halide (Power Factor 9O%) 0218' .71/75 70'NX 53/..27 1 00I14X 1 20.55 89 66 83 80 58 64 60 47 45 42 65 83 80 67 64 62 40 47 44 42 64 61 58 55 61 40 45 43 40 38 83 80 87 54 51 48 45 42 39 37 67 84 61 68 55 53 49 47 44 42 87 64 61 66 55 63 40 47 44 42 Mercury Vapor (Power Factor 90%) IM+CWA 1.00/.43 • High Pressure Sodlum (Power Factor 90%) a011x .70/.30 701mx 83/.37 1C0/11X 1.10/.50 60 85 61 57 54 51 47 44 41 39 85 81 58 65 62 49 48 44 41 30 83 60 68 62 49 43 40 37 34 83 69 65 52 48 45 42 39 38 34 87 83 60 66 63 60 47 44 41 38 68 63 60 58 53 60 47 44 41 38 MT. 118, MT. RAYMOLL Far 8' 4.7 9.9 10' 2.5 13.6 12' 1.8 17.1 14' 1.1 20. 18' 0.8 2 m. NT. 8' 10' 12' 14' 16' MT. MT. 8' 10' 12' 14' 18' NT. NT. 8' 10' 12' 14' 16' 8' 10' • 12' 14' 16' F.C.' 65A 01.100E UOUTTO 111. KAM ANNA tar 9.1 9.3 4.0 12.7 3.1 18.1 2.1 10 1.6 2 tti 1174 RAM MU Itr 10,1 10.7 5.5 14.8 3.4 18.4 2.3 22. 1.7 2 117 *00* 80th • NTT 8.2 0.0 4.4 13.5 2.8 17.1 1.9 20 1.4 245• NT. I*% NT. IIAM ANGLE ear 51.9 9.4 6.4 12.8 4.0 18.2 2.7 19 2.0 2',(.0 MAXIMUM PRIMARY LINE CURRENT DROPOUT VOLTAGE 120071 120177 . 90205 00238 60208 94/722 85222 84/222 SINGLE LUMINAIRE thla 30' Above Floor 48.8 25.1 15.6 10.7 7.7 '30/611. 7031600,0$ rF.C.• 01.2 49.1 30.8 20.9 16.1 'INYW,100TGUIDU1 r F.e.• 101.4 64.5 34.0 23,2 16,8 'INRNL10010450U5 r F.e.' 82.3 44,4 27.8 18.8 13.7 'INTIKFOOTCMATIle r 77.8.• 110.3 64.1 40.0 27.3 10.8 'IMnW.NIDIM10t02 NT, 1777 r FA* NT. RAM NMI tar 8' 17.5 9.4 175.4 10' 9.4 12.8 94.3 12' 5.0 18.2 68.8 14' 4.0 10,6 40.1 18' 2,0 28A' 29.1 'Wf PL IOOTGNOLEI ENCASED AND POTTED BALLAST ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS INPUT WATTS 38 94 125 115 75 a 128 077.4 F..• AT 1.10110 00. GMT sex KAMANOU N./' 25.7 23.3 7.8 12.5 9.8 7.8 1.9 6.3 v171.0 3,0 587 RAM ANOtt MA' 6.7 45.8 7.7 24.5 0.8 15.3 11.8 10.4 .'t0.9 7.8 60% OEAM ANGLE ax 8.7 50.7 9.1 27.3 11.5 17.0 13.9 11.6 ,Q.3 8.4 187. RAM AMU ux 5.5 41.1 7.5 22.1 0.5 13.8 11.6 0.4 3.8 6.8 lox RAM AMOU Ear 6.8 59.8 7.0 32.1 10.0 20.0 12.2 13.8 3 9.0 411. KAMANOU 5.8 87.7 7.9 47.2 10.0 20.4 12.2 20.1 no 4.3 14.8 ' Dual tap ballast not available, transformer provided for 120V. IMPORTANT: Plug-In Insulated rocepladee provided are polarized and marked 120 or 277. Fixture Is slipped with ballast plugged Into 277. 1127711 required, no action Is necessary at time of Installation. For 120 volt operation, unplug 277 lead; plug Into 120 receptacle. Tested to current IES and NEMAstandards understablllzed laboratorycondWUons.Varlous ope►aUng factors can cause differences between laboratory data and actual field measurements. Dimensions and specifications on this catalog sheet are based on the most current available data and are subloct to change without notice. 8D 1989 Uthonia Lighting 7/89 Division National Service Industries r ' 1 FEATURES SPECIFICATIONS Ballast Thermally protected, resetting, Class P ballast standard. Sound rating A, CBM /ETL certified, UL listed. Wiring & Electrical AWM, TFN or MINN wire used throughout, rated for required temperatures. Twist -lock lampholders secured by snap -In socket tracks. Materials All metal parts die- formed from code -gauge steel. Finish Five - stage, iron phosphate pre- treatment ensures superior paint adhesion and rust resistance. All painted parts finished with polyester enamel (85% gloss, 89% reflectance). Salt spray test 500 hours. Hardness minimum 2H. MOUNTING DATA For unit or row installation, surface or stem mounting See ACCESSORIES on reverse side for hanging devices Approval Unit Installation- Minimum of two hangers required Row Installation -One hanger per channel plus one per row required. Job information S p ocl y Voltage 120, 277 STRIP LIGHTS 1 LAMP* 11, 2', 3' OR 4' LENGTH Also available In tandem -wired (8') lengths • Heavy-duty channel, die - formed from auge steel . _ Sturdy c cover secured! by captive q - 'tum latch for easy,access to wireway • High- gloss, baked white enamel finish • Combination end plate /channel connector fur- :, nished with each fixture ` -.s.. For unit or row installations, surface or suspended ----- _ _ 'Vie" DIA. K.O.(2) T r . 21/4" — • - - — D t/• 18" 2 "'/,." DIA. K. (2 2" DIA. K.O. 23' 1. WV,." DIA.•K.O.(2t 2" DIA. K.O / Ys" DIA. K.O r " S4" DIA. K.O. 2" DIA. K.O. Ye" Dia. K.O. I SHEET S 24 - or 36" I 2141E 1. 41" u/,." DIA. K.0. u) 231 ¢— .__.__._._. _ �— — - -�-I UL listed and labeled 1.8.E.W —A.F of L 24 "--4 96" :,ti Fixture guaranteed for one year against mechanical defects in manufacture. Dl,nenalona and specifications aublect to change without notice. L /THON /A FLUORESrCENT COMMERCIAL/INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING Pk ALONG 20% ACROSS AwWO ^g Mem�OOOOOOOOOOO Of OMM he i0% 79% 29.5 Tm gg 50% 24 .4 30% Pw 70%60% 50% 10% 70% 601/4 30%10% 50%30% 1 6041, 30¼ 10th 80 84 64 65 76 �� SI 43 49 44 7 51 12 39 2 6 34 31 4400 38 20 2151 2 4 39 28 20 u ie14 MOLE ALONG 45" ACROSS AwWO ^g Mem�OOOOOOOOOOO Of OMM A ;;WM2MWQQ^0,OOOOO ff4∎M NN • f •• 3, Yfh � fFiFi 0000 ZONE LUMENS %LAMP %FIXTURE 12.1 'N OYfO 29.5 Tm gg 5 .R a 24 .4 94.6 PHOTOMETRICS COEFFICIENTS OF UTILIZATION 'Standard ballas , F40T12ICW Tamp (3200 Iumens) Spacing criterion 1.6 x mounting height Full report available. Request ITL 18240 For photometrics on other configurations, see Technical Data section or Lithonia representative ORDERING INFORMATION Add 8T for tandem -wired (8') unit (HRS ballast only) Series Number of lamps (not included) Nominal Wattage (Length) 15 = 15W (18 ") 20 = 20W (24 ") 30 = 30W (36 ") 40 = 40W (48 ") PH = Preheat, LPF TS = Trigger start, LPF (15W & 20W only) HTS = Trigger start, HPF (15W & 20W only) RS = Rapid start, LPF (30W & 40W only) HRS = Rapid start, HPF (30W & 40W only) FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPE REMARKS Ballast Type CATALOG NUMBER SHEET S STRIP LIGHTS 1 LAMP • 1 Z 3' OR 4' LENGTH. S 5140 RS" ZONAL CAVITY .. 'Exalmplr3: S 130 RS 120 GLR CANDLEPOWER 1 1 1 I ---- ZONAL LUMEN SUMMARY VOLTAGE 120 or 277 Others available — consult factory OPTIONS ES Energy-saving ballast (30W & 40W only) EL Self-contained emergency lighting (40W only) GLR Internal (ast•blow fusing (GLRX for external) GMF Internal slow -blow fusing (OMFX for external) CS1 8' 120V cordsel, U•ground plug (CS7 for 277V) CS3 8' 120V cordsel, twtsl•lock plug (CS11 for 277V) RIF Radio interference filter CPK Collin pack (palletized without cartons) SW Stretch-Wrap (palletized in cartons) ACCESSORIES Order Separately SO_ Swivel stem hanger (specify length) 10 Ceiling spacer 1 from ceiling WGi Wire guard for 48" unit with AS 40 reflector W132 Wire guard for 48" unit with SM 40 reflector W08 TEC AS 20 AS 40 SM 20 SM 40 Wire guard for 48" unit without reflector Tee bar (caddy) clips 2' asymmetric reflector 4' asymmetric reflector 2' symmetric reflector 4' symmetric rellector For details, see OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES section. Refer to Sheet AS/SM for descriptions of reflectors. t 1984 Lithonia Lighting, Rev, 10/87 — Supercedes all previous sheets L /7HON/A FLUORESCENT COMMERCIAL /INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING A DIVISION OF LITHONIA LIGHTING P O BOX A. CONYERS GEORGIA 30207.0067. 401 922.9000 • TELEX 26136/ LITHO UR TURRET INDUSTRIAL 240/340 20% UPLIGHT • 2 OR 3 LAMPS • RAPID S TART 1 SPECIFICATIONS Ballast Thermally - protected, resetting, Class P, HPF ballasts standard. Sound rating A, CBM /ETL certified, UL listed. Wiring & Electrical AWM, TFN or THHN wire used throughout, rated for required temperatures. 3 -lamp models: Center lamp(s) connected to separate ballast facilitates switch wiring for three -level lighting. Input watts: (standard) (energy - saving): AF 240 (95) (71); AF 340 (148) (112). Materials Metal parts die - formed from code -gauge steel. Reflectors secured by plated quarter -turn latches. Finish Five - stage, iron - phosphate pretreatment ensures superior paint adhesion and rust resistance. All steel parts finished with white, electrostatically - applied, polyester enamel (85% gloss, 89% reflectance). Salt spray test 500 hours. Hardness minimum 2H. S•' UL listed and labeled I.B.E. W —A.F of L. Fixture guaranteed for one year against mechanical defects In manufacture. 1/4' .'h" HOLE 12 ) 4 MOUNTING DATA For unit or row installation, surface or suspended mounting Approval UNIT INSTALLATION 2 hanging devices per fixture required HOOKERTM HANGERS Minimum two per channel (unit and row) ROW INSTALLATION 1 hanging device per fixture plus 1 per row required • 20% uplight; 13° shielding angle with T12 lamps • Die - embossed reflector constructed of heavy - gauge cold - rolled steel – white enamel finish standard, porcelain finish optional • Twist -lock lampholders enclosed in snap -in turret housing • For unit_ or row installation, surface or suspended mounting • 6" lamp spacing standard on 2 -lamp models • Reflector aligners and channel connectors furnished Job Information Also available in 4', and tandem -wired 8' lengths HC '/u" DIA. 11.0.12) " /mm" 01A. 11.0.17) '1. ".4'4 "K.O.121 1." Vs" HOLE 12 10" 49' w . ' WV,." 01A. K.O. (7) 1/4" OIA. K.O. 12) 2" 01A. 11.0 HRUN SHEET AF 240/340 ' /i'.'h "K.O. (2) "MEW COMMERCIAL /INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING 3v "i--. e Dimensions and specifications subject to change without nonce. See ACCESSORIES on reverse side for other hanging devices 7 . LITHONIA FLUORESCENT PIc ALONO 20% ACROSS �_nnw2 tln m ® §aa Pet 80% 30-60 70% 40 7 50% 984 30% 90.180 Pw 70%50% 30% 10% 1 TM 80% 30%10% 50% 30% 10% 50% 30% 10% -| � VF. 7 =rum= ua = ▪ s-a ; ME r■u • I P P • M . RaZ■ ratIf SSZ4RXRRRIR e.T.MgAgrA I ANGLE ALONO 45° ACROSS �_nnw2 tln m ® §aa a , itg - M E Z I .J2 m 19 3 ZONE LUMENS % LAMP %FIXTURE 0.30 1099 8 19 3 30-60 2315 40 7 6000 984 17 3 90.180 5 568 1 9 100 AF 240/340 1 TURRET INDUSTRIAL 20% UPLIGHT • 2 OR 3 LAMPS • RAPID START PHOTOMETRICS COEFFICIENTS OF UTILIZATION ... r 'Standard ballast(s), F40T12 /CW lamps (3200 lumens) Spacing criterion' 1.5 x mounting height Full report available. Request ITL 18288 For photometrics on other configurations, see Technical Data section or Lithonia representative ORDERING INFORMATION Example: 8TAF 340 PO 277 ES GLR For tandem -wired double - length unit, add prefix 8T. For in -line wiring on tandem 2 -lamp models, add prefix 8T and suffix TILW Series 2 or 3 (amps (not included) Nominal 40W (48 ") REFLECTOR FINISH Standard finish is white enamel, Insert PO for optional white porcelain FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPE REMARKS CATALOG NUMBER ZONAL CAVITY AF AF 240* i -4 use° >120° i SHEET AF 240/340 CANDLEPOWER VOLTAGE 120 or 277 Others available -- consult factory OPTIONS ES Energy-saving ballasts BW Plug•in branch wiring (spocily 1, 2, or 3 circuits and ballast wiring) EL Sell-contained emergency lightin GLR Internal last -blow fusing (GMF for slow-blow; TILW Tandem in -line wiring SW Stretch -Wrap (palletized in cartons) CPK Coffin pack (palletized without cartons) For details and complete list of options, see OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES section ZONAL LUMEN SUMMARY ACCESSORIES Order Separately 1028_ Tong hanger (specify stem size) HRUN Hooker Hanger, flush to ceiling HRUN1 Hooker Hanger, 11" from ceiling SO__ Swivel stem hanger (specify length) 1B Ceiling spacer, 1V z" from ceiling HC Chain hanger set (38" length) WG3 4' wire guard (order 2 for 8' models) AF 48 ME 4' metal eggcrate louver, 30° shielding For details and complete list of accessories, see OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES section e 1984 Lithonla Lighting Rev. 3/88 — Supercedes ell previous sheets L /THON /A FLUORESCENT w COMMERCIAL /INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING A DIVISION OF LITHONIA LIGHTING P 0. OOX A, CONYERS. GEORGIA 30207.0087 • 404 022.9000 • TELEX 261381 LITHO UR 1 i i SPECIFICATION PREMIUM TROFFER 2' x 4' • 4 LAMPS • RAPID START INTEGRAL OPPOSING T-BAR CLIPS CAM LATCHEES STURDY T.H1NOE • Standard door is fully gasketed flush steel with opposing, rotary- action cam latches latches painted after fabrication • Hinges or latches from side • Aluminum door frames available - flush or regressed • Spring - loaded latches optional • T -hinge for positive door retention • In- and -out wiring standard; ballast leads identified • Overlapping flanged trim and modular fit-in trim available (field installable, if desired) • integral T -bar safety clips built Into end plates _..... ........ .......... SPECIFICATIONS Ballast Thermally protected, resetting, Class P HPF ballast standard. Sound rating A, CBM approved in standard combinations, UL listed. Wiring & Electrical AWM, TFN or THHN wire used throughout, rated for required temperatures. All ballast leads extend minimum of 6" through access plate. System Input watts: standard 176, energy saving 137 Materials Metal parts die - formed from code -gauge steel. Housing die - embossed for added rigidity. Standard diffuser is 100% acrylic prismatic, #12 pattern. Finish Five stage, iron phosphate pre- treatment ensures superior paint adhesion and rust resistance. All parts finished with polyester enamel (85% gloss, 89% reflectance). Salt §pray test 500 hours. Hardness minimum 2H. UL listed and labeled I.B.E.W. -A.F of L. Fixture guaranteed for one year against mechanical defects In manufacture. MOUNTING DATA Other mounting trims available. Consul) factory. Drawings shown are not to scale. Approval G Lay -in Grid (exposed or concealed grid) Job Information Type '/," DIA. K.O. (2) ACCESS PLATE 4 / 2 ' f�- `i:�:_ F" Overlapping Flanged Trim with swing - gate hangers 'Consult factory "Minimum ceiling opening for F Trim fixtures: 2'x4', Swing -gate range: 11/16" to 3-1/4". 2SP 44 71 / 2 �--- rr 71/ rr ° 233 /4,r 4 Dimensions and specifications subject to change without nolice. MT* Modular Fit -In Trim with swing - gate hangers r® L /THON/A Specify Voltage 120, 277 _r FLUORESCENT Sheet 2SP 440 DIFFUSER TYPE Al2 #12 pattern acrylic Al2.125 #12 pattern acrylic, .125" thick A19 #19 pattern acrylic, .156" thick K20 0420 Pattern acrylic-140" (hick IM Injection-molded acrylic, .150" thick 84Y Halophane 8224 with overla AC Dro..ed dish, matte white ac Ilc For complete list of lenses and louvers, see OPTIONS and ACCESSORIES section. Ma ALONG 21.6' 30% n6• ACROSS _2V2CRAWMASSEg2211 � � � � � � � �■� - NH - r - s0% � � ■�e� � ■� - 70% 00% 30% pw 70% SOS 30% 10% 70% 50% 00% 10% 10% 30% 10% 110% 30% 10% MIXXREngl 3:4:4WIRRA a • P- p 22241MER1 • f 0 1 ?turantuni ■M M ■NA ■R SMURCAR S ■N t /MI ALONG 21.6' 45.1" n6• ACROSS _2V2CRAWMASSEg2211 � � � � � � � �■� - ■A ©� " - i■1;1R : 0§H EEK 1 � � ■�e� � ■� - l■agaM ROOM H HEIGHT H HEIGHT 01:1 71 b b e e 7 71 6 68 1.91180 %TAMP %FIXTURE 22.9 5566.3 59.7 63.9 67.2 10.0 � � § 2SP 440 PHOTOMETRICS COEFFICIENTS OF UTILIZATION 'Standard ballast, F40T12/CW (amps (3150 lumens) Spacing Criteria: It = 1.2 x mounting height 1= 1.3 x mounting height Full report available. Request ERL 7100 For photometrics on other configurations, see Technical Data section or Lithonia Representative ORDERING INFORMATION Explanation of Catalog Number: Series Trim Type G,F,MT "Consult factory Number of Lamps Lamp Wattage — FRAME TYPE FLUSH REGRESSED FLUSH STEEL STEEL ALUMINUM (Leave Blank) FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPE CATALOG NUMBER REMARKS Sheet 2SP 440 u RS FN•Natural FM -Matte black FW -White SPECIFICATION PREMIUM TROFFER 2'x 4' • 4 LAMPS • RAPID START 2SPG 440 Al2'* ZONAL CAVITY 4 40 1 REGRESSED ALUMINUM RN•Natural RM -Matte black RW -Whlte 00" ZONAL LUMEN SUMMARY ES EL LP GLR SW JP FR TYPICAL. VCP PERCENTAGES r Example: 2SP G 4 40 RN Al2 120 ES 11 11 I L§ CANDLEPOWER VOLTAGE 120 or 277 I Others available — consult factory OPTIONS Enerrr•savinq ballast (meets federal requirements) Sell- contained emergency lighting F40 CW lamps (Installed) Internal fast blow fuse Stretch -Wrap (palletized in cartons) Job palletized (uncartoned) Suitable for UL listed firs -rated ceilings For details and a complete list of options, see OPTIONS ANO ACCESSORIES section. C 1908 Uthonla Ughting, Rev. 7/89 ' FL �ENT fiClllC I A DIVISION OF LITHONIA LIGHTING P 0 8011 A. CONYERS mew 3 02070007. TELEPHONE 4040220000• FAX 404422.1041 I A i Features OPPOSING INTEGRAL T•OAR CLIPS CAM LATCHES MOUNTING DATA Other mounting trims available. Consult factory. Drawings shown are not to scale. SPECIFICATION PREMIUM TROFFER I 2SP 240 2' x 4' • 2 LAMPS • RAPID START STURDY T•HINGE SPECIFICATIONS Ballast Thermally protected, resetting, Class P HPF ballast standard. Sound rating A, CBM approved in standard combinations, UL listed. Wiring & Electrical AWM, TFN or THHN wire used throughout, rated for required temperatures. All ballast leads extend minimum of 6" through access plate. System input watts: standard 89, energy saving 69. Materials Metal parts die - formed frorn code -gauge steel. Housing die - embossed for added rigidity. Standard diffuser is 100% acrylic prismatic, #12 pattern. Finish Five stage, iron phosphate pre- treatment ensures superior paint adhesion and rust resistance. All parts finished with polyester enamel (85% gloss, 89% reflectance). Salt spray test 500 hours. Hardness minimum 2H. G Lay -in Grid (exposed or concealed grid) 23": 1 1' '/, DIA.1t.o. (2) ACCESS PLATE UL listed and labeled I.B.E.W. -A,F of L. Fixture guaranteed for one year against mechanical defects In manufacture. Dimensions and specifications subject to change without notice. F "" Over apping Flanged Trim with swing - gate hangers *Consult factory "Minimum ceiling opening for F Trim fixtures: 2'x4', Swing -gate range: 11/16" to 3 -1/4 ". Approval Job Information • Standard door is fully gasketed flush steel with opposing, rotary- action cam latches - - latches painted after fabrication • • Hinges or latches from either side • Aluminum door frames available - • flush or regressed9 is • Spring- loaded latches optional • T -hinge for positive door retention • Overlapping flanged trim and modular fit -in trim available (field installable, if desired) .010:. • integral T -bar safety clips built into end plates .., . •141/4 — 1s' / 4e" Mr Modular Fit -In Trim with swing - gate hangers r a L /THON /A r FLUORESCENT Type .A Specify Voltage 120, 277 COMMERCIAUINOUSTRIAL LIGHTING Sheet 2SP 240 DIFFUSER TYPE Al2 #12 Pattern acrylic Al2.125 #12 pattern ac lc, .125" thick A19 #19 pattern acrylic, .156" (hick . K20 #20 pattern acrylic, .140" thick IM Injection-molded acrylic, .150" thick 84Y Hole bane 8224 with overla AC Dropped dish, matte white acrylic For complete list of lenses and louvers, see OPTIONS and ACCESSORIES section. Al ALONG 22.5' is.r ITN ACROSS 1 c"'eteRVAR iiIi5BERESEEEEF. ' SEREWOOMEm ENEIEEMESIREE5P 9eo lEggiEliEgMEM7 • 90% 78 74 70% et 71 90% 70 72 90% pr 7014 90% 90% 10% 70% 90% 30% 10% 00% 70% 10% 90% 5011 10% 1 - •=1 t22214MX1 BROSUMNR g82044a1 R RSAWMARAAI 88:441RION ggiSSIMUMM VS2S4MAR ANGLE ALONG 22.5' is.r ITN ACROSS 1 c"'eteRVAR iiIi5BERESEEEEF. ' SEREWOOMEm ENEIEEMESIREE5P REEITREE5MEEPtsm lEggiEliEgMEM7 ROOM Size HEIGHT ALONG HENLNT ACROSS (FEET) 0.5' 10.0' 8.5' 10.0' 012R8 ERRSS 77 0 7E 600 78 74 n et 71 73 70 72 ZONE LUMENS %LAM► %FIXTURE 255 66.7 410S 100.0 4669 100.0 2SP 240 PHOTOMETRICS COEFFICIENTS OF UT1UZATION 'Standard ballast, F40T12/CW (amps (3160 lumens) Spacing Criteria: II so 1.2 x mounting height t = 1.4 x mounting height Full report available. Request ERL 7108 For photometrica on other configurations, see Technical Data section or Lithonia Representative ORDERING INFORMATION Explanation of Catalog Number: Series Trim Type G,F,MT *Consult factory Number of Lamps ,Lamp Wattage FRAME TYPE FLUSH REGRESSED FLUSH STEEL STEEL ALUMINUM (Leave Blank) FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPE REMARKS 2SPI Sheet 2SP 240 RS FN- Natural FM -Matte black FW -White CATALOG NUMBER SPECIFICATION. PREMIUM TROFFER 2'x 4' e 2 LAMPS • RAPID START ZONAL CAVITY REGRESSED ALUMINUM RN•Natural RM -Matte black RW -White - 2SPG 240 Al2* ZONAL LUMEN SUMMARY I F - 1 I ES ES EL LP GLR SW JP FR CANDLEPOWER • „ TYPICAL VCP PERCENTAGES Example: 2SP G 2 40 RN Al2 120 ES GLR VOLTAGE 120 or 277 Others available— consult factory OPTIONS Energ•saving ballad (meets federal requirements) Self•containedemer en ll,htin F40 CW lamps (Installed) Internal last blow fuse Stretch•Wrap (palletized in cartons) Job palletized (uncartoned) Suitable for UL listed fire•rated ceilings For details and a complete list of options, see OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES section. © 1988 Uthonla Lighting, Rev.7 /89 P . LITHONIA FLUORESCENT `NNW COMMERCIALIINOUSTRIAL LIGHTING A DIVISION OF LITHONIA LIGHTING P 0 003 A. CONYERS 06003014 302070067 • TELEPHONE 404 9729000 • FAX 404 922.1041 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE NO. ITEM EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS WIRE SIZE ', CIRCUITNOTES NO. AC -1 AIR CONDITIONING UNIT 480V,3PH,41A NO.6 N2 -1,3,5 1,2 AC -2 AIR CONDITIONING UNIT 480V,3PH,41A NO.6 N2 -2,4,6 1,2 AC -3 AIR CONDITIONING UNIT 480V,3PH,31.5A NO.8 N2- 7,9,11 1,2 AC -4 AIR CONDITIONING UNIT 480V,3PH,17A N0,10 N2- 8,10,12 1,2 AC -5 AIR CONDITIONING UNIT 480V,3PH,17A NO.10 = N2- 14,16,18 1,2 EF -1 EXHAUST FAN 120V,1 /12HP NO.12 S1 -15 1,2 P -5 (2) ELECTRIC WATER COOLER 120V,390 WATTS NO.12 S1 -20 1,2 P -7 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER 120V,2500 WATTS NO.10 S1 -30 1,2 P -10 HOT WATER DISPENSER 120V,750 WATTS NO.12 S1 -17 1,2 r r r t r is NOTES: 1. PROVIDE FUSED DISCONNECT, STARTER AND /OR MOTOR RATED SWITCH AS REQUIRED BY CODE OR MECHANICAL. 2. PROVIDE AND /OR CONNECT CONTROLS AS REQUIRED BY MECHANICAL. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1:2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. B. 1. Wall Switches. 2. Receptacles. 3. Device Plates. 4. Surface Covers. Design Requirements: 1. Federal Specification Compliance: Federal Specification WS896 and WC596 and receptacles respectively. 2. NEMA Configuration: Comply configurations and standards for special purpose wiring devices. 3. Appearance: Provide line voltage lighting switches and receptacles of common manufacturer and identical appearance. Wall Switches: Arrow -Hart. Receptacles: Color to be ivory. 1. Outlet Devices Shall be Grounding -type Specification Grade as Follows: a. Single Receptacle Arrow Hart 5351 20A 125V, NEMA 5 -20R b. Single Receptacle • Arrow Hart I.G. 5351 20A 125V, NEMA 5 -20R Isolated Ground c. Duplex Receptacle Arrow Hart 5342 20A 125V, NEMA 5 -20R WIRING DEVICES Section 16140 - Page 1 Comply with for switches with NEMA general and Duplex Receptacle Arrow Hart I.G. 5362 20A 125V, NEMA 5 -20 Isolated Ground C. Finish Plates: Hubbell, Plain Stainless Steel, Leviton, Pass & Seymour, Slater. 2.2 WALL SWITCHES A. Characteristics: Toggle type, quiet acting, 20A, 120/277V, UL listed for motor loads up to 80% of rated amperage, standard finish. Hubbell Series 1221. B. Pilot Light Switches: Lighted handle, toggle type, red unless noted otherwise, neon pilot lamp. Pilot lamp energized when load is energized. 20A/120V, Hubbell Series 1221 -PL; 20A/208 -277V, Hubbell Series 122.1 -PLF. C. Key Switches: 20A/120 -277V, black key guide. Hubbell Series 1221 -L. Key for lock type switches, Hubbell 1209. 2.3 RECEPTACLES e. Weatherproof Duplex, NEMA 5 -20R Receptacle 20A 125V f. Multi - outlet strip with 15A, 120V Isolated Ground Single Receptacles WIRING DEVICES Section 16140 - Page 2 Arrow Hart 5342 w/4500 Metal Weatherproof Cover Plate Wiremold(Plugmold) #IG- 2127GA g. Multi- outlet strip Wiremold(Plugmold). with 15A, 120V Single Receptacles #2127GA h. Ground Fault As per UL 943 Interrupter A. Finish: Same exposed finish as switches. B. Characteristics: Straight parallel blade 15A, 125V, 2 pole - 3 wire grounding. Hubbell 5262. C. Isolated Ground Receptacle: Orange urea finish with isolated ground. Hubbell IG -5262. D. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFI): Feed through type, 20A, 125VAC, specification grade. Hubbell GF -5262. E. Damp Locations: Weatherproof duplex receptacles installed in damp locations shall be Bryant #5362 -I -4550; Section 16140 -.2 260 /CC. WIRING DEVICES Section 16140 - Page 3 G.E. Co. #4040 -2 and #9226 -5, Slater #M3780- W5352: Leviton #4943, Sierra #WP08, or approved substitute. F. Wet Locations: Weatherproof receptacles installed in wet locations, approved for location and use. 1. Single Receptacle Cover: Shall be Crouse -Hinds #WLR5 2. Duplex Receptacle Covers: Shall be Crouse -Hinds #WLRD -520. 3. Cord Caps: Utilization equipment connected to wet location receptacles shall be equipped with barrel type plug similar to Hubbell #5266 -C. G. Special Purpose Receptacles: Refer to Drawings for NEMA Standard Specification. 2.4 FINISH PLATES A. Material: 18% chrome, 80% nickel, Type 302 stainless steel, satin finish, beveled metal. Hubbell BPHDSSDNI. B. Telephone /Signal System Device Plates: 3/4" diameter hole with grommet. Hubbell BM3SSDNI. 2.5 SURFACE COVERS A. Material: Galvanized or cadmium plated steel, 1/2" raised industrial type with openings appropriate for device(s) installed on surface outlets. B. Cast Box and Extension Adaptors: Aluminum, with gasket, blank. Single gang, Bell 240 -ALF. Two gang, Bell 236 - ALF. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protection: 1. Devices: Upon installation of wall plates and receptacles, advise Contractor regarding proper and cautious use of convenience outlets. At time of Substantial Completion, replace those items which have been damaged, including those burned and scored by faulty receptacles or cord caps. Section 16140 - 3 260 /CC WIRING DEVICES Section 16140 - Page 4 2. Finish Plates and Devices: Do not install items until finish painting is complete. Scratched or splattered finish plates and devices will not be acceptable. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. . Plumb: Install devices and finish plates plumb with building lines. B. Orientation: 1. Wall Mounted Receptacles: Install with long dimen- sions oriented vertically at centerline height shown on Drawings or specified herein. 2. Vertical Alignment: When more than one outlet is shown on the Drawings in close proximity to each other, but at different elevations, align the out- lets on a common vertical center line for best appearance. Verify with the Architect. 3. Device Outlets at Counters: Install outlets above countertops with long dimension oriented horizon- tally. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Tests: Wiring Devices: Test wiring devices to insure electrical continuity of grounding connections, and after energizing circuitry, to demonstrate com- pliance with requirements. Receptacles shall be tested for line to neutral, line to ground and neutral to ground wiring errors. Correct any defective wiring. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS A. Provide branch circuit panels for lighting and power as indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CIRCUIT BREAKERS: A. Panel breakers to be thermal magnetic type, 10,000 A.I.C. minimum. Two and three pole breakers to have a common trip, single handle. B. Breakers 100 amp. to 225 amp., 10,000 Amp. I.C. symmetrical. Handle ties not permitted. C. Breakers for time switch, night light and other designated circuits shall be provided with a device on handle to lock breaker in "ON" position (HLO). D. Install ground fault interrupter circuit breakers for equipment in damp or wet locations as required by N.E.C. (Note: GFI receptacles for convenience outlets may be used in lieu of the GFI breakers). E. Install shunt -trip circuit breakers for equipment to be remotely controlled by emergency shutoff buttons. F. Manufacturers: Square -D, Siemens - Allis, G.E., or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS Section 16160 — Page 1 A. Aluminum feeders shall be terminated with compression type lugs where terminated on bus. Provide ground bus with cable termination capabilities to match ground conductors installed where indicated on drawings. B. Panel tubs to be provided with rated enclosure to match rating of wall where required or backed with rated material. Section 16160 - 1 260 /CC END OF SECTION BRANCH CIRCUIT_PANELBOARDS Section 16160 - Page 2 3.2 CIRCUIT IDENTITY: A. Provide identification cards in holders in panel doors. Provide 3/16" x 4" line per circuit. Each circuit breaker shall have permanent identification. Horizontal centerline of engraved numbers .shall correspond to centerline of circuit breaker. Left column, odd numbers; right column, even numbers. C. Stuck on numbers of any type are not acceptable. D. Identification cards to be filled out clearly, typewritten, left hand (off numbered) circuits in one column, right hand (even numbered) circuits in a separate column. Identify all. outlets. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Toggle Type Disconnect Switches. B. Manual Motor Starters. C. Safety Switches. 1.2 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING MOTOR AND CIRCUIT DISCONNECTS Section 16170 - Page 1 A. Packing and Shipping: Deliver switches individually wrapped in factory - fabricated fiberboard type containers. B. Storage and Protection: PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Toggle Type Disconnect Switches: Arrow -Hart and Bryant. • 1. Store switches in clean dry place. 2. Protect switches from dirt, fumes, water and physi- cal damage. 3. Handle switches carefully to avoid damage to material components, enclosure and finish. 4. Do not install damaged switches, remove from project site. Manual Motor Starters: Cutler- Hammer, General Electric, Siemens Allis, Square -D, Sylvania, Westinghouse. C. Safety Switches: General Electric, Siemens -Allis and Square -D. 2.2 TOGGLE TYPE DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Rating: 120 volts, single pole, 20A, 1 HP maximum. B. Enclosure: NEMA 1 indoors, NEMA 3R raintight outdoors. 2.3 MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS A. Characteristics: Section 16170 -.1 260 /CC B. Enclosure: NEMA 1 indoors, NEMA 3R raintight outdoors. 2.4 SAFETY SWITCHES A. Heavy duty, fused type, dual rated, quick -make, quick- - break with fuse rejection feature for use with Class "R" fuses only. B. Enclosures NEMA 1 indoors and NEMA 3R raintight outdoors. C. Switches clearly marked for maximum voltage, current and horsepower. D. Equip enclosure with defeatable cover interlock. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION 1. Quick -make, quick- break. 2. Thermal overload protection. 3. Clearly label device for maximum voltage, current and horsepower. 4. Square -D, Class 2510. A. Provide disconnect switch at each motor location within 5' -0" unless otherwise noted. B. Motors within sight of and not more than twenty (20) feet from motor branch circuit device do not require a disconnect switch at the motor. Provide locking device on circuit protective device. C. Recessed fractional horsepower exhaust fan units in wall or ceiling; no disconnect switch required at motor. D. Switches disconnect all phase legs. E. Coordinate fuse ampere rating with installed equipment. Fuse ampere rating variance between original design information and installed equipment, size in accordance with Bussmann Fusetron 40 °C recommendations. Do not provide fuses of lower ampere rating than motor starter heaters. END OF SECTION MOTOR AND CIRCUIT DISCONNECTS Section 16170 - Page 2 Section 16170 - 2 260 /CC PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fuses. 2. Circuit Breakers. B. Related Sections: 1.2 SUBMITTALS 1. Section 16170, Circuit and Motor Disconnects. 2. Section 16160, Panelboards. A. Product Data: 1. Provide instantaneous let - through current curves and average melting time current curves for fuses supplied to project. 2. Provide product data and time /current trip curves for circuit breakers supplied to project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Fuses: Bussmann Division, McGraw- Edison Co.; Shawmut Division, Gould Electronic. B. Circuit Breakers: General Electric, Siemens -Allis and Square -D Westinghouse. C. Fuse Cabinet: Square -D. 2.2 FUSES A. Characteristics: Dual element, time delay, current limiting, non - renewable type, rejection feature. B. Combination Loads: UL Class RK5 or UL. Class J, 1/10 -600A. C. Motor Loads: UL Class RK5 or UL Class J, 1/10 -600A. D. Fuse Puller(s) for complete range of fuses. OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES Section 16180 — Page 1 Section 16180 - 1 260 /CC 2.3 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: 2.4 FUSE CABINET OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES Section 16180 - Page 2 1. One, two or three pole, single handle common trip, rated 15A -800A, as specified on Drawings. 2. Overcenter toggle -type mechanism, quick -make, quickbreak action. Trip indication is by handle position. 3. Calibrate for operation in 40 °C ambient temperature. 4. 15A -200A Breakers: Permanent trip unit containing individual thermal and magnetic trip elements in each pole. 5. Greater than 100A Breakers: Variable magnetic trip elements set by a single adjustment. Provide push -to -trip button on cover on breaker for mechanical tripping. 6. Provide removable load lugs, UL listed for compres- sion type lugs, copper conductors only. A. Enclosure: 1. Metallic cabinet surface mounted, with internal shelves, trim cover with hinged and latched door. 2. Size cabinet such that spare fuses required by these Documents do not exceed 50% of cabinet volume. Label: Provide engraved label to identify as "Spare Fuse Cabinet ". PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Fuses: For each class and ampere rating of fuse installed, provide the following quantities of spares for quantity of fuses installed: 0 -24 Provide 6 spare. 25 -48 Provide spare. Section 16180 - 2 260/CC B. Circuit Breakers: 1. Provide circuit breakers, specified herein and on Drawings, for installation in panelboards, individual enclosures or combination motor starters. 2. Provide ground fault interrupter circuit breakers for equipment in damp or wet locations. 3. Provide device on handle to lock breaker in "ON" position for breakers feeding time switches, night lights and similar circuits required to be contin- uously energized. END OF SECTION OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES Section 16180 - Page 3 :Section 16180.- 3 260 /CC PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment Identification Labels. 2. Conductor Identification Numbers. 3. Branch Circuit Identification. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Section 16195- Page 1 A. Design Requirements: 1. Coordinate names, abbreviations and other designa- tions with equipment specified in this or other Divisions of the Specification or identified on the Drawings. 2. Fasten labels to equipment in a secure and permanent manner. 3. Mark underground utilities in conformance with American Public Works Association (APWA). PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Engraved Labels: "Lamicoid ". B. . Conductor Numbers: Brady. C. Underground Utilities Ribbon: 2.2 ENGRAVED LABELS: A. Melamine plastic laminate, thick. B. Engravers standard letter letters, all capitals. Allen Systems, Inc. white with black core, 1/16" style, minimum 3/16" high C. Drill or punch labels for mechanical fastening except where adhesive mounting is necessary because of sub- strate. Use self tapping stainless steel screws. D. Dymo tape labels are not acceptable. Section 16195 - 1 260 /CC 2.3 CONDUCTOR NUMBERS 2.4 BRANCH CIRCUIT SCHEDULES 2.5 UNDERGROUND UTILITIES MARKERS 2.6 CIRCUIT BREAKER IDENTIFICATION PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GRAPHICS ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Section 16195- Page 2 A. Manufacturers standard vinyl -cloth self - adhesive cable and conductor markers of the wraparound type. Preprinted black numbers on yellow field. A. Provide branch circuit identification schedules, type- written, clearly filled out, to identify load connected to each circuit. Numbers to correspond to numbers assigned to each circuit breaker pole position. B. Provide two columns odd numbers in left column, even numbers in right column, with 3" wide line for typing connected load information. A. Insert polyethylene plastic ribbon, 6" wide by 4.0 mil thick. B. Color code as recommended by APWA. Safety Red for elec- tric power distribution. Safety Alert Orange for tele- phone, signal, data and cable TV. C. Imprint over entire length of ribbon in permanent black letters, the system description, selected from manufac- turer's standard legend which most accurately identifies the sub -grade system. A. Provide permanent identification number in or on panel - board dead -front adjacent to each circuit breaker pole position. B. Horizontal centerline of engraved numbers to correspond with centerline of circuit breaker pole position. A. Coordinate names, abbreviations and designations used on the Drawings with equipment labels. Section 16195 - 2 260 /CC [71 3.2 UNDERGROUND UTILITIES MARKERS ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Section 16195- Page 3 A. Install continuous tape, 6 " -8" below finish grade, for each exterior underground raceway. B. Where multiple small lines are buried in a common trench and do not exceed an overall width of 16 ", install a single marker. Over 16" width of lines, install multiple tapes not over 10" apart (edge to edge) over the entire group of lines. 3.3 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION A. Apply markers on each conductor for control, signaling and communications circuits where wires of more than one circuit are present. B. Match conductor identification used in panelboards, Shop Drawings, Contract Documents and similar previously es- tablished identification for Division 16 work. 3.4 EQUIPMENT /SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION A. Install an engraved label on each major unit of electri- cal equipment, including but not limited to the following items: 3.5 APPLICATION 1. Disconnect switches, identify item of equipment controlled. 2. Relays. 3. Contactors. 4. Time Switches. 5. Override Switches. 6. Service Disconnect and Distribution Switches, iden- tify connected load. 7. Branch Circuit Panelboards. 8. Central or master unit of each electrical system including communication /signal systems, unless the unit incorporates its own self - explanatory identification. A. Install engraved branch panelboard identification labels on the inside of flush panels, visible when door is opened. Install label on outside of surface panel. B. Install signs at locations indicated or, where not Section 16195 - 3 260 /CC ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Section 16195- Page 4 otherwise indicated, at location for best convenience of viewing without interference with operation and mainte- nance of equipment. ' C. Where signs are to be applied to surfaces which require finish, install identification after completion of painting. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Section 16400 - Page 1 A. Coordinate new main service with serving utility` company regarding the route and location of new service laterals to pad transformer. Include in bid all costs levied to this project by the power company. 1.2 SCOPE A. Verify the service installations as indicated in the contract documents with the serving utility company. All requirements of the serving utility company shall govern the service installation and take precedence over the drawings in the event of variance. The serving utility company is to be notified at the time work is started. B. Furnish and install distribution equipment as herein specified and shown on the drawings. The equipment shall meet U.L. enclosure requirements and be furnished with a U.L. label. C. All equipment for service to be approved for service by code enforcement authorities. D. Submit shop drawing for approval prior to starting fabrication. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARDS A. The equipment shall be dead -front with front accessibility required. The framework shall consist of steel channels bolted to the frame to rigidly support the entire shipping section for moving on rollers and floor mounting. The frame work is to be formed of code gauge steel, rigidly welded and bolted together to support all cover plates, bussing and component devices. Maximum depth is 24 ", height 90 "; length not to exceed that shown on the drawings. Provide pull section and metering compartment as required by power company. B. Each section shall have an open bottom and an individual removable top plate for installation and termination of conduit. Top and bottom conduit areas are to be clearly Section 16400 - 1 260 /CC SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Section 16400 - Page 2 shown and dimensioned on the shop drawings. The wireway front covers shall have hinges to permit easy access to be branch circuit load side terminals. The paint finish shall be gray applied by the electro- deposition process over an iron phospate pre - treatment. C. The bussing shall be of sufficient cross - sectional area to meet U.L. Standard 891 on temperature rise. D. Bussing to be copper or aluminum bar with suitable electroplating for connection corrosion control; no wire. Bus shall have the ampacity indicated on the drawings and shall be braced to have a minimum short circuit current rating of 50,000 RMS symmetrical amperes or as indicated on drawings. A continuous ground bus shall be provided. E. Each complete unit shall be given a single short circuit current rating by the manufacturer. Such a rating shall be established by actual tests by the manufacturer, in accordance with U.L. specifications, on equipment constructed similary to the equipment furnished. F. The fusible switches shall be quick -make, quick - break, shall be bolted to bus, and shall be group mounted in panel -type construction and be equipped with fuse rejection feature for use with type 'R' fuses only. Each switch is to be enclosed in a separate steel enclosure. The enclosure will employ a hinged cover for access to the fuses which will be interlocked with the operating handle to prevent opening the cover when the switch is in the "on" position. This interlock shall be constructed so that it can be released with a standard electrican's tool for testing fuses without interrupting service. The units shall have padlocking provisions in the "off" position and the operating handle position shall give positive switch positon indication; i.E.,: Red is "on ", black is "off ". Switches exceeding 600 AMPS shall be bolted pressure type or approved equal. G. Install bus, bracing, supports and tapped holes in bus for breakers indicated as a space, requiring only the breaker for installation and use. H. Manufacturers: G.E. Co., Square -D "QMB ", Allen- Bradley, Westinghouse "FDP," and Siemens -Allis "Vacu- Break" are approved. I. Circuit breaker type equipment is acceptable provided it Section 16400- 2 260 /CC meets all of PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 'INSTALLATION SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Section 16400 - Page 3 the requirement of the documents. A. Install service equipment level and plumb at location shown on drawings. Provide minimum of 42" clear in front of switchboard, full length. END OF SECTION 1 i r PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Grounding Materials. 2. Electric Service Grounding Electrode. 3. Feeder and Branch Circuit Grounding. 4. Raceway and Enclosure Grounding. 5. Equipment Grounding. 6. Receptacle Grounding. B. Related Sections: GROUNDING Section 16450 -Page 1 1. Section 16110, Raceways. 2. Section 16120, Wires and Cables. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements: 1. Provide grounding and bonding of electrical service, circuits, equipment and special systems as required by Code and indicated in the Contract Documents. 2. Ground all metal raceway systems. 3. Bond all junction or pull boxes to feeder ground conductor or grounded metal raceway. 4. Establish a building ground electrode in building concrete footing. B. Performance Requirements: Supplement the grounded neutral of the secondary distribution system with an equipment grounding system to properly safeguard the equipment and personnel. Install equipment grounding such that all metallic structures, enclosures, raceways, junction boxes, outlet boxes, cabinets, machine frames, portable equipment and other conductive items in close proximity with electrical circuits operate continuously at ground potential and provide a low impedance path for possible ground fault currents. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements of NEC Article 250 and 680. and UL Standard 467. Section 16450 - 1 260 /CC 1.4 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Building Ground Electrode: Coordinate placement of ground rods and interconnecting conductor in base of building footing prior to placement of concrete. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Ground Rods: Weaver. B. Ground Connectors: Burndy, 2.3 CONNECTORS Cadweld, Thomas & Betts. C. Ground Clamps: Burndy, O -Z Gedney, Thomas 2.2 GROUND RODS A. Characteristics: Copperclad steel, 3/4" feet long, tapered point, chamfered top. A. Ground Rod to Horizontal Ground Conductor: compression tool applied, Burndy YGLR -C. B. Ground Rod to Vertical Ground Conductor: compression tool applied, Burndy YGHP -C. C. Exothermic Welding Process: Cadweld. 2.4 CLAMPS GROUNDING Section 16450 -Page 2 & Betts. diameter, 10 Hydraulic Hydraulic A. Pipe Grounding Clamp: Mechanical ground connector with cable parallel or perpendicular to pipe. Burndy GAR. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Building Ground Electrode: 1. Install 60 feet of #3/0 stranded bare copper conductor in base of perimeter footing. 2. Layout conductor in a workmanlike manner to provide maximum exposure to earth in the perimeter footing. Section 16450 - 2 260 /CC 1 f f Do not fold conductor. 3. Bond to driven ground rods on 15 foot centers. 4. Tap at center ground rod and extend ground electrode conductor to Main Distribution Panelboard. Install ground electrode conductor extension in PVC conduit with steel ell for physical protection. Stub up into MDP. B. Service Grounding: Bond building ground electrode and water service pipe to MDP ground bus. Connect to water pipe on utility side of isolating fittings or meters. C. Raceways: D. Feeders and Branch Conduits: GROUNDING Section 16450 -Page 3 1. Ground all metallic raceway systems. Bond to ground terminal with Code size jumper except where Code size or larger grounding conductor is included with circuit, use grounding bushing with lay -in lug. 2. Connect all metal raceways, which terminate within an enclosure but without mechanical connection to the enclosure, by grounding bushings and ground wire to the grounding bus. 3. Install ground bushings on all metallic raceway terminations in pull boxes, panelboards and motor control centers for service and feeders. 4. Install ground bushings on all metallic raceway terminations in pull boxes, panelboards and motor control centers for circuits with overcurrent pro- tection set at 60A and greater. 5. Where equipment supply conductors are in flexible metallic conduit, install stranded copper equipment grounding conductor from outlet box to equipment frame. 6. Install grounding conductor, Code size minimum unless noted on Drawings, in all non - metallic race- way systems. 1. Install continuous copper ground conductors within the following circuits; feeders, circuits for computer systems and other circuits as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Where installed in a continuous solid metallic raceway system and larger sizes are not indicated on the Drawings, provide ground conductors for Section 16450 - 3 260 /CC GROUNDING Section 16450 -Page 4 feeders and branch circuits sized in accordance with Table 250 -95. Provide copper conductor of size indicated for aluminum. Isolated ground conductors shall be installed for electrically sensitive equipment. Isolated grounding conductors shall be isolated from the equipment ground system except at the common ground connection at the service equipment. Isolated ground bus in panelboards shall also be isolated from the equipment ground system. Boxes, Cabinets, Enclosures and Panelboards: 1. Bond grounding conductors to enclosure with speci- fied conductors and lugs. Install lugs only on thoroughly cleaned contact surfaces. 2. Bond all sections of Main Distribution Panelboard to ground bus. Motors, Equipment and Appliances: Install Code size equipment grounding conductor from outlet box to (motor) equipment frame or manufacturer's designated ground ter - minal. Receptacles: Connect ground terminal of receptacle to equipment ground system by #14 conductor bolted to outlet box except isolated grounds where noted. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Grounding Materials. 2. Electric Service Grounding Electrode. 3. Feeder and Branch Circuit Grounding. 4. Raceway and Enclosure Grounding. 5. Equipment Grounding. 6. Receptacle Grounding. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 16110, Raceways. 2. Section 16120, Wires and Cables. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE GROUNDING Section 16450 -Page 1 A. Design Requirements: 1. Provide grounding and bonding of electrical service, circuits, equipment and special systems as required by Code and indicated in the Contract Documents. 2. Ground all metal raceway systems. 3. Bond all junction or pull boxes to feeder ground conductor or grounded metal raceway. 4. Establish a building ground electrode in building concrete footing. B. Performance Requirements: Supplement the grounded neutral of the secondary distribution system with an equipment grounding system to properly safeguard the equipment and personnel. Install equipment grounding such that all metallic structures, enclosures, raceways, junction boxes, outlet boxes, cabinets, machine frames, portable equipment and other conductive items in close proximity with electrical circuits operate continuously at ground potential and provide a low impedance path for possible ground fault currents. A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements of NEC Article 250 and 680 and UL Standard 467. Section 16450 - 1 260 /CC [ic 1.4 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Ground Rods: Weaver. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION GROUNDING Section 16450 -Page 2 A. Building Ground Electrode: Coordinate placement of ground rods and interconnecting conductor in base of building footing prior to placement of concrete. B. Ground. Connectors: Burndy, Cadweld, Thomas & Betts. C. Ground Clamps: Burndy, O -Z Gedney, Thomas & Betts. 2.2 GROUND RODS A. Characteristics: Copperclad steel, 3/4" diameter, 10 . feet long, tapered point, chamfered top. 2.3 CONNECTORS A. Ground Rod to Horizontal Ground Conductor: compression tool applied, Burndy YGLR -C. B. Ground Rod to Vertical Ground Conductor: compression tool applied, Burndy YGHP-C. C. Exothermic Welding Process: Cadweld. 2.4 CLAMPS Hydraulic Hydraulic A. Pipe. Grounding Clamp: Mechanical ground connector with cable parallel or perpendicular to pipe. Burndy GAR. A. Building Ground Electrode: 1. Install 60 feet of #3/0 stranded bare copper conductor in base of perimeter footing. 2. Layout conductor in a workmanlike manner to provide maximum exposure to earth in the perimeter footing. Section 16450- 2 260 /CC C. Raceways: D. Feeders and Branch Conduits: GROUNDING Section 16450 -Page 3 Do not fold conductor. 3. Bond to driven ground rods on 15 foot centers. 4. Tap at center ground rod and extend ground electrode conductor to Main Distribution Panelboard. Install ground electrode conductor extension in PVC conduit with steel ell for physical protection. Stub up into MDP. B. Service Grounding: Bond building ground electrode and water service pipe to MDP ground bus. Connect to water pipe on utility side of isolating fittings or meters. 1. Ground all metallic raceway systems. Bond to ground terminal with Code size jumper except where Code size or larger grounding conductor is included with circuit, use grounding bushing with lay -in lug. 2. Connect all metal raceways, which terminate within an enclosure but without mechanical connection to the enclosure, by grounding bushings and ground wire to the grounding bus. 3. Install ground bushings on all metallic raceway terminations in pull boxes, panelboards and motor control centers for service and feeders. 4. Install ground bushings on all metallic raceway terminations in pull boxes, panelboards and motor control centers for circuits with overcurrent pro- tection set at 60A and greater. 5. Where equipment supply conductors are in flexible metallic conduit, install stranded copper equipment grounding conductor from outlet box to equipment frame. 6. Install grounding conductor, Code size minimum unless noted on Drawings, in all non- metallic race- way systems. 1. Install continuous copper ground conductors within the following circuits; feeders, circuits for computer systems and other circuits as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Where installed in a continuous solid metallic raceway system and larger sizes are not indicated on the Drawings, provide ground conductors for Section 16450 - 3 260 /CC E. Boxes, Cabinets, Enclosures and Panelboards: 1. Bond grounding conductors to enclosure with speci- fied conductors and lugs. Install lugs only on thoroughly cleaned contact surfaces. 2. Bond all sections of Main Distribution Panelboard to ground bus. F. Motors, Equipment and Appliances: Install Code size equipment grounding conductor from outlet box to (motor) equipment frame or manufacturer's designated ground ter - minal. GROUNDING Section 16450 -Page 4 feeders and branch circuits sized in accordance with Table 250 -95. Provide copper conductor of size indicated for aluminum. 3. Isolated ground conductors shall be installed for electrically sensitive equipment. Isolated grounding conductors shall be isolated from the equipment ground system except at the common ground connection at the service equipment. Isolated ground bus in panelboards shall also be isolated from the equipment ground system. Receptacles: Connect ground terminal of receptacle to equipment ground system by #14 conductor bolted to outlet box except isolated grounds where noted. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE TRANSFORMERS Section 16460 - Page 1 A. Provide indoor dry type transformers as indicated on Riser Diagram. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Provide shop drawings and nameplate data on transformers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 TRANSFORMERS A. Indoor, Three Phase, Nominal 480 Volt Delta to 120/208 Volts, wye. Transformers shall have Class H insulation with an average temperature rise not to exceed 150 degrees C. Temperature rise will be abased on a 40 degree C. ambient with 100% of rated nameplate load connected to secondary of transformer. The insulation used throughout shall be in keeping with applicable IEEE, ASA and NEMA Standards. B. All coils wound with copper or aluminum magnet wire, vacuum impregnated with non - hydroscopic, thermosetting varnish. Each layer shall have end fillers or tie downs to provide maximum mechanical strength and secondary magnet wire to be brazed directly to bus stubs or lugs firmly mounted. C. Windings shall be continuous from start to finish. No splicing acceptable. Materials incorporated must have at least a minimum of one year of proven field usage. Accelerated laboratory tests not acceptable. Provide four (4) 2 -1/2% taps, two above and two below, in primary winding. D. All cores to be manufactured from a high grade, non -aging 29 gauge silicon steel with high magnetic permeabilities, low hysteresis and eddy current losses. Magnetic flux densities are to be kept well below saturation to allow for a maximum of 105%- over - voltage excitation. E. All laminations shall be cut with direction of grain and be free from burrs, and shall be core plated and stacked without gaps. F. Cores shall be clamped with structural angles and bolted to enclosure to prevent damaged shipment and rough handling. G. Lifting brackets are to be provided on all sizes. Section 16460 - Page 1 260 /CC r H. Ventilated openings must be designed in a manner as to prevent• accidental access to live parts. I. The entire enclosure must be degreased, cleaned and phosphatized with one coat of zinc chromate primer and two (2) coats of manufacturer's standard finish. J. All transformers shall have core and coil mounted on vibration mounting pads designed to suppress transmission of 120 cycle frequencies and harmonics thereof. Pads shall be arranged and selected in consideration of core and coil weight. K. The core and coils shall be grounded to frame of transformer cubicle by means of a flexible grounding strap of adequate size. L. Maximum case temperature shall not exceed 35 degrees C. to above ambient. M. Sound levels shall be guaranteed by manufacturer on each unit furnished not to exceed NEMA standard sound levels. N. Approved Manufacturers: I.T.E., Sorgel, Square D, Westinghouse. O. Submittal for Substitution shall provide the following: 1. Efficiency at 25 %, 50 %, 75% and 100% load. 2. Percent regulation at 100% and 80% power factor. 3. No load and full load losses in watts. 4. Class H. Insulation, 150 degrees rise with reference temperature of 135 degrees C. 5. Impedance based on reference temperature. 6. Sound level in dB of transformer in enclosure. 7. Hotspot temperature rise with 40 degrees C. ambient. 8. Average temperature rise with 40 degrees C. ambient. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION TRANSFORMERS Section 16460 - Page 2 A. Install indoor transformers, make flexible conduit connections housing, make all cable connections and make ground wire connections including the interwinding shield. Floor mount transformer conduits may stub under transformer if located in an area with adequate clearance for pulling wire. Rodent protection shall be maintained. B. Install isolation and equipment grounding for the equipment as shown on the Drawings. Section 16460 - Page 2 260 /CC TRANSFORMERS Section 16460 - Page 3 C. Mount on floor or wall, if mounted on wall provide and install suitable metal brackets to provide a safety factor of four (4) times weight. Provide vibration pads for all floor mount transformer and isolators for suspended transformer. D. Follow manufacturer's recommended minimum clearance for ventilation. END OF SECTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1.2 REFERENCES 1. General purpose contactors. 2. Lighting contactors. 3. Enclosures. CONTACTORS Section 16485 - Page 1 A. ANSI /NEMA ICS 6 - Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems. B. NEMA ICS 2 - Industrial Control Devices, Controllers, and Assemblies. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS - CONTACTORS A. Automatic Switch Company (ASCO). 1. Substitutions: GE, Square D, ITE or as approved by the engineers and Owner's Representative. 2.2 LIGHTING CONTACTORS A. Contactors: NEMA ICS 2; mechanically held, 2 wire control. B. Coil Operating Voltage: 120 or 277 volts, 60 Hertz, as indicated on Drawings. C. Contacts: Amperes and number of poles as shown on drawings, 600 volts, 60 Hertz. D. Enclosure: NEMA ICS 6; Type 1. E. Provide solderless pressure wire terminals. Section 16485 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1. INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instruction. CONTACTORS Section 16485 - Page 2 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION LIGHTING Section 16500 - Page 1 A. Design Requirements: 1. Provide all lighting outlets indicated on the Drawings with a fixture of the type designated and appropriate for the location. Outlet symbols on the Drawings without a type designation shall have a fixture the same as those used in similar or like locations. 2. Provide lamps for all fixtures; fixture design to govern type of lamp required. 3. Fixtures shall have bodies and trims which fit neatly and tightly to the surfaces in which they are installed without leaks or gaps. Where necessary, install heat resistant non - rubber gaskets to prevent light leaks or moisture from entering between parts fixture and the surface to which they are mounted. 4. Fixtures shall be formed to prevent warping and sagging. Housing, trim and lens frame shall be true straight (unless intentionally curved), and parallel to each other as designed. 5. Wireways and fittings shall be free of burrs and sharp edges and shall accommodate internal and branch circuit wiring without damage to the wiring. 6. Mechanical Safety: Lighting fixture closures (lens doors, trim frame, hinged housings, etc.) shall be retained in a secure manner by screws, chains, cap - tive hinges or fasteners such that they cannot be accidentally dislodged during normal operation or routine maintenance. 7. Provide all lighting fixtures with a specific means for grounding their metallic wireways and housings to an equipment grounding conductor. 8. Minimum 20 gauge (0.035 ") housings except minimum 22 gauge (0.029 ") housings will be acceptable provided they have strengthening embossed rib and break formations and meet the rigidity test requirements of Fed. Spec. W -F -1662. 9.. When installed, any exposed fixture housing surface, trim frame, door frame and lens frame shall be free of light leaks; lens doors shall close in a light tight manner. 10. Hinged door closure frames shall operate smoothly without binding when the fixture is in the Section 16500 - 1 260 /CC 1.2 SUBMITTALS LIGHTING Section 16500 - Page 2 installed position. Otherwise indicated latches shall function easily by finger action without the use of tools. A. Shop Drawings: 1. Shop Drawings, Record Drawings and. Operating and Maintenance Manuals. 2. Include electrical ratings, dimensions, mounting, material, required clearances, terminations, wiring and connection diagrams, photometric data, ballasts, lenses, louvers, lamps and controls. 3. Submit reproducible transparency Shop Drawings and two prints of all custom built fixtures not less than 60 days after Contract Award. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. All lighting fixtures specified in Division 16 must be acceptable to the Code Authority for application and location as indicated in the Contract Documents. Manufacturers listed must meet these requirements or decline bidding. 2. Comply with applicable American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standards pertaining to lamp materials, lamp ballasts and transformers, and lighting fixtures. 3. Comply with applicable NEMA standards pertaining to lighting equipment. 4. Provide fluorescent -lamp ballasts which comply with Certified Ballast Manufacturers Association (CBM) standards and carry the CBM label. 5. Provide fixtures and lampholders which comply with UL standards and have been UL listed and labeled for location and use indicated. 6. Comply with Code (NEC Article 410) as applicable to installation and construction of lighting fixtures. 7. The lenses, diffusers, baffles, louvers, etc., shall comply with the fallout and retention requirements of Chapter 52 of the Uniform Building Code issued by the International. Conference of Building Officials. 8. Fixtures installed under canopies, roof or open porches and similar damp or wet locations shall be Section 16500 -- 2 260 /CC 1.4 WARRANTY A. Ballast Manufacturer's Warranty: Not less than two years, based on date of manufacturer embossed on ballast which shall be current with installation date. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS LIGHTING Section 16500 - Page 3 UL approved and labeled as suitable for damp or wet locations. A. Luminaires: Refer to description and manufacturers in Fixture Schedule. B. Fluorescent Lamps: Color, diameter, length, and wattage as noted in Fixture Schedule. Sylvania, Phillipa and General Electric. C. Incandescent: Inside frosted, 130V rated; General Electric, Sylvania, Phillips. D. H.I.D.: Lamp types as specified in Luminaire Schedule. General Electric, Sylvania, Phillips. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Metal Finishes: 1. The manufacturer shall apply his standard finish (unless otherwise indicated) over a corrosion resistant primer, after cleaning to free the metal surfaces of rust, grease, dirt and other deposits. Fixture finish shall be free of stains or evidence of rusting, blistering or flaking. 2. Interior light reflecting finishes shall be white with not less than 85 percent reflectance except where otherwise indicated. 3. Exterior finishes shall be as indicated in the Fixture Schedule or on the Drawings. Refer cases of uncertain applicability to the Architect for resolution prior to release for fabrication; provide as directed. B. Light Transmitting Components: Section 16500 - 3 260 /CC C. Fluorescent Fixtures: LIGHTING Section 16500 - Page 4 1. Unless otherwise indicated light transmitting components shall be retained firmly in a metal frame by clips or clamping ring in such a manner as to allow expansion and contraction of the lens without distortion or cracking. 2. Plastic lenses shall be molded or extruded of 100% virgin acrylic as manufactured by Rohm and Haas Company of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, DuPont, or American Cynamid and shall meet the requirements of Grade 6 or 8 ASTM Specification D788, "Methyl Methacrylate Molding and Extrusion Compound ". 3. Prismatic acrylic, extruded unless otherwise noted, flat lenses, 0.125 inch overall thickness. 1. Lampholders: . Ballasts: a. Silver plated spring brass or bronze lamp contacts, with copper wire leads, factory (socket manufacturer) soldered, welded or brazed to lamp socket contacts with recessed or binder type #6 screw terminal connections. Pressure lock sockets with stranded pre - tinned leads (0.005" minimum solder deposit) by the following manufacturers are acceptable in lieu of screw terminal connections on sockets; Bryant 4400 and 4000 Series, General Electric or approved substitute. b. All open lamp fixtures without diffusers or guards shall have turret type, spring loaded sockets. c. Provide special circuit disconnecting lamp sockets for fixtures with dimming ballasts. a. Ballasts warranty shall include nominal payment toward normal cost of labor for replacement of ballast. b. To facilitate multi -level lamp switching, lamps within fixture shall be wired with the outermost lamp at both sides of the fixture on the same ballast, the next inward pair on another ballast and so on to the innermost lamp (or pair of lamps). c. Two lamp ballasts shall be electronic energy - saving type listed to operate F40T12 rapid Section 16500 - 4 260 /CC start lamps for both the standard 40 watt lamps and the reduced wattage (approximately 35 watts) energy - saving lamps. Lamp output shall be with in 5 percent of nominal rating. d. Ballasts for 800 MA shall be potted encapsu- lated, quiet type. e. Provide 0 °F minimum starting temperature ballasts for fluorescent fixtures installed in refrigerated areas, exterior to building, unheated' areas, and elsewhere indicated. D. HID Fixtures and Lamps: 1. Ballasts: a. Provide -20 °F minimum starting temperature. b. Constant wattage autotransformer (CWA) types equal to Advance 73B Series except, high - leakage- reactance high power factor (HX -HPF) equal to Advance 72C Series acceptable for up to 100W high pressure sodium lamp. c. Ballasts for fixtures installed indoors, and where otherwise indicated, shall be encapsulated (potted) core and coil type or otherwise specifically designed by the manufacturer for quiet operation. 2. Lamps: LIGHTING Section 16500 - Page 5 a. For those applications where the lamps are to be used in open luminaires to light areas where activities are conducted that can result in the outer envelope being broken away and where prolonged exposure of a population confined to the area can occur, mercury vapor and metal halide fixtures shall be equipped with an integral approved shield or self- extinguishing lamps. b. Unless otherwise indicated lamps shall be coated or clear as recommended by the fixture manufacturer to provide for maximum lighting fixture efficiency in the lighting fixture used. All mercury or metal halide lamps used indoors in finished spaces shall be the color improved type as directed by the Architect. c. For interior use, all metal halide lamps installed in a common area of the building shall be of the same manufacturer's production Section 16500 - 5 260 /CC. run. Color discontinuities after initial "burn in" are unacceptable. d. Install high pressure sodium lamps in fixtures designated for high pressure sodium. E. Ballasts, General: 1. Thermal Protection: Internal UL Class P with auto- matic reset. 2. Power Factors: Not less than 90% unless otherwise indicated. 3. Capacitors: PCB and other environmentally hazardous fluids not permitted. 4. Sound Ratings: A, except where A ratings are not available as standard products from any manufac- turer. Provide the quietest ratings available. 5. Accessibility: Serviceable with fixture in its normally installed position. 6. Input Voltage: Match branch circuit supply voltage; refer to Drawings. 7. Mounting: Bolt to fixture housing with not less than two captive bolts or studs through opposite ends of .ballast; use lock washers or locking type nuts. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: 1. Contractor shall verify ceiling construction, recessing depth and all other construction details prior to release of fixture for shipment. Refer cases of uncertain applicability to the Architect for resolution prior to release of fixtures for shipment. 2. The Contractor bears sole responsibility for addi- tional expense due to errors arising after fixtures are released for shipment. 3.2 INSTALLATION LIGHTING Section 16500 - Page 6 A. Interface With Other Products: 1. Coordinate fabrication and installation of fixtures with the ceiling installation and the work of other Section 16500 - 6 260 /CC LIGHTING Section 16500 - Page 7 trades to provide a complete system which fits pro - perly and is of neat and orderly appearance. 2. Contractor shall coordinate between the electrical and ceiling trades to ascertain approved lighting fixtures are furnished in the proper sizes and installed with the proper devices (hanger clips, trim frames, flanges), to match the ceiling system being installed. B. Installation: 1. Install lighting fixture of types indicated where shown and at indicated heights; in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and with recog- nized industry practices; to insure that fixtures comply with requirements and serve intended purposes. Comply with NEMA, Code and NECA's "Stan- dard of Installation" pertaining to installation of lighting fixtures. 2. Comply with special installation requirements in the Fixture Schedule and /or on the Drawings. 3. Align, mount and level the lighting fixtures uniformly. Use "ball hangers" for all suspended stem mounted fixtures. 4. Avoid interference with and provide clearance for equipment. Where the indicated locations for the lighting fixtures conflict with the locations for equipment, change the locations for the lighting fixture by the minimum distances necessary as directed by the Architect. 5. For suspended lighting fixtures, the mounting heights shall indicate the clearances between the bottoms of the fixtures and the finished floors. 6. Where necessary, install heat resistant non - rubber gaskets to prevent light leaks and to prevent moisture and insects from entering between fixture parts and /or the surface to which they are mounted. C. Light Fixture Supports: 1. Provide support for all fixtures. Supports may be anchored to channels of the ceiling construction, to the structural slab or to structural members within a partition, or above a suspended ceiling. 2. Maintain the fixture positions after cleaning and relamping. 3. Support the lighting fixtures without causing the ceiling or partition to deflect. Section 16500 - 7 260 /CC LIGHTING Section 16500 - Page 8 4. Provide proper leveling and alignment of fixtures. 5. Support industrial fixtures with channel equal to Kindorf G -975M. 6. Comply with Section 16190, Supporting Devices. 7. Provide concrete footings for pole mounted lighting units and bollard lights at locations shown on Site Plan Drawings. D. Recessed Fixtures: Type of frame to be installed for each fixture will depend upon the ceiling material installed at the particular fixture location. Check with ceiling applicators and provide the proper trim, frame and modify the fixture to fit the location and ceiling material. E. Wiring: 1. Recessed fixtures to be installed using flexible metallic conduit with fixture conductors to the branch circuit conductors in a nearby accessible junction box over the ceiling. Generally this junction box is mounted and fastened to a building structural member within six feet of the fixture. 2. Junction boxes may supply several fixtures. Fix- tures are to be installed for lift -out and removal from ceiling pattern for easy access to junction box or other materials and components above fixture without disconnecting conductors or defacing the ceiling materials. 3. Flexible connections where permitted to exposed fixtures shall be neat and straight, without excess slack, attached to the support device. 4. Install junction box, flexible conduit and high temperature insulated conductors for through wiring of recessed fixtures as required. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests: 1. Upon completion of installation of lighting fix- tures, and after building circuitry has been ener- gized, apply electrical energy to demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements. 2. Where possible, correct malfunctioning units at site, then retest to demonstrate compliance; other- wise, remove and replace with new units, and proceed with retesting. Section 16500 - 8 260 /CC Adjusting: Focusing and adjusting of floodlights, spot - lights and other adjustable fixtures shall be made by the Contractor with the Architect at such time of day or night as required. CLEANING Fixtures shall be left . clean at the time of acceptance of the work and every item shall be in operation. The responsibility for cleaning or protecting of fixtures from dirt, dust, paint, debris, etc., shall rest with the Contractor. If fixtures are dirty at completion of the project, the Contractor shall clean them at no additional cost to the Owner. 1 .; PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1:2 SUBMITTALS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL PART 3 'EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION SPECIAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 16600 - Page 1 1. Data wiring and cable will be furnished by the Owner and installed by Contractor. 2. Cash register circuiting and outlet requirements. A. Provide Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Cut Sheets in accordance with Section 01300 - Submittals, for all Work under this Section. A. Provide specified receptacles where indicated on Drawings. A. Circuiting: Computer receptacles, cash register receptacles and multi - outlet strips as indicated on the Plans require 120 volt isolated ground and dedicated circuits. B. Circuit Breakers: One 20 amp breaker and circuit is required form panelboard for supplying power to maximum of two DTS cash registers or two NCR cash registers per circuit. Circuits in panelboard shall be clearly labeled for 24 hour operation and also labeled to clearly indicate their terminating location. C. Grounding: There shall be an insulated, isolated, grounding conductor for each circuit as indicated on Drawings. This conductor shall be at least as large as the current carrying conductors to act as common ground between each outlet on same circuit. This conductor must be a non - current carrying ground, not a neutral common, and must not be connected anywhere or in any way to the Section 16600 - Page 1 260 /CC 1 r END OF SECTION SPECIAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 16600 - Page 2 neutral nor to any conduit system before bonding with equipment grounding conductor or ground electrode conductor. Proper grounding and use of the above :criteria is critical to the performance of the computer and .cash register equipment. It is mandatory that only computer and cash :register equipment be connected to ,these circuits. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Telephone Raceway. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 16110 - Raceways. B. Section 16130 - Boxes. C. Section 16140 - Wiring Devices. D. Section 16195 - Electrical Identification. 1.3 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM TELEPHONE SYSTEM Section 16740 - Page 1 A. Provide an empty telephone raceway system for the building telephone system wiring as indicated on the Drawings as specified herein. B. Distribution throughout the building shall be through empty conduits from boxes to terminal boards, except above ceilings open wire may be used where approved by code. C. Provide outlets with plates to match device plates. PART 2 PRODUCTS A. As applicable under related work. B. Provide device plate coordination with telephone equipment installer. 1. Activated telephone outlet shall have cover plate to accept modular jack. 2. Non - activated telephone outlets shall have a 1/2" bushed hole in cover plates. C. Furnish and install all plywood black formica faced terminal boards sized as shown on Drawings. Plywood to be 3/4 ". Hold plywood up 2" above finished floor. D. Wiring, instruments and equipment will be furnished and installed by the telephone equipment installer. Section 16740 - 1 260 /CC PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Electrical work in main Telephone Equipment Room shall be installed as shown on Drawings and shall be coordinated with the telephone company. B. All sleeves having cables installed and /or empty are to be filled with an approved fireproofing sealer to maintain the fire integrity of the floor slab. , Bush all conduits. END OF SECTION TELEPHONE SYSTEM Section 16740 - Page 2 D. Provide a #6 grounding conductor at all terminal boards routed to the main Equipment Room ground grid. R. A.T:T 1 SWENSON v project • . date rsp no. esign sheet I ( 1 i v y - r77404) N& `"Jes t.^f 7"YP .77h6rs Gr 7 6,7s R A T T I SWENSON P E R B I X , 2'7 ie--; % ' project client 1411 4th Avenue Building Suite 500 - s7 /c A : 0 1 7 1,% 5 d,so 5 S / i - l L.. ,Z, .d. L. gain 1:_t �• b \%v7STS 1/ 0 , „ FAY date. / rsp no. . '�/ esign'' sheet check Seattle. NW 98101 206 - 624 -8687 FAX 206 -624 -8268 taays ,113isap •ou dsi " amp -7 4 -Sod I ° I M • - 7 -1- ' �!!, ohI ti Q0O, Z- • - Fry XxS = / •� C ;0 i) O (;per; IQ' x 13 a 3 d NOSN3MS 11 1 V M fr -/fl' - V e- 2 ow.f> -, 1 1 26 , � j — • . f.o G �3 1 2 /t./ /73 °` Po' . R A T T. 1 SWENSON P E R B I X Id/ /t-,4-- prof client '75 21 %/.0 9 .Zi? /O I date esign check rsp no. sheet taays uSpap / .ou dsl amp 25 - es.0 Ju1J ItFy erl � laafo�d x t 3 a 3 d NOSN3MS I . 1 . 1 . 1 1 1 : 1 e Z cog C39 C'7 j, - a �2 NQ d��io22 rS 0 %721 0 of 74 h' a ! c , ,s+t+ Sri o s� 1 c5'e+ 411 97 -lei ,,i . ? 9/w i`.' 9 Z ' /vv9n/ . 6a l eY r ,oe ) ,78- 0 cebthipti ) 'V a} z ,474c61.0' 1 5 , a R ATTI SWENSON PEREIY • c- . 9I L1 --- icf "'Zit K jerm/ouJZ Ct.c project - g4 t• R I t — 1. -riz--=. /-44 I 1.1 .4/0— 3 /00 - d P0 /•386 og ,_ Tz2. - 3, 1.1 /4—• , ZY .--- ..c.: 1,0oh z:- -fi = y 6 8 hAd" . 243 z D 3 R, ip,z. 3 1175. '• gi /0 - ,'V - 2_ date '7•0 design r rsp no. sheet „3 :.. .olh/2 0 ,f.o3S( y > t. . SS ` /e) ( -L') r � 36 -- 'c- 3 , , x-- a1 .3 -3 (ors � � 413 g 3P = 3 /.o l3 - 3 77< 1 f 3 , ,; 4( ) - - 6'I/ Pm, 7(j- R A T T 1 'SWENSON p E . R B 1 X project s e.8 /b 61— - /ap c tent Q`L' w B _ 3- 463 :�- • 7.73 / - • 1 7. SS1t- dest_' check 7. 2 1 .` • : jo -/4s date rsp no. sheet )10243 loatis .ou dsi orep --z ‘- a/ 4-v ,, 1 '1 t q •-• _, , a ---,e-7... \..... 1 01 .i-e'l .. 5 1 . 3 (. 0 ° i opt Vo6/ 0,1°N) 7 /0 3 / (e) : . . . .... ......... • . ...... . .01 . • Ls ef2 1;1:725‘°' ottr(;,01/ (7440 j5d 2Cr2 9 0 , 021 y 515 f(17 l em/t.€0,ez 11 °7 • •• •• VS • . . . . . • I .. . - ..._.----- 7 ---.„......___.. -- --4 - , I-- :*-:- " • - • *-- •"• -. 7 -- - • • ••• ; • • - --I—•• • . . • . .,.......,...:............ i ._ , _.:..... i :•••••• r • 3 I . ; . • I : • f tAr? k X 19 el 3 cl NOSN3MS 1 1 X V el • " " :e 14 9,1- 71 e 7/St4 4 '7-41 7 , / o rt• cwer7- 6 7v .. 'i"2/ d 74 025° ° ' 4" ° ? . .5"/.• r r t* / 'Y"0°'. - I r f C, ,6 ;( ? 7x;y = ,0v6620)/ A9?-443.663. , _ / .ae.ae.: �N Lt i A G11�/cfL (ntx 13 -c a ► ' 'i 7ixr izt fv- t A +- z��i - /2‘,0 4 )5,2 Ja 28►g' /14 Vivo.- 05 _ , Sit 7,1 "— re “,013n, R A T T I SWENSON P E R B 1 X 2 zo)' c . ie ” • 35/;) - 01'6 /50 o1 ' i 4I, .1; 41 h 5 t41- , la (4i/el) c rent 1 A 11 A.L A..__..— []..:1.►:. . P..la_ GA" IC -i/z , ,1, /e'. 6 col_ L —/7 e y = /5 :' dk. :X,7 cmP 91.3S 74( ) i date rsp no. g 8 esign sheet check. e- /426,47-- GJ ` r D a / - , 5 `/ r arrYs /ce yIGli A /ACA.. . o SL /D 9 ' , 6 / /"/ ,.+o ff ea ,07;42 /g k wacgoc, &ozvin/c... C*/rub.1aisfs 4.,wore lcpa tcr4 0 r eel loc- f • RATTI-SWENSON-PERBIX, Inc. Consulting Engineers 1411 4th Ave,8ldg, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98101 Telephone: (206) 624 -8687 ********************************* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** * TILT - U P W A L L D E S I G N Version: (03/13/92) * ********************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * * * * * ** INPUT DATA SUMMARY Concrete Strength fc' (psi) Steel Reber Grade fy (psi) = Wall Thickness ( for Design ) (in) : Wall Thickness ( for Weight ) (in) : Depth to c.g. of steel d (in) : Wall Height (Floor _ -> Ledger) (ft) : Height of Parapet Wall (ft) Wall Width for Design b (in) : Trib.Wall Width (for Roof,D,W,E) (ft) : Roof Dead Load (per ft,of wall) (plf) : Roof Live Load (per ft,of wall) (plf) ,Roof Load Eccentricity on Wall (in) : % of Roof LL Comb, w/ Seismic (%) Lateral Wind Pressure (psf) : UBC Seismic Code Year UBC Seismic Zone Limiting Values of Various Design Parameters Max. As allaw.(sq.in).:. .92 Max. Wall Deft. h/150 (in) : 1.60 Min. As (all bar size): .10 Max. Bar Spacing (in).. :.16.5 • Actual Slenderness (kLu /r) 145, CASE IA U : 1.4(D) + 1.7(L) M :P *e @ roof (No P*defl,) Ultimate Design Moment Mu Ultimate Moment Capacity OMn Required Area of Steel As N 4 @ 16 in. o,c. Equiv. As 4 5 @ 16 in, o.c. Equiv. As Job: computer city Wall ID: typ (e) wall Calculated by: _ `0( Checked by: ______ ________ Date: 9/29/92 Page 1 * * * * * * * * * ** * *** * * * * ** * * * * * ** * CRITICAL LOAD CASE : 2 * * ** * * * * ** *i * * *** * * * ** * *t * * ** ( ft -lbs / width b ) ( ft -lbs / width b ) : ( sq.in. / width b ) ( sq.in. / ft,) ( sq.in. / ft.) - CASE 18 U : 1.4(0) + 1,7(L)M :0,6 *P *e + P *defl. Ultimate Design Moment Mu Ultimate Moment Capacity OMn Service Bending Moment Ms Hall Deflect. ( Service ) 6 .. Required Area of Steel As 4. 16 in, o,c,.."Equiv, As 1 5 @ 16 in. o,c, Equiv. As • 3000. 40000. 5.50 6.00 2.15 20.00 .00 12.00 1.00 150.0 250.0 7.00 .0 15.0 1988 3 ( ft -lbs / width b ) ( ft -lbs / width b.) ( ft. -lbs / ). ( .inches ) (. sq.in, / width .b ) ( sq.in. / ft.) 370.4 697.8 .10 .15 .23 719.4. 185.7 158.2 ., .191 .10' .15 .. .23 RATTI-SWENSON-PERBIX, Inc. Consulting Engineers 1411 4th Ave.Bldg, Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98101 Telephone: (206) 624-8687 m****************************tt* * * * * * * * * * * * * : * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** * T I L T- U P WALL D E S I G N Version: (03/13/92) * #********************************* * * * * * * * * * * * * *$ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * #* CASE 2 U :.75(1.4D + 1.7L + 1.87E) 0. % Live Load Ultimate Design Moment Mu ( ft-lbs / width b ) Ultimate Moment Capacity OMn ( ft -lbs / width b ) Service Bending Moment Ms ( ft-lbs / width b ) Wall Deflect. ( Service ) 6 ( inches ) Required Area of Steel As ( sq.in. / width b ) :. # 4 @ 12 in. o.c. Equiv. As ( sq.in. / ft.) : # 5 @'16 in. o.c. Equiv. As ( sq.in. / ft.) : CASE 3 U :.75(1.40 + 1.71 + 1.70 50 % Live (Snow) Load Ultimate Design Moment Mu Ultimate Moment Capacity OMn Service Bending Moment Ms Wall Deflect. ( Service ) 6 Required Area of Steel As 1 4 @ 14 in. o.c. Equiv. As # 5 @ 16 in. o.c. Equiv. As CASE 4 U :.90 + 1.43(E) Ultimate Design Moment Mu Ultimate Moment Capacity OMn Service Bending Moment Ms Wall Deflect. ( Service ) 6 Required Area of Steel As # 4 @ 13 in. o.c. Equiv. As 1 5 @ 16 in. o.c. Equiv. As CASE 5 U :.90) + 1.3(W) Ultimate Design Moment Mu Ultimate Moment Capacity OMn Service Bending Moment Ms Wall Deflect. ('Service ) 6 Required Area Steel As # 4 @ 15_in. o,c. Equiv. As 1 5 @ 16 in. o.c. Equiv. As. Job: computer city Hall ID: typ (e) wall Calculated by: _ Pa- Checked by: Date: 9/24/92 Page 2 ( ft -lbs / width b ) ( ft -lbs /width b ) ( ft-lbs / width b ) ( inches ) : ( sq.in. / width•b ) ( sq.in. / ft.).: ( sq.in. / ft.) ( ft -lbs / width b ) ( ft-lbs / width b ) ( ft-lbs / width b ) : ( inches ) ( sq.in. /width b ) ( sq.in, / ft.) - ( sq.in. / ft.) : ( ft -lbs / width b ) : ( ft -lbs / width b ) ( ft -lbs / width b ) : ( inches ) : ( sq.in, / width b ) ( sq.in. / ft.) ( sq.in. / ft.) 1569.4 1620.6 899.2 .191 .19 .20 .23 1467.8. 1498.0 862.4 .191 .17 .17 .23 1532.2 1537.4 899.2 .191 .18 .18 .23 1309.8 1326.3 816.1 .191 .15 .16 .23 ? '/ L CE S T /.euej CHE f 1, L 6 oNG/ T-+' )z? , t/&7Z ,2 gee 7 /Z /_ h = 20 ' -- 3 ' -�'= /'Y o /Cx / TY @ j 77m- P•F0-4vez z•/ /9j 6 ir 9 - a; () jar✓, 1S 7 - ...s i 6lZ•¢` 0:lD ) .7 i / U - /1.4? -(io6) r p s'.c. L ` 3 9.3 g = E` 3/zz. (itel's) t om a� = (17) _ yo 7 K fa -ki /7 , R A T T I SWENSON (A- = .70(I39.3 a ,2)4 c di 444 1 project' a7, 5( � 3 "5 ,4 1 c 57TU / _ g 3122 5 /� ?..�)3= i/ 'J3sA. z - .0 / / - 2 - - . 5 : /,/-b J �./`� /8 .3313' 5.,(0,"....e...; GJ� EGG- a - �,5/ 1. /eit. .= /97,5 z. a i b " 41L,==.• / a,,l°' e, c, /$ a 4. S --a- • s_ z. �ii'o1/ 9J "` /14 2:: A) / ¢. �26 Oti'/L1 9 -30-gz date rsp no. r e gn=u -- sheet �� ( ,-,42 7 & V 0 0") ? r „et fr a 1 7 hays .ou dsi pn • •/ uSisa r alup d_ 0� 5 ,1/ /„ z '�' i :t °l fr , ( i ; , �:' o "ti :•/ 7 . ,c , 2 • "° ! /..,/7 vil o loafodd A 1 D 0 . NOSN3MS I 1 I. d' L4 ( 41)-z , ( ( x 7) ocY ' 1 , sp/` /P'/ creV Ovt4.7 77e, do c7V, tfr 4Gig & 3 '?? `37 -�`°' "g °-L 77D 41 MO/ti - a-► W" 7 7 1)f A 244 '7 CE7 (1..9/-- - 77N °Z9 /A/ �r.xsz R A T T`.1 SWENSON project ZS /G /11 a- 7, /. /P •>EL•L /s C AYG17 /AJ !NA• is . „„e„,/, � s '6 / • /A -' ate est Z_ • rsp no. .1,/- sheet pc 6m) a /2td .Xv?. X•,r T'va• 5 *.../ 73_Coz_ fr- /5.6 &"'" .1 U Clt /0g, 02....5" 0 se pr. r 5 / 't fi ^ s7 R AT .T 1 SWEN5ON project date rsp no, design sheet AisfilS& P = .0N4/3(io 7a)= 2.4,1 l S r�S se.... t��:.F �'�'' 11 Din (6 83�y / .w.,, /' a `// ¢ 0004/ cr.) // 0 2 , f /Z, � r /AJ /)/ D 83.? i �.. / ? .- /A °2l/ 7 ` = 2 3'7 s. a 047) (N N,rci v.d 4w. c6') Co..ioneocr:u R A T T SWENSON �1• prof 1144. G: a� ct G . 114.10 7. otaa. 4'0 . 28. . zip/ VI `design 7 3e)(.7 ) �r lot, _ (4 7 .kz 3 y/64 0 ) i/ t C.4.56" /y3 7- 79 date rsp no. sheet • 8� 3 5'/ 4 )4-- L �J a,2.L = z/2 6 = /3. � _ �-- C 6o) = G 6. ,L.r� /e 0,s /t, e. �lrsj Z R A T T 1 SWENSON D r D tf V V 4Z ��► its: o.J 4,0 S G../{' 2 LA,5— y g3 3 Y// s ,�0 �-�-'^ C• silo (e 7) jG' / . y c / -O ecr -. j. 7. /N*,e/ his- /4* '41). J 1/7 / rz _ u r _ /s. , 7 / er",/ „I/ .7' La'd'y vr'JL/ i ' : // 30 / 0 4. le .. !2 ' ' ay') date rsp no. esign v sheet For 016 \REPORTS \TU RNER RW P REPORT OF GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION PROPOSED COMPUTER CITY SUPERCENTER TUKWILA, WASHINGTON TANDY CORPORATION JOB NO. 10264002016 November 6, 1992 DAMES & MOORE Turner and Associates 2115 N.E. Pard Road Seattle, Washington 98105 Attention: Mr. Howard Turner In DAMES & MOORE 500 MARKET PLACE TOWER, 2025 FIRST AVENUE, SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98121 (206) 728 -0744 FAX: (206) 727 -3350 November 6, 1992 Report of Geotechnical Investigation Proposed Computer. City Supercenter 227 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington Job No. 10264 -002 -016 We are pleased to present herewith our report of the geotechnical Investigation for the proposed Computer City Supercenter in Tukwila, Washington. Our services were authorized by you on October 26, 1992, and have been provided in accordance with our proposal dated October 26, 1992, Should you have any questions regarding the contents of this report or require additional information, . please contact the undersigned. REPORT OF GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION PROPOSED COMPUTER CITY SUPERCENTER TUKWILA, WASHINGTON For TANDY CORPORATION 1.0 INTRODUCTION This report presents the results of our geotechnical investigation for the proposed development of the Computer City Supercenter. The project site is located at the northwest corner of Andover Park East and Strander Boulevard, near Southcenter, in Tukwila, Washington. A vicinity map is provided in Figure 1 at the end of the report. The proposed development includes adding about 4,000 square feet of floor space to an existing building (see Figure 2), demolition of the southern portion of the building for a new parking area, and adding a new loading dock to the building at its northeast corner. The existing building is a single story, metal - framed warehouse /manufacturing building with concrete tilt -up panels and a slab -on -grade concrete floor. Concrete tilt -up panels will also be used for the new exterior walls. We understand from your structural engineer that the existing building is supported by 6 feet by 6 feet interior footings, and 5.5 feet by 5.5 feet exterior footings. These footings were designed based on an allowable bearing pressure of 2,000 psf (pound per square foot). We also understand that the new building addition will have a maximum column load of about 50 kips and wall Toad of about 3.2 kips per lineal foot. Slab -on -grade is proposed for the new addition and its floor will match that of the existing building. The slab -on -grade construction will require about 3 feet of fill in the new expansion area. The new loading dock will have a concrete slab -on- grade. The access to the loading dock will be provided by a below - grade. concrete -paved ramp at the south side of the dock. The ramp will have a maximum depth of 4 feet at the north end. A retaining wail of about 4 feet In height will be required at the south side of the loading dock. 2.0 SCOPE OF SERVICES The purpose of the geotechnicai investigation was to provide recommendations for foundation support and grading of the proposed development. Specifically, our services included: 1. A review of the city's and our files for available information on properties, construction performance of ' soils and preload information in the vicinity to assist with design recommendations. 016 \REPORTS \TURNER.RWP 1 DAMES & MOORE 2. A field exploration program consisting of four backhoe- excavated test pits to depths of 10 to 12 feet. The test pit excavations were backfilled and compacted after logging and sampling by our field engineer. We did not patch the asphalt after the excavation. 3. Recommendations for foundation support of the proposed building. 4. Recommendations for site preparation, preloading, and grading. 5. Recommendations for pavement design. 6. A written report with our conclusions and recommendations. 3.0 SITE HISTORY No geotechnical information about the existing building is available. We have reviewed the city's file (provided by you), and our files for the developments surrounding the protect site. Based on this review, the site was part of the Andover Park 2 that was developed about 20 to 30 years ago. The project site was originally within a farming area. The native soils underlying the original surface consist of compressible, alluvial and marine deposits of silt, clay, and sand containing occasional organic debris. About 14 to 18 feet of fill was placed during the original development. At a site directly north of the proposed Computer City Supercenter, 2 feet of settlement of the native soils due to the fill was recorded. Due to the relatively high compressibility of the native soils, surcharge preloading was used for most of the buildings in the area. The site for the proposed Computer City Supercenter is currently occupied by a vacant building, surrounded by paved drive, parking and landscaped areas. The building floor Is about 3 feet above surrounding site grades. Overall the property slopes about 2 to 3 feet up from the streets to the building. The existing building is 26 years old. It was once used for manufacturing of hydraulic pumps. There are no signs of distress of the building frame and slab. No preloading Information for the existing building is available. Based on the conditions of the building and our knowledge of the surrounding developments, we believe that the building area was preloaded prior to the construction. The preload likely included the new expansion area, but, there is a possibility that the preload was only extended to the limit of the existing building, and the new expansion area was excluded. Our field Investigation program, which will be described in the next section, was unable to determine if the new expansion area was preloaded. 4.0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS The subsurface conditions of the project site were investigated with 4 test pits. Their locations are shown In Figure 2. The pits were excavated using a backhoe, and logged by our field engineer. Test Pits 1 to 3 were extended to the maximum reach of the backhoe. Test pit 4 was terminated at a shallow depth. The test pit logs are included in the appendix of this report. 016 \REPORTS \TURNER.RWP 2 DAMES & MOORE The test pits found fill materials of about 4 to at least 16 feet in thickness. The fill materials included layers of medium dense to dense, silty sand and clean sand. These materials were compact and appeared to be placed In a controlled manner. Test Pit 1 found a layer of topsoil below the fill materials, at a depth of 4 to 6 feet. The materials below the topsoil appeared to be an alluvial deposit consisting of loose to medium dense slit and silty sand. Test Pit 2 was terminated in the fill layer at a depth of 16 feet. Test Pit 3 encountered native soils at a depth of 15.5 to 16.5 feet. The soils included silty sand and sand with organic matter. Test Pit 4 was terminated in the fill layer. No groundwater was encountered in the test pits. However, the soil at the bottom of Test Pit 1 was wet. Other than the shallow fill layer found in Test Pit 1, the test pit program seems to confirm the site history described in the previous section. However, the findings do not enable the determination of preloading history of the site. 5.0 ENGINEERING ANALYSES AND SETTLEMENT ESTIMATES Engineering analyses were conducted for settlement estimates of the new expansion. The analyses utilized the boring data obtained from a nearby site. The Toads considered in the analyses include the building loads, floor load and that from the proposed fill. We assumed that most of the settlement will occur in the compressible native soils below the fill layer. Two cases were considered: In the first case, we assume that the new expansion area was preloaded during the original development of the site. The results indicated a maximum total and differential settlements of about 3/4 inches. These settlement estimates are believed to be within the tolerable range for the building. However, since the preload In the new expansion area cannot be confirmed, these settlement estimates involve a degree of uncertainty. In the second case, we assume that the area was not preloaded. The results Indicated a maximum total settlement of about 2.5 inches and differential settlement of about 1.5 inches. These values may exceed the normal tolerable limit. A surcharge preload program can be considered to reduce the total and differential settlements to about 3/4 Inches. Recommendations for the program are presented in Section 6.3. 6.1 BUILDING SUPPORT 6.0 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Provided that the settlement estimates presented in the previous section are acceptable, or a preloading program as described in Section 6.3 is performed, the proposed building expansion can be supported by spread footings. The footings will bear on the existing or new fill materials. An allowable bearing pressure of 2,000 psf is recommended for the design of the continuous and square footings. This value includes a factor of safety of at least 3 and can be increased by one -third for wind and seismic Toads. All exterior 016 \REPORTS \TURNER.RWP 3 DAMES 61. MOORE footings should be founded at least 2 feet below the lowest adjacent finished grade to provide protection against frost action. We recommend that all continuous footings be at least 2 feet in width. Footing Construction: The footing bearing surface should be free of loose and disturbed soils. The existing fill soils include a brown or bluish gray silty sand. This material can be easily disturbed when wet. Care should be taken to protect the bearing surface from rain. Footings excavated should be poured in the same day. In case of inclement weather, a 2 -inch -thick concrete mud slab should be poured for protection. Slab -on- tirade Construction: Slab -on -grade is recommended for the building floor. We recommend that the slab include a 4 to 6 inches crushed rock base and a vapor barrier. The subgrade should also be proof - rolled and visually inspected by a geotechnical engineer prior to placing the rock. Lateral Resistance: Lateral resistance can be obtained from the passive earth pressure against the footing sides and the friction at the contact of the footing and bearing soil. The former can be obtained using an equivalent fluid density of 300 pcf, and the latter using a coefficient of friction of 0.3. 6,2 LOADING DOCK RETAINING WALL A retaining wall about 4 feet in height will be required at the south end of the proposed loading dock. The following parameters are recommended for the design of the wall. Lateral Earth Pressure: We recommend that the lateral earth pressure be calculated using the following: 1. An equivalent fluid density of 35 pcf, PLUS 2. One -third of the surface loading. The criteria given above assume free - draining granular backfill and adequate drainage (weep holes, etc.) to avoid build -up of hydrostatic pressure. Lateral Resistance: Lateral resistance can be obtained from the passive earth pressure against the toe of the retaining wall footing and the friction at the contact of the footing and bearing soil. The former can be obtained using an equivalent fluid density of 300 pcf, and the latter using a coefficient of friction of 0.3. 6.2 EARTHWORK AND SITE PREPARATION Prior to any fill placement, the new expansion area should be stripped of asphalt pavement and base course. All underground utilities should be relocated or grouted. Any soft soils exposed at the surface should be overexcavated. The surface should then be proof - rolled by a pneumatic -tired device such as a loaded, tandem -axle dump truck to detect any yielding areas requiring further overexcavation. Structural fill can then be placed. The criteria for the structural fill are listed below. 016 \REPORTS \TU RNE R RW P DAMES 6c MOORE Material Requirement: Suitable structural fill materials Include well - graded sand or sand and gravel that are free of organic, debris and other deleterious substances. Silty sand is also acceptable, but the material is moisture sensitive and is very difficult to use in the wet winter season. Placement Requirement: The fill should be placed In loose lifts not exceeding 6 to 8 Inches and compacted to at least 95% of maximum dry density based on ASTM D 1557 test method. The existing fill soils at the site are moisture - sensitive and can be easily disturbed by construction activity when wet. When over optimum moisture content, these soils are impossible to recompact in place. They cannot be dried to the proper moisture content for compaction during the wet winter season. Should the soils become wet in preparing the site for the slab or paving, we recommend that they be removed and replaced with compacted granular fill. 6.3 SURCHARGE PRELOADING A temporary surcharge placed on the prepared subgrade is recommended if the settlement estimates presented in section 5.0 exceed the acceptable limit. The surcharge should apply a surface pressure of about 350 psf, which is equivalent to about 3 feet of loosely placed soil fill. The surcharge fill is in addition to the 3 feet of fill required to achieve the floor subgrade. To avoid excess loading on the existing footings, the crest of the surcharge should be about 10 feet away from the existing building line at the north, west and south sides of the expansion area. On the other hand, the crest of the surcharge should be at least 10 feet beyond the new building line at the east side of the area. The settlement of the subsoil should be monitored by using at least two settlement plates, one at the center of the fill and the other at the eastern edge. The settlement of the adjacent footings should also be monitored. Based on the assumption that the area was not preloaded in the original development, we estimate that the surcharge will induce settlement magnitudes of about 3 inches at the center of the surcharged area, and about 1 inch at the building line just west of the area. The estimated surcharge time may be 6 to 8 weeks. The monitored settlement rate can be used to assist in evaluating the time at which surcharging may be terminated. Once the surcharging is terminated, the area between the surcharge and the existing building limit can be filled with structural fill. 6.4 PAVEMENT DESIGN We recommend a CBR value of 15 for the design of flexible pavement, and a subgrade reaction modulus of 150 pci (pound per cubic inch) for the rigid pavement. These values are estimated for the medium dense to dense silty sand found at the surface. The subgrade should be prepared in the manner described in section 6.2, 016 \REPORTS \TU RNER. RWP DAMES & MOORE • .7.0 CLOSURE . • The recommendations presented in this report are provided for design purposes and are based on our investigations and test pits: The existing subsurface information referred to herein does' not•constitute a ;direct or implied warranty that the soil conditions between or near test pit locations can be directly • Interpolated or extrapolated or that subsurface conditions and soil variations different from those disclosed :. by the test pits will not be revealed. The recommendations outlined In this. report. are based on the assumption that the building plan is consistent with that described herein If, during construction, subsurface • conditions different from those disclosed by the explorations are observed; we should be 'advised at once so that. we can review these conditions and, If necessary, reconsider our design recommendations. • DAMES & MOORE, INC, . Harbans L Chabra, P.E. Principal C.J. Shin, Ph.D., P.E. Staff Engineer ';. DAMES 6: ;MOORE : 0 2000 Scale in Feet 4000 SOURCE: USGS Topographic Maps: Renton and Des Moines, Washington Quadrangles. Job No. 10264.002 -016 MIS DAMES & Mooi A N SITE VICINITY MAP Computer City Supercenter Tukwila, Washington FIGURE 1 0 40 Scale in Feet Existing Building Legend TP -1 Test Pit Number and Location 80 Job No. 10264-002 -016 DAMES & Moor Computer City Supercenter Proposed Parking Area Proposed Building Expansion Strander Boulevard C TP -2 Property Boundary Proposed Loading Dock I TP -4 Proposed — Ramp TP -3 TEST._ PIT LOCATION PLAN Computer City Supercenter Tukwila, Washington FIGURE 2 016 \REPORTS \TURNER.RWP.. E} TEST PITS LOGS COMPUTER CITY SUPERCENTER TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 10264 -002 -016 Test Pit #1: 0 - 6" 3" Asphalt and 3" crushed rock. 6" - 2' Light brown, fine to medium sand, medium dense (fill). 2' - 4' Bluish gray, silty fine sand with occasional gravels and cobbles, dense, (till-like fill). 4' - 6' Topsoil (loose dark brown silty sand with grass roots) - Topsoil layer slopes down eastward, also reduces to 6 inches in thickness at the east end of the test pit. 6' - 13' Light gray, silt and silty fine sand, medium dense, moist. - Loose /soft and damp at 10' 13'- 16.5' Dark gray fine sand, moist • Wet below 153' Test Pit #2: 0 - 5" 2" asphalt and 3" crushed rock: 5" - 6.5' Brown, silty fine sand, dense (fill). -A concrete drain pipe, 8 -10 inches in diameter, encountered at about 5' 6.5 - 8.5' Bluish gray, silty fine sand and fine sand, dense, moist (fill). -A concrete drain pipe, 8 -10 inches in diameter, encountered at about 5' 016 \REPORTS \TU RNER.RWP 1 f f Test Pit #4: 0 - 5" 2" asphalt and 3" crushed rock. 5" -5' 016 \REPORTS \TURNER RWP 8.5' - 11' Light gray, fine sand, moist (fill). -A boulder encountered at 14.5' Test Pit #3: 0 - 5" 2" asphalt and 3" crushed rock. 5" - 4.5' Brown and bluish gray, silty fine sand, dense (fill). 4.5' 8.5' Light gray, silty fine sand, medium dense to dense (fill). 8.5' - 12.5 Gray, fine sand, medium dense to dense (fill). 11' - 16' Light gray, fine sand and pockets of bluish gray silty fine sand with some gravels and occasional cobbles (till -like fill), also grass roots and wood debris (fill). 12.5' - 15.5' Bluish gray, silty fine sand with some fine to medium gravels and occasional cobbles, moist, medium dense (till -like fill) 153' - 163' Dark gray, silty sand and fine sand, moist, with organic matters. Brown and bluish gray, silty fine to medium sand with fine to medium gravels and occasional cobbles, dense (till -like fill) 1 f r f PATH ENGINEERS, INC. 17928 BOTHELL - EVERETT HWY S.E. SUITE H BOTHELL, WA 98012 (206) 481-7735 • FAX (206) 481 -7692 Energy Code Conformance Summary The overall heat Toss for the entire building is less than the maximum allowed by conformance to Table 5 -2 of the Washington State Energy Code, as shown in the table on the following page. Thus, the building design exceeds the requirements of the code. The parameters used in the calculations are as follows: Type of heating system: , Gas Wall, roof, &floor U values: From Chapter 10 of 1992 WSEC where applicable. U values not included in Chapter 10 are calculated as shown, with deductions for framing in in accordance with ASHRAE procedures (ASHRAE Fundamentals, Chapter 23). Insulation R values are as follows: Tilt -up walls, furred R -11 batt Tilt —up walls, furred / dryvit R -11 batt / R -4 dryvit Roof R -10.8 rigid Glazing type / U value: Aluminum frame / .58 Computer City / 27 —Oct -1992 polmsma r furred tilt —up walls glass uninsulated perimeter Building Component furred tilt -up walls / dryvit roof insulated perimeter Building Envelope Heat Loss Summary Table Net Required Proposed Required Proposed UxA UxA Gross Area 11580 11500 0.250 80 80 0.250 1020 1020 0.250 24596 24596 0.035 238 238 0.560 417 417 0.560 Area U U 0.140 0.580 0.068 0.080 0.560 0.730 ..mow ctrl" ® ®;/ y; Computer City / 27— Oct -1992 2875 20 255 861 133 234 1610 46 70 1966 133 304 Total 4378 4130 • roof rigid insulation outside air film roof deck inside air film roof R value (insulation section) roof R.value less insulation rafter R value roof R value (rafter section) rafter centers rafter percentage of roof Computer City / 27— Oct -1992 R 10.80 0.17 0.93 0.61 12.51 furred tilt -up walls / dryvit 3 1/2" fiberglass, metal stud outside air film 1" dryvit 6" concrete 1" air space 1/2" sheetrock Inside air film wall R value (insulation section) wall R value less insulation stud R value wall R value (stud section) stud centers stud percentage of wall average wall R value average wall U value Computer City / 27 -Oct -1992 7.14 0.17 4.00 1.20 0.97 0.45 0.68 14.61 r r r I i 1 r 1 1 ZONE DESIGN COOLING LOAD Location : Tukwila, Washington Prepared By : Path Engineers, Inc. Carrier Hourly Analysis Program ************* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** ALCULATION DATA: Zone Name : cc retail south Job Name : computer city ************* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** LOAD INFORMATION LOAD COMPONENT SOLAR LOAD GLASS TRANSMISSION WALL TRANSMISSION ROOF TRANSMISSION PARTITION TRANSMISSION LIGHTING ( 17,400 W TOTAL OTHER ELEC. ( 4,500 W TOTAL) PEOPLE ( 75.00 PEOPLE TOTAL) MISCELLANEOUS LOADS COOLING INFILTRATION PULLDOWN /WARM -UP COOLING SAFETY LOAD SUB - TOTALS NET VENTILATION LOAD ( 2610 CFM) SUPPLY FAN LOAD (BHP= 0.6) WALL LOAD TO PLENUM .ROOF LOAD TO PLENUM LIGHTING LOAD TO PLENUM TOTAL COOLING LOADS 138,392 14,955 ***************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** COIL SELECTION PARAMETERS: COIL ENTERING AIR TEMP. (DB /WB) COIL LEAVING AIR TEMP. (DB /WB) COIL SENSIBLE LOAD COIL TOTAL LOAD COOLING SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE TOTAL COOLING CFM (actual) TOTAL COOLING CFM (std. ai±) RESULTING ROOM REL. HUMIDITY COIL BYPASS FACTOR COIL APPARATUS DEWPOINT REHEAT REQUIRED ****** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** GENERAL INFORMATION: TOTAL COOLING LOAD TOTAL FLOOR AREA OVERALL U- FACTOR COOLING CFM/sqft ****** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** SENSIBLE (BTU /hr) * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Calc Time: Amb db /wb: * * * * * * * * * * * * ** SUMMARY 1,921 15 2,724 29,734 0 59,252 15,345 18,350 0 0 0 0 127,340 9,451 1,601 0 0 0 10 -13 -92 6063092204 Page 1 of 2 * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Jun 1600h 81.4/64.8 F * * * * * * * * * * * * ** LATENT (BTU /hr) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15,375 0 0 0 15,375 -420 0 0 0 0 = 79.7/ 64.3 deg F = 54.7/ 54.0 deg F = 138,392 BTU /hr = 153,347 BTU /hr = 55.0 deg F = 5,199 CFM = 5,126 CFM = 45.1 % = 0.050 = 53.4 deg F = 0 BTU /hr **** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** • = 12.78 Tons = 680.81 sqft /Tons = 8,700.00 sqft = 0.131 BTU /hr /sgft /F 0.60 CFM /sqft **** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** • ZONE DESIGN COOLING LOAD SUMMARY Location ' a Tukwila, Washington 10 -13 -92 Prepared By.: Path Engineers, Inc. 6063092204 Carrier Hourly Analysis Program Page 2 of 2 * * * * * * ** * * * *, * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * * * *, * ** * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * ** * * * ** * * * * * ** ;ALCULATION DATA: Zone Name : cc retail south Calc Time: Jun 1600h Job. Name : computer city Amb db /wb:. 81.4/ F ***************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * WALL AND GLASS LOAD BREAKDOWN LOAD COMPONENT AREA TRANSMISSION SOLAR LOAD (sgft) (BTU /hr) (BTU /hr) GLASS LOADS:NE 0 0 0 E 0 0 0 SE 0, 0 0 S 80 15 1,921 SW 0 0 0 . W 0 0 0 NW .• 0 0 0 N 0 0 0 H 0. ,0 0 WALL LOADS: NE 0 0 E 0 0 SE 0 0 S. 2,270 2,724 SW 0 0 W 0 0 NW 0 0 N 0 0 ***************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** ONO IMO ZONE DESIGN HEATING LOAD SUMMARY Location : Tukwila, Washington Prepared By : Path Engineers, Inc. Carrier Hourly Analysis Program ************************ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** ALCULATION DATA: Zone Name : cc retail south Calc Time: Job Name : computer city Amb db ************************ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** LOAD COMPONENT WALL TRANSMISSION ROOF TRANSMISSION GLASS TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION LOSS TO UNCOND. SPACES INFILTRATION LOSS SLAB FLOOR HEATING SAFETY BTU /hr SUB -TOTAL NET VENTILATION LOSS TOTAL HEATING LOAD HEATING SUPPLY CFM HEATING SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE HEATING VENTILATION AIR CFM HEATING THERMOSTAT SETPOINT TEMP LOAD (BTU /hr) 8,354 56,028 2,134 0 0 0 0 66,516 127,865 194,381 1,561 CFM 110.0 deg F 2,610 CFM 70.0 deg F 10 -13 -92 6063092204 Page 1 of 1 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Winter` design 24 .0 F * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** ***************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** ZONE DESIGN COOLING LOAD SUMMARY Location : Tukwila, Washington Prepared By : Path Engineers, Inc. Carrier Hourly Analysis Program *************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * ** * * * * * * ** '.ALCULATION DATA: Zone Name : cc retail north Calc Time: Job Name : computer city Amb db /wb: *************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** LOAD INFORMATION LOAD COMPONENT SOLAR LOAD GLASS TRANSMISSION WALL TRANSMISSION ROOF TRANSMISSION PARTITION TRANSMISSION LIGHTING ( 17,400 W TOTAL) OTHER ELEC. ( 4,500 W TOTAL) PEOPLE ( 75.00 PEOPLE TOTAL) MISCELLANEOUS LOADS COOLING INFILTRATION PULLDOWN /WARM -UP COOLING SAFETY LOAD COIL SELECTION PARAMETERS: COIL ENTERING AIR TEMP. (DB /WB) COIL LEAVING AIR TEMP. (DB /WB) COIL SENSIBLE LOAD COIL TOTAL LOAD COOLING SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE TOTAL COOLING CFM (actual TOTAL COOLING CFM (std. air) RESULTING ROOM REL. HUMIDITY COIL BYPASS FACTOR COIL APPARATUS DEWPOINT REHEAT REQUIRED SENSIBLE LATENT (BTU /hr) (BTU /hr) 0 0 541 29,734 0 59,252 15,345 18,350 0 0 0 0 SUB - TOTALS 123,221 NET VENTILATION LOAD ( 2610 CFM) 9,451 SUPPLY FAN LOAD (BHP= 0.6) 1,549 WALL LOAD TO PLENUM 0 ROOF LOAD TO PLENUM 0 LIGHTING LOAD TO PLENUM 0 10 -13 -92 6063092204 Page 1 of 2 * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Jun 1600h 81.4/ 64.8 F * * * * * * * * * * * * ** 0 0 0 0 O. 0 0 15,375 0 0 0 0 15,375 -672 0 0 0 0 TOTAL COOLING LOADS 134,221 14,703 ***************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** = 79.8/ 64.3 deg F = 54.7/ 54.0 deg F = 134,221 BTU /hr = 148,924 BTU /hr = 55.0 deg F = 5,030 CFM = 4,961 CFM = 45.2 % = 0.050 = 53.4 deg F = 0 BTU /hr ***************************************** * * * * * * ** * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * * * * ** • GENERAL INFORMATION: TOTAL COOLING LOAD = 12.41 Tons = 701.03 sqft /Tons TOTAL FLOOR AREA = 8,700.00 sqft OVERALL U- FACTOR COOLING CFM/sqft ft 0.128 BTU /hr /sqft /F q 0.58 CFM /sqft ************************** k************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** ZONE DESIGN COOLING LOAD Location : Tukwila,.. Washington Prepared By : Path Engineers, Inc. Carrier Hourly Analysis Program ************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** .ALCULATION DATA: Zone Name : cc retail north Job Name : computer city - ************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** WALL AND GLASS LOAD BREAKDOWN LOAD COMPONENT AREA TRANSMISSION (sqft) (BTU /hr) GLASS LOADS:NE E SE S SW W NW N . WALL LOADS:. NE E . SE S. SW W NW N 2,270 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SUMMARY 10-13-92 • 6063092204 Page 2 of 2 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Calc Time: Jun 1600h Amb db /wb :. 81.4 / 6 4.8 F * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** 541 * * * * * * * * ******************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** SOLAR LOAD (BTU/hr) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ZONE DESIGN HEATING LOAD SUMMARY Location : Tukwila, Washington Prepared By : Path Engineers, Inc. Carrier Hourly Analysis Program ********************* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** .ALCULATION DATA: Zone Name : cc retail north Calc T Job Name : computer city • Amb db ********************* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** LOAD COMPONENT WALL TRANSMISSION .ROOF TRANSMISSION GLASS TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION LOSS TO UNCOND. SPACES INFILTRATION LOSS SLAB FLOOR HEATING SAFETY BTU /hr SUB -TOTAL NET VENTILATION LOSS TOTAL HEATING LOAD HEATING SUPPLY CFM HEATING SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE HEATING VENTILATION AIR CFM HEATING THERMOSTAT SETPOINT TEMP LOAD (BTU /hr) 8,354 56,028 0 0 0 0 0 64,382 127,865 ime: Winter design : 24.0 F * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** 192,247 1,511 CFM 110.0 deg F 2,610 CFM 70.0 deg F 10 -13 -92 6063092204 Page 1 of 1 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** ***************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** A - 3 ZONE DESIGN COOLING LOAD Location : Tukwila, Washington Prepared By : Path Engineers, Inc. Carrier Hourly Analysis Program ************* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** ALCULATION DATA: Zone Name : cc west perimeter Job Name : computer city ************* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** LOAD INFORMATION LOAD COMPONENT SOLAR LOAD GLASS TRANSMISSION WALL TRANSMISSION ROOF TRANSMISSION PARTITION TRANSMISSION LIGHTING ( 6,000 W TOTAL) OTHER ELEC. ( 11,000 W TOTAL) PEOPLE ( 40.00 PEOPLE TOTAL) MISCELLANEOUS LOADS COOLING INFILTRATION PULLDOWN /WARM -UP COOLING SAFETY LOAD SUB - TOTALS NET VENTILATION LOAD SUPPLY FAN LOAD (BHP= WALL LOAD TO PLENUM ROOF LOAD TO PLENUM LIGHTING LOAD TO PLENUM TOTAL FLOOR AREA 84,523 900 CFM) -192 0.4) 1,062 0 0 0 TOTAL COOLING LOADS 85,394 8,492 ***************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** COIL SELECTION PARAMETERS: COIL ENTERING AIR TEMP. (DB /WB) _ COIL LEAVING AIR TEMP. (DB /WB) COIL SENSIBLE LOAD = COIL TOTAL LOAD = COOLING SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE _ TOTAL COOLING CFM (actual = TOTAL COOLING CFM (std. air) RESULTING ROOM REL. HUMIDITY COIL BYPASS FACTOR COIL APPARATUS DEWPOINT REHEAT REQUIRED = ***************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** GENERAL INFORMATION: TOTAL COOLING LOAD _ _ OVERALL U- FACTOR = COOLING CFM/sqft *********** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** SENSIBLE (BTU /hr) SUMMARY * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Calc Time: Amb db /wb: * * * * * * * * * * * * ** 0 0 5,399 11,386 0 20,437 37,513 9,788 0 0 0 0 LATENT (BTU /hr) 77.9/ 63.6 deg F 54.7/ 54.0 deg F 85,394 BTU /hr 93,885 BTU /hr 55.0 deg F 3,451 CFM 3,403 CFM 44.6 % 0.050 53.5 deg F 0 BTU /hr 10 -13 -92 6063092204 Page 1 of 2 * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Jun 1800h . 77.8/ 63.6 F * * * * * * * * * * * * ** 0 0 0 0 0 8,200 0 0 0 8,200 292 0 0 7.82 Tons . 383.45 sqft /Tons 3,000.00 sqft 0.107 BTU /hr /sqft /F 1.15 CFM/sqft * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** • ZONE DESIGN COOLING LOAD SUMMARY Location : Tukwila, Washington 10 -13 -92 Prepared By : Path Engineers, Inc. 6063092204 Carrier Hourly Analysis Program Page 2 of 2 ***************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * ** * ** * ** ;ALCULATION DATA: • , Zone Name : cc west perimeter Calc Time: Jun 1800h Job Name : computer city 'Amb db /wb: .77;8/ 63.6 F ****************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *;v * * * * * * * * * * * ** WALL AND GLASS LOAD BREAKDOWN LOAD COMPONENT AREA TRANSMISSION SOLAR LOAD (sqft) (BTU /hr) (BTU /hr)' GLASS LOADS:NE 0 0 E 0 0 SE 0 0 S 0 0 SW 0 0 W 0 NW 0 N 0 H 0 WALL LOADS: NE 0 E 0 SE 0 S 0 SW 0, W 3,780 NW 0 N 0 ***************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** 0 0 0 0 0 0 5,399 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ZONE DESIGN HEATING LOAD Location $ Tukwila, Washington Prepared By : Path Engineers, Inc. Carrier Hourly Analysis Program ************* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** .ALCULATION DATA: Zone Name : cc west perimeter Job Name : computer city ************* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** LOAD COMPONENT WALL TRANSMISSION ROOF TRANSMISSION GLASS TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION LOSS TO UNCOND. SPACES INFILTRATION LOSS SLAB FLOOR HEATING SAFETY BTU /hr SUB -TOTAL NET VENTILATION LOSS TOTAL HEATING LOAD HEATING SUPPLY CFM HEATING SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE HEATING VENTILATION AIR CFM HEATING THERMOSTAT SETPOINT TEMP SUMMARY 10 -13 -92 6063092204 Page 1 of 1 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Calc Time: Winter design Amb db : 24.0 F * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** LOAD (BTU /hr) 13,910 19,320 0 0 0 0 0 33,230 44.091 77,322 780 CFM 110.0 deg F 900 CFM ; 70.0 deg,F **********************************,******* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** • • ZONE DESIGN COOLING LOAD Location : Tukwila, Washington Prepared By : Path Engineers, Inc. Carrier Hourly Analysis Program ************* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** :ALCULATION DATA: Zone Name : cc east perimeter Job Name : computer city ************* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** LOAD INFORMATION LOAD COMPONENT SOLAR LOAD GLASS TRANSMISSION WALL TRANSMISSION ROOF TRANSMISSION PARTITION TRANSMISSION LIGHTING ( 4,120 W TOTAL) OTHER ELEC. ( 3,000 W TOTAL) PEOPLE ( 20.00 PEOPLE TOTAL) MISCELLANEOUS LOADS COOLING INFILTRATION PULLDOWN /WARM -UP COOLING SAFETY LOAD SUB - TOTALS NET VENTILATION LOAD SUPPLY FAN LOAD (BHP= WALL LOAD TO PLENUM ' ROOF LOAD TO PLENUM LIGHTING LOAD TO PLENUM 618 CFM) 0.2) _ _ _ _ SENSIBLE (BTU /hr) SUMMARY * * * * * * * * * * * * * Calc Time: Amb db /wb: * * * * * * * * * * * * ** 0 0 3,530 7,040 0 14,030 10,230 4,893 0 0 0 0 39,723 2,238 499 0 0 0 10 -13 -92 6063092204 Page 1 of 2 * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Jun 1600h . 81.4/ 64.8 F * * * * * * * * * * * * ** LATENT (BTU /hr) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4,100 0 0 0 0 • 4,100 154 0 0 0 0 TOTAL COOLING LOADS 42,460 4,254 ***************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** COIL SELECTION PARAMETERS: COIL ENTERING AIR TEMP. (DB /WB) = 79 COIL LEAVING AIR TEMP. (DB /WB) = 54 COIL SENSIBLE LOAD COIL TOTAL LOAD COOLING SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE _ TOTAL COOLING CFM (actual TOTAL COOLING CFM (std. air) RESULTING ROOM REL. HUMIDITY COIL BYPASS FACTOR COIL APPARATUS DEWPOINT REHEAT REQUIRED ***************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** GENERAL INFORMATION: TOTAL COOLING LOAD TOTAL FLOOR AREA OVERALL U- FACTOR COOLING CFM /sqft ***************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** .3/ 64.1 .7/ 54.0 42,460 46,714 55.0 1,622 1,599 44.7 0.050 53.4 0 * * * * * * ** 3.89 529.17 2,060.00 0.109 0.79 * * * * * * ** deg F de F BTU /hr BTU /hr deg F CFM CFM de F BTU /hr * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Tons sqft /Tons sgft BTU /hr /sqft /F CFM /sqft * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** ZONE DESIGN COOLING LOAD SUMMARY Location • s Tukwila, Washington 10 -13 -92 Prepared By : Path Engineers, Inca 6063092204 Carrier Hourly Analysis Program Page 2 of 2 * * * *** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *** * * ** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * ** * *** :ALCULATION DATA: . . • Zone Name : cc east perimeter Calc Time: Jun 1600h Job Naine : computer city Amb db/wb: A31.4/64.8 F ******** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *, ** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** WALL AND GLASS LOAD BREAKDOWN LOAD COMPONENT AREA TRANSMISSION SOLAR LOAD (sgft) (BTU /hr) (BTU /hr) GLASS LOADS:NE 0 0 0 E 0 0 0 SE 0 0 0 S 0 0 0 SW 0 0. 0 . W 0 0 0 NW 0 0 0 N 0 0 0• H 0 0 0 WALL LOADS: NE 0 0 E 2 SE 0 S 0. SW 0 W . 0 0. N • 0 0 ***************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** NW 530 0 0 0 0 0 • ZONE DESIGN HEATING LOAD Location : Tukwila, Washington Prepared By: Path Engineers, Inc. Carrier Hourly Analysis Program ******************************************** AtCULATION DATA: Zone Name : cc east perimeter Job Name : computer city ******************************************** LOAD COMPONENT WALL TRANSMISSION ROOF TRANSMISSION GLASS TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION LOSS TO UNCOND. SPACES INFILTRATION LOSS SLAB, FLOOR HEATING SAFETY BTU/hr SUB-TOTAL NET VENTILATION LOSS TOTAL HEATING LOAD HEATING SUPPLY CFM HEATING SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE HEATING VENTILATION AIR CFM HEATING THERMOSTAT SETPOINT TEM*, LOAD SUMMARY 10-13-92 6063092204 Page 1 oUl **************************** Ca lc Time: Winter •?Amb db : :24:0 F ************4************** - , (BTU/hr) 8,354 13,266 0 0 0 0 0 • 21,620 30,276 51,896 508 CFM 110.0 deg F 618 CFM 70.0 deg F *********************************************************************** ZONE DESIGN COOLING LOAD SUMMARY Location : Tukwila, Washington 10 -13 -92 Prepared By : Path Engineers, Inc. 6063092204 Carrier Hourly Analysis Program Page 1 of 2 ***************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** ;ALCULATION DATA: Zone Name : cc receiving Calc Time: Jun 1600h Job Name : computer city Amb db /wb: 81.4/ 64.8 F ***************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** LOAD INFORMATION LOAD COMPONENT SENSIBLE LATENT (BTU /hr) (BTU /hr) SOLAR LOAD 0 0 GLASS TRANSMISSION 0 0 WALL TRANSMISSION 2,598 0 ROOF TRANSMISSION 5,332 0 PARTITION TRANSMISSION 0 0 LIGHTING ( 3,120 W TOTAL) 10,625 0 OTHER ELEC. ( 2,800 W TOTAL) 9,548 0 PEOPLE ( 10.00 PEOPLE TOTAL) 5,243 9,250 MISCELLANEOUS LOADS 0 0 COOLING INFILTRATION 0 0 PULLDOWN /WARM -UP 0 0 COOLING SAFETY LOAD 0 0. SUB - TOTALS 33,345 9,250 NET VENTILATION LOAD ( 468 CFM) 1,695 -1,952 SUPPLY FAN LOAD (BHP= 0.2) 419 0 WALL LOAD TO PLENUM 0 0 ROOF LOAD TO PLENUM 0 0 LIGHTING LOAD TO PLENUM 0 0 TOTAL COOLING LOADS 35,458 7,298 ***************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** COIL SELECTION PARAMETERS: COIL ENTERING AIR TEMP. (DB /WB) = 79.2/ 64.9 deg F COIL LEAVING AIR TEMP. (DB /WB) = 54.7/ 54.1 deg F COIL SENSIBLE LOAD = 35,458 BTU /hr COIL TOTAL LOAD = 42,756 BTU /hr COOLING SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE = 55.0 deg F TOTAL COOLING CFM (actual) = 1,361 CFM TOTAL COOLING CFM (std. air) - 1,342 CFM RESULTING ROOM REL. HUMIDITY = 49.2 % COIL BYPASS FACTOR = 0.050 COIL APPARATUS DEWPOINT = 53.4 deg F REHEAT REQUIRED = 0 BTU /hr ***************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** GENERAL INFORMATION: TOTAL COOLING LOAD = 3.56 Tons = 437.83 sqft /Tons TOTAL FLOOR AREA = 1,560.00 sgft OVERALL U- FACTOR = 0.108 BTU /hr /sqft /F COOLING CFM /sqft = 0.87 CFM /sqft ***************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** 1 ZONE DESIGN COOLING LOAD SUMMARY I Location : Tukwila, Washington 10 -13 -92 Prepared By : Pathngineers, Inc. 6063092204 Carrier Hourly Analysis Program Page 2 of 2 ***************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** �, '.ALCULATION DATA: Zone Name : cc receiving Calc Time: Jun 1600h Job Name : computer city Amb db /wbs. 81.4/ 64.8 F ****************************.************* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** I WALL AND GLASS LOAD BREAKDOWN LOAD COMPONENT AREA TRANSMISSION SOLAR LOAD (sqft) (BTU /hr) (BTU /hr) GLASS LOADS:NE 0 0 0 E 0 0 0 t SE 0 0 :0 1 S 0. 0 0 SW 0 0 0 W 0 0 0. NW 0 0 0 L N 0 0 0 H 0 0 0 IL WALL LOADS: NE 0 0 E 1,470 2,286 SE 0 0 S ' 260 312 L SW 0 0 W 0 0 NW' 0 . . 0 I: N 0 0 _ ***************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** ZONE DESIGN HEATING LOAD Location : Tukwila, Washington Prepared By : Path Engineers, Inc. Carrier Hourly Analysis Program ************* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** :ALCULATION DATA: • Zone Name : cc receiving Job Name : computer city • ************* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** :LOAD COMPONENT WALL TRANSMISSION ROOF TRANSMISSION GLASS TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION LOSS TO UNCOND. SPACES INFILTRATION LOSS SLAB FLOOR HEATING SAFETY BTU /hr SUB -TOTAL NET VENTILATION LOSS TOTAL HEATING LOAD HEATING SUPPLY CFM HEATING SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE HEATING VENTILATION AIR CFM HEATING THERMOSTAT SETPOINT TEMP SUMMARY * * * * * * ** Calc Tim Amb db * * * * * * ** LOAD (BTU /hrj 6,366 10,046 0 0 0 0 0 16,413 22,928 39,340 10 -13 -92 6063092204 Page 1 of 1 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** e: Winter .design s 24:0 F * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** 385 CFM 110.0 deg F 468 CFM 70.0 deg F ****************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** 11 FURRED TILT —UP WALLS 11580 11500 0.250 0.140 2875 1610 GLASS 80 80 0.250 0.580 20 46 FURRED TILT —UP WALLS /DRYVIT 1020 1020 0.250 0.068 255 70 ROOF 24596 24596 0.035 0.080 861 1966 INSULATED PERIMETER . 238 238 0.560 0.560 133 133 UNINSULATED PERIMETER 417 417 0.560 0.730 234 304 El E2 E3 E4 E5 227 ANDOVER PARK EAST TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PHIL TRELLO MANAGER, PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT TANDY CORPORATION 800 TWO TANDY CENTER FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76106-2808 317 878 -6442 (817) 878-6501 FAX SHEET 11 DEX ARCHTECTURAL AO COVER SHEET Al SITE PLAN A2 FIXTURE PLAN A3 FLOOR PLAN A4 DEMOLITION PLAN A5 ROOF PLAN & DETAILS A6 ELEVATIONS © BUILDING SECTIONS A7 ELEVATIONS & BUILDING SECTIONS A8 WALL SECTIONS A9 WALL SECTIONS ti A10 ENTRY WALL SECTIONS -� ` All SITE DETAILS Al2 DETAILS, ROOM FINISH SCHEDULES A13 CABINET SECTIONS & ELEVATIONS A14 DOOR SCHEDULE AND DETAILS A15 WINDOWS & DOCK DETAILS STRUCTURAL S1.1 GENERAL STRUCTURAL S2.1 FOUNDATION PLAN S2.2 ROOF PLAN S3.1 FOUNDATION DETAILS S4.1 ROOF DETAILS S5.1 ROOF DETAILS M CIHIAN CAL M1 HVAC SCHEDULES AND DETAILS (1000/92) M2 HVAC PLAN PLUMBING P1 PLUMBING PLAN P2 PLUMBING SCHEDULES AND DETAILS f1 [ELEcCTi0(CAL • SITE PLAN LIGHTING PLAN POWER PLAN DETAILS RISER SURVEY (11/3/92) 1, 19 It 1 , ,1 It ,1 „ 1 1 t t 1, 1, (10 ,1 ,, (10/30/92) (10/30/92) 11 11 1, LANDSCAPE L1 LANDSCAPE &IRRIGATION PLAN (11/1/92) COVIIL 01 GRADING & UTILITY PLAN (11/2/92) TEMPORARY EROSION & SEDIMENTATION PLAN -- LAND TITLE SURVEY (10/28 /92) COMMUN11CATOON/FIREi SECURITY SP1.1 DETAIL—BURGLER/FIRE/CAMERA (11/12/92) SP1.2 DETAIL --- HVAC /RTUNITS SP1.3 DETAIL-- "A" — "F" SP1.4 DETAIL.— "G / -- "H" TP1.1 TELEPHONE /DATA SYSTEMS WP1.1 OVHD MONITOR /PAGING SYSTEMS 1, 1, 1, 11 CONSULTANTS ARCHOTECT TURNER AND ASSOCIATES 2115 N.E. PARK ROAD SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98105 (206) 523 -7489 FAX 525 -5560 CONTACT: HOWARD R. TURNER, AIA COMMUNICATOONS/FORE/ SECUREJTY TANDY SECURITY SYSTEMS 345 ONE TANDY CENTER — ATRIUM FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76102 (8 (817) 338 -2276 17) 877 -2090 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER RATTI SVilENSON PERBIX & CLARK 1411 FOURTH AVENUE SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98101 (206) 624-8687 CONTACT: BLAZE BRISCOE MEC —1./ELEC/PLUMBONG PATH ENGINEERS 17928 BOTHELL HIGHWAY S.E., SUITE G BOTHELL, WASHINGTON 98012 (206) 481 -7735 CONTACT: LARRY BOYER (ELECTRICAL) CONTACT: MARK LEMMING, P.E. (MECHANICAL) SOH. ENGINEER DAMES & MOORE _ 500 MARKET PLACE TOWER SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98121 (206) 728 -0744 CONTACT: C.J. SHIN, PHD, P.E. Mill/LANDSCAPE/TRAFFIC DAVID EVANS & ASSOCIATES 415 118TH AVENUE S.E. BELLEVUE, WASHINGTON 98005 -3553 (206) 455 -3571 CONTACT: BART TREELE JR., P.E. (CIVIL) CONTACT: ERIN BARD (TRAFFIC) CONTACT: RENEE FREER (LANDSCAPE) SURVEYOR K. MICHAEL CHADWICK 4011 STONE WAY NORTH SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98103 (206) 632-3366 CONTACT: MIKE CHADWICK CODE [INDEX GENERAL BUILDING CODE: 1991 UBC OCCUPANCY CLASS: B2 VN— SPRINKLERED, SPRINKLER DESIGNED BY CONTRACTOR SEE ATTACHED STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS FOR SPRINKLER DESIGN LOAD AND MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION FOR PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS. (NFPA 13 AND UBC STANDARD 38 -1) AREA TOTAL BUILD!Nr AREA: 24,668 S.F. (1— STORY) MAXIMUM BUILDING AREA: 36,000 S.F. (DUE TO SEPARATION & SPRINKLE RING) MAXIMUM BUILDING HEIGHT: 2 STORIES, 40 FEET TOTAL RETAIL AREA: 23,053 S.F. TOTAL ACCESORY LOADING DOCK AREA: 1615 S.F. EGRESS OCCUPANT LOAD: 23,053 S.F. / 30 = 768 EXIT WIDTH REQUIREMENT: 768 x 0.2 = 154 INCHES EXIT WIDTH PROVIDED: 180 INCHES MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE ALLOWED FOR SPRINKLERED BUILDING = 200 FEET ARRANGEMENT OF EXITS PER 3303(c) WAC 21-20 ACCESSOUTY DESIIGN PROVIDED NUMBER OF LAVATORIES: PROVIDED NUMBER OF WATER CLOSETS: PROVIDED NUMBER OF URINALS: PROVIDED NUMBER OF WATER COOLERS: PROVIDED NUMBER OF PARKING STALLS: BUILDING ENVELOPE HEAT LOSS SUMMARY TABLE: CROSS NET AREA AREA BUILDING COMPONENTS TILT —UP WALLS, FURRED TILT—UP WALLS, FURRED /DRYVIT ROOF GLAZING TYPE / U-- VALUE: INSULATED PERIMETER: 2 FEMALE 2 MALE (1 HC EACH 3 FEMALE 2 MALE (1 HC EACH 1 MALE (HC) 2 FEMALE 1 MALE 63 (2 HC CAR, 1 HC VAN) 1 understand that he Pimtsl ► sofoiect to errore red omissions a piens doom not daislionof eery adopted or eases mos stainistreS Wit • ENERGY CODE CONFORMANCE SUMMARY THE OVERALL HEAT LOSS FOR THE ENTIRE BUILDING IS LESS THAN THE MAXIMUM ALLOWED BY CONFORMANCE TO TABLE 5-2 OF THE WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE, AS SHOWN IN THE TABLE BELOW. THUS, THE BUILDING DESIGN EXCEEDS THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CODE. REQUIRED PROPOSED REQUIRED PROPOSED u U UxA UxA 4378 4130 TOTAL. THE PARAMETERS USED IN THE CALCULATIONS ARE AS FOLLOWS: TYPE OF HEATING SYSTEM: GAS WALL, ROOF AND FLOOR U-- VALUES: FROM CHAPTER 10 OF 1992 WSEC WHERE APPLICABLE. U— VALUES NOT INCLUDED IN CHAPTER 10 ARE CALCULATED AS SHOWN, WITH DEDUCTIONS FOR FRAMING IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASHRAE PROCEDURES (ASHRAE FUNDAMENTALS, CHAPTER 23). INSULATION R— VALUES ARE AS FOLLOWS (REF: SHEETS A8, A9 AND A10 FOR GRAPHIC REP.) �. GENERA. NOTES R -11 BATT (2-5/A8, 1-6/A9, 2/A10) R -11 BATT/R-4 DRYVIT (5/A8) R -10.8 RIGID (4/A5) ALUMINUM FRAME / .58 (7,10/A14) R-7 RIGID (2-5/A8) PUN REVIEW FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING ORDINANC 5 STRUCTURAL PER UNIFORM` BUILDING CODE 0 NON - STRUCTURAL PER UNIFORM BUILDING CODE ❑ WASHI,hGTON STATE REGULATION FOR BARRIER -FREE FACT! {TIES T.O.S. 0 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE 110 SUBJECT TO INTERPRETATIONS OF THE GOVERNING AUTHORITY, ERRORS, 99.90' ( AND INCONSISTENCIES. DATE IN 112,1 - DATE JUT LA ,, BY: Q.L Lit" MAHAN & DESALVO, INC. 1!111 IIIIIIIIIIII 111111 IIIIIIIIIl11I1111111f 0 IG THS INCH 1 3 OC 62 6 Gz 9z S II z � ' CZ ZZ L? 111111!III 1111 11 1P1 , 111111.11111111 1 I011111!l 111!111111 1 ?11 J11111111ll4Ii p it l I "�.I IILilllilll III I 4 5 I 6 7 gi ., r' -sir• ,,.�.,r,h.� :.. .c u ...,,. , NOTE: If the notice, it is microfilmed document is less clear than this due to the quality of the priginal document. 11 11 II1IIIIIIIII111I111IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I III I I I I I 9 t 10 11 , ADEINGEPJ4WY 12 lit.._,.. i 9 s *. C z L W.I0 11111111111 I!1! 11111111111 11111i1111111111iIIlI�IIIf111111111I111111I111 111111 11111111i1111111111111111 . 1111111 ':mot t ft s .� ✓'t •.cr [. • `.ar} s..efi3 �y 4 " ,f Y �k w . /.. 1. A! L CONSTRUCTION IS TO CONFORM TO LOCAL NO STATE BIDING CODES AND ORDINANCES. 2. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO VERFY ALL CONDITIONS AND REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE PROJECT MANAGER I'PoOR TO CONSTRUCTION OR PURCHASE OF MATERIALS. 3. ALL DMENSIONS RELATE TO FACE OF STUD At'U /OR CENTERLNE OF COLUMN. 4. ALL CHANGES TO TEE CONTRACT MUST HAVE PRIOR APPROVAL FROM COMPUTER CITY SUPERCENTER: PiVOICES FOR CHANGES NOT PROPERLY AUTHORIZED WILL NOT € E HONORED. S. ALL EXCLUSIONS OR CLARIFICATIONS SHOULD BE APPROVED TI,ROUGH PROJECT MANAGER N WRITNG SEVEN (7) WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO 8O OR F3ID MAY BE DISOUALFED. 6. ALL CONTRACTORS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAVING A THOROUGH UNDERSTANDING OF ALL DRAWNGS AN) SPECIFICATIONS. FAL.URE TO ACQUAINT HMSELF WITH TFc CONTRACT DOCUMENTS DOES NOT RELIEVE CONTRACTOR OF RESPCNNSIBLITY FOR PERFORVING WORK. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE ALLOWED FOR FALUF£ TO DO S0. . THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAIN i 1' THE NTEGRITY OF TIE atom's SECURITY AT ALL VIES AND SHALL TAKE CARE TO KEEP THE BUI_DNG SEALED. 8. ALL FRE SPRINKLER AND FRE ALARM DESIGN AND SHOP DRAWNGS SHALL BE SU3h4TTED TO THE r IRE MARSHALL FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 9. ALL TRAFFIC STANDARD DESIGN AND SHOP DRAWNGS SHIALL BE SWATTED TO THE CITY ENGINEER' FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. TUKWILA SOUTHCENTER TO TACOMA VICINITY MAP TO SEATAC AIRPORT STREET MAP 7 . • SOUTHCENTER BLVD. 10.1 TO SEATTLE SEE ST REET R MAP OF INSET AREA BAKER BLVD STRAND BLVD. MINKLE BLVD. -- TO 99 0 LO NGACCS 0 1 SW. 43RD - STREET w 00 0 SW 4 RD STREET TO BELLEVUE /6 9 1 PETROVI RD. GRADY WAY NT ERSTTAT r 4 LONCACRES j RACETRACK c COMPUTER CITY REMODEL PROJECT 227 ANDOVER PARK E. TUKWILA.WA. 4) SYMBOLS LEGEND L(4 a l N ING DIVISION D 10. OWNER WILL HIRE, AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL PAY FOR SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AS SPECIFIED N UBC SECTION 302(C) AN) 306. 5-A8 1--A2 STORAGE [o S ONLY COLUMN LINE INDICATOR KEYNOTE INDICATOR WALL SECTION INDICATOR BLDG. ELEV. INDICATOR DETAIL INDICATOR ELEVATION INDICATOR DETAIL INDICATOR ROOM NAME & NUMBER DOOR NUMBER COLOR INDICATOR HEIGHT/ELEV. INDICATOR PLAN ELEV. MARKER WALL PARTITION TYPE L-A-1 0/4 r� 1JLJ! r'Y B CRY OF TtitiWt1A APPROVED 04 11491/ '400 LCj 0 0) • 0 z 1 LLJ LLJ Cr) NOV RECEIVED CITY OF MIRA Y, 8 1992 C O) 00 IN CD 0 C\I 1993 f: t: • e 1. SITE SECTION STRANDER BLVD SCALE: 1 " =20'-0" f -6" SITE SECTION © INTERSECTION LIVE OF PARKNG STALL OVERHANG (TYP) SITE SEC. @ A.P.E. DRIVEWAY SCALE: 1 "= 20' -0" SIDEWALK AT CORNER SCALE: 1/2 "= REF: 2 —Al / SEE DRIVEWAY ISOMETRIC ;1PLAN AT INTERSECTION SCALE: 1/ REF: 1 —Al 14 -0 2% • / / � / / / PL. ANTER / H RAMP (TYP) ._: / REF: 1—Al SITE SECTION © REAR SCALE: 1 " =20' -0" EL 102.24' FIN FL.R RELOCATE TRAFFIC STANDARD (REF. CMLI ENG. DRAWN+G' S) REF: 1 —Al 1 1 1 1 1 HC RAMP (TYP) 50' BSL NEW PAVING 17 8'0" ACT SPAC S L HC VAN 16' -0" Al S15.1 - 12' x 65' LOADING SPA REF: 1—Al • SITE SEC. © ANDOVER P.E. SCALE: 1 " =20' -0" REF: 1 —Al BOLLARDS, 3 LOCATIONS N FRONT OF EXISTNG POWER VAULTS _ . -- - - -- _— J EXISTNG PARKNG FOR ADJACENT BUILDING NEW SHARED DRIVE SEE 2/A -11 SM. a° a° 1 SCALE: 1"=20'--0" 7 SITE PLAN cL' 20' MIN 1 27'- 1 1 (52.7) 9'- STRANDER BOULEVARD IVY MO On. ay • ADJACENT BULDNG S2.3 COMPUTER CITY SUPERCENTER BUILDING AREA: EXISTNG 28,771 SF PROPOSED 24,668 IWO M.11 nit. :x};: TYP. 15' O.C. NOTE: SEE LAND TITLE SURVEY FOR PROPERTY LINE INFORMATION. MO .. 52.2 r 155' --7" SOIL TEST PIT #4 BOLLARD, FOUR LOCATIONS, 12" FROM BULDNG (REF: 5 -A11) BOLLARDS, TWO LOCAT S; (REF: -All) SOL. TEST PIT X11 SOL TEST FIT #2 3 HC RAMP (TYP) NEW TRANSFORMER I SEE L 1 FOR �1 1 LANDSCAPE 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 f--- BENCM4 -- DIWSTERI 5 -0" CI..R C.L. OF ST BOLLARD, �--- PARk NG 1 SPACE 35' WIDE NEW DRIVE SIDEWALK FLUSH W/ DRIVEWAY S3.4 NEW CURB EXISTING VA TO REMAN SIDEWALK FLUSH w/ DRIVEWAY i i i i i i i I 1 ^ ;z ei I{11J '11l'11I11.I11uIuI 1(11; =: 0 15 THS INCH 1 .ti 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I _Il l I I I + .I ., I , . I { t1 { ' { ' 1 1, { 1 1 1 1 i ^ 1 ( . � { t ; .. j { { ii {. { 1 i l l ,1 4 5 6 7 NOTE: If the microfilmed document it less clear than this • ; notice„ it is due to the quality of the original. Document. lz o 6L el L,1 91 5l hI £t zL L1 !! II I I! Mll !1i -1111 1111 11 !111111111!I { 11 1 +1I I L illy! I IIhillill i11111111111111111111I1 9 11'J11II!11111111 !II!IIIil111iIIllil RECYCLING ENCLO ROM _L F:5-A11 LLJ 0 � 0 z EXISTING CURB; LOCATION! OF I ASPHALT PATCH (REF: 9-A11) ATE TRAFFIC STANDARD (REF. CM_ END. DRAWINGS) 1 1 I I t I I i 1 1 1 i t — DRAWN BY: HRT,DGD CHECKED BY: HRT DATE: 11/3/92 SCALE: 1" = 20' x....: ,.. ti .r: r.',S•►ie�.�. �� a+, liai:' n1t�r+ sar+ Sv... ...:a.a?.,r,,;x «as..yv11.Y ..r•..(� KEY NOTES s m SITE 51.1 CEMENT CONCRETE SHALL BE PLACED ON COMPACTED St GRADE rI ACCORANCE WITH SECTION 8 -14 OF THE 1988 APWA /WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. i 4SPECTION REQ&JI EO BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE. AT LEAST 24 H0(R NOTICE MUST BE GIVEN TO TUKWLA PUBLIC WORKS. i.3 ALL WORK SHALL E3E PERFORMED 1N ACCORDANCE WITH APWA/WSDOT PLANS AND SPECF'ICAT!0NS OR AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY OF TUKWLA. CD 52.1 REMOVE EXISTING CLRB Att GUTTER. EXISTING LANDSCAPING, SEE SI L -1. NEW LANDSCAPING, SEE SI-EET L-1. 52.4 NEW ASPHALT. 52.5 NEW TRAFFIC STANDARD, SEE CIVIL. EN'GI(ER DRAWINGS. S2_.S WIRE MESH GATE. REMOVE EXISTNG CONCRETE DRIVEWAY. PROVDE NEW POURED N PLACE CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER PER DETAL 9 -Alt. S3.2 NEW EXTRUDED CONCRETE CURB. NEW BULDNG ENTRY SLOPED CONCRETE SIDEWALK. NEW POURED MN PLACE CONCRETE SIDEWALK. 53.5 NEW CONCRETE LOAU*JG DOCK SLAB. 8" SPLIT FACE CluTU, PANTED. BOLLARD. 1004 I `1r MOM Ibt/041 EXISTING GAS METER TO REMAN. WALL PAX LIGHT FIXTURE S16.2 NEW 12' NCH AREA LINT GO CD OD CD CD CD CD S16.1 ZONING NOTES: CM = MISTRIAL PARK B.S.L. = GUIDING SETBACK LINE (50', 25', 5') MAX. HT. = 45' MI!_".MUM FROND PARKNG ED: REOLJIRED PER BAR APPROVAL HC SPACES = 3 COMPACT = 17 STANDARD = 43 TOTAL = 63 REQUIRED: 23,053 SF = 58 CLASSROOM 16/4 4 TOTAL = 62 COMPUTER SO 1 'b Pettk4sT steAx W4 SHEET NOTE: CLASSROOM OCCUPANCY TO BE POSTED AT 16 MAX. SITE PLAY TURNER AND ASSOCIATES 2115 N.E. PARK ROAD ARCHITECTS SEATTLE, WASHNGTON 98105 (206) 523 -7489 COMPUTER CITY SUPERCENTER TUKWILA, WA JOB: 92 COMP CIT FILE: OCSHTA1.GCD REVISIONS CITY Li •,r....U� JAN 21 1993 PERMIT CENTER CITY OF 1. APPROVED 'JA 1 s.93 y • f1EG18YMED ARCHITECT WARD R. T'URWETI STATE OF WASHINGTON 4104 CL STRA R BLVD. SITE SECTION STRANDER BLVD SCALE: =20 0" TYPE "A" CURB AND GUTTER SEE 9/A -11 W SHORE PINE BOX ELDER F-- • SITE SECTION © INTERSECTION SCALE: 1 =20 0 SEE DRIVEWAY ISOt1+ETRIC REF: 1 —A1 SITE SEC. A.P.E. DRIVEWAY SCALE: 1 "= 20' --0" FULL DEPTH 1/2" EXPANSKCN JONT SIDEWALK AT CORNER SCALE: 1/2 " =1' -0" REF: 2—M LV E Or PARKNG STALL OVERHANG (TYP) 1�- PLAN AT INtERSECT!ON / / / / REF: 1--Al 14' -0" / / / / / / / PLANTER ,. - -- — HC RAW (TYP) / / / / REF: 1—Al EL 102.24' FN FLR SITE SEC. © ANDOVER P.E. SCALE: 1 " = 20' -0 REF: 1—Al 4 SITE SECTION © REAR REF: 1—Al SCALE: =20' -0" / 3 ' - / / ---- ---- -� i'--0" MAX. NORTHWARD 1 1 1 / HO RAMP (TYP) RELOCATE TRAFFIC • STAIDARD (REF. CMS. ENG. DRAW/CS) REF: 1—Al (s2.7) -- 516.1 COMPUTER CITY SUPERCENTER BUILDING AREA: EXISTNG 28,771 SF PROPOSED 24,668 50' BSL NEW PAVING 17 8'0" ACT SPA ;S n IIIINt:aIIaiii u --- SOIL TEST PIT #2 '6" x 19' CES ENTRY CANOPY PLANTER S2.3 LINE OF EXISTNG BLDG S16.2 12' x65' LOADING SPA EXISTNG PARKING FOR ADJACENT BLA.DING BOLLARDS, 3 LOCATIONS N FRONT OF EXISTNG POWER VAULTS NEW SHARED DRIVE SEE 2 /A -11 SM. ORM ONO .___.•.,e__... _ — __••••__•011.0 0° 0 I Do SITE PLAN SCALE: 1 " =20' -0" ale •111•0 . N. � r 20' MINI 27' -6" — — ■■■•■■■•■• 9' —O" `S3.4 STRANDER BOULEVARD ADJACENT BULDNG <S2• NOTE: SEE LAND TITLE SURVEY FOR PROPERTY LINE INFORMATION. s2.2 TYP. 15' 0.0. _ ...,.._ _-Y__..— am ea* HC RAMP • (TYP) r NEW TRANSFORMER ! '7.---- -- B£N 411111L AM 1 1' MAX. NORTHWARD / - PARKING SPACE +r-- SIDEWALK FLUSH w/ DRIVEWAY ..— SIDEWALK FLUSH w/ DRIVEWAY 1 EXISTNG CURB; LOCATION OF I ASPHALT PATCH (REF: 9 —A10 4 - 1 1 NEW CURB SEE L 1 F'OR2 LANDSCAPE i EXISTNG VAULT TO REMAIN DUMPSTER'RECYCLNG ENCL 5' - -O" CLR C.L. OF ST L BOLLARD, RRF:5 -A11 35' WOE 1 i 1 1 1 1 i i 1 1 ~'----- RELOCATE TRAFFC STANDARD J - (REF. CIVIL ENG. DRAWINGS) C') f 1 t cr a LU 0 z 1 I t c , f 1 Ct`ICt i i i i i ( ilk 1 I ,- 5, (-I - 1(_ - _ - ) c u a i 1 E_ t)E Se: /2 9 S•L 1111tH(1111111lii1i1111111111l 111111111 • 1 1111 1111111111111111111111111 1 11111111111111111111111 i1I��I 11'1 Nt'YtE 1•`�« ✓ 1 `�... J +J Imo. 4 (� � '�. 111: 1111111111 1I 1 -11. 11 l l' � 111 I' 1 I II'�_ 11 11 -f 4 1 if the microfilmed document is less cR�ear than this notice, it is due to the quai ttg of the t ri.ginnl document. 1 7z CZ zz tz OZ 6t et Lt 9t St 4 7i CI air a 01, 9 11111 ?! 1J lil�ll.l�lli i,1111111411111111111111111111116141] { ).0111l1111111I!11111il11'll Nil lllll{1 111 { 1111111111111111{ I I I I 1 1'I I - `. O .1.•: /.-jh+�,J'' F� . Y /•, !Winn `` .. � .. _ . � I 111 1 1 .,.. _.,..: � I I III 1 ! I III II � I 1 f1111 ' ', ^ J •C � � Joy �. . S �•�'4J''S 4.2'r' /' `f � ,;,.+ t1I 11 1111i111111111111II I I III I 1 11 1 111 1 11 1 9 10 11 MA0ENGERmAN, 12 C : t WW 0 1!1111111 { 111111111 1' 111111(11111111111 COMPUTER CITY SUPERCENTER TUKWILA, WA JOB: 92 COMP CIT FILE: CCSHTAI.GCD DRAWN BY: HRT,DGD CHECKED BY: HRT DATE: SCALE: REVISIONS SHEET RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 8 1992 PERMIT CENTER 11/3/92 1" = 20' REGISTERED ARCHITECT ARD R. TURNER STATE OF WAEI UNGTON KEY NOTES s. STTE 51.1) CEMENT CONCRETE SHALL BE PLACED ON COMPAC1c6 SL ADC II'4 ACCORANCE WITH SECTION 8-14 OF ThE 1988 APWA /WSDOT STANDARD SPECEICATIONa, INSPECTION REQUREO BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE, A',' LEAST 24 HCLR NOTICE MUST F3E GIVEN TO TUCWLA Piac WORKS. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORlVED N ACCORDANCE WITH APWA /WSDOT PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY OF 'TU(WLA. REMOVE EXISTNG CLRB AND GUTTER. EXISTING LANDSCAPNG, SEE SHEET L -t S2.3) NEW LANDSCAP'NG, SEE SHEET L -t NEW ASPHALT. NEW TRAFFIC STANDARD, SEE CIVIL ENGF EER DRAWINGS. WIRE MESH GATE. REMOVE EXISTNG CONCRETE DRIVEWAY. PROVDE NEW POURED N PLACE CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER PER DETAL 9 -All. NEW EXTRUDED CONCRETE CURB. NEW BU;LDNG ENTRY SLOPED CONCRETE SIDEWALK. NEW POURED N PLACE CONCRETE SIDEWALK. NEW CONCRETE LOADNG DOCK SLAB. Et TF. :ti cs 8" SPLIT FACE C PANTED. c.Wt~' BOLLARD. Misr • - F C `A _l y'o , . EX15TNG GAS METER TO REMLo. !(V. L WALL PAK LIGHT FIXTURE 1:L.UMt'!1t ftCW AT_ 516. PEW 12' NIGH AREA LIGHT . .( - u.) r� xON 1G NOTES: vEms -SiTG C- .e. '+ OOrP_ L.Ucuf CM NDUSTRIAL PARK ��LtktTr�F�1Gc B.S.L. _ BIJt.ONG SETBACK MAX. HT. = 45' MNMIJM PROVIDED PARK NG REQURED PER BAR APPROVAL HC SPACES = 3 COMPACT = 17 STANDARD s 43 TOTAL = 63 REQUIRED: 23,053 SF = 58 CLASSROOM 16/4 = 4 TOTAL = 62 NOTE: CLASSROOM OCCUPANCY TO BE POSTED AT 16 MAX. COMPUTER• SITE PLAN TURNER AND 2115 N.E. PARK ROAD SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98105 (206) 523 -7489 ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS I r r 1 0 n 11 11 I FRE 0 SPRINKLER IL 11 II SECURITY 124 ,E ° mull _._ inn 1_mi i _l.■ ■ ■..r . #It13.. ■u#1111s it _._. INIIIrAII./w 111failol..nn4. millilinlimmulia•li n ■. #t■ Ins' ®W ■®r� # #. ■. '"" 1■.1111®1lU i I111111111111111111111•101$ ■11■ Ia�. /# 11..� ��l N###..I11la ■. IIIII ■.■ :uiMisiail ■IIMII`RSO11►: MAN ■11i3Wriar SIT iitltA •IIIII1*i m ■11 ■u.#/# + u ■1111 /.nn. \11.11 — 1...■ 1111MM■ 1• ! w 1s' -9 I.ii. ■.li.i t I$ *RUI i1URI* IMR amanumminimis mirrriummum ■ri# ■still nu 11111111110 ..2.r•r'Mi 1$ i ll d C".2 0 EXIT 101 102 125 4 L __ _J 11 u CONFIGURATICN DEPARTMENT L 104 r wr BSG 1 PICK -UP 123 OIL [F 6 r r_ c � ii[ L_ _ _I I_ ._ c � 6 • • OFFICE L _ J_1 L 11 al 11 ) I : 41 1 - 5A G B I� — j ) I �' 1 IL -] BSG A 9A E. J REPAIR STORAGE 1 tL J • `p4 '9" RA L . 4 ZA GER 1107 4 S D 20' --0" SECRETARIAL OFFICE X XI LOCKER Ell Ma r 04 J # S • • \ �4 20' -0" s � r - - i L SALES MGRS - - 1 r - 7 J r -+ IMI / CUSTJ' LOUNGE 120 111 1 '99, L . r — � L. J 4 - ALIGN CL S• OVA/ ► 0 12" DEEP A JJSTABLE STAINED WOOD SHELVES BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR --- 16" DEEP ADJUSTABLE STAINED WOOD Si BY GENERAti CONTRACTOR L--- 8'-O" HIGH PAP TED 10. < 4\) CONFERENCE • A 20' --0" JAN CLASS RcbM ! L 119 fl 1 I) I 1) 1 1 1 1 1) r- r- I r- I 1) 1 1) I !) I f" I 1 1- I k I _ I 1. I 1 1 1 ) I 1 ) WIITEBOARD R SPECS (SECT 10100) 18' -0" s /1/ / 4 Milloory AO, A C •r •-) CORRIDOR L llfi C Ira rata_ 9 ( IF=J W( N ) aE . n �I 114 TOILET #2 (MENS) 115 E MC 9 If • 5 (7) TRANSPARENCY LIGHT BOXES (74 "Wx50"H) W/ BOTTOM MOAUNTED 6 7'--O" A.FF. (TYP.) SERVICE RATE S' - (53 1/2"Wx41/2 "H) W/ BOTTOM 3 -6" AFF. ENTRY 19 -7 • +, i • i'.. LZ 93 Sz f73 � Ez 33� M111111I111111111IIil�llII MIiLlI111111U11I 11 ,fl1Ii II > ► I ► >� '!I lI i I il'I' III III' IIIIII1 I+ ILI 4 5 6 '7 NOTE: Ti the microfilmed document is less clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the original. document. 61 81 LA 91 St Nil ^i zl 1.1 01. 111111111111,11 111U 1111111 111 LIJ11111f1 .11111111111111111111111111111 KEY NOTES 1. VERFY ALL FIXTURE LAYOUT DIMENSIONS T'0 ALLOW FOR COIIM'1 COVER CLEARANCE. FIXTURE PLAN TUKWILA, WA JOB: 92 COMP CIT, FILE: CCSHTA2.GCD DRAWN BY: EM,_, ET AL CHECKED BY: HRT DATE: 11 3/92 SCALE: 1/8" = l'-0 SHEET CITY OF 's'flr APPRQV D JAN 993 + 1 DIMENSIONS TO CENTERLINE OF CONDUT ARRANGEMENT LIGHTED PEDESTAL FOR G (RE: ELEC.) U1 �'--- EPENDEN T SH[LVNG BY LOZER & NSTALLED BY T GENERAL CONTR CTOR & DISPLAY SUPPLED BY COMPUTER CITY ! AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTQR USTO�ME BSERVICE I GENERAL CONTRACTOR 18' -0" FOR ELEC. JUNCTION BOXES (RE: ELEC.) -�- 0, 40 4 / 4" I u I I • e. 20' -0" 0 LOCKERS — SUPPLE BY TENANT INST EO BY G.C. c 8 ■4 0 TANT GER fr ■ 4 e • � I r � b n 11 u WHITE ARD PER SPECS SECTION 10100) COAT RACK L • , ., OF WALL ./ • • a VENDI' MA' HhES S OVERHEAD SCREEN PER I SPECS (SECTION 11132) -- PREESTANDI4G WHTEBOA.O BY - TENANT • • � \o L J SALES FLOOR! 103 1 SHELVES BY GENERAL CC' •!TRACTOR C]4 in OVERFEAD DISPLAY TORS & MOUNTING BRACKETS TO BE S ED & NSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. ( TYPICAL 7 LOCATptS) (SECTION 11100) COORDINATE EXACT °CATION W H VAC AND L.I u ) ¼ N n n A 0 0 �M1 OVERI-EAD LIZER BRACKET SUPPLIED BY TENANT W/ L J FIXTURES & INSTALLED BY G.C. ' , I RECE1VNG LADDER TO ROOF REF: 3 -Al2 4 4 7 1 t o R In O RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 3 8 1992 PERMIT CENTER 8A FIXTURE SCHEDULE ACCESSORES 2 SOFTwARE 3 HAROwARE H =96 H =96 i = 80 .. D =36” D =38" D =65" 4 BOOKS & MAGAZINES H = 60" D = 36" 6 CHECKOUT H = 48" D =16" DISPLAY DECK H = 36" 8B D = 4' -0N DISPLAY TOWER H 54 2115 N.E. PARK ROAD SEATTLE, WAS)*JGTON 98105 (206) 523-7489 SECLRTY DOOR (GRD)) ON 5A FIXTURE PLUG MOLD ON 5A FIXTURE d,D 9A REPAR STORAGE H =64" D =18" 9B REPAIR STORAGE H = 84" D = 24" 7 BSG/CORP. P/u H = 84" D = 26" x — VALENCE 5 PERL€TER FIXTURES H =96" 0 =30" 5A SECURITY FIXTURE SIMILAR WITH SECURITY DOORS ARCHITECT COMPUTER CITY SUPERCENTER ° ...Ins . � ... irlili�ili MIEN •u>.nunain irm ■nuanuuu■ a•■ .ia ■a11 ■0/. r i.auaauiiu • 1//1A11i /MBA/ 111111111111111111111111111 ■M.1.1 *NNIPPIRM ■111111SR1r1.1mi1■ ■I R!:'Irlsomm1/ ■nn W!v�;' `liI 1 ■N■/.ir�,1`mo� 1 mummuifiro 11111111111101111111111111111 /i1i.111111111111111111■ 1=111111 1111 ■.I■ a 1R ..► 1M�MIM ■1161■ MIIIHNIFURIMIIIII MII.N . II ..w ,.. - minim'' ■ ■ ICE ■ 1 it ■M®Ani w .. _. . re 1 10.11 1 11111 '1111 1111a 111 iil -. n1 h1 D AlO A8 I 31' --61 CLEAR ..r mini i.. • ...,..,..,. 4110111111 CIAP■1 SECRETARIAL OFFCE L' 11' -4" ' 9' -4" CUSTOMER LOUNGE 1201 SALES MGRS 111 CONFERENCE ROOM 1 1 1 2 CLASS ROM F1 --- BOL LA , RE: 5 -A11 4" DIA. €3 LARD RE: 5 -A11 A 4" SIDEWALK W/ MBA BROOM -°- FNSH TYP.). TOOL ALL CONC. EDGES N CONTACT WITH EXPANSION JONTS & Bt ./DING $L WALES. TOOLED CONTROL JOINTS 0 5'-0" O.C. (MAX.) & EXPANSION JOINTS © 20' -0" O.C. (MAX.) SLOPE 1% AWAY FROM M.DNG (TYP.) BOU.ARD RE: 5-A11 BOLLARD RE: 1 -Al2 \LO NOTE: SPRN<L ER RISER AND DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMELY $ GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COOMNATE ALL EXTERIOR PERMETER SITEWORK (SDEWALK DIMENSONIS, UTLITES, &, ETC.) WITH OM DRAWINGS. 20'-0" 12' -10" 17 -2" 1X6 STAINED RED OAK W TRIM MOUNTED TO WALL ABOVE VINYL BASE (RE: 12 -A13) 1!'-8" ENTRY 2 I 1x6 STAINED RED OAK W TR?A MOUNTED TO WALL ABOVE VINYL BASE (RE: 16-A3) NIROP R -- BILK D ALUMMA CORDER GUARD 20'-0" CUSTOMER SERVICE COUNTER BY GC n,:utat: NEW COLLIN COVER REF: 6 -Al2 TYP. AT GRD C NEW COLUMN COVER REF: 5 -Al2 4 20'-0" 39' -6" REF: 5 -Al2 BSG r 122 i SUPPLIED' BY TNI' NSTALLED BY G.C. J 20' -0 " 15' -10" REF: 5 -Al2 f2ER PER (SECTION 1145 WHTEB4ARD PER SPECS ISECTim 10 COAT RACK " FNSH FLOOR +102.24' (ASSUMED DATUM) REF: 5-Al2 OVERHEAD SCREEN PER SPECS (SECTION 11132) FREESTANDNG WHTEBOARD BY TENAN NERA!_ SEE A2 • NEW COL! ANN COVER REF: 6 -Al2 11 18' -0" A9 FI3ER REIfCRCED PLASTIC COATED PANELS (09542) 0 • 4'-0" FiGH ON ALL WALLS I THIS ROOM SALES FLOOR 103 I ti SHELVES BY ---J GENERAL CONTRACTOR 16 1 5 -A13 1 RECEIVNG [ 7-0" 113 7-0" 25'-0" 0 18' -0" 18' -0" -- ERTSREITATINITA — --- COINER GUARD LALIOER TO ROOF REII: 3-Al2 0 0 MOP SINK PER SPECS' (SECTION 15400) REF: 6 -Al2 5'X5' CONC. STOOP W/ FIN. FLR. SLOPE AWAY FROM BLDG. 0 2% MAX. RAMS SIDEWALK LIP FLUSH TO STOOP 1 MAX. PATCH EXISTING WALL AND FLOOR OPENINGS SEE DUARSTER PLAN I REF: 10 -All • I1I111IIIII111IIII 111 1 • t 0 10TH$INCH 1 ( i'1 I ' 111 IIr1 ! III 1 1rlr If the microfilmed document is less clear than NOTE: r than cI`eis notice, it is due to the quality of the ,riginal document. 11111 Dill(11111 111111(11 11IIIlI IIi1 11111 .. 11 MADE M°ERM„n 12 L. 9 9 4 7 e : GWW0 !J,, l� JIIJ I l11!1 1111! 1I111 11! 11NIII11 )I '�i)IIIII�I SEE ENLARGED TOILET PLAN 5'X5' CONC. STOOP FLUSH W/ FN. FLR. SLOPE AWAY FROM BLDG. O 2% MAX. RAP SIDEWALK UP FLUSH TO STOOP O t20 MAX. 1 RECEIVED GrrY OF T1JKWIt,A NOV 9: 8 1992 PERMIT CENTER PARTITION TYPES NOTES: 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE Of' STUD UNLESS NOTED OTI-ERWISE 2. REFER TO SPECFICATIONS (SECTION 07210) FOR ErtILDNG tEU.AT101d RE0uRE ENTS. 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE ALL REFERENCED UL. ASSEA€LES. 4. PROVOE FIRE STOPS N ALL STUD WALLS. 5/8" GYP, BD. ON EACH SOE OF 20 GA. 6" METAL STUDS 0 16" 0.C. EXTENDED TO THE BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE (REF': 6-A2). DISCONTINUE GYP. BD. ON FACE OF WALLS WITH SUSPENDED CEILINGS 0 1' -0" ABOVE CEILING HEIGHT AS SCHEDULED. 5/8" GYP. BD. ON EACH SUE OF 25 GA. 3 -5 J 8" TAL STUDS 0 16" 0.C. EXTENDED TO 10' -0 A.F.F. 5/8" GYP. BD. ON EACH SIDE OF 20 GA. 6" I ETAL STWS 016" O.C. EXTENDED TO TIE UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK. DISCONTINUE GYP. BD. ON FACE OF WALLS WITH SUSPENDED CELNGS 0 1'--0" ABOVE CEILING HEIGHT AS SCHEDULED. t 5/8" GYP. BD. ON 4" 20 GA. PETAL STUD ---� FURRING AND EXTENDED TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK FILL WITH 3 -1/2" BATT NSUL.ATION (SECTION 07210). 5/8" GYP. BD. ON EACH SIDE OF 25 GA. 6" METAL STUDS 0 16" O.C. EXTENDED TO 12' -0" A.F.F. DISCONTINUE GYP. BD. ON FACE OF WALLS WITH SUSPENDED CELNGS 0 1' - ABOVE CELNG HEIGHT AS S^t EDU.ED.' 5/8" GYP. BD. ON EACH SIDE CF 25 GA. 3 -5/8" FETAL STUDS 0 16" 0.C. EXTENDED TO 10'- -0 A.F.F. PROVIDE 3-1/2" BATT INSULATION (SECTION 07210). 5/8" GYP. BD. ON EACH SOE OF 25 GA. -518" TAL STNS 0 16" 0.C. EXTENDED TO 12 -0' AF.F. DISCONTINUE GYP. 80. ON FACE OF WALLS WITH SUSPENDED C Lt'JGS 0 1' -0" ABOVE CEILING HEIGHT AS SCFEDLILED. 5/8" GYP. BD. ON EACH SIDE OF 20 GA. 6" Ia,€TAL STUDS © 16" O.C. EXTENDED TO THE UNDERSIDE Cr TIC ROOF DECK.. DISCONTPLE GYP. BD. ON FACE OF WALLS WITH SUSPENDED CELNGS 0 1'-0" ABOVE CEILING HEIGHT AS SCHEDULED. PROVIDED 3-1/2" BATT NSL LATION (SECTION 07210). 5/8" GYP. BD. ON EACH SIDE OF 20 GA. 6" �. METAL STWS 0 16" 0.C. EXTENDED TO TI-E BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE (REF: 6-A2). PROVIDE 3 -1/2" BATT INSULATION (SECTION 07210). 12" WOE CHASE WALL COMPOSED OF 5/8" WATER - RESISTANT, GYP. 8D. ON OUTSDE FACE OF 25 GA. 6" METAL STUDS © 16" O.C. EXTENDED TO FACE OF STRUCTURE. 11 5/8" GYP, 8D. ON EACH SOE OF 20 GA. 6" METAL STUDS © 16" 0.C. EXTENDED TO THE BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE (REF: 6 -A2). DISCOMINUE GYP. BD. ON FACE OF WALLS WITH SUSPENDED CEILINGS 0 1'-0" ABOVE WING HEIGHT AS SCHEDULED. PROVIDE 3 -1/2" BATT NSU .ATION UP TO ; 10' -0" A.F.F. (SECTION`07210 ). PROVIDE WATER RESISTANT GYP. BD. ON WET SCE OF WALL AS REOLA ED. FLOOR REVISIONS LAN CITY OF APPROVED 'JA 11•93 ,r/ r i►e: +ft'�� TUKWILA, WA J08: 92 COMP CiT. FILE CCSHTA3:CCD DRAWN! BY: EML, ET AL CHECKED BY: HRT: STATE OF WAQIINGTON SHEET ARD R. TURNER TURNER AND ASS LOATES 2115 NE. PARK ROAD ARCHITECTS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98105 (206) 523 -7489 LI -V S t 24'-3 5/8" Y --I- r #.:W'riiW hW D15.5 D15.1 D2.1 (07.1 ---.� 015.2 L- _ 1 D15.2 I 1 D15.2 1 r - 1 D15.2 I__ D10.2 ....11 ` . .. ... ............ ...• .. 015.5 D15.2 M 41.• . . .. 1 D 11.11 D15.2 r L L r i L L L L 5 DEMOLITIO\ PLAN SCALE: 3/32" = 1 --0" t SCALE: 3, 0" r RELOCATED PANEL ELEVATIONS REF: 2--A4, 1 -A3 21' -4" D6.3 (n2) 4 4- -4 D10.1 D8.1) NOTES: 1. RELOCATE PANELS WITHOUT DAMAGE. REPLACE ANY PANELS DAMAGED WITH NEW TO MATCH EXISTING. 2. VERFY SIZE OF PANELS TO BE CUT. SAWCUT AS REQUIRED FOR 1/2" JONT. 3. VERFY HEIGHT OF PANELS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION OF FOOTING. TOP OF PANELS TO MATCH ADJACENT EXISTING. 4. PRESSURE WASH EXISTNG AND RELOCATED PANELS, ASSURING MATC *IG APPEARANCE PRIOR 70 APPLYING SEALER. (D6.2) 6'- " DOOR TO BE REMOVED LEAVE FRAME N 715.5 - (715.2) EXISTING GAS METER TO REMAN 1111 111111111111111111111 111111111111111111 0 iS THS INCH 2 06 6Z 8G l.z 9z 5z tZ ' £z zZ 6z 0Z 61 8t LI I I 1 1 . 1_11111 1 ,11i1111111 + 11111 1. 111111h! II 141911111111111ii111l111 I i ij i11 1 i1111i11 lL +ii ,� .' II.1LiL1; pp i I ill ,,, El L L (tl a � l'Ij �}li t lilt }i+1t 1. 4 5 6 . NOTE: if the ' microfilmed document is less clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the original- document. 91 91 hl Cl 2I Lt 01, 6 1 11111111 1111111 j1111iiti111111111111 1111111111111111 ( .i(f1111111IIIIIIl,IIlf lIl1llIit1IIIIIIIIIIII I 9 10 11 muNatmon 12 1 L 9 S +7 £ z l WH 0 I it l i l 1 (1111 lil 1 l I III II � ii I it 11 I • . I1 I ,cv y l..c 5A4? '1 I i O ff%!} `v$n d . j .. 1 Y .. r .. <.� �' ;,. +:..l r • 'YY:.. y fix. r < < . r 2115 N.E. PARK ROAD SEATTLE, WASHNCTON 98105 (206) 523-7489 COMPUTER CITY SUPERCENTER TUKWILA, WA JOB: 92 COMP CIT. FILE: CCSHTA4.GCD DRAWN BY: EML, ET AL HRT DATE: 11/3 /92 4104 REGI_� ARCHITECT WARD R. TURNER STATE OF WASHINGTON CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED JA n 1.1093 NI' DI G IT VISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 1:8 1992 PEAT CENTER c" IT) SEE LAW ENVRONMENTAL:REPORT DATED APRL 1902 FOR OWNERS ASBESTOS REMOVAL.: FLOOR TILE, GLUE, MASTIC. � D 2.1 GRADING, SEE SHEET C -1 11/2" -- 2" ASPHALT PAVING, ENTRtE SITE. SEE Al. (0 REINFORCED CONCRETE SLAB, SEE STRUCTL AL DRAW SLAB INGS N FOR STRAIGHT EXTENT L. OF DEMOLITION. SAWCUT D It •E 3.2) CONCRETE FOOTING, 12" DEEP W/ REINFORCING. D 373 SAWCUT NEW DOORWAY IN CONCRETE PANEL. SEE 9 & 13, SHEET A14 FOR OVERRUN INSTRUCTIONS. (.17:4.D CONCRETE MASONRY WALLS AND CONCRETE cues AT PUMP TESTING ROOMS. D 5.1 ) STEEL LADDERS, STEEL EDGE ANGLE, AND DOCX ' BUMPERS AT EXISTING LOADING DOCK. WALLS AND CELNGS AT SINGLE LEVEL OFFICES WALLS, FLOORS, STARS, AND CELNGS AT MEZZANINE. P EXISTING FULL HEIGHT PLYWOOD SHEAR MAIL. GLU -LAM COLUMNS AND BEAMS, 2x10 JOISTS 4 24" 0.C., AND PLYWOOD ROOF SHEATHING: (D 1 -4. (1:1 FOOTINGS, WALLS AND ROOF OF ENTIRE PORTION OF BUILDING. (0 7.1) BUILT-UP ROOFING, FLASHNNG, CURBS, ETC., ON ENTIRE BULDNG. SKYLIGHTS, SEE SI-EET A5 ROOF PLAN FOR LOCATION AND QUANTITY. (D 8.1) ALL MAN DOORS AND OVERHEAD DOORS. (1 92) FOOL VAPOR BARRER AT U DERSOE OF ALL ROOF JOISTS. D 10.1 LOUVER AT SI7EWALL VENT, PATCH ALL. TOLET PARTITIONS AND ACCESSORIES. NK WATER TA. WET TABLE. HVAC UNITS AND DUCTWORK. (SEE MECHANICAL) VENTIATORS. (SEE MECHANICAL) GAS UNIT HEATERS AND PANG. (SEE MECHANICAL) 0 15.4 SPRNl<LERS: RISERS AND MANS N DEMO AREA SHOWN FOR LOCATION ONLY. PROVO€ TEMPORARY PROTECTION AS RE01Z ED BY FRE MARSHALL. cD 153 ALL PU73NG FIXTURES AND ASSOCIATED PPING. CAP OFF ALL SOIL LINES, PATCH FLOOR. F ROV(i AS-811.T. TRANSFORMER. ALL ELECTRICAL EOUPMENT, CONDUIT, ETC., REG.ARDLESS F SHAWN OR NOT. (SEE ELECTRICAL) RELOCATE REMOVE TO REMAN COMPUTER DEMOLITION CHECKED BY: 1 SCALE: 3/32 = 1-0" REVISIONS REVISIONS SHEET _.�. •.�kn.�.:;l, w.,.f ».;:,.,._ �..., .,... �.•.�,' ... < 1.:..,. :!....,.:err: s. .i.ZC:.. �. ._.. PLAN 4 ROOF ROD i1SILATION OUTSOE A&Q 'FLM ROOF, IIC,E AR FUi (N ,4 VALUE EOPON) i HEAT WELD FASTENER & 2" PLATE R 48 0.93 0.61 12.51 SCALE: 3"- ROOF © SIGN CEMENT SCALE: ,1/8 " =?' -0" REF: 1 -A5 N tn ROOF ATTACHMENT DETAIL REF: 1 -A 1-A5 oPai 3�'SCL k0 /A10 21.00 GUTTER DOWNSPOUT PLASTER (TYP) GUTTER DOWNSPOUT @ PLASTER (TYP) I II I i I . 11 it 6 ► „ o " 20.60 I 1 L...J DOWNSPOUT . @ PLASTER (TYP) ROOF PLAN r 20.60 GUTTER NEW DOWNSPOUT '0 RASTER (TYP.) 20.85 _ � 1 1 L_J 590 a L_J �i II I 20.38 20.38 1 LINE OF NEW CONSTRUCTION , fi r— _... 1 1 L. .J I LJ I L_J t LIVE OF ROOF ABCf/ VENT PPE ------- — - 1 1 L_.J r — - 1 I I L__J At*€RED MEMBRANE R00Fl1G SYSTEM 7. r -- I 1 L.i --- LiNE OF NEW CONSTRUCTION - -r NEW DOWNSPOUT 0 PLASTER (TYP.) I 1 L _J 20.60 r SATELITE DISH LOCATION! 20.38 7, 1 L__J - L_ .J DOWNSPOUT 0 PLASTER (TYP) SPAGHETTI WALKWAY PAD t EXISTING SKYLIGHTS TO BE REMOVED. PATCH OPENINGS (TYP.) 1 1 L_J 1 LJ 20.60 r -- -1 1 1 L J = GUTTER 20.30 20 20.3£3 ?ep 0 16 TN INCH 1 1 I1l1 I1l llli 'I'IlllilIlJIllilIIJlI (l! I!I!.ill 2 3 . tr r1 I 1 rt1i op Iir 11 1 1 1( It ill 1 iIi ,.; 1 1 .11 lip! i 4 5 I 6 I `7 .. I NO`iE: if ihe microfilmed document is less cleat than this notice, it is due to the quality of the original document. L3 OF, 6i 8l Gl 91 St 4 7t Cl 7l JJjJ1 Uli 11111 llli1il111111111A1111.1llfllil 111H1I111I1111 11111�(lii 4 \ 12 20.47 VENT PPE r ° J 20.44 20.41 ROOF HATO-i 20.30 4 < Y SHEET Deele Penult KEY NOTES = PLYWOOD & PRESSURE TREATED CRICKET FILE COPY 1 understand that tho Plan ChcV' cro stmt to errors and omissions :..... c . -1 ref ins does not authorize the violation ci any adort,ed code or arm. Receipt of contractoe<S coPY of -1 CITY Of TIUKWILA APPROVED 1 19.3 ;, RI ! ! . DII• D f !SIGN 414„4'heo1'eti COMPUTER ROOF PLAN TURNER AND ASSOCIATES TUKWILA, WA JOB: FILE: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: DATE: SCALE: REVISIONS Icy 2115 N.E. PARK ROAD SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98105 (206) 523-7489 92 COMP CITY CCSHTA5GCD 4 GF HRT 11/3/92 VARIES COMPUTER CITY ARCHITECTS REGISTERED ARCHITECT 413 HOWARD` R. TURN STATE OF WASHINGTON 4104 CO WOAD N'S 6' -0" PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER WASTE RECEPTACLE (TYP.) ENLARGED TOILET PLAN SCALE: 1/4 " =1 -0" [CCBATH.CMP] REF: 1 —A3 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER TOJLET ELEVATION SCALE: 1 /h " -1' -0' [CCBATHEI.CMP] REF: 7 —A6 PAPER ELECTRIC TOWEL WATER DISPENSER COOLERS i•r HC WATER WATER CLOSET CLOSET MI2ROR HC URINAL 0 MRROR W/ PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER 'FIXTURE ` HEIGHTS ►� � e 6—A6 SCALE: 1/ 4 =1.O REF': 6 11111111111111111111;111111111 11111111111111 0 16 YHS INCH 1 2 4 5 6 NOTE: If the eicrofxltaed docUeent .:.s lcss dear notice, it is due to the quality of the 'original ZZ la 0? 61 91 GI 91 GI tit C1 zl • 1l 06 6 R tIj!I1lElI III�Il1 ll I111HIlllll�lllifiiil�IllI�1 JI�1J���I{llfllii llllll��l�lll!�II I� 1,l00061IUJ h jilllI 1111 illliil .., 1111[ 111II1III 1111 11 9 10 11 MADE INOEaw,NY 12 . s 0 • 9 ww III 11111 llllllilllllliil1 1111111IIIIIII061111111141111! y F fi +4 Y r j { 3 r COMPUTER ELEVATIONS TURNER AN 2115 N.E. PARK ROAD SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98105 (206) 523 --7489 JOB: 92 COMP CITY FILE: CCSHTA6.GCD DRAWN ` BY: DGD, WGF CHECKED BY: HRT DATE: 11 3 92 SCALE: REVISIONS VARIES SHEET ARCHITECTS ARO R. TURNER STATE OF WASHINGTON _,r-- PLASTIC LAMNATE PARTITK)NS PARTITION WALL AS SCHEDULED (PANTED P4) FRP PANEL -- VINYL BASE TOLET PARTITION (REFER TO SPECS) .. - SPRNKLER MAN BELOW FOOTNG SOUTH ELEVATION SCALE: 1/8 " =1' -0" [CCELEVS.CMP] REF: 1 —H BULDINC SECTION SCALE: 1 /8 " =7' -0" [CCSECTC.CMP] REF: 1 —A3 BUILDING SECTIO\ SCALE: 1/8 "= 1'--0" [CCSECTD,CMP] REF: 1—A3 A 3.2 NORTH ELEVATION SCALE: 1/8 " =1' -0" REF: 1 —A3 Ett j a===1S121.26112.111=Thialli.221121"11 1 21M" 1"11 • CITY OF TUKWI A APPROVED . j d rA 1 1993 s � D l4.• 4 'DI' G B UI 1 KEY NOTES NEW CONCRETE FCOTING SEE STRUC1U AL FOR LOCATIONS, SIZE, AND DETAIL. EXISTNG CONCRETE SLAB, VERFY DEPTH. NEW C0 ."RETE SLAB, SEE STRUCTURAL FOR EXTENT, DEPTH, AND DETAL. EXISTNG CONCRETE PANEL. Al EXISTING LOCATION, PROTECT FROM DAMAGE DID CONSTRUCTION. 3.7 RELOCATED CONCRETE PANEL N NEW LOCATKN, SEE RELOCATION SCHEDULE, SHEET A7. & FLOOR PLAN A3 3.8 CONC:TE 71 ASTER. RAISED C :7::.TE CURB AT WALL BASE SLOPF`) ' CRETE SIDEWALK CONCRE E MASONRY UNITS, 6" WIDE AT EXISTNG DOOR OPENNG. SPLIT FACE CONCRETE MASONRY UNfTS, 6" WIDE AT EXISTNG DOOR OPENING. SPLIT FACE CONCRETE MASONRY CAP PEC E C . J SHEET METAL GUTTER WITH FASCIA. c7D f -4" X 4" SHEET METAL DOWNSPOUT, CONNECT TO TIGHTLAE TO STORM WATER SYSTEM, SEE SIFT C -1. C778 DIAMETER DOWNSPOUT, CONNECT TO TIGHTLY TO STORM WATER SYSTEM, SEE SHEET C -1. C JOINT SEALER. C 7.10) METAL CORRUGATED ROGFNG SYSTEM. DRYVIT. 8.1 ALUMINIUM SLING GLASS DOORS. 172 ALLACLIM STOREFRONT SWNGNG DOOR. cEDOVERFEAD ROLL - -IP DOOR. STEEL DOOR. 5/8" G.W.B. SEE PARTITION TYPES, SHEET A4. WALL -PAX LIGHT FIXTURE, 14' -0" A.FF. RECEIVED CITY Cw TUKWILA NOV ' 8 1992 FERN' CENTER CONNECT NEW D.S. TO EXISTHQ TIGHTL.I E DRAN SEE C-1 EXISTNG CONCRETE FOOTNG TO RERAN, SEE STRUCTURAL FOR LOCATIONS. LIGHT GAUGE STEEL FRAMNG, SEE STRUCTURAL AND SHEET A3 PARTITION TYPES. STEEL BOLLARD. SHEET METAL GLITTER. AS$OC ATES rr�,wirrr ,% `4 EAST ELEVATION SCALE: 1/8 " =1' -0" [CCELEVE.CMP] REF: 1 —A3 BUILDING SECTION (12 ' SCALE: 1/8 " =1' —o" [CCSECTA.cMP] REF: 1 —A3 BUILDING SECTION SCALE: 1/8 " =1' --0" [CCSECTB.CMP] REF: 1—A3 AWES ! ELEVATION SCALE: 1/8 " =1' -0" REF: 1--A3 — T.= SHELVING FURNISHED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY GC: 8' -O" 1-IGH MAX. 5.4 1 I SHELVING FLPNSHED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY GC: 8' -O" HIGH MAX. 3.6 a fi I 1 111111111 1111 11111 11 11111 0 18THSI11CH 1 -C lily : , �f fa ,,. CIS. 11111(11Np!1171 1 -. IEl 11q1.11 1. I 1 11 i1'' III 'III,t I 3 I 4 5 6 7 8 If the microfilmed document is less clear than this { notice, it is due to the quality of the priginal document. 9? 5Z hZ ' ea ZZ lZ QZ 61. 8L Ll 9i 9l 7l EC Zl 11 ()j, 1 1 II i Jj II � 11 t1IIIIIIl M It 141,(illi!li l(1 ! IfI IIII III�II {I�II11I U1!II�Il1uu t il . I I1l�Ililii i ! I1 111IIUIi i ` IIIIIiIII�%�iihiji l illllnll1, i1iiii 1 : £. a 7..Y ...1 r.rt sr ..... . . r -r .n. s 1r 1 T { i7 i I I 1 ' 11 11111 1i'f1j 9 10 9 1! 1Itt I1(!111I;ill!I111 IT11hin CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED 'JAN 1 '193 91I1 OING DIVISION KEY NOTES 2. EASTM GRACES, SEE ;AXE CHADWICK S13RVEY DATED REVISED 10/20/92 FOR SPOT ELEVATIONS AND CONTOURS, ASSULED DATUM, MO CITY DATUM CONVERSION. PROPO GRADES, SEE *SHEET C1. COI■NECT tEW G.S. TO EXISTNG TIGHTLNE DRAIN. SEE 3) F .1 EXISTNG CONCRETE FOOTING TO REMAIN, SEE STRUCTURAL. FOR LOCATIONS. EXISTING CONCRETE FIOTNG TO BE REMOVED, SEE STRUCTURAL AND SHEET A4. EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB, VERIFY DEPTH: IEW CONCRETE SLAB, SEE. STRUCTURAL FOR EXTENT, DEPTH, AN) DETAL. EXISTING CONCRETE PANEL. N EXISTING LOCATION, PROTECT FROM DAMAGE IMMO CONSTRUCTION, RELOCATED CONCRETE PANEL N NEW LOCATfl1, SEE RELOCATION SCHEDULE, SHEET A7. ` 3.$ C ONCRETE PLASTER. RAISED CONCRETE CURB AT WAL1. BASE. c3.12 S LOPED CONCRETE SCEWALK. G.1) L IGHT GAUGE STEEL FRAMNG, SEE STRUCTURAL AND SF-EET A3 PARTITION TYPES. (T.4 S TEEL BOLLARD. SHEET METAL FLASHING. SI-EET METAL GUTTER. 7.6 S FIEET METAL GUTTER WITH FASCIA. JOT SEALER. METAL CORRUGATED ROOFING SYSTEM. GWB PLASTIC CORNER CARD TO 7' -0" AFF. ( 16.1) WALL -PAK LIGHT FIXTURE, 14' -0" A.F.F. 2115 N.E. PARK ROAD SEATTLE, WASI•IiNGTON 98105 (206) 523-7489 TUKWILA, WA JOB: 92 COMP CIT. FILE: CCSHTA7.GCD DRAWN BY: WLF,DGD CHECKED BY: DATE: SCALE: REVISIONS HRT 11/3/92 1/8(. r.. -1 -0" 4104 ARCHITECTS REGISTERED ARCHITECT COMPUTER CITY SUPERCENTER SHEET RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA A PERMIT CENTER • .�. ..Y .. -..� mss. f � r * . W' t • s p, ; < -"V` :r PLAN ROOF EDGE SCALE: 7- 1/2 " =1' -0' WALL SECTION FASCIA DE J 5.1 7-c 1 REF: 1--A3 ELEVATION AIL WALL SECTION SCALE: 1/2':=1'-o" SHEET - --<' METAL FAC ;tA P.T. BLOCKING WITH EXPANSION BOLT REF: 1-A3 7.5 . n1 SECTION WALL SECTION SCALE: 1/2 " =1' -C" '.l 1 2" PLYWOOD 7.11 REMOVE EXISTING FAOA SEE STRUCTURAL REF: 1-A3 DRYVIT WALL DETAIL WALL SECTION SCALE: 1/2 " -1'-O" ( I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 . 1 1 1 1 1 , 1 I 1 1 J, 1 1 ` 1 Ii` 1 + 1 ' 1 1 1 1 11111 ` i . f L . � - 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 I 4 5 n 7 8 REF: 2 -A8 REF: 1-A3 SEE STRUCTURAL DEEP RUNNER TRACK FOR SLF JOINT SEE 5 -A15 FURRED TILT --UFO /DRYVIT] 3 1/2" FIBERGLASS, METAL STUD OUTSIDE AIR FILM 1" DRYVIT 6" CONCRETE 1" AIR SPACE IN 2" SHE SIDE AIR FROCK WALL R VALUE (INSULATION SECTION) 14.81 I� il.= III�IiIw� I III III III I� WALL SECTION SCALE 1/2 "= 1' -0 - Y. 5 +7G cZ Z L Q 6 l IIHII111f1IIIIII1I II11iI ?111. lill ■L!1 ' NOTE: If the microfilmed document is less clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the original document, 1 11 I���;{ I � Y �� (�� { �IlII� ' IIi�I�IIIII 9 10 11 MAIM inG NAKY 12 R 7,14 0.17 4.00 1.20 0.97 0.45 0.68 CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED 'JA , 1 .993 U F31JIr-DING DIVISION REF: i---A3 9.1 7.1 KEY NOTES EXISTING CONCRETE FOOTNG TO REMAIN, SEE STRUCTURAL FOR LOCATIONS. NEW CONCRETE FOOTNG, SEE STRUCTURAL FOR LOCATIONS, SIZE, AND DETAL. EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB, VERIFY DEPTH. GO NEw CONCRETE SLAB, SEE STRUCT RAL FOR EXTENT, DEPTH, Alt) DETAL. EXtSTNG CONCRETE PANEL N EXISTING LOCATION, PROTECT FROM DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION. RELOCATED CONCRETE PANEL N NEW LOCATION, SEE RELOCATION SC-EDULE, SHEET A7. CONCRETE PLASTER. CONCRETE SLAB JOINT, SEE STRUCTURAL FOR TYPE MO SHEET A4 FOR LOCATION. 03.10 RAISED CONCRETE SLAB AT DRYVIT WALL BASE. LIGHT GAUGE STEEL FRAMING, SEE STRUCTURAL AND SHEET A3 PARTITION TYPES. STEEL CONNECTOR, SEE STRUCTURAL. (. 6.1)EXISTNG 2 X10 WOOD JOIST, SEE STRUCTURAL. cDNEw 2 X 10 WOOD JOIST, SEE STRUCTURAL. C6LONEW '..ULAM BEAM, SEE STRUCTURAL. EXISTING PLYWOOD ROOF DECK, SEE STRUCTURAL. NEW PLYWOOD ROOF DECK, SEE STRUCTURAL. (1.:7DEXISTING JOIST HANGER, SEE STRUCTURAL. 6.8 )NEW JOIST HANGER, SEE STRUCTURAL. 6.9 EXISTING WOOD LEDGER, FASCIA, AND BLOCKNG AT TCP OF EXISTING AND RELOCATED CONCRETE PANELS. VERIFY S12E AND ATTACHMENT. 1 6.10 NEW WOOD BLOCKING. PRESSURE TREATED WOOD PLATE AT EXTERIOR STEEL STUD WALLS. [COMPUTEI TURNER AND ASSOCIATES 2115 N.E. PARK ° ROAD SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98105 (206) 523 -7489 TUKWILA, WA JOB: FILE: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: DATE: SCALE: ARCHITECTS REGISTERED ARCHITECT HOW ARD R. TURNER STATE Of WASh'INGION •••■=11•15. R-11 BATT INSULATION, COORDINATE WIDTH WITH PARTITION TYPES, SHEET A3. R -19 RIGO INSULATION OVER PLYWOOD ROOF CEO< AND UNDER ADHERED ME I ANE. 7.) R- 7 ROD INSU.ATION UNDER SLAB AT RELOCATED PANE„ LOCATIONS. ( SHEET METAL FLASHING. ()SHEET METAL GUTTER. SHEET METAL GUTTER WITH FASCIA. 1'--4" X 4" SHEET IVETAL DOWNSPOUT, CONNECT TO TIGHHTLNE TO STORM WATER SYSTEM, SEE SHEET C--1 C 7.0) ETAL CORRUGATED ROOFING SYSTEM. 0 7.11 DRYVIT. 5/8" G.W.H., SEE PARTITION TYPES, SHEET A4. REVISIONS SHEET 40 '7,4 ■ 4. " .•4, 4.4 • 111111111111111111111111111 6.10 1 arealaIft ALL SECTION SCALE: 1/2 =1 ...1.1 7.10 ljji 77 WALL SECTION SCALE: 1/2"=1 REF: 1-A3 7 SECTION SCALE: 1/2"=f-0 11111111,11111111111111111,01111111111111111111 0 16 THSINCH 3 REF 1-A3 3 WALL SECTION SCALE: 1/2"=f-0" 111111 II 411111 11' II 111 lilt11 4 5 7 NOTE: If the microfilmed document is less clear than this ' s 4 4 .e -. 3":" c< 4 ' r`‘ • :.' , (V-% • ; ''' - 4 1111 1111111111111111111111111 111111 10 11 mADEINeiR"" 12 , ..'1" • • RE: 1-A3 111_11111111 g 4 i.. - i '.. nt notice, it is due to the quality of the original document. OE se se L,Z 9Z 1 7Z CZ LZ 0? 6l 91 LI 91 91 4 71 CI Z I It 01, 6 I? ZZ 1111111111{11116111111111111111111111111111111 111111111 IIIIINIIJIld1111) 11 34IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII111 1 ,111 1,1, 111)j116111110,111111111i11111110Pb401,14t111111 . 11110111111N11111ittd , IWITIAQ ,tlii VIIRL1 111111111 ill .. ' '''''>::.- ''';'::•''',,i);' ::; -;-:,:'',.: .. !.-..-- ':';: . 'i'-':::::, ',:: :':''..1:-! , ;.';' , •:',,I',: : : : :: . "(:i:.?...ii- 1 -' 1 = ' '..ir;; : t . 1. 4 % / ; .;:, , S`5 . 1` ) ",: , .7,44 (, .4:::,:t1,?,41"-i . .:,:;i,;!:111;s5,',..',;',Iit . , : , ,> , -g,"'-'''''`P l ' , i'.7.f::.:,:,;::4,.;„:;,', , ':::::, , , , tV,,•..;: , :, ':::;':',"-'','!; , 9 ELEVATION GUTTER DETAIL SCALE: 1-1/2"= WALL SECTION SCALE: 1/2"=1'- C vw4 0 REF: 1-A3 SECTION 1thi = 111 = III ' 0Ih C•■••1D lIIi IV 1 I Ell CITY OF TUKWILA APPROV D •JAN 93 DIVISION ) WALL SECTION SCALE: 1/2"=1-0" REF: 1-A3 2115 N.E. PARK ROAD SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98105 (206) 523-7489 KEY NOTES 0111•114/111■1•1.11011110 EXISTNG CONCRETE FOOTING TO REMAN, StE STRUCTURAL FOR LOCATIONS. r3D IsIEW CONCRETE FOOTNG, SEE STRUCTURAL FOR LOCATIONS, SIZE, AND DEIN.. EXISTM CONCRETE FOOTNG TO 6E REMOVED, SEE STRUCTURAL AND SHEET A4. EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB, VERY DEPTH. NEW CRETE SLAB, SEE STRUCTURAL FOR EXTENT, DEPTH, AND DETAL. DOSING CONCRETE PANEL IN EXISTNG LOCATION, PROTECT FROM DAMAGE OW.; CONSTRUCTION. RELOCATED CONCRETE PANEL 14 NEW LOCATION, SEE RELOCATION SCHEDULE, SHEET A7. Ci.in CONCRETE PLASTER. CONCRETE SLAB :ONT. SEE STRUCTURAL FOR TYPE NO SI-EET A4 FOR LOCATION. RASED CONCRETE CURB AT WALL BASE. RAISED CONCRETE CURB AT COM SLOPED CONCRETE SIDEWALK. EI) LCHT GAUGE STEEL FRAMING, SEE STRUCTURAL AND SHEET A3 PARTITION TYPES. STEEL CONTECTOR, SEE STRUCTURAL, EXISTING 2 X X WOOD JOST, SEE STRUCTURAL. I\IEW 2 X 10 WOOD JOIST, SEE STRUCTURAL. DOSING GLULAM BEAK SEE STRUCTURAL. NEW GULAM BEAM, SEE STRUCTLRAL. 6.1) EASING PLYWOOD ROOF DECK, SEE STRUCTURAL. NEW PLYWOOD ROOF DECK, SEE STRUCTIliAL EXISTING JOIST HANGER, SEE STRUCTURAL. C6.9DE4STNG WOOD LEDGER. FASO>, AND BLOCKING AT TOP - OF EXISTING AND RELOCATED CONCRETE PANELS. VERFY SZE AND ATTACMIENT. NEW WOCO BLOCKING. PRESSLRE TREATED WOOD PLATE AT EXTERIOR STEEL STLO WALLS. (2 R-11 BATT NSU.ATION, COORDINATE MTH WITH PARTITION TYPES, SHEET A3. CI.D R-19 RICO INSULATION OVER PLYWOOD ROOF DECK AND (1'�R ADIERED MEKRAI SHEET METAL FLASHING. SHEET METAL GUTTER. SHEET METAL GUTTER WITH FASCIA. f X 4" SHEET I'vETAL DOWNSPOUT, CONNECT TO TIGHTLNE TO STORM WATER SYSTEM, SEE S1-(ET C-1. ( 7.8 ) 3" DIAMETER DOWNSPOUT, CON\ECT TO TGHTLINE TO STORM WATER sysrEm, SEE SHEET C-t METAL CORRUGATED ROOFING SYSTEM. 5/8" G.W.B SEE PARTITION TYPES, SHEET A4. [COMPUTER E\TRY VVALLSECTNS TURNER AND ASSOCIATES COMPUTER CITY SUPERCENTER TUKWILA, WA JOB: 92 COMP CIT. FILE: CCSFITA9.GCD DRAWN BY: WLF CHECKED BY: HRT DATE: 11/3ZE SCALE: VARIES SHEET RECEIVED CRY OF TUKW11.A NOV VI 1.9Se PERMIT CENTER flO WARD R. TURt4ER STATE O'r' WASHINGTON 4104 ' I • . •■••••■••••■•■•.••••••••■•••■••••.•••• • .".• • .4 r ,1 - ' • r • , • 1.1I••■■■•■••••••••■•■■•••■ ENTRY LONGITUDINAL SECTION SCALE: 1/2"4-0" [CCENTLNG,CMP] . 1• 41 ....■•■■■••■■••■••••■■•■•• ■••■•■•••••■•11.LINNINIMMMOM\ 11.11.1.0 0 tHS INCH 1 REF: 1—A3 Cesveg 0.00 aLo,t 1.t.) flu METAL CA6t1 604%.11.,por) v t..)/ EL..kwriot.4 AT 815444\ , 7.4 7.10 PENTHOUSE SIDEWALL DETAIL SCALE: 1'4-0" E \FRY CROSS SECTION SCALE: 1/2"=1 [CCENTCRS.CM11 1111 1111111111111111111 11111111 « 3 1 I 1 11111 I [111.I., 4 5 6 7 Nt)tEi If the microfilmed document is less clear than this notice, it is due to the quaLity of the Driginal document. oe se 8G Z.Z 9?.: se ve ZZ LZ (:)3 6t 9t 9t GL $,I Ck Zt •t 01, 6 • REF 1—A10 • 1 1 ReX)r, pt B UJE- *267 ( 7.4)- •••••••••■=gronooras 1 11111 9 10 11• wA°EksieERmuzY 12 410 L vir . . r ilill11,1111111111111.1ffill!!111111111,11!1111,1111111,11.1111111,11IIIIII,1111!)1111:11,14(lbj11111:11., 11 ) 111111 ! 11 1 11111111111 !MI1J111.11111b 1111111111111 11!1111111,1111111111111M1Pijii!(1,11111111111 , 111111:41[0_111111 1 !!!1[1 . 111111 111111111 1111,111[11!IIIIIIIIIII,11110,11111!111111 FAtst-IN 4, 4.. ALA L. 0K_JPOLA DETAIL SCALE: 1 0 'r r:•••••r" r •••:.• 11■1=1.....•■■••■■•■1 / CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED OPEN . .....••■•■■•••••■,1".41.4■••■•• REF:: 1—Al r PE ACE' IN,1 11 40 P ‘' TURNER AN • 2115 N.E. PARK ROAD SEATTLE, WASHNGTON 98105 (206) 523-7489 TUKWILA, WA JOB: FILE: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: DATE: SCALE: 92 COMP CIT. CCSHTA10.GCD ViLF, ET AL HRT 11/3/92 VARIES SHEET A SS OCI A TES REVISIONS Z *MO ARCHITECTS COMPUTER CITY SUPERCENTER 4104 REGL$TERED ARCI-IfTECT OWARD R. ThRNER STATE OF WASHINGTON RECEIVED — PERMIrCENTEK REF: 1—A3 subjcc platy; r.c ulhorize tho vi9lation C., L...., adopted code or ordinance. Receipt of contractoit copy of approved plans acknowledged, [COMPIHER EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB, VERY DEPTH. NEW CONCRETE SLAB, SEE STRUCTURAL FOR EXTENT, DEPTH, AND DETAL. CONCRETE SLAB JOINT, SEE STRUCTURAL FOR TYPE AND SHEET A4 rOR LOCATION. RAISED CONCRETE SLAB AT CRYVIT WALL BASE. RAISED CONCRETE CURB AT DOCK. SLOPED CONCRETE SCEWALK. (50 LIGHT GAUGE STEEL FRAWING, SEE: STRUCTURAL AND SHEET A3 PARTITION TYPES. - ( 5.3) STEEL C0141ECT0R, SEE STRUCTURAL. NEW 2 X 10 WOOD JOIST, SEE STRUCTURAL. ( 6.4 ) NEW GLULAM BEAM, SEE STRUCTURAL. NEW PLYWOOD ROOF DECK, SEE STRUCTURAL. GD P NEW WOOD BLOCKI1/4IG. R-11 BATT I\ISULATION, COORDINATE WIDTH WITH PARTITION TYPES, SHEET A3. 7.2 R-19 bla.. 11011 _OVER PLYWOOD ROOF DECK AND WI/WANE. SHEET METAL FLASHING. 7.10 WTAL CORRUGATED ROOFING SYSTEM. 5/8" G.W.B., SEE PARTITION TYPES. 9-€T A4. ENTRY WALL :SFCTIQN. ' , • r. ' , .„ — • , ENTRY LONGITUDINAL SECTION SCALE: t /2 " =1 -0" [CCENTLNG.CMP] • REF: 1--A3 MTL., ROOF, klt WAAL BLuE. 267 JOB: FILE: • 'e'. .. r 0. - . SHEET 1 al- TYPES, SET 1 understt rcf : " subject to plena does not authorizo trio v. _ adopted code or ordinance. Receipt of c�ntractor'ss copy of approved plans a knowledged. REVISIONS AP P. 7 99,} PENTHOUSE SIDEWALL DETAIL SCALE: 1' =1' -0" REF: 1 —A10 ENTRY CROSS SECTION SCALE: 1/2 1'-0 ' [CCENTCRS.CMP] r• r ffr si UPOLA DETAIL SCALE: o t .. r.. OPEN F 4.:-I.'-',-:,:--,./:-',...-.• . . } -: c " '� �� i . . 'Y � yr: i-.ti < -, I'►'III II I x-1 i I`III �I II i�) ICI ICI ICI ICI I�ill�l I;I I�II� � " i I�I�I � I� I °� �I �fI ��1 E��I I 111r� - • � ` 1 i III111I i , i . l . l}tr1lflh 0 iG 7N5 INC }7 II 3 4 NOTJ : it the microfilmed document is less clear than this i • t notice, it is due to the quality of the original document,. 06 6Z 8C GZ 92 92 +72 ' CZ ZZ tz 0e, 61 81 Li 9t st 4t et zt Li OL 6 I � � I IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII�IIIIIIlII11IIIIIIIIIIIIIILU 111111 IIII IIIIIIIIIIIII111111111111111111� t i1I11111111111III I 11 ! ► I I!lllIlll � .�., � - 1.�.u.11I . I1. IU, II, �IIt, lIllliliJ�l .lII.IIIlIIIIIIIILIIIIIII .... , - , . .. _... -.... .. ,_ ,...... 1 III IIII IIIIIIII II 10 it MADE IN GERMAN 12 1 t WH 1 111.! 1111111111111111 01 REF: 1 —A / / REF: 1 —A3 KEY NOTES EASING CONCRETE SLAB, VERIFY DEPTH. NEW CONCRETE SLAB, SEE STRUCTURAL FOR EXTENT, DEPTH, AND DETAL. CONCRETE SLAB JOINT, SEE STRUCTURAL FOR TYPE AID) SHEET A4 FOR LOCATION. RAISED CONCRETE SLAB AT DRYVIT WALL BASE. 3.11) RAISED CONCRETE CURB AT DOO<. C SLOPED CONCRETE SIDEWALK. LIGHT GAUGE STEEL. FRAIL, SEE STRUCTURAL AND SHEET A3 PARTITION TYPES. 133 STEEL COI"CTOR, SEE STRUCTURAL. 6.23 NEW 2 X10 WOOD JOIST, SEE STRUCTURAL. 6.4 -) NEW GLU.AM BEAM, SEE STRUCTURAL. NEW PLYWOOD ROOF DECK, SEE STRUCTURAL. 6.10 NEW W000 BLOCKe 1G. 7.1) R -11 BATT tISIA.ATION, COORDINATE WIDTH WITH PARTITION TYPES, SHEET A3. (22D R -19 RICO NSI! ATION OVER PLYWOOD ROOF DECD{ AND I.?ER ADI-ErE.D I+€MRANE. SI••EET METAL FLASHING. CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED APR4 0l G DIVISION Or"l t ‘ dtatf 216 COMPUTER TURNER AND ASSOCIATES 1 2115 N.E. PARK ROAD SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98105 (206) 523 -7489 COMPUTER CITY SUP(RCENTER TUK VILA, WA 92 COMP CRT. CCSHTA10.GCD DRAWN BY: WLF, ET AL CHECKED BY: HRT DATE: 11/3 92 SCALE: VARIES 3 ARCHITECTS 4104 ROISTERED ARCHITECT OWARD R. TURNER STATE OF WASHINGTON 1 ..., �,.•,LAr�E�'.,.n'1:.« fri.'i�».'}a'zrsiT�s�a,..�:,.: c ??,.�c�'�'.i;SC,7 ,: _a:�r.: +.� TAME WARNING STRIP (SECTION .10990) EXTERIOR STAIR SECTION SCALE: 1/2 " =1' -0" WIRE MESH GATE ti- EQ. EQ. 'T r 8 ALL .,MU WALL 9' -0" DUMPSTER E 9 • -O " RECYCLING 22 GA. CORRUGATED METAL PANEL. SECURE TO 2" WIRE MESH FRAME EQ. EXISTrN1G BASE EXISTING ASPHALT SURFACE 2" MAN ASPHALT CONCRETE OR BITIMNOUS PLANT MIX REPLACEMENT PATCH A A � 0 • • 18'_0 DUMPSTER INCLOSURE SCALE: 1/4"4--0" [CCDUMPST.CMP) C(xACTED TRENCH BACKFILL LEAN CEMENT CONCRETE 4 -7" 5T d 11" BOLLARD • 4 5% • • TOP OF CURB AT DRIVEWAYS ° • f -11 1/2" NOTE: PROVIDE SINGLE, WALL MOUNTED HAPJDRAL ON OPPOSITE SIDE OF STAR BOLLARD REF: 1-Al 1 1/2" O.D. STD. RAILS, SET IN SLEEVE, WITH EPDXY GROUT • . • O r_ 6 " N. tEt RE: C1 FOR GRADE ELEVATIONS REF: 1-A1 6" Ti-LICK GUTTER 2' -O" d • �CURB AND GUTTER W/ ASPHALT PATCH SCALE: 1- 1/2 " =1' -0" REF: 1-Al 1/2" EXPANSION JONT SLOPE RAMP -- 1:12 MAX FLARE BEYOND GI t10 MAX SLOPE 1/2" EXP. r PAVNG t 6'--0" RA \4P SECTION © ENTRY SCALE: 1/2 "=1' -0" REF: 1-Al 1/2" EXPANSION JONT CONCRETE SIDEWALK SITEWORK PAVING 1/2" E.J. PAPER SLEEVE OR GREASE DOWEL END S SCALE: 1/2"4-0" !PP \ 6" STEEL PPE FILLED W/ CONCRETE, ROU'D AND TROWEL EXPOSED CONCRETE; PAINT YELLOW 1/2" PREMOLDED JONT FILLER W/ SEALANT 111--4.1=7.1117.7k= , CONCRETE SCEWALK OR PAVING 1/2" TYPICAL 15' O.C. EXTERIOR WALL OF BULDNG • • • ° tt s;�i-=: 111 °� WIII =1n 111 =III= IIl =111 !!1= III!II111 _ 111 111 -III,,III;111 ---- 1% SLOPE 4" GRAVEL BASE (NO FINES TYP) • . .... • • rr _IIJ NI nLwln 7 S!DEWAL< CURB SECTION SCALE: 1/2 " =1 -0" PLACE JOINT SEALANT IN ALL EXPANSION JONTS WWF 6x6- W1.4xW1.4 N 4" SLAB (TYP) REF: 1-Al 'C EXPANSION JOINT REF 1-Al BOLLARD AT LOADING DOC< SCALE: 3/4 " =1 0 SMAR CONDITION AT INTERIOR FLOOR SLAB REF: 1-Al EXPANSION JONT 2' -0" FIX SECURELY TO ASPHALT W/ FASTENER WHEEL STOP SCALE: 1/2 "= —0' 1/4" MN TO 1/2" MAX LIP 18 ' THICKENED EDGE 6" THICK GUTTER Th HANDICAP RAMP SMLAR CONDITION AT DRIVEWAY k3 SCALE: 1/2'=f-0" DRIVEWAY ISOMETRIC SM..AR CONDITION: SIDEWALK STOPS, DOES NOT CROSS DRIVEWAY SCALE: 1 /8 " =1' -Q" REF: 1-Al 7-6 PLANING STRIP BEYOND ---- CURB BEYOND EXPANSION JOINT 2' DUMMY ,JOINTS 11 DRIVEWAY SECTION SCALE: 1/2 "= 1' - -0 REF: 1-Al EXPANSION JOINT 4" THICK CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK SLOPE 112 MAX CONCRETE DRIVEWAY • o SLOPE RAMP t12 MAX 5/8" x 1/2" DIAMOND PATTERN WITHOUT FRAME REF: 1-Al SLOPE 2' END CF CURB TO 2" (TYP) EXTRUDED CONCRETE CURB ON ASPHALT (TYP) REF: 1 Al CITY O1:: R..A APP JAN 3 �� COMPUTER SITE DETAILS S r1., T REVISIONS 92 COMP C1T CCSHTA11.GCD DGD HRT 11/3/92 VARIES STATE C1• WASIiiNGTON BUI'DI +v y, 111 II If111II�IIi I 0 16 TH5 INCH 1 X ; r '1'[I r1 , 11111 1 111 1 11 1 1I 11111 ! ( ii ' 1. 1 (I 11 I 1 Ii1 (ttt1111 4 5 E5 rv., 7, �. ,, . r > • NOTE: If the microfilmed document is less clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the , original docuraeu.t• , to (:)Z 6L 91 Lt 91 St 'ht et EL L` . pi . . . . . # s 8 ' I 1/11111111 !/1111111111 1111! . 111iil: 1 III1 114I( I11111il1 I IVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKW LA JAN 2 Z 1993 PERMIT CENTER KEY NOTES TURNER n ! Q"L. AND 2115 N.E. PARK ROAD SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98105 (206) 523 -7489 0 ASSCJCIATES ARCHITECTS ft -‘11 ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE MK ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE WALLS CEILING NOTES COLOR 4 11111111 I Nona OEM $ I I h h L ; c � a 1 1 ' IMO Ea EMOINIMMOMOINIMMO NIMMIN * 11� M a 1 NMlR[ ' ' d ~' ' t1. � , 1 ; 0 (J � 1111111111111111111 INIMMINIMIMMININ U DND■ 0 I ia w 1 NMI 1MEN a I ZIN ■NO THE: CONTRACTOR SHALL NON TANDY SECLRITY 24 HOURS PRIOR TO PAINING TIE CELWG, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 2 GALLONS OF TOUCH-tP 6/1) HH CLOSE . p (SECTION 7Q100). THE CONTRACTOR SHALL (/) PROVIDE 2 EXTRA BOXES OF THE VNYL COMP. TILE 0 (SECTiC�1 01700). I . C1 101 EXIT VE TIBULE VNYL BASE 102 103 ENTRY VESTIBULE PANT ONNI OM Nl. ; ` EN �,. h SALES M OM � 0�1MI 104 FK CON URATIONS DEPT. ; �N 105 OFFICE NO �NOM MNC7�MONN o ■RDU * 0110M 1 QUDIIUlU (�JI : :. ■U* � MMUM.■ 1 ❑<' INQMMMON 1 0111J/111t11 INN ��ONOCIa ' KINIM o �NO * ®. MM ' NNOM Q�.r .0:: OI_M M o. * 1 O'� ��� NOIUU OauaRDRMauuua O /U NM TNNIIIIIMINNUMI NNIMIM rm U�D�Rm ONNIO MONIONO U RUI� NOM IN U • OIIII� 0M■.OWN �U0. • C7[ » �r��� ■■ �► * o� C.aoi■ ■r ■ ' MION NNN ..�MIN ,' sg� �� i ...... I �MIUDNN *NDMIaIIU MUNN M ■MEAN MI IMMINININIE $1UU ■e _ Un N MI MIOCIO■ ■a mooms . PLASTIC LAMINATE 106 REPAIR STORAGE . :' 107 GENERAL MANAGER •I R.I.DUIQ U�m U ACOUSTIC NSUL. N WALLS 108 ASSISTANT MANAGER ai ACOUSTIC NSLA.. N WALLS 109 SECRETARIAL OFFICE 0� 0 MI 110 MGMT. WO. SYSTEMS 111 SALES MANAGERS 1111111101111101111111 . UU ACOUSTIC NSI.L.. N WALLS ::: in ACOUSTIC NSUL.. N WALLS CO/TERENCE ROOM RECEMNG ® � MO III* 114 WOMEN': TOLET ACOUSTIC NSU... N WALLS 115 116 WE S TOLET CORRIDOR MQNN ■OMON 0 ��l AC • TIC NSUL N . WALLS JANITOR NO 118 NMI NOM Nu� 119 120 CLASSROOM CUSTOMER LOUNGE NI 0 121 LOCKERS ; ,' s. ACOUSTIC NSUL. N WALLS BUSINESS SALES GROUP N NO l ACOUSTIC NSu.. N WALLS VAR-CORP. ACC FS. PICKUP 124 SECURITY ® Is U 125 FIRE SPRNKLER MOON N ■I IMMO IN �■ mil ■ ENNIS um mam MATERIAL SCHEDULE MK MATERIAL SPECIFICATION STYLE COLOR COLOR No. NOTES VI VNYL TIt.E -� 09650 ARMSTR ). 09971 (DYROTECH) _ 12" x 1 " VCT GLASSBOARD -P, 4 x 8 SHEET _ 4" COVE BASE ACRYLIC -LATEX ALKYD ENAMEL ENAMEL LATEX - ENAMEL IMPERIAL 51839 F1 FRP P ' S GREY GREY BLACK CREME DOVER TI-CATER RED CREME U -260 SW 1368 SATIN SW $48 SEMI-GLOSS SW 1602 SW 1368 SATIN 1. a ,,, C1 CARPET 09680 KELLY GROUP_,) 09650 . EE - MV ROLE FORM CR 09900 (SHERWN WILLIAMS) (SHERWIN WI LIAMS ) 900 RWIN WILIAMS) 09900 SHERWN WLUAMJ . Fp1 VNYL BASE 4. 2. P1 PANT P2 PANT _99900 P3 PANT P4 PANT ENAMEL LI PLASTIC LAMINATE 06200 (LONITE) 06200 (WES rINGHQUSE) 1" METAL LOZER ROYAL BL ALMOND CHAMPAGNE DOVE GREY 5B009 SUEDE 90M95 VELVET D92 -6 3. L2 PLASTIC LAMINATE TOLET PARTITIONS 10165 (WLSONART) 12505 (LIVELCR) SUPPLED BY COMPUTER CITY MIN --ELMS SF£LVNG FIXTURES NOTES: 1. 1v'STALL TO 4' -0" A.F.F. 2. EXTERIOR BOLLARD, HANDRALS 3. MERCHANDISE FIXTURES INSTALLED BY G.C. 4. WITH DRYFALL ADDITIVE. c COVER ELEVATION SCALE: 1- 1/2 " =1' -0" [CCCOLCOV.CtvqPJ IREF: 5 — Al2 51MLAR CONDITION @ NEW STEEL COLUMN COVER SCALE: 1/2 It DOWNSPOUT cta NOTE: MOUNT TELEPHONES ON BACK OF FURRED COLUMNS (LEAST VISIBLE SCE FROM FRONT OF STORE) ST1_ ANGLE SEE STRUCTURAL SW BUILDING CORNER DETAIL SCALE: 1/2 " =1' —C" REF: 1—A3 STEEL ANGLE SEE STRUCTURAL_ SE BIJILDING_CQRNER DETAIL 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD l' - 4" CORDLESS PHONE (PROVIDED BY TELEPHONE OUTLET -- DUPLEX OUTLET FOR PHONE BRUSI-€D ALUM. CORNER GUARDS PRESSURE' TREATED BLOCKNG — DOWNSPOUT REF: 1—A3 ✓f EXIST. GLULAM COLUMN COVER SCALE: 1- 7/2 " =1' -0" REF: 1 —A3 NEW STEEL COLUMN COVER SCALE: 1- 1/2 " =1' --0" NE BUILDING CORNER DETAIL SCALE: 1/2 " =P -0' EXIST. STEEL BASE 5/8" GWE3 ON STEEL STUDS . STEEL COt.UMN 5/8" GWt3 ON STEEL STIRS r REF: 1—A3 REF: 1—A3 8' - -0" A.F.F. 24 "r.FULL I-EK}IT PLYWOOD ON WALL E3Eh'ND LADDER SCALE: 3/4' =1' --O„ .M 0 3 CADGER CAGE DETAIL METAL LADDER W/ CAGE REF. SPECS 3/8" DIA. EXP. ANCHOR 0 36" O.C. (TYP.) REF: 1—A5 METAL LADDER W/ CAGE REF. SPECS ( HATCH DETA!L 8" DIA. STEEL PIPE - BOLLARD, PANTED RED, 90 DEGREE ELBOW AP.D GRIND SMOOTH 1/2" PREMOLDED JONT FILLER W/ SEALANT 18" DA. CONC. -- FOOTNG FOR PIPE BOLLARD BOLLARD JETIL SCALE: 3/4 " -1 • 6' -0" OVERALL LENGTH (REF. Al FOR EXACT LOCATFON) REF: 1 Al F.. 2115 N.E. PARK ROAD SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98105 (206) 523-7489 COMPUTER CITY TUKWILA, WA SHEET RECEIVED CETY OF TUKWILA NOV is 8 1992 JOB: 92 COMP CITY ALE: CCSHTAl2.GCD DRAWN BY: WGF, RF CHECKED BY: HRT DATE: 11/3/92 SCALE: VARIES BASE FLASHNG RIGID NSULATOON --- ROOFNG AND INSULATION REF: 3--Al2 CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED jAP I 1 �i *4 .l BUI! DII G 111 ISION 9 COMPUTER DETAILS .: _P.4.'.- 1P. >L.r ..N+ Mr.Li�Y.'w Mu•.+.- - �I,I�I� Ir I�I�I I�il �I`f�If I� {: fE Y„SINCH 1 3 • P1OTl:a If the Isicrofil.meci documcnt is less clear than this . notice, it is due to the quality of the original. document. ` la OZ 61 131 Lt 91 St OL 6 9 4 { ! 1 �.. 1 U 11 0 �Iiiil 111111I,ll �� 1 LEI 1111 /��� L���I�ORIAisiOII�I�n��iililiil��ii�Illili�� ►i 111��I 1111I���.IM d i v ',. ° ` 1 9 1 10 11' LWE IN OERNANI 12 C z 1 WW0 1111 ! 111 11 1 11111111111111! 11111111111 ll1 ikiP11IIIi11111 / Y namL a t REF: FLOOR PLAN FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS a• 3/4" PARTICLE BOARD SHELVES — WITH MELAMINE LAMNATE AND PLASTIC T EDGE L1 PLASTIC RICLE BOARD LAMNATE ON r - TOP -- 1 EQUAL EQUAL EQUAL (2'-6" MAX) =_...... -, =..........___________3 3 1 VNn BASE WALL AS SCI-EDULED 1X6 STAINED RED OAK WOOD TRIM FNSHED 11/ FLOOR J LAMNATE TOP ON 2 LAYERS OF 3/4" • HD PARTICLE BOARD W 3/4" X 3' SPIELF ■ EDGE DBC PARTICLE BOARD AT JOINTS INN �--- 2X4 CONT. 4 EQUAL 4' SECTIONS 3/4" PARTICLE BOARD SHELVES WITH MELAI 'E LAMINATE AND PLASTIC T EDGE 3/4" PARTCLE BOARD VERTHCLE DIVDERS WITH MELAMINE LAMNATE AIND PLASTIC T E: GE N T• OAK TRIM DETAIL SCALE: 3 " =1 -0" REF: 1 -A3 C co l RECEIVING WORKBEOH SCALE: 3/4 ° ' =1 -d" [CCCERW.CNP; REF: ? -A3 REF: 1--A3 M FACE OF WALL ATTACH LIGHT FIXTURE — TO SHELVNG SYSTEM W/ PROVDED BY S-ELVNG MANUFACTURER (LOZiER) NOTE: PROVIDE ONLY ONE ?Lit RUN AT 33" A.F.F. 0 LAPTOPS (FRST 24" RUN OF FIXTURES ADJACENT TO CONFKtATKON DEPARTMENT). VERIFY LOCATION WITH COMPUTER CITY REP. VERFY SHELF MAN i FL HEIGHT WITH COMPUTER CITY PROJECT MANAGER JUNCTION BOX (BY G.C.) RE: ELEC. 2 ' -4 " \W\L(_ SHELF UNIT SECTION SCALE: 3/4 " =1' -0" [CCCSW.CMP] PLASTIC LAMNATE ON 3/4" PARTICLE BOARD Lt COUNTER TOP LEAVEOUT N VERTICAL SUPPORT FOR CABLNG TYPICAL ALL WORK SURFACES ON PLASTIC LAMINATE INSIDE & OUTSIDE Li OF 3/4" PLYWOOD 3/4" PARTICLE BOARD VERTICAE DIVIDERS WITH MELAMINE LAMINATE AND PLASTIC T EDGE 3/4" PARTICLE BOARD SHELVES WITH IAELAMINE LAMINATE AND PLASTIC T EDGE RECESSED SI-ELF STANDARDS WITH SHELF CLPS g CUSTOMER SERVICE COU\ TER SCALE: 3/4"4-0" [CCCSCS.CMP] REF: 1-A3 3/4" PLYWOOD ADJUSTABLE SHELVES W/ WOOD EDGES. MOUNTED ON WALL STANDARDS. EX O3 EDGE. SED W000. LAMINATE NATE TOP ON 2 LAYERS OF 3/4" HID PARTICLE BOARD W/ 3/4" X 3" SI-ELF EDGE LEAVEOUT N VERTICAL SUPPORT FOR CABLING TYPICAL ALL WORK SU ACES 2X4 CONT. PAINT CONSTRUCT 3/4" KNEE BRACE © 48" O.C. MAX EXPOSED WOOD. --- PLUG MOLD RE: ELEC. 4" A.F.F. (TYP, U.U.N.) 3/4" PLYWOOD FIXED SHELF W/ 1X2 SHELF EDGES. 'PROVIDE BL.00KNG N WAL. "... AS REQURED. EXPOSED WOOD. RECEIVING WORKBENCH SECT. SCALE: 3/4 " =1' -0 [CCCSV.rMP] REF: 1-o3 LA- ao 2? 5/8" GYP. BD. FRAMCJG WIGH DIAGONAL BRACING ® 16" O.C. �--- RECESSED NCAN. LIGHT, REF, ELEC. LEAVEOUT AT VERTICAL SUPPORT PLASTIC LAMINATE ON 3/4 " PARTICLE BOARD COUNTER TOP PLASTIC LAMINATE ON INSIDE & OUTSOE 0 OF 3/4" PLYWOOD 3/4" PARTCLE BOARD VERTICAE DIVIDERS WITH MELAMINE LAMNATE AND PLASTIC T EDGE 3/4" PARTICLE BOARD SHELVES WITH MELAMINE LAMNATE AND PLASTIC T EDGE • RECESSED SHELF STANDARDS WITH SHELF CLPS BSG/CONFIC. COULTER SECT. Aim LIGHTING - REF: ELECT PLUG MOLD MULTI - OUTLET POWER : STRIP, 20 AMID Q CRCUT (GR. 1 D) N 1X4 TRIM SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0 [CCCST.CMP] EPA1R SCALE: 3/4 "= 2 ' -6 " STOR. WOR 0" [CCCSS.CMP] 2'-6" 1' -6 KITCHEN COUNTER SECTION SCALE: 3/4 " :1 ' -0 [CCCSK.CMP] REF: 1--A3 --- GROUNDED DUPLEX OUTLETS, 66" A.F,F., AT 4'-0' O.C. 3/4" X 12" FIXED AC PLYWOOD SHELF WITH WOOD EDGES. PROVIDE BLOCKING N WALL AS REQUIRED. 3/4" PLYWOOD KICKER WITH W000 EDGES " 4' -2" O.C. BETWEEN LIGHT FIXTURES & . 4' -2" ® MIDPOINT OF LIGHT FIXTURES. PANTED WOOD. LAMINATE TOP ON 2 LAYERS OF 3/4" Li HD PARTICLE BOARD W/ 3/4" X 3" SHELF EDGE LEAVEOUT N VERTICAL SUPPORT FOR CABLING TYPICAL ALL WORK SURFACES 2X4 CONT. PAINT --- CONSTRUCT 3/4" KNEE BRACE C. 48" O.C. MAX 3/4" FIXED SHELF fPRROVCE BLOCKNG N WALL AS REQURED. PANTED WOOD, <BENCH SECTION REF: 1 -A3 3/4" PARTICLE BOARD SHELVES WITH MELANIE LAMINATE AND PLASTIC T EDGE RECESSED SI -ELF STANDARDS WITH SHELF CLPS PLASTIC LAMNATE ON 3/4" PARTICLE BOARD Li COUNTER TOP - PLASTIC LAMNATE ON 1x4 BACK SPLASH L i 3/4" PARTICLE BOARD SHELVES WITH MELAMINE LAMNATE AND PLASTIC T EDGE PLASTIC LAMINATE ON 3/4" CABINET DOORS 4" VNYL BASE REF: i -A. REF: 1--A3 Lt As- ISOMETRIC COUNTER CONDITION PLASTIC LAMINATE ON 3/4" CABINET DOORS 3/4" PARTCLE BOARD SHELVE WITH MELAMINE LAMINATE AND PLASTIC T EDGE CHROME PLATED 4" WIRE PULL PLASTIC LAMINATE - ON 1x4 BACK SPLASH PLASTIC LAMINATE ON 3/4" PARTICLE BOARD COUNTER TOP 3/4" PARTICLE BOARD SHELVE WITH MELAMINE LAMNATE AND PLASTIC T EDGE L2 PLASTIC LAMINATE ON 3/4" CABINET DOORS Ll PLASTIC LAMNATE ON 2 LAYERS 1/ 4" PLY WALL BEYOND 62 PLASTIC LAMNATE - ON 3/4" PLYWOOD .r ---- TURN DOWN WOOD TRIvI AND PLASM LAMINATE TO MEET LOWER COUNTER BSG COUNTER SECTION R EF:1 --A3 SCALE: 3/4 " -P -0" [CCCSVC.CMP) 3/4" PARTICLE BOARD VERTICLE DIVIDERS WITH MELAMINE LAMINATE AND PLASTIC T EDGE BSG/CONHG. COUNTER ELEVATION SCALE: 3 /4 " =1 -0 [CCCEG.CMP] 2' -1" f 4 2' -l" IAOLD fv fI -OUTLE , ER STRR, 20 AMP 6'x-0" MN. TYP., VERFY ' / FLOOR PLAN CAXIMTE ARTICL ARTS EDGE DBC FARTICLE B r 3 / " PARTICLE BOARD SHELVES WIT MELAMINE LAMINATE AND PLA TIC T EDGE 3' -0" KTCHEN COUNTER ELEVATION\ SCALE: 3/4 " =1 -0 [CCCEK.CMP] V -6" "~�--- DUPLEX OUTLETS 48" O.C. A JOINTS 2x4 CONT. 3 H -0 " 2' -1" 4' -0" f 3/4" PARTICLE BOARD VERTICAL DIVIDERS WITH IVELAMNE LAMNATE AND PLASTIC T EDGE PLASTIC LAMNATE ON TWO LAYERS 3/4" �� PLYW PLASTIC LAMNATE ON 3/4" PARTCLE BOARD COUNTER TOP RECESSED SHELF STANDARDS WITH SHELF CUPS 3/4" PARTICLE BOARD SHELVES W/ MELAMINE LAMINATE AND PLASTIC; T EOGE -kt--- 1111111111 11111111111W IIII 0 15THS INCH 1 2 t 3 r ..r 'II1I'�:i j �.l : i 1 Il : I ,� II . 1 1IIII pp I'RN! If 5 6 7 _-- microfilmed document is Less clear than this due to the quality of the original document. 4 .. NOTRr if the notice, it is ze 1 { e oz 61 91 LI 91 51 hl 111111 I11 11111 11 1111111111111111111111110111111 lall 1111 r �'wl�f p J �. �• It 111111/11 lil 10 f 11 IAN GEII,V 12 L i 9 1 rrn 0 >Y t 'G.ryi SECTION 4A TURNER AND ASSOCIATES 2115 N.E. PARK ROAD ARCHITECTS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98105 (206) 523-7489 DRAWN BY: EML,DGD CHECKED BY: HRT DATE: 1W3/92 SCALE: VARIES REVISIONS REGISTERED ARCHITECT REF: 1 -A3 0 REPAIR STOR. WORKBENCH ELEV. SCALE: 3/4"=1-0" [CCCE B.CMP] In REF: 1-A3 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWIL.A NOV 13 1992 CABI PERMIT CENTER KEY NOTES 1. SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED FOR ALL CABINETS. u REFER TO MATERIALS SHEDU LE SHEET Al2 FOR MATERIALS DESIGNA PION. 0 REFER TO MATERIALS SHED LE SHEET Al2 FOR MATERIALS DESIGNATION. a REFER TO MATERIALS SHEDULE SHEET Al2 FOR MATERIALS DESIGNATION. DRILL (20) 2" DA. HOLES IN COUNTERTOP, INSTALL GROMMET AS DIRECTED BY TENANT IN FELD CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED JfIf93 is U fv'!I! DING DI ISION (coM�r�€a NET SECT ELEV DOOR SCHEDULE ..__ __�.�.,. X i 1 1 2 FRAME 1 LION -_ I 1V130 a 11S , i Alva NOTES i _.. AUTOMATIC --0 x7Ox 1- NO 4 � AL GLASS " R,C .'Y ALUM. 1. A • IV130 OV3H G MN( 5 ; - - $ x • x 1- 4 S.C. W (�D AN - ANT -A14 2 -A14 MU MIMI 3 . - x 7- x 1--3 4 .C. W PAN HM AN 3 -A14 2 -A14 3.0 x 7 -0 x 1-3 .4 .C. WOOD PANT H.M. PANT 3 -A14 2 -A14 6 In -0 x 7 -0 x 1 -3 4 ., W S.C. W o r WO S.C. OD ANT PANT H.M. �> P. T PANT PANT 3 -A14 2 -A14 8 3-0 x 7-0 x 1 -3/ 3 -A14 2 -A14 -0 ;7: 1 -3/4 3 -A14 2--A14 MUM IIIIN E MEM= 16 16 Ea 16 5 IIIM 9 3 -0 x 7-0 x 1-3 4 C. Was PANT PANT 3 -A14 2 -A14 10 3 -0 x 7 -0 x 1 -3 4 S.C. WOOD ALUJIUM S 1 PANT PAINT H.M. - HM. PANT • ANT 3 -A14 4-A14 2 -A14 2-A14 17 IMIIII g tai Q 2 - s x 8- ' - W x r -0 • ANT METAL FACT• - 2 -A15 4 -A14 1 -A14 WITH PANIC HARDWARE 3 -0 x -0 x 1-3 / 4 3 -0 x 7 -•0 x 1- 4 3 -0 x 7 -0 x 1 -3 4 H.M. H.M. !PAINT PANT H.M. PANT 13 -A14 13 -A14 9 -A14 SIM PANT 9 -A14 WITH PANIC HARDWARE H.M. PANT PANT 13 -A14 9 -A14 WITH PANIC HARDWARE 3-0 x -0 x 1 -•3 4 S.C. WOOD PANT N.M. PANT 3 -A14 . 2 -A14 18 (+� 3 — 0 x 7 — O x t -3 4 3 -0 x 7 -0 x 1 -3 4 S.C. WOOD S.C. WOOD PANT • H.M. PANT 3 -A14 . 2 -A14 PANT H.M. PANT 3 -A14 2 -A14 5 19 B %2 3 -0 x 7 -0 x 1 -3 4 S.C. W000 PANT H.M. PANT 3 -A14 2 -A14 6 _ M� 20 lall Emu MIMI WIIIM lo w li mow Ull in r. .„,, . 3-0 x 7-0' x 1--3/ 4 S.C. WOOD PANT PANT 3 -A14 2-A14 111111111 Mg . 111111111 MII 16 15 16 16 16 11IsQIsQILl9!. 3 -0 x 7 -0 x 1 -3 4 SC. WOOD PANT PAS H.M. PANT PAINT 3-A14 3 -A14 2 -A14 3 -0 x 7 -0 x 1 -3 4 S.C. WOOD • 2 -A14 (2 2 -0 x 7 -0 x 1 -3 4 S.C. W000 PANT PANT 3-A14 2-A14 MN 3 -0 x 7 -0 x 1 --3/4" S.C. WOOD PANT H.M. PANT 3 -A14 2 -A14 2 3 -0 x 7 -0 x 1 -3 4 ALUM GLASS FACTORY ALUM. FACTORY 10 -A14 7-A14 AUTOMATIC 10 -0 x 9 -; H OPNG. 10-0 x 9 -8 H + STEEL � � PANT METAL. FACTORY 14-A14 8--A14 O.H. COLNG W MOTOR STEEL PANT FACTORY 14 -A14 8 - -A14 O.H. CO .NG W/ MOTOR .�._ I I I I II I I IIIIIt i I!I I) I II 0 I6THS INCH 1 2 IIIIIIIIIII►IJI , l t-C1iIII't 111 1 III1I I :. 1111 I I.t1L ELI Ii III II ;: 1 1 I I t f+ I;II lir1II'd:ijf1111 y 11111111111 3' 4 5 ?� •:...:_ 7 8 9 " 10 NOTE: If the microfilmed document is less clear than this . z notice. it is due to the quality of. the Ipriginai document. 0 6L 8� Lt 9t s� ry� CI z1 • u 01, 6 8 L I I l I1114!!I1i!!11i!! I!!I!!!41 1] J J1I1 � 111� � !!!d mi(nIIt!II!II{II } lot li,ollifl :� :x�'. .. .� t � J .. .� .:•i�rc.,,r -r � .j... R� �..�.+� J ,��..f:�5,`�`S�f�.X���..'�:, (.."�.7.I.1�[!'1���k ;l�'.�,�i COMPUTER TURNER AND ASSOCIATES 2115 N.E. PARK ROAD SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98105 (206) 523-7439 ARCHITECTS COMPUTER CITY SUPERCENTTER SHEET C DOOR SCHEDULE [ccroascHCrnr+] ,. �:3:r4i�': C:v.�'Q ".'L:; F_. �rl!' ?1�. Cx_`'t^.r ;kifinsSt?'ro: x. ALUM. HEAD DETAIL SCALE: 3 " =1--0" HEAD JETAIL SCALE: 1-1/2"=f-0" [CCDRF-ID.CMP] PARTITION AS SCHEDULED DOOR AS SCHEDULED REF: 2 -A10 ti • d • • G • • • e • • n b 4,/ li 9' --.8" A FF. 1- HM HEAD DETAIL. SCALE: 3 " =1 -0" [CCDREMH.CMP] SIMILAR CONDITION AT CRYVIT WALL. 3 "x3 "x ?/4" STEEL TUBE BEYOND �_-- 5/8" GYP. 8D. /. 5/8" GYP. BD. 3 5/8" METAL STUDS 016 "O.C. KEY ACTIVATED MOTORIZED ROLLING DOOR HOUSING, ATTACH TO STEEL TUFF PER MFR. NSTRUCTIONS. KEY ACCESS, NTERIOR AND EXTERIOR. 3 5/8" 25 GA. METAL STUDS 016' O.C. (2) 6" 20 (A. Ik TAL STUDS '`-- 20 GA. 3 "x3 "x4" CLPS 8' -0" O.C. ATTA // CH TO CONC. SELF TAPP 3 CONC. SCREWS CONC. WALL PANEL SAWCUT FROM INSIDE AT HEAD AND JAMB, NO OVERCUT PERMITTED 1 "x4" METAL STUD RUI'VER SEALANT HOLLOW METAL FRAME DRP STRP RE: SPECS 08710 REF: SHEET A14 COLNG DOOR \ " 9 • 3 "x3 "x1/4" STEEL --� TUBE TO ROOF STRUCTURE C 11 • .• N • • ' NETAI_ CORNER BEAD 1x6 STAINED RED OAK BASE: RE: 12 -A13 ROLLING GRILLE TRACK ATTACH TO STEEL TUBE. PER MFR. INSTRUCTIONS 5/8" GYP. 6D. ON --DI- 8" METAL STUDS 0 WING WALL 2" CRASH BARS 6" & 24" AFF DOOR TYPES SCALE: 1/4 "=1' --0' [CCDRE.CMP] 'r ALUM. JAMB DETAIL SCALE: 3 " -1-0" [CCDRAH.CMP] �-- - -- 5/8" GYP BD. 1"x4" STUD R N\ER SEALANT 12" —. J WING WALL DETAIL SCALE: 1-1/2"=f-0' - -1/2" =1'- -0 ' [CC DRCD.I.CMP] Antoomown A C==-:= iv 4 -- DOOR AS SCI-EDL..ED 4" METAL STUDS 0 16" O.C. HOLLOW METAL FRAME THRESHOLD BEYOND RE: SPEC 08710 CONC. WALL PANEL SAWCUT FROM INSIDE AT HEAD. GROUT OVERRUN AT BOTTOM OF JAMB HIv JAMB DETAIL F NECCESARY. 9 1 / SCALE: 3 " =1 - -0" [CCDREMJ.CMPJ SMEAR CONDITION AT DR'YVIT WALL. DR Y',iT I GO N ILO lV 0 I 0 4 9' -0" A.F.F. 7' -0" A.F.F. 4" --1 DTHRESHOLD DETAIL SCALE: 3 " =1 -0" [CCDRTH.CMP] STOREFRONT 0 EXTERIOR OF VESTIBULE / TI-PESHOLD SET SEALANT • . --- — SUSPENDED ACOUS fiKAL CEING CASED OPENING SECTIO SCALE: 3 " =1 -0" [CCDRCO.CMP] DBL. 8" METAL STUD HEADER PARTITION AS SCHEDULED HOLLOW METAL FRAME - KK C PLATE REF: SPECS - LLI V DBL 8" METAL STUD HEADER PARTITION AS SCHEDULED HOLLOW METAL FRAME HEAD DETAIL TYPE SCALE: 3 " =7-0" [CCDRIH.CMP] \JAMB DETAIL (TYP. 2J SCALE: 3 "=1 --0" [CCDRIJ.CMP] /— DOOR D8L 8" METAL STUD HEA.DER PARTITION AS SCHEDULED 14 GUAGE HOLLOW METAL FRAME WITH FLOOR CLPS 7' -0" A.F.F. TRAFFIC DOOR HEAD /JAMB SCALE: 3 " =7 -0 [CCDRIT.CMP] PARTITION AS SCHEDULED HOLLOW METAL FRAME RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 81092 PERMIT CENTER yS, s +rr rcd _'•::';•1 .c'Yi DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: DATE: SCALE: KEY NOTES CITY OF TUKW APPR JA ' • 9 3 BU DIN •' SiON TUKWILA, WA r. JOB: 92 COMP CIT. FILE: CCSHTA14 HRT 11/3/92 VARIES HOWARD R. 'Tumuli STATE OF WASHINGTON k'. CYig3'. y?.`x J. f%. .. r. F":., '�. C ._ r�gccs :?1!e.r+ta' r.ar..c• �. !/v _ N • WINDOW TYPES SCALE 1/4 "- 1 - -0" [CCWDEL.CMP] 2" INT. HAM, JAMB MULLION SCALE: 3 " =1-0" [ CCDRIM.CMP] 1v RUNNER TRACK SCALE: 3' =1 -0" [CCTRACK.CMP] 1/4" REFLECTIVE GLASS 2" r-- ATTACH RUNNER TO STRUCTURE AT 18" O.C. /___ DEEP RUNNER TRACK 5/8" G.W.B., DO NOT SCREW INTO RUNNER TRACK FIRST SCREW 2" BELOW RUNNER TRACK 1" DRYViT 1/2" PLYWOOD - DOCK SEAL JAMB DETAIL © DOCK SCALE: 1- 1/2 ".-4-0" [CCDREDJ.CMP] PANTED 2x8 D.F.#1 4x4x1/4" ANGLE, LAG TO 2x8 JAMB CO1.NG DOOR ' `�-- -- DOCK BUMPER BELOW • PARTITION AS SCHEDULED PAINTED 2x8 DF. #1 CON. SLAB RE: STRUCT. AC 4x4x1/4" ----- ANGLE, LAG TO 2x8 4 -- H.M. FRAKES (TYP.) 1'4" CLR GLASS `--- FNSH FLOOR IAE HEAD DETAIL © DOCK : "SCALE: I-1/2"1 [CCDREDH.CMP] • SCALE: 1- 1/2 " =1' -'+0" [ CCDRDSCCMP] SILL DETAL © DOC • w J r •:'i ` 1x1 iI : ._ . -. <. +I + +il' • 0 18 THS INCH 1 0 c 6Z se G 9Z 9Z 1lIII�ILIIlllil 'IIIIIIILlIIIIII llifil. MIIIIII t 4 OZ l5 t 1111j111.1!!>i �i�Rid ' 11)141111M .;. tom 4 .:,'y' r I i � i,� ,l I . L,i lr , .,� I t r , � 111 . � ! � it � l i ���Till . � + .. i NOTKa If the microfilmed document is less clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the vrihinal document. 1+ II ljIIII IilIIil+ij +i�lilil II+III+ IIIlIlIll 9 1d 11 W1EINGERMA Y 12 e 9t a 9t 91 in EL Z*L 6 a L II 9 9 'i 1I IId 114,144 uidludohmludniipt10406nindnnhodmm104011fi llil!LILIII 11filin IIII ' �3'Si.�t` }f4`c PARTITION AS SCHEDULED INT. H.M. HEAD SILL TYP SCALE: 3 " =1 -0" [CCDRIS.CMP] 0 I 0 1" DRYV1T 1/2" PLYWOOD DOCK SEAL O DOCK SEAL BEYOND DOOR GUIDE CONC. WALL PANEL BEYOND STEEL CHANNEL RE: STRUCT. 1/4" GLAZING DOCK a.WER WELDED TO STEEL CHANNEL CAST INTO WALL PANEL WALL PANEL RE: STRUCT. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 1.' 8 1992 PERM* CENTER CITY OF TUKWILA APPROV JAN 11' 93 !'U1� • 1N i VISI COMP 2115 N.E. PARK ROAD (206) 523 -7489 WI\DOWS & DOC DETA [ T URNER AND ASSOCIATES 5 WASHINGTON 98105 ARCHITECTS COMPUTER CITY SUPERCENTER TUKWILA, WA JOB: 92 COMP. Cr. FILE: CCSHTA15.GCD DRAWN BY: WLF CHECKED BY: HRT DATE: 11/3/92 SCALE: VARIES REVISIONS SHEET 4104 REGISTERED ARCHITECT V6S APO R. TURNER STATE OF WASHINGTQ 1. 2. . . • i ,,x i k t I • . • xEM Daraspaa SPECIFICATIONS AND THE UNIFORM BUILDING CODE ( ROOF LIVE LWAU • 25 PSF MECHANICAL UNITS,. . . • • . . . . . . WEIGHTS FURNISHED BY MANUFACTURER WIND 80 MPH, EXPOSURE "B" EARTHQUAKE ZONE 3, Rw = 6 3. ,ST W GS SHA1 L' BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR BIDDING AND CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACT HALL VERIFY DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS FOR COMPATIBILITY AND SHALL NOTIFY ARCHI _ of ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 4. QONTRACTQ$ SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING DIMENSIONS, MEMBER SIZES, AND CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORST. ALL DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED AS GUIDELINES ONLY AND MUST BE VERIFIED. S. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY BRACING, FOR THE STRUCTURE AND STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS UNTIL ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLANS. 6. gQ uQTO,R SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND THE METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES OR PROCEDURES REQUIRED TO PERFORM HIS WORK. 7. CCO,T CT4R -,I,jI TI IATEa CHANGES SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING TO THE ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR CONSTRUCTION. CHANGES SHOWN ON SHOP DRAWINGSEQNLY WILL NOT SATISFY THIS REQUIREMENT. $. {Q- INDICATE GENERAL AND TYPICAL DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION. WHERE CONDITIONS ARE NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED BUT ARE OF SIMILAR CHARACTER. TO DETAILS SHOWN, SIMILAR DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE USED, SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE ARCHITECT AND THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 9. ALL WHICH ARE TO BE COMPOSED OF COMPONENTS TO BE FIELD ERECTED SHELL BE SUPERVISED BY THE SUPPLIER DURING MANUFACTURING, DELIVERY, HANDLING, STORAGE AND ERECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH INSTRUCTIONS PREPARED BY THE SUPPLIER, 10. ;=1,0 FOR REINFORCING STEEL (FOR BOTH CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION) , PRECAST 'CONCRETE MEMBERS, STRUCTURAI, STEEL, AND GLUED LAMMINAT.ED MEMBERS SHALL BE SUB1IT TO THE . ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF THESE ITEMS. . CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT WALL ELEVATION DRAWINGS OF AT LEAST 1/8" = 1' -0" SCALE INDICATING LOCATIONS OF CONNECTION EMBEDMENT$'AND WALL OPENINGS FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH REINFORCEMENT SHOP DRAWINGS. 11. SHOJI} prom r : DIMENSIONS AND QUANTITIES ARE NOT REVIEWED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD,'` THEREFORE MUST BE VERIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW AND STAMP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO REVIEW BY ENGINEER OF RECORD. SUBMISSIONS SHALL INCLUDE A REPRODUCIBLE AND ONE COPY; REPRODUCIBLE WILL BE MARKED AND RETURNED. SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS PROCESSED BY THE : EN WI►'i£ER ARE NOT CHANGE ORDERS. THE PURPOSE OF SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS BY THE CONTRACTOR IS TO DEMONSTRATE' TO THE ENGINEER. THAT THE CONTRACTOR UNDERSTANDS THE DESIGN TI AT HE DEMONSTRATES HIS UNDERSTANDING BY INDICATING WHICH MATERIAL HE INTENDS TO FURNISH AND INSTALL AND BY DETAILING THE FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION METHODS HE INTENDS TO USE. IF DEVIATIONS, DISCREPANCIES, OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS AND THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE DISCOVERED EITHER PRIOR TO OR AFTER SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS ARE PROCESSED BY TME ENGINEER, THE DESIGN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL CONTROL AND SHALL BE FOLLOWED. SHOP DRAWINGS OF DESIGN BUILD COMPONENTS INCCOING STAIRS AND EXTERIOR CLADDING SHALL INCLUDE THE DESIGNING PROFESSIONAL ENGINE, R'' MP' S . STAMP; STATE OF WASHINGTON AND SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE COMPONENT DESIGNER vR ±OR TO CURSORY REVIEW BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR LOADS IHPOSED ON THE BASIC STRUCTURE.. THE COMPONENT DESIGNER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR , TRAL OR CODE CON:'OR1+E °:AND ALL ,NECESSARY CONNECTIONS NOT SPECIFICALLY A.R CALLED OUT ON C O H C• U' L DRAWINGS. IT STR t URA SHOP Lr 7'C C �' SH DRAWINGS SHALL INDICATE MAGNITUDE AND DIRECTION OF ALL LOADS IMPOSED ON BASIC STRUCTURE. DESIGN CALCULATIONS SHALL BE MADE AVAILABLE UPON. REQUEST. 12. E,E: CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION, PRECAST CONCRETE ERECTION, MASONRY CONSTRUCTION, STRUCTURAL STEEL FAERICATIOIE AND ERECTION .(INCLUDING FIELD WELDING AND HIGH- STRENGTH FIELD BOLTING) , EXPANSION BOLTS AND THREADED EXPANSION INSERTS, EPDXY - OOTED INSTALLATIONS SHALL �' . SL V I4AT .�, B . ")'EIt ISED : IN ACCORDANCE WITH , SECTION 306 OF THE UN � BUILDING ;'CO E AND THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY DESIGNATED BY THE 'ARC1YTECT. THE ARCHITECT, . STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AND SPITTLE DEPARTMENT OF CONSTRUCTION. AND LAND USE SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH COPIES OF ALL INSPECTION REPORTS AND TESL' RESULTS gEoTzCKNI I 13. Lomplawajam, SUBGRADE PREPARATION INCLUDING DRAINAGE, EXCAVATION, COMPACTION, AND FILLING REQUIREMENTS, SHALL CONFORM4 STRICTLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS GIVEN IN THE itDTLS REPORT OR AS DIRECTED BY THE SOILS ENGINEER. FOOTINGS SHALL BEAR ON OLID UNDISTURBED EARTH (CONTROLLED, COMPACTED STRUCTURAL FILL OR BOTH) AT LEAST 2 - " BELOW LOWEST ADJACENT FINISHED GRADE. FOOTING DEPTHS/ELEVATIONS SHOWN, ON PLANS (0 IN' DETAILS) ARE MINIMUM MW FOR GUIDANCE ONLY; THE ACTUAL ELEVATIONS OF FOOTINGS MUST BE ESTABLISHED BY THE CONTRAC'T'OR IN THE FIELD WORKING WITH THE TESTING LAB AND SOILS ENGINEER. BACKFILL BEHIND ALL RETAINING WALLS WITH FREE DRAINING GRANULAR FILL AND PR•OVWE FOIL SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE PER SOILS ENGINEER RECOMMENDATIONS. ALLOWABLE SOIL PRESSURE LATERAL EARTH PRESSURE (RESTRAINED /UNRESTRAINED) 60 PCF /35 PCF BEHOVATION 14. ,QQuggi: CONTRACTOR SHALL "(VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDI'T'IONS BEFORE COMMENCING ANY f+EIKOX.ZTIoN, SHORING SHALL BE INSTALLED TO. SUPPORT EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED AND IN - A, MANIM SUXTABL,E ' TO THE WORK SEQUENCES. EXISTING REINFORCING SHALL BE SAVED WHERE •AID AS ?DOTED ON THE PLANS. SAW CUTTING, IF AND WHERE USED, SHALL NOT CUT EXXSTIb3G REINFORCING THAT IS TO BE SAVED. DEMOLITION DEBRIS SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED TO DAMAO& OR OVERIPED THE EXISTING STRUCTURE. LIMIT CONSTRUCTION LOADING (INCLUDING DE LI TIOX DE S)" ON EXISTING FLOOR SYSTF., 4S TO 40 PSF. A. ALL NEW OPENINGS THROUGH EXZSTXNG WALLS, SLABS AND BEAMS SMALL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY SAW CUTTING WHEREVER POSSIBLE. B. CONTRACsOFK: SHALL VERIFY ALL EXI '+TXHG CONDITIONS AND LOCATION OF MEMBERS PRIOR TO CUTTING ANY OPENINGS. C. SMALL ROUND OPENINGS SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY CORE DRILLING, IF POSSIBLE. b. WHERE NEW REINFORCING TERMINATES NE EXESTIIvtS CONCRETE, THREADED BARS INTO THEEADID EXPANSION INSERTS IN EXISTING CONCRETE SHALL BE PROVIDED TO MATCH HORIZONTAL REINFORCING, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLANS. rr af'fF'.�?'t✓ kt•i'..`.'�'_'4] •?= c".^.. tip EGEEENE QN SHALL CONFORM TO THE DRAWINGS, 1991 EDITION) 2,000 PSF REVISIONS GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES: (THE FOLLOWING APPLY UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE ON THE PLANS.) CoNCRETg 15. conATE SHALL BE MIXED, PROPORTIONED, CONVEYED AND PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UBC SECTION 2604 AND ACI 301 CONCRETE SHALL ATTAIN A 28-DAY STRENGTH OF f'e es 3,000 PSI AND MIX SHALL CONTAIN NOT LESS THAN 5 -1 /2 SACKS OF CEMENT PER CUBIC YARD AND SHALL BE PROPORTIONED TO PRODUCE A SLUMP OF 5" OR LESS. THE MINIMUM AMOUNTS OF CEMENT AND MAx1 :YUM AMOUNTS OF WATER MAY BE CHANGED IF A CONCRETE PERFORMANCE MIX IS 5UOMITTED -TO THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AND THE DEPARTMENT OF CONSTRUCTION AND LAND USE FOR APPROVAL TWO WEEKS PRIOR TO PLACING ANY CONCRETE. THE CONCRETE PERFORMANCE MIX SHALL INCLUDE THE AMOUNTS OF CEMENT, FINE AND COARSE AGGREGATE, WATER AND ADMIXTURES AS WELL AS THE WATER CEMENT RATIO, SLUMP, CONCRETE YIELD AND SUBSTANTIATING STRENGTH DATA IN ACCORDANCE WITH U.B.C. 2604(0). THE USE OF A PERFORMANCE MIX REQUIRES BATCH PLANT INSPECTION, THE COST OF WHICH SHALL BE PAID BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. REVIEW OF MIX SUBMITTALS BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD INDICATES ONLY THAT INFORMATION PRESENTED CONFORMS GENERALLY WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR OR SUPPLIER MAINTAINS FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR SPECIFIED PERFORM,A,NCE. ALL CONCRETE WITH SURFACES EXPOSED TO STANDING WATER SHALL BE AIR - ENTRAINED WITH AN _AIR ENTRAIIjXNG AGENT CONFORMING TO U.H.C. STANDARD 2.6 -9. TOTAL AIR CONTENT FOR �j AIR - ENTRAINED CCONCRETE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE 26 A, OF THE UNIFORM BUILDIN r � 'CODE ; _,..� THE "SHOTCRETE" METHOD SHALL NOT BE USED WITHOUT MAKING SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS THROUGH OWNER AND ENGINEER UNLESS STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ARE SPECIFICALLY DETAILED TO ACCOMMODATE SHOTCRETING. 16. R_EtHFORCING STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A615 (INCLUDING SUPPLEMENT S1), GRADE 60, f = 60,000 PSI. EXCEPTIONS: ANY BARS SPECIFICALLY SO NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE GRADE 40, fy N 40,000 PSI. GRADE 60 REINFORCING BARS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS TO BE WELDED SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A706. REINFORCING COMPLYING WITH ASTM A615(S1) MAY BE WELDED ONLY IF MATERIAL PROPERTY REPORTS INDICATING CONFORMANCE WITH WELDING PROCEDURES SPECIFIED IN A.W.S. D1.4 ARE SUBMITTED. WELDED WIRE FABRIC SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A -185. 17. Egi`Q CING ,STEEL SHALL BE DETAILED (INCLUDING HOOKS AND BENDS) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 315-80 AND 318-83. LAP ALL CONTINUOUS REINFORCEMENT #5 AND SMALLER 40 BAR DIAMETERS OR 2' -0" MINIMUM. PROVIDE CORNER BARS AT ALL WALL AND FOOTING INTERSECTIONS. LAP CORNER BARS #5 AND SMALLER 40 BAR DIAMETERS OR 2' -0" MINIMUM. LAPS OF LARGER BARS SHALL BE MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318 -89, CLASS 2_ LAP ADJACENT MATS OF WELDED WIRE FABRIC A MINIMUM OF 8" AT SIDES AND ENDS. NO BARS ARTIALLY EMBEDDED IN HARDENED CONCRETE SHALL BE FIELD BENT UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SO DETAILED OR APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 18 . CONCRETE P 30TECTIQN. (CQV ,, FUR , I'NFORC,ING STS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: FOOTINGS AND OTHER UNFORMED SURFACES, EARTH FACE 3" FORMED SURFACES EXPOSED TO EARTH (i.e. WALLS BELOW GROUND) OR WEATHER (#6 BARS OR LARGER) 2" ( #5 BARS OR SMALLER) . . .1 1/2" COLUMN TIES OR SPIRALS AND BEAM STIRRUPS 1 1/2" SLABS AND WALLS (INTERIOR FACE) (GREATER OF) 3/4" OR BAR DIAMETER PLUS 1/8" 19. CAST- IN -PLA CRETE: SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS OF DOOR AND WINDOW OPENINGS IN ALL CONCRETE WALLS. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR SIZE AND LOCATION OF MISCELLANEOUS MECHANICAL OPE}WiGS THROUGH CONCRETE WALLS. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL GROOVES, NOTCHES, CHAMFERS FEATURE STRIPS, COLOR, TEXTURE, AND OTHER FINISH DETAILS AT ALL EXPOSED CONCRETE SURFACES, BOTH CAST- INEPLACE AND PRECAST. 20. NON-- SHRIN1 GROUT SHALL BE FURNISHED BY AN APPROVED MANUFACTURER AND SHALL BE MIXED AND PLACED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED RECOMMENDATIONS. GROUT STRENGTH SHALL BE AT LEAST EQUAL. TO THE MATERIAL ON WHICH IT IS PLACED (3000 ; PSI MINIMUM). 21 EPO, GROUTED ,ITS SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED USING HEA ADHESIVE AS MANUFACTURED BY MULTI CORP. INSTALL IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH I.C. B.O. REPORT NO 4016 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. HOLE SIZE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. 22. EXEMION BOL.I'S INTO CONCRETE SHALL BE KWIK BOLT II, TIiREAD„D. EXPANSION INSERTS INTO CONCRETE OR MASONRY UNITS SHALL BE SLEEVE ANCHORS AND EPDXY C f O'iTED INSET S SHALL BE HAS ANCHORS WITH HEA ADHESIVE, ALL AS MANUFACTURED BY HILTI CORP. OR APPROVED EQUAL INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS INCLUDING MINIMUM EMBEDMENT REQUIREMENTS. INSERTS INTO CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS SHALL BE INTO FULLY GROUTED CELLS. SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED FOR ALL EXPANSION BOLT AND INSERT INSTALLATION. 23. CONCRETE M.1kSOAj,RY j,TNZT WALLS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF GRADE N, TYPE I UNITS, CONFORMING TO ASTM C90, LAID IN A RUNNING BOND, MORTAR SHALL BE TYPE "S" PER TABLE 24-A OF THE UBC. .GROUT SHALL CONFORM TO URC REQUIREMENTS AND ATTAIN A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 2,000 ?SI AT 28 DAYS, DESIGN F', = 1500 PSI. STRENGTH SHALL BE VERIFIED BY PRISM TESTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH UBC SECTION 2406 b, OR MASONRY UNITS SHALL BE CHOSEN IN ACCORDANCE WITH UBC TABLE 24C. PROVIDE CORNER BARS TO LAP HORIZONTAL REINFORCING AT CORNERS AND INTERSECTIONS. FILL ALL CELLS CONTAINING REINFORCEMENT OR EMBEDDED ITEMS AND ALL CELLS BELOW GRADE WITH GROUT. PROVIDE CLEANOUT HOLES AT BOTTOM OF ALL CELLS CONTAINING REINFORCEMENT. 24 a STRUCTURAL S F,;L DESIGN, FABRICA`ION jiiirLguaugH SHALL BE BASED ON THE A. X . S. C. "SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR BUILDINGS," LATEST EDITION, PLUS ALL REFERENCED CODES. 25. smucTIMAL_ATEEL, INCLUDING PLATES AND ROLLED SHAPES, SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A36, Fy = 36 EST. STEEL PIPE SHALL CONFORM TO )ASTM A -53, TYPE E OR S, GRADE H, Fy s 35 1CSI. STRUCTURAL TUBING SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A500, GRADE 8, Fy = 46 KS1. ANCHOR BOLTS AND CONNECTION BOLTS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A307, PROVIDE MINIMUM EMBEDMENT OF ANCHOR BOLTS PER UBC TABLE 2 G E :[l . N . O ,�.�,� 26. NicAUFMEIL,LLEXPOSSDgmumEAL SHALL CONFORM TO SECTION 10 OF THE AISC CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE FOR STEEL BUILDINGS AND BRIDGES, ADOPTED SEPTEMBER 1, 1986. 27. AL Wap C SHALL BE IN" CONFORMANCE WITH Vii. I . S. C. AND A.W.S. STANDARDS AND SI1ALL BE PERFORMED BY W.A.B.O. CERTIFIED WELDERS USING E70 XX ELECTRODES. ONLY PREQUALIFIED WELD;, (AS DEFINED BY A.W.S.) SHALL BE USED.. WELDING OF GRADE 60 REINFORCING BARS (IF REQUIRED) SHALL BE PERFORMED USING LOW HYDROGEN ELECTRODES. WELDING OF GRADE 40 WITHIN 4" OF COLD BENDS N REINFORCING STEEL PERFORMED I SNOT UPERMITTED X SEE REINFORCING f WT'N REINFORCING BARS (IF REQUIRED) " T NOTE FOR MATERAL REQUIREMENTS OF WELDED BARS. MASONRY STEED 28. FRAAiING LUMBER SHALL BE KILN DRIED OR MC -15, AND GRADED AND MARKED IN CONFORMANCE WITH W.C.L.B. STANDARD GRADING RULES FOR WEST COAST LUMBER PTO. 16, LATEST EDITION. FURNISH TO THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM STANDARDS: p: (2 X MEMBERS) DOUGLAS FIR NO. 2 MINIM BASIC DESIGN STRESS, f' El 1200 PSI (3 X AND 4 X MEMBERS) DOUGLAS FIR NO. 1 MINIMUM BASIC DESIGN STRESS, fbm 1500 PSI : DOUGLAS FIR NO. 1 ( ARGER MEMBERS)MINIMUM BASIC DESIGN STRESS, f »c 1350 PSI DOUGLAS FIR NO. 1 MINIMUM BASIC DESIGN STRESS, f = 1000 PSI . . DS • __ti _ 5 C S BQu pmung. LEDGERS AND PLATES 2 X 6 47'UPS Ataitana W OOD • : DOUGLAS FIR OR HEM -FIR STANDARD GRADE DOUGLAS FIR, STANDARD GRADE DOUGLAS FIR OR HEM FIR NO. 3 /STUD GRADE 29. GLUED ,$rd .' iNi III MASERS SHALL BE FABRICATED IN CONFORMANCE WITH U.B.C. STANDARDS NO. 25--10 AND 25 -11. EACH MEMBER SHALL BEAR AN A.I.T.C. IDENTIFICATION MARK AND SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY AN A.I.T.C. CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMANCE. CERTIFICATES OF CONFORMANCE MUST BE MADE AVAILABLE TO BUILDING INSPECTORS. CITY INSPECTION I8 REQUIRED PRIOR TO COVERING GLUED LAMINATED MEMBERS. ALL SIMPLE SPAN BEAMS SHALL BE DOUGLAS FIR COMBINATION 24F -V3, Fb = 2,400 PSI, Fv N. 165 PSI. ALL CANTILEVERED BEAM SHALL, BE DOUGLAS FIR COMBINATION 24E-V8, Fb = 2,400 PSI, Fv = 165 PSI. CAMBER ALL GLULAM BEAMS TO 2,000 RADIUS, UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE. 30. PLYy00[y SHE' T HIND SHALL $E GRADE C -D, EXTERIOR GLUE OR STRUCTURAL II, EXTERIOR- GLUE IN CONFORMANCE WITH U.B.C. STAN ARD Ho. 25-9. ORIENTED STRAND BOARD OF EQUIVALENT THICKNESS, EXPOSURE RATING AND PANEL INDEX MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF P1,,YWOOD. SEE PLANS FOR THICKNESS, PANEL IDENTIFICATION INDEX AND NAILING REQUIREMENTS. 31. E,L_I, LIOJD PLATES IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH CONCRETE OR MASONRY SHALL BE PRESSURE - TREATED WITH AN APPROVED PRESERVATIVE. PROVIDE 2 LAYERS OF ASPHALT IMPREGNATED BUILDING PAPER BETWEEN UNTREATED LEDGERS, BLOCKING, ETC., AND CONCRETE OR MASONRY. 32. UMBER, CONNECTORS CALLED OUT BY LETTERS AND NUMBERS SHALL BE '!STRONG -TIE" BY SIMPSON COMPANY, AS SPECIFIED IN THEIR CATALOG NO C-92 H.4. EQUIVALENT DEVICES BY OTHER MANUFACTURERS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED, PROVIDED THEY NAVE ICBO APPROVAL FOR EQUAL OR GREATER LOAD CAPACITIES. PROVIDE NUMBER AND SIZE OF FASTENERS AS SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER. CONNECTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED `IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. WHERE CONNECTOR STRAPS CONNECT TWO MEMBERS, PLACE ONE- HALF .OF THE NAILS OR BOLTS IN EACH MEMBER. ALL BOLTS IN WOOD MEMBERS. SHALL CONFORM TO AST% A307. PROVIDE WASHERS UNDER THE HEADS AND NUTS OF ALL BOLTS AND LAG SCREWS BEARING ON WOOD. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL NAILS SHALL BE COMMON. ALL SHIMS SHALL BE SEASONED AND DRIED AND THE SAME GRADE. (MINIMUM) AS MEMBERS CONNECTED. ALL ; JOISTS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO FLUSH BEAMS WITH "U" SERIES JOIST HANGERS. ALL DOUBLE JOIST BEAMS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO FLUSH BEAMS WITH U210 -2. ALL TRIPLE -JOIST BEAMS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO FLUSH BEAMS WITH U210-3. 33. WOOD FFAMING_Q- -THE FOLLOWING APPLY UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE PLANS: A. ALL WOOD FE J'U a DE NOT SHOWN OTHERWISE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO THE MINIMUM STANDARDS OF THE UNIFORM BUILDING CODE. MINIMUM NAILING, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, SHALL CONFORM TO TABLE 25EQ OF THE UNIFORM BUILDING CODE. UNLESS NO OTHERWISE, ALL NAILS SHALL BE COMMON. COORDINATE THE. SIZE AND LOCATION '0? ALL OPENINGS WITH MECHANICAL AND ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. PROVIDE WASHERS UNDER THE HEADS AND NUTS OF ALL BOLTS AND LAG SCREWS BEARING ON WOOD. B. WALL FRAMING : ALL STUD WALLS SHOWN AND NOT OTHERWISE NOTED SHELL BE 2 x 4 STUDS @ 16" O.C. AT INTERIOR WALLS AND 2 x 6 @ 24" O.C. AT EXTERIOR WALLS. TWO STUDS MINIMUM SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE END OF ALL WALLS AND AT EACH SIDE OF ALL OPENINGS. TWO 2 x 8 HEADERS SHALL BE PROVIDED OVER ALL OPENINGS NOT OTHERWISE NOTED. : SOLID BLOCKING FOR WOOD COLUMNS SHALL BE PROVIDED ` THROUGH FLOORS TO SUPPORTS BELOW. PROVIDE' CONTINUOUS SOLID BLOCKING AT MID-HEIGHT 0? AIL STUD WALLS OVER 8' IN HEIGHT. ALL STUD WALLS SHALL HAVE THEIR LOWER WOOD PLATES ATTACHED TO WOOD FRAMING BELOW WITH 16d NAILS AT 12" 0.C. STAGGERED OR BOLTED TO CONCRETE WITH 5/8" DIAMETER ANCHOR BOLTS @ 4'-0" O.C. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. INDIVIDUAL MEMBERS OF BUILT -UP POSTS SHALL BE NAILED TO EACH OTHER WITH 16d @ 12" O.C. STAGGERED. REFER TO THE PLANS AND SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE FOR REQUIRED SHEATHING AND NAILING. WHEN NOT OTHERWISE NOTED, PROVIDE GYPSUM WAIiI,B0ARD ON INTERIOR SURFACES AND GYPSUM SHEATHING ON EXTERIOR SURFACES NAILED TO ALL STUDS, TOP AND BOTTOM PLATES AND BLOCKING WITH NAILS AT 7" O.C. USE 5d COOLER NAILS :FOR, 1/2" GEM AND 6d COOLER NAILS FOR 5/8" G'WB. USE. #11 GAUGE, 1 -3/4" LONG, 7/16" HEAD, DIAMOND POINT, GALVANIZED NAILS FOR EXTERIOR SHEATHING. C. ROOF_ FRMING: PROVIDE BRIDGING @ 8' O.C. AND SOLID BLOCKING AT ALL BEARING POINTS. TOENAIL JOISTS TO SUPPORTS WITH TWO 16d NAILS. ATTACH TIMBER JOISTS TO FLUSH HEADERS OR BEAMS WITH SIMPSON METAL JOIST HANGERS 114 ACCORDANCE WITH NOTES ABOVE. NAIL ALL MULTI -JOIST BEAMS TOGETHER WITH 16d @ 12" 0.C. STAGGERED. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE PLANS, PLYWOOD ROOF SHEATHING SHALL BE LAID UP WITIHI GRAIN PERPENDICULAR TO SUPPORTS AND NAILED WITH 8d NAILS @ 6" O.C. TO FRAMED PANEL EDGES AND OVER STUD WALLS AS SHOWN ON PLANS AND @ 12" 0.C. TO INTERMEDIATE SUPPORTS. PROVIDE APPROVED PLYWOOD EDGE CLIPS CENTERED BETWEEN JOISTS /TRUSSES AT UNBLOCKED ROOF SHEATHING EDGES. TOENAIL BLOCKING TO SUPPORTS WITH 16d @ 12" O.C. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. AT BLOCKED ROOF DIAPHRAGMS PROVIDE FLAT 2X BLOCKING AT ALL ' UNFRAMED PANEL EDGES AND NAIL WITH EDGE NAILING SPECIFIED. 34. OLD-FORMED STJ J+ FRAMING M 1.ERS SHALL BE OF THE SHAPE, SIZE, AND GAUGE SHOWN ON THE PLANS. NOTATIONS ON THE DRAWINGS RELATING TO MEMBER TYPES AND SIZES OR MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING ITEMS REFER TO CATALOG NUMBERS OF METERS MANUFACTURED BY ANGELES METAL SYSTEMS, PRODUCTS BY OTHER MANUFACTURERS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOP FRAMING SHOWN, PROVIDED THEY ARE EQUIVALENT IN SHAPE, SIZE, STIFFNESS, AND STRENGTH. ALTERNATE FRAMING SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REVIEW BY THE ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO FABRICATION. ALL COLD- FORMED STEEL FRAMING SHALL CONFORM TO THE A.I.S.I. "SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD - FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS." 11111II11IIIIIIIII111IIIII1111111111111 1111lI 11.1111 1 2 3 0 16 THS INCH 0€ 6Z 8G GZ 9Z sZ 7Z ' £Z 6lllil66666166h11ihlllllm661 olllu NOTE: If - the microfilmed do cument is less clear notice, it is due to the quality of the original than this document. ZZ Lc 0z 6t 61 LL 91 91 *' £L Z LL Q1 1111;itt!1111111111111111111l 11 111111 I 1111 � 1 11d11u1JIII1111111111 {III111111IIIIIjiii r 1111l1 111111111111111Il111, 11 l ICI li�ili�1 111111111 y.l ICI ICI I I ICI I l l i l l l l t 1 l l l l l 9 10 11 MADE R/ U MW( 12 4, CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED `JAN 1 19 STRUCTURAL 2115 NI. PARK ROAD SEATTLE, WASHINGTO 4, 98105 (206) 523- -7 � f 9 TURNER. AND ASSOCIATES .. } FOOTING SCHEDULE MARK SIZE REINF. F5.0 F5.5 5'-- 0 "x5'- O -0" 5'- 6 "x5'- 6 "x1' -0" (5) #5 EW BOTT (6) #5 EW BOIT TURNER. AND ASSOCIATES .. 2 N PARK ROAD SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98105 (200) 523-7489 : ARCHITECTS COMPUTER CITY TU K WI L A, WA JOB: 91359-01-0 FILE: CITY-21 DRAWN BY: LAE CHECKED BY: DATE: 10/29/92 SCALE. 1 8"= 1' I8xHD600 META! STUDS 4 16'oc (TIP. A 6/S3.1 • • • • EXIST' G STRUCTURE SOUTH OF TO BE REMOVED. SEE ARCH. DRAWINGS FOR FULL EXTENT OF DEMOLITION. 2'- 0 "x5 -0" THICKENED SLAB 1 12'- O "x7' -O :THICKENED 'SLAB '(WIDEN TO 3' -0" r- • COL) 1 COPE PER ARCH. 2'-- 4 "x7' -01' STEP PER THIC KENED \ ARCH. SLAB (WIDEN TO 3' -0" r. 0 COL) L 2 ' - Q " -0" THICKENED SLAB TS COL BEYOND 8 5/S3.1 5' CONC. SLAB REINF. 6x6 W1.4xW1.4 WW1A CENTERED IN SLAB 5/S3.1 SIM. </,‘ 10 NEW F575 Nf W 2' -O` CONT. FTG. R A T T I . SWENSON P E R B I X . REVISIONS SHEET PERMIT CORRECTIONS PERMIT CORRECTIONS PERMIT CORREC DNS \5 • 18xHD600 METAL STUDS 0 16 "oc - PANEL TO PANEL CONNECTIONS: OF RELOCATED PANELS PER 3/S3.1 (TIP.) • • - EXISTING COL. & PAD FOOTING TO BE REMOVED • NEI F5.5 20' -0" ISOLATION JOINT (TYP.)-- FOUNDATION PLAN AN SCALE: 1/8" = i'.0' <S > r - - • NE's F5.: 4/S3.1 20' -0" i NEVI F 1 1 . I -1 -- 1__ I -J .5 15/S3.1 -REMOVE AND RELOCATE EXISTING PRECAST PANELS AS DIRECTED PER ARCH. SAW CUT EXISTING SLAB AS REQUIRED. 14/53.1 L. 172' -0" 20' -0" 4. 9 s > • EXISTING COLUMNS & FOOTINGS TO REMAIN, GRIDS TYR. 0..0.& O U.O.N; REFER TO 7/S3.1 FOR TYPICAL INTERFACE BETWEEN NEW AND EXISTING SLAB (TIP.) 15/S3.1 13/S3.1 (TYP.) -- EXISTING PAD FOOTINGS TO REMAIN 18' -0" • C t- _J L... NEW 5" SLAB ON GRADE REINFORCED W/ 6x6 W1.4xW1.4 WWM CENTERED IN SLAB OVER VAPOR BARRIER ON FREE DRAINING GRANULAR FILL PER SOILS REPORT. _r._..... 7/S3.1 ' --- VERIFY FINAL LOCATION OF ALL SLAB JOINTS w/ ARCHITECT I ! 5 a 8/53.1 SLOPE PER ARCH. PANEL TO PANEL CONNECTIONS OF RELOCATED RELOCATED PANELS PER 3/S3.1 (TYP.) , LOCATION WHERE NEW EXTERIOR GRADE' DROPS BELOW BOTTOM; OF EXISTING PANEL (ASSUMED, VERIFY W/ ARCH.) - EXISTING P.C. PANEL TO BE REMOVED (SAW CUT AS REQUIRED AND LEAVE EXISTING PILASTER IN PLACE). --- EXISTING PAD FOOTINGS TO REMAIN • • • • • -- 1 18'-0' NEW 2' -0" CONT. FTC. NEW 6' CONC. LOADING DOCK SLAB REINFORCED W / #4 ®18" ocEW. CENTERED IN SLAB 65' --0' VERIFY W/ ARCH'L. DRAWINGS I • • • • 18' -0" L. \12 SAW CUT NEW OPENING AS REQUIRED. VERIFY LOCATION & DIMENSION' OF OPENINGS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO EMOLITION . ! EXISTING COLUMNS & FOOTINGS TO REMAIN. • • • • • • • 1 INFILL EXISTING r OPENING w/ CMU PER SECTION 14/S4,1- • EXISTING PAD FOOTINGS TO BE REMOVED. -°-- EXISTING PANEL TO BE REMOVED AND ! REPLACED WITH RELOCATED PANEL R ARCH. ` _.a`_0 d. 1 re (2)16f2P bid' Al e CA1 lkh5 M C. - EXISTING PILASTER I TO REMAIN. PROVIDE NEW CONN.'s RELOCATED PANEL PER 3/S3.1 :.NEW:5' SLAB ON GRADE II REINFORCED W/ 6x6 W1.4xW1.4 WWM CENTERED IN SLAB OVER 1,1 VAPOR BARRIER ON FREE 114 DRAINING GRANULAR FILL PER SOILS REPORT. J -,f 1' -6" CONT, • FOOTING 9/S3. --0 r' 1 1,1 LL L o c 6Z 8 GZ 9Z 9Z ' cZ ZZ 1i!I1!1I 1111111!1 i11 111111111111i111 ,1!11111)lil 4'r •-: f 6: r . -.ti • �III�II�IIii�iII�III�III�iII�l II�III�III�III ' }. r III tr I'I I II Till' Irk II III 0 167H8 INCH 1 2 3 4 5 G 7. NOTE: If the microfilmed document is less clear notice, it is due to the quality of the 'Original r7 : (I 1+1111111 8 this document. 111$11IIIIl11 1111 11111111111111111111111111111111 _...; 9 1 11 IN WRIV 12 1Z OZ 6L 81 <l 91 GI ' L CI al a 0L 6 8 L II `` 1111 11111111 s e z t v4 0 III 1 11111,1111!1II • 1I1I111111 III1111l1I�1IU1111 II J11111!i iliII11111 !II11111!1IJIII111II1)! 11111! III1II 1111I1111I1f 1111l11111111111111 1111 1111111 11I t 11II 11111 'I . ...,.._ 1 1 I 111/1111 9 i A 18xHD800 METAL CITY OF TUKWILA STUDS 0 16 "oc APPROVED J1� 9J;i no. D a' ' ISION NOTES 1. REFER TO ARCH. DRAWINGS FQR AND PLACING OF ALL RELOCATED R.C. PANELS. 2. PROVIDE NEW PANEL TO PANEL CONNECTIONS OF RELOCATED PANELS FER SECTION 3/S3.1. 3. PROVIDE CONTROL OR CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN SLAB KR SECTION 2/53.1. (COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION OF ALL CON' ft AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS WITH ARCHITECT. 4. BOTTOM OF ALL EXTERIOR FOOTINGS SHALL BE 2' -0" MINIMUM BELOW LOWEST ADJACENT GRADE. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ELEVATIONS WITH FINAL SITE GRADING. 5. LINES SHOWN THUS S: S INDICATE EXISTING FOOTINGS • AND WALLS TO BE REMOVED. 6. LINES SHOWN THUS 5--- -- S INDICATE EXISTING STRUCTURE TO REMAIN. 7. WWt4 TH F.,== a0cATED, INDICATE EXISTING' STRUCTURE LINES SHO THATIS US Incorporated 1411 4th Amur r Builtrig. Suite 540 Sa*kiia, To- 41Q1 . 8- 1.14-88e7 :3 9 TURNER AN* ASSOCIATES 2115 NE PARK ROAD ' SEATTLE, WASHINGTON • 981 05 (206) 523-7489 ARCHITECTS COMPUTER CITY TUKWILA, WA JOB' 91359-01-0 nLE: 1.....,..« CITY-22 DRAWN BY ‘‘ ir LAE An CHECKED BY: DATE: • 10/29/92 SCALE: 1 13 1 PROVIDE NEW 2x10 FRAMING 0 24' BETWEEN EXISTING 200 0 24"oc - 6x6 UNDER F BEAM W/ EP POST CAP (2) MSTI72 FRG PANEL TOP PL. TO DRAG STRUT CA.NTILEVER 6 GLB TO OUTSIDE FACE OF PC PANEL PROVIDE NEW 2x10 FRAMING 0 24" oc BETWEEN EX 'STING 2x10 0 24" oc 20 8/S5.1 HHU210-3 HANGERS 6/S5.1 2x10 0 16 LOW fr 2V-0" EXISTING 2x 0 0 24' oc 34t-0" -.------ - 7 1 S4.1 EXISTING 2x 0 0 24' oc EXISTING 2x 0 0 24" oc — 7 43 4.1 ROOF FRAMING PLAN AA SCALE: 1/8" rz 2/S4.1 20'-0" 20'-0' T EXISTING SKYLIGHT (TYP.) EXISTING 2x 0 0 24" oc , EXISTING 2x10 0 9/54.1 .....0/41111 9/S4.1 1/S4J 172'-0" 20'-0' 18'-0" 18'4" 1 18'-0" ..-■911■4■01/1110■PIN (2)14xHD800 HEADER (TYP.) 1/S5.1 18'0" ,,,,.,. ,,,,,',;„':"-- ,i-i- - ,:: ' • - , - „ . c47 . ,, , • . . ,, , , - , . . i . — . . . .. • 1111•11111111111111111IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII,IIIIIIIHIWP I . Will I ITN t !II Will 1 1 1 I lig Fttriti- 1 0 16 THS INCH 1 2 .''. 3 4 5 6 7 $ , , ! • NOTE: If the microfilmed document is iess clear than this . notice, it Is due to the quality of the original documents . . j 0 c 6Z ee LZ 9Z SZ 17e. cz zz LZ OZ 61. 91 LA 9t St 4 7t El ZI • U 0 ' lilt 4.' 11f 1 1 WI* IN °E/1 1111111111111 111111 9 1 10 1, 6 9 YIN 0 hudnAndmulidunlindunlindlimhodunludoltallit! 1 ;e. a 0 CN3 a 04 I N " . "-- BREAK IN ROOF SHEATHING PER 7/S4.1 CITY Of TUKWILA APPROVED 'kVA l'193 !lilt! DI DIV1:01 R A TT 1 SWENSON PE R B1X •. ROOF SHEATHING SHALL BE 6 /e COX PL (P.I. 32/18) NAIL TO All FRAMED PANEL EDGES AND O WALLS BELOW W/ 86 0 6' oc. NAIL TO ALL INTERMEDIATE FRAMING MEMBERS WV 8d 0 12" oc. 2. ROOF AREAS SNOW THUS 177 SHALL HAVE ALL PLYWOOD EDGES BLOCKED L V,/ 2x4 DE #2 FLAT BLOCKING. 3, CONTRACTOR MAY REUSE EXISTING 2x10 FRAMING IN PLACE OF NEW 2x10 FRAMING WHERE FULL LENGTHS ARE AVAILABLE. 4. A UNIFORM DEAD LOAD OF 20 PS F IS INCLUDED IN THE DESIGN OF ALL NEW FRAMING AND IN THE ANALYSTS OF EXISTING FRAMING. REVISIONS PERMIT CORRECTIORY PERMIT CORRECTIONS PERMIT CORRECTIONS COMPUTER. TY TUKWILA, WA JOB: 9)369 -01- 0 FILE: CITY -31 DRAWN BY: LAE CHECKED BY: ABB DATE: 10 29/92 SCALE: 344" 1' -V0 FULL DEPTI BLOCKING talL . SEE SECTION 5/S4.1 FOR CALL -OUTS IN COMMON EXISTING P.C. PANEL (NO PANEL 0 SIM. SECT,)-- -4- METAL STUDS PER PLAN WHERE OCCURS 1 ASSUMED (VERIFY) INSIDE FACE OF RELOCATED P.C. PANEL � L-- 3x3x3/16 x "0' -3" W/ 1/2 „tt MB INTO JOIST OR BLOCKING. 1 /2 "0 THREADED ROD 3x BLOCKING BETWEEN PILASTERS FASCIA PER ARCH. 16d 0 12 "oc CONCRETE PILASTER BEYOND SHIM W/ PLYWOOD AS REQUIRED LOCATION OF EXISTING GLB TO BE REMOVED DAP NEW GLB AS REQ'D. SO TOP OF BRG. iE IS TOP OF EXISTING GLB 3/4m BRG I TOP & BOTTOM PER ,. 4 . If EL4litil If r i i .‘ J COLD - ROLLED CHANNEL , T='XC/! •kc±ta<n• r:zx tiraa y. n!?tkts' !,:P?x ;ao ...... - SIMPSON ECCO7 WELDED TO COLUMN 3 /ts 3/16 E EA. SIDE . T.S. COLUMN PER PLAN NEW 2 ROWS 8d 0 roc EXISTING 5 /8" PLYWOOD EXISTING P.C. PANEL TO BE REMOVED "-HANGER WIRE 1 /2" GAP EXISTING 3x10 TOP w/ 3 /4 "0 AB ® 24 "oc TO REMAIN. IF TOP PLATE IS DAMAGED, REPLACE W/ NEW 3x10 PLATE. EXISTING 2x10 @ 24 "oc (REUSE EXISTING TOP FLANGE HANG RS) TENSION TIE PER 3/S4.1 0 48 "oc 2x10 LEDGER w/ WO EXP. BOLTS 0 12 "oc (EMBED '3 ") END OF EXISTING JOIST FRAMING (VERIFY BEFORE INSTALLATION OF NEW LEDGER) EXISTING P.C. PANEL RELOCATED FROM EXISTING STRUCTURE. ' — E EA. SIDE WELDED AS SHOWN w/ (2) 3 /4 "% MB THRU VERTICAL LONG 3 /16 SLOTTED HOLES EXISTING 5/8 PLYWOOD EXISTING 7x14 GLB GLB PER PLAN 7 .1/2xo ROU THREADED INTO TOP CHORD ' OF COLD - ROLLED CHANNEL. ATTACH TO ROOF JOIST OF BLOCKING ABOVE PER DETAIL 13A. HAT CHANNELS 0 16 "oc TYPICAL SLJSP. CEILING DETAIL 13 SPLAY BRACING WIRES AND ATTACH TO ROOF JOISTS ABOVE. CetA IsMisAck2. 4rae iMTActkeic) tdEThIl. 944 18' MAX. RELOCATED PANEL EXISTING PILASTER EXISTING L5x5x /8x8" EMBED TO REMAIN U210 HGR - ----'/ NEW 5 /8" PLYWOOD BLOCKING WHERE SHOWN ON PLAN ' EXISTING P.C. PANEL 5 /e' BRG ir 1/4‘... RW6 ‘tomaraca. Poe• goo r pwt,trao cottoscroN. dezes f4040 4NVPScTtm REGKAget) EPDXY GROUT DOWELS i t \ 6 INTO EXISTING CONC. #5x2' --O DOWEL TO MATCH I1 HORIZ. & VERT. REINF. • GAP (TYP. ALL NEW GLB'S) NOTCH GLB TO BEAR 4" MIN. ON EXISTING EMBED (DO NOT OVERCUT GLB) 1 /2 GAP (T`0'. OVER AL NEW GI 'S) NEW GLB PER PLAN 3 /16 �- T.S. COLUMN PER PLAN KERF w / (2) 3 /4 "0 MB NEW JOIST PER PLAN w/ JOIST HNGR. PER GEN. NOTES SA36 0 8' --0 "oc W/ (11) 1Od EA. END (TYP. ALL GRIDS WI NEW JOISTS) SIMPSON CCO7 WELDED TO T.S. COL 1 /2" GAP GLB PER PLAN NEW JOIST PER PLAN w / HNGR PER GEN. NOTES 1 �- -- #5 HORIZ. 0 TOP & BOTT. & g 48 "oc MAX. INFILL EXISTING OPENING W / 6" CMU 6 5 VERT. EA. END & ® 48 "oc MAX. 6" Gh9U INFILL DETAIL 14 NEW GLB PER PLAN / SEE SECTION 5/54.1 FOR CALL -OUTS IN COMMON RELOCATED PANEL 3 /4 "0 EXP. BOLT (EMBED 3 ") NEW 5 /8" PLYWOOD 1 /2" GAP- - r - NEW JOIST PER PLAN w/ HNGR PER GEN. NOTES 3 /16 "E EA. SIDE I f (3) 3 /4 "0 MB SHIM w/ PLYWOOD EA. SIDE OF NEW GLB AS REQ`D, SIMPSON CS150 OVER 1st 4 BAYS (5' -0" MIN.) W/ 8d NAILS 0 2" oc to .blkg. NOTE: PLYWOOD NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY 2x4 FEAT BLOCKING ® 48 "oc (ALIGN w/ FULL NEW JOIST DEPTH BLKG. 3 JOIST BAYS. PER PLAN SEE PLAN FOR ADD'L. REQUIREMENTS) - FULL DEPTH BLOCKING 1st BAY 0 48 "oc LTT19 0 48' oc w/ (6) 16d TO FULL DEPTH BLOCKING FACE OF EXISTING P.C. PANEL TO BE REMOVED 1" (VERIFY) — 3 /4" BRG. R gaVio V4005 ptirAscoso -Perm. ' may ° � NEW 5 /8" PLYWOOD NEW JOIST PER PLAN CONT. FTC. PER PLAN 2'-O" MIN. 1 /2" GAP / TYP. C NEW COL & FACE OF EXIST. GLB 8d 0 6--- PROVIDE 2x6 BRACE EA. SIDE OF GLB 0 / JOIST NEAREST TS COL. (SLOPE BRACE 0 1:1) (6) 16d BRACE TO JOIST NEW 5 /8” PLYWOOD jut EXISTING P.C. PANEL AND fLDI PILASTER TO BE REMOVED CONC. SLAB PIPE SLEEVE PER PLAN AS REQUIRED. NEW PIPE WHERE PERPENDICULAR TO FOOTING SHIM w / 2x BLOCKING AS REQUIRED CUT EXISTING PLYWOOD BACK TO C OF NEW GLB NEW GLB PER PLAN .a _ �III�II I�lll�l11111111IIIi111111III11111IlIIIIIIIII�I111� 'Illrl rfil (1 f I ill I !pit I ` I , Ihll; II pupil it i pill ! I•i1-111* I 0 le THS INCH 1 4 6 7 I I NOTE: If the microfilmed document is Less clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the original document. U�: 6Z Be LZ 9Z 5Z NEW IS. COLUMN PER PLAN EXISTING 2x10 @ 24 "oc (CUT AS REQUIRED AND HANG OFF NEW GLB) 3 CUT EXISTING PLYWOOD BACK TO 1ST EXISTING JOIST. — EXISTING 2x10 24" oc EXIST. 7 "x27 GLB 2 ROWS 16d 0 12 "oc TO 1ST EXISTING JOIST 11 NEW PIPE WHERE PARALLEL TO NEW FOOTING. EXCAVATION NOT ALLOWED BELOW THIS LINE. PIPE AND TRENCH LOGA770NS 15 0 NEW 8d 0 6 "oc TO 2x4 FRAMING ABOVE --- SIM TO 8/S5.1 #8 SCREWS 0 roc 2x TOP PL. METAL STUD WALL PER PLAN SHEATHING PER ARCM_ MEL SEE SECTION 5/S4.1 FOR CALL -OUTS IN COMMON NEW 5 /8" PLYWOOD 2x SOLID BLOCKING 8d ® 6 "oc 16d TOENAIL 0 8 "oc I I NEW 2x4 NAIL TO EXISTING JOIST w/ 16d 0 8 "oc STAGGERED (TYP.) TENSION TIE PER 3/S4.1 ® 48 "oc -JB HANGER VENTING PER ARCH.. 8d 0 6 "oc -JOIST PER PLAN 2x4 0 16 "oc -16d ® 8 "oc f r.r EXISTING 2x10 0 24 "oc `BEAM PER PLAN NEW 2x10 (FRAMING IN OPPOSITE (OMIT 0 SIM. SECT.) 0 24 "oc BETWEEN DIRECTION 0 SIM. SECTION). & PROVIDE BLOCKING EXIST. 2x10 UNDER 2x4 WALL ABOVE. CUT EXISTING PLYWOOD BACK TO FACE OF EXISTING JOIST EXIST. 5 /8" PLYWOOD 71 f: :w 3 CZ i Illl i�l ll) Il�liil�I ll lul�I li! I,! u! u1iJilullliII !iutn l11111111lI111111 llil 1 1.1 II' 11. I IIIII I 9 10 111I11 C 2 t •114 0 llli! 111! 11111!lilllllllllL! ! Il 11111111111111111111111111II1111I I f K -h .'I 51. I I I . 01111111111) I I 1 1 1 1 `1 I ,. 11 > !WE;"OERMA:% 12 a NEW 2 ROWS 8d ®6 "oc NEW 5 /8" PLYWOOD NEW JOIST PER PLAN TagASED le•MAgt callitkolSco WAIL 8d 0 roc-- 2x BLOCKING NAIL ALL NEW JOISTS W / 8d 0 6'oc r . EXISTING SKYLIGHT TO BE REMOVED. SEE ARCH. DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION OF OPENINGS TO BE USED FOR VENTING. -- JOIST PER PLAN EXISTING 5 /8" PLYWOOD - GLB DRAG STRUT PER PLAN EXISTING 2x10 0 24 "oc CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED •jjA 11933 D gtll DI G DIVISION TYPICAL SKYLIGHT INFXLI_ 12 OUTSIDE FACE OF PC PANEL C DRAG STRUT & PC PANEL BEYOND (2) 8d 0 6 "oc 5 /8° PLYWOOD (EXTEND PLYWOOD TO OUTSIDE' FACE OF METAL STUD WALL) 4 NOTES TURNER AND ASSOCIATES 2115 N.E. PARK ROAD SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98105 (206) 523 -7489 ARCHITECTS REVISIONS 12 6 92 PERMIT' CORRECTIONS 12 1 s 2 PERMIT CORRECTIONS 1 13 93 ,:'th .sW .- .���^<�n ..'�.Y..Y Y Y+�{ ?!•Y': r �'';'�1 441 COMPUTER CITE TU K WI L A, WA JOB: 31359.01 -Q FILE: CTlY - 31 DRAWN BY: LAE CHECKED BY: ABB 1o/29/92 DATE: SCALE: 3 4" ,p 16d TOENAIL O roc #8 SCREWS O roc -8d 0 6 o BLGCKING OR RIM T 2x TOP PLATE METAL STUDS PER PLAN 5 /8" PLYWOOD EL PER ARCH NOTE: LAP ALL REINF: 40 BAR DIAMETERS IN MASONRY NOTES: FIN. GRADE OR SIDEWALK PER ARCH. 0 EQ. 8" EQ. I BRIDGING IS REQUIRED FOR LOADINGS APPLIED BEFORE SHEATHING IS ATTACHED TO BOTH FLANGES. BRIDGING PROVIDES RESISTANCE TO ROTATION CAUSED BY WIND LOADING, AND RESISTANCE TO BOTH ROTATION . AND MINOR AXIS BENDING: CAUSED BY AXIAL LOADING. THE NUMBER OF BRIDGING ROWS SHOULD NOT BE LESS THAN SPECIFIED IN THE FOLLOWING: BRIDGING SHALL BE EITHER WELDED OR SCREWED AS SHOWN AT RIGHT: .. y.Y.r {�•:xlC =l�... u.�T's...5....v... till w. �... _.h,�r ....., JOIST PER PLAN SEE PLAN FOR JOIST ORIENTATION CAP PER ARCH. W/ 5/8 ") AB 0 48 "oc. (2) #4 HORIZ. 0 TOP OF WALL 48" oc MAX, ._ PROVIDE (2) #4 r - O CORNERS TO MATCH HORIZ. REINF. 8* CMU SCREEN WALL W/ #5 VERT. L . O CORNERS, END OF WALLS AND 48" cc MAX. IN FULLY GROUTED CELLS. PAVING PER ARCH. (2) #4 (2) #4 CONT. BOT. A. WALLS SUBJECT TO WIND LOAD ONLY 1. Up to 10 "--0 height: One row of bridging at mid- height. 2. Over 10'-0" height: Bridging rows spaced 5'- O "o.c. max. B. WALLS SUPPORTING` VERTICAL (AXIAL) LOAD 1, Up to 10' -0" height: Two rows of bridging equally spaced. Over 1O ° -0" height: Bridging rows spaced 3'- 4 "o.c. max. 1. METAL FRAMING USED SHALL CONFORM TO THE SHAPE, GRADE, SIZE, AND GAGE SPECIFIED. DESIGNATIONS REFER TO SHAPES MANUFACTURED BY ANGELES METAL SYSTEMS; SUBSTITUTES SHALL BE. EQUIVALENT AND SHALL HAVE PROPERTIES EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN THOSE SHOWN 4. ALL 8 AND V 1O ` GAGE MATERIAL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A36 WITH A MINIMUM YIELD OF 36,000 psi 2. METAL FRAMING SHALL BE GALVANIZED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, CONFORMING AS FOLLOWS: 12, 14, AND 16 GAGE .ASTM A446, GRADE D Fy = 5Oksi 18 AND 20 GAGE ASTM A446, `GRADE A Fy = 33ksi 3.` WHERE NOTED, PAINTED STUDS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A570, GRADE 50 WITH A MINIMUM YIELD OF 60,000 psi 5. ALL BEARING STUDS SHALL BE LATERALLY SUPPORTED TO PREVENT WEAK AXIS BUCKLING BY CONNECTING EACH FLANGE TO GYPSUM WALLBOARD PER 1991 U.B.C. TABLE 47H. 6. TRACK SECTIONS SHALL BE UNPUNCHED AND HAVE AT LEAST 1" FLANGES. 7, WELDING OF COW-FORMED METAL FRAMING SHALL CONFORM TO AWS DI.3 AND SHALL BE PERFORMED BY WELDERS QUALIFIED TO PRODUCE THE SPECIFIED. CLASSES OF WELD. DOUBLE JOIST HEADER PER PLAN W/ (6) #8 SCREWS EA. SIDE OF HEADER SEE DETAIL ABOVE MISC. STUDS HEADERS GLB OR MULTIPLE JOIST HIGH PER PLAN 16 GA. x 1 x 1 BRIDGE CLIP ANGLE TYPICAL 18 GA. BRIDGING CHANNEL TYP. TYPE 16 XHD 358 20 XHD 400 18 XHD 400 20 XHD 600 18 XHD 600 18 XHD 800 GAGE r DEPTH IN INCHES DESIGNATION: 16 XHD 358 16 XHD 800 4 XHD 800 SE AB BEAM LOW PER PLAN DETAIL COPE FLANGES TO LET IN WEBS OF HEADER (TYP.) NET AREA I, IN IN. .332 .232 .286 .308 .382 .501 .593 170 DETAIL .908 .719 .932 1.87 2.45 4.93 6:10 . 1.52 7 METAL FRAMING NOTES NOTES TURNER AN 2115 N.E. PARK ROAD SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98105 (206) 523 -7489 ASSOCIATES ---16d ® roc A35 (TYP.) S, IN . r, IN. .490 .357 .459 .622 .813 1.23 1 ) M PER PLAN (4) #10 OR #8 SCREWS 1.43 1.58 1.58 2.27 2.28 2.93 SCREW BOTTOM TRACK TO HEADER TOP FLANGE W/ #8 SCREWS 0 6 "oc - DOUBLE JOIST HEADER T -.- -STEEL STUDS PER PLAN PER ARCH. 2 STUDS MIN. EA. END OF HEADER •, •r:. 5 f EXTERIOR SHEATHING PER ARCH. --- 16d TOENAIL 0 8 "oc- - • -- �- 2x CONT. TOP PLATE- #8 SCREWS 0 6 "oc (TYP.) 4y. TOP PL. t-S PER 8/S5.1 HANGER PER PLAN (2) TS 22 EA. SIDE OF BEAM (4 TOTAL) 4 C GLB PER PLAN WHERE STUDS OR JOISTS ARE SHOWN TO ABUT, WELD AS SHOWN t = GAGE OF MATERIAL CONNECTED 8d 0 6 "oc PER ...ARCH, SECTION 18 XHD 400 0 24 "oc (PROVIDE 3 STUDS MIN. UNDER RIDGE BEAM) #8 SCREWS ® 12 "oc STAGGERED 5 5 8" PLYWOOD BEAM PER PLAN BEYOND 18 XHD 400 CEILING JOISTS 0 24 "oc ._- 3 /161 WI (4) 3 /4 "O X 5" LAG SCREWS AND (2) 3/ EXP BOLTS. (EMBED 3 ") RELOCATED PC PANEL JOIST PER PLAN SUPPORTING BEAM PER PLAN- STUD PER PLAN OR DETAILS ROOF JOIST PER PLAN- TRACK SAME GAGE AS STUD W/ 1" WIDE FLANGES, MIN. -- (2) #8 SCREWS EA. STUD 11/2" x 1 ANGLE W/ SAME GAGE AS STUD - LENGTH = STUD WIDTH LESS 1" 6/S5.1 0 BEAM a ' II IIII`III�IJI�III�IIIJ I'II� II'I :'Vl"I17 0 ISTHSINCH 1 7 3 00 6Z se LZ 9Z ge h { Z £Z Ze lZ �IIII�IIII�IIIi�iIlllllll�lliIIIIII�II! ILILII�IIIfIfiII�IIIIIIIl1�1 (ill HI III NOTE: If the microfilmed docwsent is less clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the - original document. 0? 6l 8t Lt 9t St Vl Ct Zl t, 6 8 S I G �� !ff, Illll������i LI�� I�Iliil�11J 111! LIhIIIIIIU�IiIllilll, lI IIIIII ( llllllilillll�fl�IIIIIIIIIii, lii�lill� !!liIIIfI�IIIIIIIII,�iil,ll _ � .1St+'. . . {,.. .....?' ':Kr .:F ,.G:•.3: .r ..�.. -•5r 3 LL t i l l 11.1 141111111111111111 111111 1111111 1111111 11 9 i 10 11 MADE N 6ERMANV 12 PC66- A35 EA. SIDE (4 TOTAL)-----\ 16d TOENAIL (0 6 "Jc-- ----.. # SCREWS 0 6 "oc SHEATHING PER ARCH. NOTE: 1. ALL STUDS SUBJECT TO WIND LOADING SHALL BE ATTACHED TO TOP AND BOTTOM TRACKS AS SHOWN. 2. STUD WEBS SHALL BEAR AGAINST TRACK WEBS. �- USE (3) NO. 8 SCREWS TO ATTACH ANGLE TO WEB --- 6x6 UNDER RIDGE BEAM 4X TOP PLATE CONT. ) PROVIDE MSTI48 EA. SIDE 0 TOP PL. SPLICES (SEE 15/S5.1 FOR CONN. 0 PC PANEL) STEEL STUDS PER PLAN (PROVIDE 3 ADDITIONAL STUDS 9 RIDGE BEAM LOCATION) ATTACH ANGLE TO TRACK W/ SCREWS WHERE POSSIBLE. WHERE TRACK ON CONCRETE SHOOT (2) 5/32'64 DRIVE PINS THRU EACH ANGLE INTO CONC. CITY O F TUKWILA APPROVED 'JA 0 1 1993 S I ID G DIVISION rot1 Di 15/S5.1 0 PC WALL 12 16 Ocia R A T T I SWENSON PF Incorporated 1411 4th Aeons Building, Suits SiOO Seattle, Tr.: 08161 200- 824- -eee7. vITL FRAMING DETAIL REVISIONS PERMIT CORRECTIONS PERMIT CORRECTIONS PERMIT CORRECTIONS SHEET • - - �.- /r...'.'"..,.. 1 , - -- if-10 "0 . r- •-' 7 ,- TO ACk f --. - --, , • 16x14- '-- --- 36x24 L BOTTOM OF L T L 1— t D 1 14' -6" AFF CI 18x1.'. I I 18x1 I r- 18x12 28x14 10 "0 2x12 310 AC-I. ON ROOF + 1900 LOS BEAM AC -3 ON ROOF -- 1500 LBS c 4 360 12x12 24xI2 t r. 10 "0 r� ® 24x12 (TYP. 7 I 2 " 0 c i .:4::;,;,. .. ,r. ....r, .. . ..a♦Y. ,r - . r..- ..vr „icP..is+.�.,. :..'Y �i.,J.:SL: .o-3C .,. ! .: .; rt xf �'.;'., �. *� vv.'v;::', (324x12 12 "41 r rr 48. MK IR NW I QS 0 TO AC -3 I FA -r Nt" OF AIUn ABV ! 24x12 - 1 ?-x12 250 (TYP. 2) 24x24 12x12 320 (TYP. 3) BOTTOM OF DUCT - MINIMUM !4' -6” AFF I°+ (TYP ALL SALES FLOOT, :DUCTS) t 48x24 FACING UPWARD (TYP 2) • w 1 I4xI 0 18x12 (024x12 24x8 500 (TYP. 21) TO AC -1 TSTA GEN MGR'S OF RTN DUCT ABV, SUPPLY DUCT BLW 10 '0 Accq' ON ROOF ------ 800 LBS .s2 QN ROOF 1 1.00 LBS AALLLELOCE AC-5 ON ROOF 800 LBS 1 REMOTE THERMOStAT SENSOR WITH LOCKING COVEF, MOUNT 8 FT AFF (TYP 2) 12x12 360 r � 10 N BOTT MINI (TYP i (24x 12- 0 24x24 L_ i j 180 PLY D4 T AHOY€, RETURN Dt# T BELOW ANANUMB 16'0 12x12 330 (TYP. 3) r 10'0 P 3) OF DUCT 14'-6' AFF L SALES FLOOR DUCTS) TO AC -2 TSTAT IN GEN MGR'S OFFICE LINE OF CANOPY ABV 250 48x 4 FAC N (TY UPWARD 20x14 i L .121. 811K04 IOx10 10'0 ---- (TYP, 2) I8x 6 I 'I 18x12 4 12x12 250 (TYP. 2) ,11 i ... IIIii i ifiIiii il I I 0 10 THS INCH 1 .A- 11111111111111111 ^i .. T � r. ' 11111 i rl : , L B 1 . 1 . r1 1` Ill 'I�i'i l 11111 I '� VIII 11 11114 11111 i t 11 itci1 r 3 4 5 6 '7 I NOTE: If the microfilmed document is Less clear than this i Iit 11 1111111111111111111111111111111 9 10 11' MA EMOERMAMt 12 l notice, it is due to the quality of the priginal document. Qc 6Z B LZ 9Z S �iZ Cc 'cZ I ()z 6l 8l LI 91 9t tl el el. It 01, 6 8 L i 9 S +� B Z t WW 0 �Illill( IIIIIIIIiIIIIIli11 !III�IIII�lill11l 0 n llllll�Ll !II1IIl`,,tlllfILIII!!� 411,1141110116441141141* llili111 1, mi1111iI nu no IIIIIIII�iIIIIIIIIlI1NIllnlil IlI I III ! ( ► I I 1 _:. I ^:.. ,n, .,.. ,. ; I, I�nnII IIIIIIIIInllllnlilil� ,.f y 1,, N I III .. ., ..,.., "_ �,�,_ )il�ll 1 K�^ ,. I III �J ... .. r, .T. ..a .. -... ..t .,. .,. :, ,..., <. .. .. .. � .. .. :'f r. .�r:r. .�a. X'•`i � h • IS'1 (IT _" ,.t � o � v5" .I1I x •If. CC {� eL PU FLOOR PLA\ TURNER AND ASSOCIATES 2115 N.E. PARK ROAD ARCHITECTS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98105 (206) 523 -7489 COMPUTER CITY TUKWILA, WA JOB: 260 RILE: MI DRAWN BY: 3-0 CHECKED BY ML imowelownnwarrumurr REVISIONS Fey SHEET M. A/ eL 9 / Nloiry PICO u (24x12 IO " O (TYP. 2) 12x.12 24x8 285 (TYP. 5) •�I.;. 6)?4 570 x8 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKMLA JAN 2 1993 FERMI* CENTER 1. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND DIMENSIONS OF ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT AND ATTACHED DUCTWORK, 2. COORDINATE ALL DUCTWORK AND DIFFUSERS WITH STRUCTURE, LIGHTS, SPRINKLERS, AND PLUMBING. 3, MAXIMUM LENGTH OF FLEX DUCTS TO BE 8 FT ON SUPPLY DUCTS AND 4 FT ON RETURN AND TRANSFER DUCTS, SUSPENDED ON 36' CENTERS, FREE OF KINKS. 4. MAXIMUM DUCTWORK TRANSITION ANGLE TO BE 15 DEGREES EXCEPT WHERE SHOWN OTHERWISE. 5. FLEXIBLE CONNECTION TO SE PROVIDED AT ALL FAN \DUCT CONNECTIONS. 6, PROVIDE I" CLEARANCE WHERE DUCTWORK PENETRATES FLOORS OR WALLS AND PACK WITH INSULATION. 7, MOUNT THERMOSTATS AT 48" AFF. COORDINATE EXACT THERMOSTAT LOCATIONS WITH THE ARCHITECT, 8. SUBMIT ALL WRITTEN WARRANTIES TO COMPUTER CITY DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION TO THE ATTENTION OF PHIL TRELLO 1830 TWO TANDY CENTER FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76102 9 CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANT ALL HVAC PARTS AND REPLACEMENT LABOR FOR ONE YEAR MANUFACTURER SHALL WARRANT ALL COMPRESSORS FOR FIVE YEARS. u)I3, , l i PICL4 ' Y r PAN) :) i r DATE: 11/12/92 SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0' I-4 Y Ac FLAN �r^ THRUST BLOCK - TABLE BEDDING CLASS DESIGN DIMENSION M NUM B INC AREA 4.o4 R;� AOAP a_ L X CLASS D PRE I A 4'• NIN y. I.D. 12 MAX sIf .200 ,".. r• A k�[p i )r'1 lU 1 ] N' OttE NONE 6• 1/4 0.0. L��1 lr�LUIUI' ']) NONE I'4 O.D. V2 O.D. lllit) 481. ► 1 � ( B��' tiINLZ1 I Al /(2) 4/(3) 2.. 2;0 � Ri l ig :3T1 IUI , 3 L 1 4 M4) 2 250 f j lilt. a r i9 2 � • 1 2l 7/(6) ' 22 QQf 23 /IiJ:LS/Z�.lifl�i 9 / ill S/ 3 ! D/( 7 ) 18 200 2/(24 20/(17 10/(1 10/(7 5/(4) 13/(9) 20• 200 CS: 32/(t1) 24/(16) ;3/(6 7/(4) 16/(11) 24' 200 $4/tu) 46/(JD) 35/(23) 102) 9/(6) 23/(16) }: J�•YTrP.ti'd �4'Y. � .+t avr.,+,.{v�LC.;. PIIIMOYEMMI 9• 66N. •4 d 2 - 3/4 WA. RODS Fa 10- SIZE h SMALLER 2 - 1' NA. ROOS LARGER 'THAN IC SIZE OEM I AIM X I GATE VALVE ^ DS IN Lb. /5Q. FT. THE BEARING LOWS CIVEN IN THE FOLLOW.NC TABLE ARE FOR HORIZONTAL THRUSTS WHiN THE DEPTH OF COVER OVER THE PIPE EXCEEDS 2 FEET. ,`:416 SAFE BE/.R1NG LOAD Le, PER SQ. FT. • MUCK. PEAT. ETC. 0 SOFT CLAY 1.000 SAND 2.000 SAND k GRAVEL 3.000 SAND k CRAVEN. CEMENTED %OTH CLAY 4.000 HARD SHALE 10.000 .N MUCK OR PEAT. AU. THRUSTS SHALL DE RESTRAINED BY PILES OR 11E RODS TO SOLID FOUNDATIONS OR BY REMOVAL OF MUCK OR PEAT AND REPLACEMENT t11H BALLAST OF SUFFICIENT STABIUTY TO RESIST THRUST. CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKING DETAIL Bockfllt Notarial - ISee note SI Concrete Class C (See note 81 fourdotton level Backfl l 1. Material Isle note 51 Bedding Material - for rigid O1pe f See note 61 Foundation level Bedding Noteriol for flexible pipe ISee note 11 foundation level NOTE: ADINTIONAL BLOCKING MUST BE PROVIDED IF GATE VALVE IS AT EN', OF LINE DURING TESTING. V Itee note 41 LIe14 of Pipe Zone b .- ICloss A design, V Iseu note 41 lent of Pipe Zone V Wei rote 41 Lialt of Pipe Zone 90' BEND CAF e ICloss B. C. -0 design) BEDDING FOR RIGID PIPE moss F dislgnl BEDDING FOR FLEXIBLE PIPE Co t Iron Ring And Cover Soma WITH 8" QUARRY SPALLS Pipe Mo1ak1 As Specified By The Engineer ;s.•1fa`.SX..,.o-- s u�J..:)�7y:�vYa -t 3.�'�l� NO;ESt Fen JxR - fKx. q 22 1/2' BEND 11 1/4' BEND NOTES: 1. SQUARE rEET OF CONCRETE THRUSTS - BLOCK AREA BASED ON SAFE BEARING LOAD OF 2000/(3000) POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT. 2- AREAS RUST BE ADJUSTED FOR OTHER SIZE PIPE. PRESSURES Sc SOIL CONDITIONS 3. CONCRETE BLOCKING MALL BE CAST iN PLACE 1. HAVE MINIMUM OF 1/4 SQUARE FJOT BEARING AGAINST THE ITTTING. 4. BLOCK SHALL BEAR AGAINST FITTINGS ONLY & SHAM_ BE CLEAR OF JOINTS TO PERMIT TAKING UP OR PISMANT'NG JOINT. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL BLOCKING ADEQUATE TO WITHSTAND FULL TEST PRESSURE AS WELL kS TO CONTINUOUSLY TITHSTAND OPERATING PRESSURE UNDER AU. CONDITIONS OF SERVICE. Co. FOR 2" AMO 9M41..LRR ucle MANGiFACTUftER'f' EOM 14E11QA77O141. PIPE BEDDING DETAIL 1. Provide uniform support under ber.e.. 2. Mond tap under haunches. 3. Coepact bedding material to 95X MAX density except directly over pipe. n nd top only. 4. See • 'Excovotion and Preparation of Trench In the Sonitory Severs section of the Standard Specification for trench width V" ono trenching cations. The pipe zone will be the octunl trench width. except for Class A bedding. The minimum concrete width shall ha lye I.D. . 18' S. Trench bockflll stall conform to "Bock ftllin11gq Sewer irencnes" in ine 5:nitory Seware section of the Standard Specificotions. except that rocks or lumps forger than 1' per foot of pipe diooeter shall not be used in the backflll material. 6 . Set "Bedding Mote.-lol far RI IA Plpe in Inn Agqgqrre es semi n of Stondord Sp.ciflcotions for tow material specifications. 7. See "Bedding Material for flexible Plpe" in the Aggregates section of the Standard Specifications for the material specifications. A. Pipe must be anchored to such a manner as to ensure flow line Is eOlntelned. 45• VkItsWIt Ile A = 4" MIN. 27" 1.0. end under 6" NIH. over 21" I.U. �.o ry4 the 'Wet /-1‘.9 ',Mama ON COI.KKETE 5UPP0R.r oicuY °� IN TRAFFIC, AREA. b tune: T ]iOe S aa e .fool, SANITARY SEWER CLEANOLJT DETAIL FILTFF FA'3RIC TI1GKED /UNDER GRATE AS SHOW', CATCH BASIN CATCH 15Aa Iii F F OTE NO SCALE NEW CA7C1-1 iS41N ON SITE At.T6/ NA7 e: FOR ,EX /,7`: GENERAL NOTES: 1. All construction to be in accordance with the City of Tukwila and the current WSDOT. Stendard Specifications for road, bridge, and municipal construction. 2. ` All storm drainage and sanitary sewer 8" and smaller to be PVC (polyvinyl chloride pipe) per Section 9. 05.12. 3. If minimum vertical clearances cannot be met, pipe material shall be substituted for ductile iron pipe per Section 9- 05.13. 4. Water mains for fire sprinkler service shall be ductile iron pipe per Section 9- 30.1(1). The :'ze to be verified by rue sprinkler servi..e requirements. Water main for domestic service to be PVC (polyvinyl chloride pipe) per Section 9- 30.1(5). All water pipes to have a minimum cover of 36'. 5. New catch basins to be Type I per STD. Plan B -1. 16. All catch basin grates to be upgraded to City of Tukwila current standard grates. See STD. Plan B -2 or B -2a as called out on plan. 7. ADS downturn 90° elbows to be same size as outlet pipe securely fastened in place. 8. See architect's site plan and details for locations of new driveway approaches, parking, new sidewalk, concrete truck slab, extruded curb and new A.C. pavement section. 9. The project is located in flood plain Zone X according to FEMA 9-29-89 on file at the City of Tukwila. 10. 54,700 s.f, to be drained through existing storm drainage system. \ rnTt_L F1L7E1Z FF4rJkle. UNOER EXIST. CEVe. /N AG pAvemeNT AREA, ALTERNATE , STRAW "411.e M4Y15 u Q IN AODI TIOA/ TO F /j. re/R PAI5R /• W •Sire ONLY. • 5TRA141 L.ES ON-�3/TE / �A; 7yP ALL AgOUIVO Cfi. EX /57, A• PAVEMENT • COHAIECr maw I" /t LINE TO ECIgr. ref. �12E 70 b/ 10121 f /EO Y E ,0Kr- rweCeR PLAN (P t 0 6/24.DE• CONTOUR .. ----- ---- -� _ .... ..4____.._..-_ "A%,64 PROPOg512 RtI.00T /ON o eX /:ter �: H 8 / / X6" > N 7"E6 - (o w/ TIllellST el.00/e /l_ Wa nd HAND/CAP - R1414 p A CCE COV1PLJTER CITY SUPERCENTER /t y 0 h. OP a Ga 1 REMO✓E 4X/57: D (75 P /P /N4 Ali ROOF r ReLOC4 T E PCWCR IMULT /3 Y ) PI OTHERS- I =I o � P° \5."''"` ... 8„ ; 4PPI NC TEE I'' 0. v ''art I 18"x _ 6 : ' REDUC� � . 1 u /'V T 11,LO W ! __11 • " /( vL i CON. C.O.. O /1) • � pp, L. � • i I - ve Y OE f PIIOR7?�t. Na R. -- . N W volWte9ric wr, 3� RV10E -5E5 K . Fqr EzRVI^ NORTH 20' 10' 0 20' SCALE 1" m 20' NEW Pl V w/QuAIww Peer FOR 6E'I2V1cc OIZE - 5Ee MECH. PLANO AD4JU57 EX /57. CB RIM. ADD 90° DOWN TURN EL50W -- TYPICAL f //V /SHED. GRADE CONTOUR 11 REMOVE E X /7w F /,�,ci r .:,... tek r: L.J '1 i L /(P' n ■ /00 ti , 1 . 1i1 ■ 9 / STRANDER BOULEVARD NE-At DR/ VE1 /4 N/ /VISTALL 90 °OWN - . CONCRETE APRO/V • ThRN EL80ln/ AD✓Ue'7 EX /57. ,Wr/z. MTR. c' RE. G.O 24 re Erb[ /o,7. • pyr/`4' 5//a7 -OFF I REt2I.I,RCQ 1 i II i GRADI\ c _ _ MIMY01 _....... ....o... ,.._,... 00. .16000/MaINI ., _...• _ _ .,._..- - .0.0101.0 Oa IMP MEW DOWN OPOUT6 ON Ex sr. 81.0&. .`°. VW - ' " _ _ TO 8E coNNECreo 7"O EX /Or ROOF °RAW OYOT5M A9_ ' D. - _ _ _ ........... ... t1... -._ In. .. EN C1 OSeO 1.040/NQ 1,OCk P. P. /OZ. 28 /lOTTOM " 98.20 6%, OEP RATE PUN F m i "WATEg MMTER To ReptAIN 1RIZ1rAT /oN i rtit ` 'j �, ' HET / ANC 004184e CHECK VA1.G'E .q y SEPARATE DEpuCT _ -PE 41T-REQ- -FiKa4 -4114 - T / M -- RECOC4TE EX /T. /"?eTRO /JUS 070P 5 /6/V. AF,3.4W170 i Ex15T. flP I,GtATE DOMESTIC set vlc5 iN SAME TTa/C/Y ANA UTILITY/T.E.S.C. PLAN .e OP ..e._..- -- CONNECT NEW O f✓ . RooF °RAMO A9 aktowu 1166 e pvc Neil/ LOC . ww /`'OR POWERpv V4U[.T // ii II I; I I II i+ I II II ) 1. I IIIIII III! I 1i ._ 0 10 THS INCH 1 di.i P- 1 1 / 1 L I 1 1 / I / 1 1 I 1 1 [ [ 1 1 1 1 L 1 1 1 r . I I ' l l i1i I I i 1111I/ I i 11 11 fl I 1II 1111 11 3 I 4 S 6 7 8 NOTE: If the microfilmed document is less clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the original document. lit I r x - • III1.Ik II �I,IIIIIIIII I IIIII 1r 1 1 1 II II I iI iI Ii '' 9 i 14 11 MADEINOERMANY 12 C z i. Ivry G 111�IInIIII�IIii�Iliinilll II II if u lI Ii /VEG✓ ORIVdH/AV wV 11 CONCRE re /4PfO/1/ I I NOTE: I ( CX /51/NQ :wo,c 47R.4/NS II TO T145 e.8/57/NG srog4' s Y67E '. , NA/ 'zoo 70 THE S/'oIM £7&1 /NAGEI i II • t C8 /N5T,4LL. ' OL /,O C IVV.e Neu iet.m-.1 948o /: -- 10' EASEMENT I 4 .I 13ENCHMARi CHiSEL,BD'c1' ON Ate. CORNEA OF c NCRETE PAD. [,f vA? /one /OO. 00 (A9GfM4O DAraM) 04 re * ANO TOPOGRAPHY I'i/A�r O V/060 .45Y "C,N4O V /C.x 5/R VEY /M 4H0 ,E.NC /NEER /N(; FJ(.E 92/599 DAT 4i-20- 92. /!'. G. 5. 04 TUM ''5.219 I II ► 11! /N57"ALL .SOLID CO{I'C NEw' RIM. 99. /9 II 1 FRONTAe E / /!f? O VE/"T I I I /NCL UD /A1 S /G/Vkt P OI . R6 40C4T/ON ¶ - CON57'RUC EU I PK i_ee 5E _ -..-. _ _ ^ pE(lELOpE1Z . REEkl _ i RECEIVED CITY OF TUMILA JAN 2i 199 PERMIT CENTER II II II , II Ii II i I' II II i E +,NOW C ONNECTEO A'NAGE' CONVEYANCE 6,f1 70 136 COt/NeC7ED NIAfEYANCE SYSTEM. ' \ � I 0- -- �. t• •... \ 8 " C. ,'.G I `':.. ."`....\ i CITY- OF ?MA _ - APPROVED JAN xplA>;s s / 2 I 19 3 DAVID EVANS AND ASSOCIATES INC. .4 t S • 118TH AVE. S.E. BELLEVUE. WA. Q8OO5 -3683 ›- 7 w 4 LU H- (I C 1 CD N CO 0 a) 0 0 0_ Llrl z r N Drawing No: BEDDING CLASS DESIGN DIMENSION CLASS A CLASS B CLASS C >6 CLASS D CLASS r A 4'• NIN y. I.D. 12 MAX sIf Zero 0 1/4 0.0. V, 0.0. 1/4 0.0. 2e r n 0.D. C I'4 O.D. V2 O.D. ys 0.0. 0.0. - }: J�•YTrP.ti'd �4'Y. � .+t avr.,+,.{v�LC.;. PIIIMOYEMMI 9• 66N. •4 d 2 - 3/4 WA. RODS Fa 10- SIZE h SMALLER 2 - 1' NA. ROOS LARGER 'THAN IC SIZE OEM I AIM X I GATE VALVE ^ DS IN Lb. /5Q. FT. THE BEARING LOWS CIVEN IN THE FOLLOW.NC TABLE ARE FOR HORIZONTAL THRUSTS WHiN THE DEPTH OF COVER OVER THE PIPE EXCEEDS 2 FEET. ,`:416 SAFE BE/.R1NG LOAD Le, PER SQ. FT. • MUCK. PEAT. ETC. 0 SOFT CLAY 1.000 SAND 2.000 SAND k GRAVEL 3.000 SAND k CRAVEN. CEMENTED %OTH CLAY 4.000 HARD SHALE 10.000 .N MUCK OR PEAT. AU. THRUSTS SHALL DE RESTRAINED BY PILES OR 11E RODS TO SOLID FOUNDATIONS OR BY REMOVAL OF MUCK OR PEAT AND REPLACEMENT t11H BALLAST OF SUFFICIENT STABIUTY TO RESIST THRUST. CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKING DETAIL Bockfllt Notarial - ISee note SI Concrete Class C (See note 81 fourdotton level Backfl l 1. Material Isle note 51 Bedding Material - for rigid O1pe f See note 61 Foundation level Bedding Noteriol for flexible pipe ISee note 11 foundation level NOTE: ADINTIONAL BLOCKING MUST BE PROVIDED IF GATE VALVE IS AT EN', OF LINE DURING TESTING. V Itee note 41 LIe14 of Pipe Zone b .- ICloss A design, V Iseu note 41 lent of Pipe Zone V Wei rote 41 Lialt of Pipe Zone 90' BEND CAF e ICloss B. C. -0 design) BEDDING FOR RIGID PIPE moss F dislgnl BEDDING FOR FLEXIBLE PIPE Co t Iron Ring And Cover Soma WITH 8" QUARRY SPALLS Pipe Mo1ak1 As Specified By The Engineer ;s.•1fa`.SX..,.o-- s u�J..:)�7y:�vYa -t 3.�'�l� NO;ESt Fen JxR - fKx. q 22 1/2' BEND 11 1/4' BEND NOTES: 1. SQUARE rEET OF CONCRETE THRUSTS - BLOCK AREA BASED ON SAFE BEARING LOAD OF 2000/(3000) POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT. 2- AREAS RUST BE ADJUSTED FOR OTHER SIZE PIPE. PRESSURES Sc SOIL CONDITIONS 3. CONCRETE BLOCKING MALL BE CAST iN PLACE 1. HAVE MINIMUM OF 1/4 SQUARE FJOT BEARING AGAINST THE ITTTING. 4. BLOCK SHALL BEAR AGAINST FITTINGS ONLY & SHAM_ BE CLEAR OF JOINTS TO PERMIT TAKING UP OR PISMANT'NG JOINT. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL BLOCKING ADEQUATE TO WITHSTAND FULL TEST PRESSURE AS WELL kS TO CONTINUOUSLY TITHSTAND OPERATING PRESSURE UNDER AU. CONDITIONS OF SERVICE. Co. FOR 2" AMO 9M41..LRR ucle MANGiFACTUftER'f' EOM 14E11QA77O141. PIPE BEDDING DETAIL 1. Provide uniform support under ber.e.. 2. Mond tap under haunches. 3. Coepact bedding material to 95X MAX density except directly over pipe. n nd top only. 4. See • 'Excovotion and Preparation of Trench In the Sonitory Severs section of the Standard Specification for trench width V" ono trenching cations. The pipe zone will be the octunl trench width. except for Class A bedding. The minimum concrete width shall ha lye I.D. . 18' S. Trench bockflll stall conform to "Bock ftllin11gq Sewer irencnes" in ine 5:nitory Seware section of the Standard Specificotions. except that rocks or lumps forger than 1' per foot of pipe diooeter shall not be used in the backflll material. 6 . Set "Bedding Mote.-lol far RI IA Plpe in Inn Agqgqrre es semi n of Stondord Sp.ciflcotions for tow material specifications. 7. See "Bedding Material for flexible Plpe" in the Aggregates section of the Standard Specifications for the material specifications. A. Pipe must be anchored to such a manner as to ensure flow line Is eOlntelned. 45• VkItsWIt Ile A = 4" MIN. 27" 1.0. end under 6" NIH. over 21" I.U. �.o ry4 the 'Wet /-1‘.9 ',Mama ON COI.KKETE 5UPP0R.r oicuY °� IN TRAFFIC, AREA. b tune: T ]iOe S aa e .fool, SANITARY SEWER CLEANOLJT DETAIL FILTFF FA'3RIC TI1GKED /UNDER GRATE AS SHOW', CATCH BASIN CATCH 15Aa Iii F F OTE NO SCALE NEW CA7C1-1 iS41N ON SITE At.T6/ NA7 e: FOR ,EX /,7`: GENERAL NOTES: 1. All construction to be in accordance with the City of Tukwila and the current WSDOT. Stendard Specifications for road, bridge, and municipal construction. 2. ` All storm drainage and sanitary sewer 8" and smaller to be PVC (polyvinyl chloride pipe) per Section 9. 05.12. 3. If minimum vertical clearances cannot be met, pipe material shall be substituted for ductile iron pipe per Section 9- 05.13. 4. Water mains for fire sprinkler service shall be ductile iron pipe per Section 9- 30.1(1). The :'ze to be verified by rue sprinkler servi..e requirements. Water main for domestic service to be PVC (polyvinyl chloride pipe) per Section 9- 30.1(5). All water pipes to have a minimum cover of 36'. 5. New catch basins to be Type I per STD. Plan B -1. 16. All catch basin grates to be upgraded to City of Tukwila current standard grates. See STD. Plan B -2 or B -2a as called out on plan. 7. ADS downturn 90° elbows to be same size as outlet pipe securely fastened in place. 8. See architect's site plan and details for locations of new driveway approaches, parking, new sidewalk, concrete truck slab, extruded curb and new A.C. pavement section. 9. The project is located in flood plain Zone X according to FEMA 9-29-89 on file at the City of Tukwila. 10. 54,700 s.f, to be drained through existing storm drainage system. \ rnTt_L F1L7E1Z FF4rJkle. UNOER EXIST. CEVe. /N AG pAvemeNT AREA, ALTERNATE , STRAW "411.e M4Y15 u Q IN AODI TIOA/ TO F /j. re/R PAI5R /• W •Sire ONLY. • 5TRA141 L.ES ON-�3/TE / �A; 7yP ALL AgOUIVO Cfi. EX /57, A• PAVEMENT • COHAIECr maw I" /t LINE TO ECIgr. ref. �12E 70 b/ 10121 f /EO Y E ,0Kr- rweCeR PLAN (P t 0 6/24.DE• CONTOUR .. ----- ---- -� _ .... ..4____.._..-_ "A%,64 PROPOg512 RtI.00T /ON o eX /:ter �: H 8 / / X6" > N 7"E6 - (o w/ TIllellST el.00/e /l_ Wa nd HAND/CAP - R1414 p A CCE COV1PLJTER CITY SUPERCENTER /t y 0 h. OP a Ga 1 REMO✓E 4X/57: D (75 P /P /N4 Ali ROOF r ReLOC4 T E PCWCR IMULT /3 Y ) PI OTHERS- I =I o � P° \5."''"` ... 8„ ; 4PPI NC TEE I'' 0. v ''art I 18"x _ 6 : ' REDUC� � . 1 u /'V T 11,LO W ! __11 • " /( vL i CON. C.O.. O /1) • � pp, L. � • i I - ve Y OE f PIIOR7?�t. Na R. -- . N W volWte9ric wr, 3� RV10E -5E5 K . Fqr EzRVI^ NORTH 20' 10' 0 20' SCALE 1" m 20' NEW Pl V w/QuAIww Peer FOR 6E'I2V1cc OIZE - 5Ee MECH. PLANO AD4JU57 EX /57. CB RIM. ADD 90° DOWN TURN EL50W -- TYPICAL f //V /SHED. GRADE CONTOUR 11 REMOVE E X /7w F /,�,ci r .:,... tek r: L.J '1 i L /(P' n ■ /00 ti , 1 . 1i1 ■ 9 / STRANDER BOULEVARD NE-At DR/ VE1 /4 N/ /VISTALL 90 °OWN - . CONCRETE APRO/V • ThRN EL80ln/ AD✓Ue'7 EX /57. ,Wr/z. MTR. c' RE. G.O 24 re Erb[ /o,7. • pyr/`4' 5//a7 -OFF I REt2I.I,RCQ 1 i II i GRADI\ c _ _ MIMY01 _....... ....o... ,.._,... 00. .16000/MaINI ., _...• _ _ .,._..- - .0.0101.0 Oa IMP MEW DOWN OPOUT6 ON Ex sr. 81.0&. .`°. VW - ' " _ _ TO 8E coNNECreo 7"O EX /Or ROOF °RAW OYOT5M A9_ ' D. - _ _ _ ........... ... t1... -._ In. .. EN C1 OSeO 1.040/NQ 1,OCk P. P. /OZ. 28 /lOTTOM " 98.20 6%, OEP RATE PUN F m i "WATEg MMTER To ReptAIN 1RIZ1rAT /oN i rtit ` 'j �, ' HET / ANC 004184e CHECK VA1.G'E .q y SEPARATE DEpuCT _ -PE 41T-REQ- -FiKa4 -4114 - T / M -- RECOC4TE EX /T. /"?eTRO /JUS 070P 5 /6/V. AF,3.4W170 i Ex15T. flP I,GtATE DOMESTIC set vlc5 iN SAME TTa/C/Y ANA UTILITY/T.E.S.C. PLAN .e OP ..e._..- -- CONNECT NEW O f✓ . RooF °RAMO A9 aktowu 1166 e pvc Neil/ LOC . ww /`'OR POWERpv V4U[.T // ii II I; I I II i+ I II II ) 1. I IIIIII III! I 1i ._ 0 10 THS INCH 1 di.i P- 1 1 / 1 L I 1 1 / I / 1 1 I 1 1 [ [ 1 1 1 1 L 1 1 1 r . I I ' l l i1i I I i 1111I/ I i 11 11 fl I 1II 1111 11 3 I 4 S 6 7 8 NOTE: If the microfilmed document is less clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the original document. lit I r x - • III1.Ik II �I,IIIIIIIII I IIIII 1r 1 1 1 II II I iI iI Ii '' 9 i 14 11 MADEINOERMANY 12 C z i. Ivry G 111�IInIIII�IIii�Iliinilll II II if u lI Ii /VEG✓ ORIVdH/AV wV 11 CONCRE re /4PfO/1/ I I NOTE: I ( CX /51/NQ :wo,c 47R.4/NS II TO T145 e.8/57/NG srog4' s Y67E '. , NA/ 'zoo 70 THE S/'oIM £7&1 /NAGEI i II • t C8 /N5T,4LL. ' OL /,O C IVV.e Neu iet.m-.1 948o /: -- 10' EASEMENT I 4 .I 13ENCHMARi CHiSEL,BD'c1' ON Ate. CORNEA OF c NCRETE PAD. [,f vA? /one /OO. 00 (A9GfM4O DAraM) 04 re * ANO TOPOGRAPHY I'i/A�r O V/060 .45Y "C,N4O V /C.x 5/R VEY /M 4H0 ,E.NC /NEER /N(; FJ(.E 92/599 DAT 4i-20- 92. /!'. G. 5. 04 TUM ''5.219 I II ► 11! /N57"ALL .SOLID CO{I'C NEw' RIM. 99. /9 II 1 FRONTAe E / /!f? O VE/"T I I I /NCL UD /A1 S /G/Vkt P OI . R6 40C4T/ON ¶ - CON57'RUC EU I PK i_ee 5E _ -..-. _ _ ^ pE(lELOpE1Z . REEkl _ i RECEIVED CITY OF TUMILA JAN 2i 199 PERMIT CENTER II II II , II Ii II i I' II II i E +,NOW C ONNECTEO A'NAGE' CONVEYANCE 6,f1 70 136 COt/NeC7ED NIAfEYANCE SYSTEM. ' \ � I 0- -- �. t• •... \ 8 " C. ,'.G I `':.. ."`....\ i CITY- OF ?MA _ - APPROVED JAN xplA>;s s / 2 I 19 3 DAVID EVANS AND ASSOCIATES INC. .4 t S • 118TH AVE. S.E. BELLEVUE. WA. Q8OO5 -3683 ›- 7 w 4 LU H- (I C 1 CD N CO 0 a) 0 0 0_ Llrl z r N Drawing No: THRUST BLOCK - TABLE 9wwu eEU,�wc ,nu AGAINS PSI uwo snasEn m awc� se OH /a1 ./rn AG, t/RS 9/c.1 wrt9 wrtr) .u011e/021 a PIPE C!z - 3 /y ou Aao LARGER ,x.. HE SITE GATE VALVE CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKING DETAIL BEOUING FOfl fliCiO PIPE. It,.w ,ew oat BEO01. FLEXIBLE PIPE nen Are 90 BEND CAP 45 BEND 7 1 -SSURES e stun. T c w.+e srs tar_ w u or ,/s .._ CO. FOR 2 "AND SMALLER use MANUFALTUREK'S RECOF4 MENDAP0N5. PIPE BEDDING DETAIL 1?79a-01-110 TEE it 1 /' BEND r SEWER CLEANOUT DETAIL CATC4-4 5AS1N PROTECT127r1 NEW CATCH BAINy ON 51TE� 4F-E ALTERNATE FOR EX /S7 CBr5. =�7£ A5 5F/OWA1 01.1 Pula CONCRETE S' IFP02T ONLY IN TRAFFIC AREAS, GENERAL NOTES` .1 ommuctie to be in accordance with -- a City of Tu.. and the current WSDOT. Standard Specifications for road bridges and mini ipai construction 2. An storm drainage and sanitary sewer 8' and smarter to be PVC (polyvinyl chloride pipe) per Section .5.. 3. ff minimum vertical donnces cannot. met, pipe material shall be substituted for ductile von pipe per S inn 9-0113. 4. Water mains for fire sprinkler mmice shan be c4rNe vonpipe per Section 9- 311.1()). The sine to ...mitred by fire sprinkle se nice: requirements Water main ummestiesemi eto be PVC (polyvinyl ch.. pipe) per Section 430.1(5). An sea.. pipes to have. maim® cover of 3E. 5. New atilt bash. to be Type l per STD. Plan B-1 6 An catch basin,. to. upgraded to City of Taw. current standard gates See STD. Flan Ea or B-2a as caned out on plan. 7. ADS downturn 90' elbows to be same sec as outlet pipe securely fastened in place: 8. See architect plan and deans for locations of new driveway approaches, parking, new sidewalk concrete trod slab, eked cob aad new AC pavane. section 9. The projects locatedn flood plain Ease X acusdng to FEMA 9-H-89 on file at the City of Tukwila. I0. - 54.710 sl to be drained through misting storm drainage system II SEX /57. CATCH BASIN II \ /NSTALL FILTER FAEIeIG UNDER E X 1 5 7. C ' S /N ALTERNATE AC PAVEMENT AREA STRAW BALES MAYP)E U£D IN ADO /T105 70 FILTER F4PR1c ON -SITE ONLY. EX757 GRaDe cONTOUR rho = GV: ^' /THRGST P•_OCkia NEW PIV W /allARO P05T FOR SERVICE SIZE SEE MECH. PLANS ADJUST EX 1S7. CB Rim. ADD 10° DOWN - TURN ELBOW. II 6 CONNECT NEW FIRE Ti LINE TOE1= /9Th 8`r or. tie 8E VERIFIED Pis - {7R PLAY. i PROPO5E0 REL OF EX/9T F/L 20' 10' 0 20 SCALE: 1" • 20' TYP /CAL FINISHED GRADE CONTOUR REMOVE EX/9T, F /Rk'- 5PR /NicLBR :; it o-' r3� 1 STRANDER BOULEVARD STRAIN EA P LCS ON 517E - --- STRAIN v ONLY.- TYR ALL AROONO II II ft co. I It EXIz, AC- PAVEMENT NEW DOWN SPOUT50NEKI9T. BLDG. e TO BE CONNECTED TO EXIST. ROOF DRAIN SYSTEM A5- R€Gt'D. GRADI PROPOSED NEW WATER 12.00M SEE MPLH PLANS 1 /y hEE. MECH. PLANS FOR 5.5. ',EIeVICE LOLQ71ON5 AD✓U9T EX /5T A/7 /VTR. 41 RELOCATE EXiZT. WTR SHUT- -OFF - -- - COMPUTER CITY SUPERCENTER --- -517-- /W DRIVEWAY /4// INSTALL 90 ° OOWN - CONCRETE APRON TURN ELBOW ENCLOSED LOAD /NQ DOCK F.F. /02.28 /3OTTOM - 98.28 RELOCATE EX /5T. WTR. VALVE OUT5105 BLDG REMOVE ,4X /5r. 4 CB S P /PING A5 REQ'1 AI RC, ETh n�f POWER ELO VA ULT 5Y X /5 1 1 OTHE5S _ EXIST. BLDG. X99 — AS4NDON EXi5T- F1RE LOCATE DOMESTIC SERVIce /N SAME TRENCH _ _ _ RELOCATE FCC /5T METRO BUS 570P SIGN. CONLJECT NEW OLD& ROOF DRAINS A9 SHOGUN 1.115 6" PVC NEW LOC., FOR POWERpy V4II LT \iG AND UTILITY/ TE.S.C. PLAN NOTE' I II I. eX /57/N4 OOF ORA /NS II 70 THE E571NG 5T0/e/' 5Y5TEM. ; NEW ROOF 70 THE SfiORM 045 /541 0 I II II NEW DR /VWAY w/ CONCRETE )4PRON 8 "C. /_ a of e /NSTALL 50L /Q COVER NEW R/M- 98 BO 10' EASEMENT I �IIQ 2_ FRONTAGE //NP/$OVE/�/ENTS EX /5l_/"INATER METER TO REMAIN W /luE4(1 �II /NC[u0 /NG S /GN4L POLE E IRIZl6ATlON DED/CT METER AND DOABLE W Yy CONSTRUG /E0 AS PER TE CHECK VALVE A%Y. SEPARATE DEDUCT DEVE AC#REE - -- PERMIT -REQ FRAM- CITY -0E- OF-- - — - — - N(ENT APPROVED PER PUBLIC WORKS LETTER DATED ! J & cffY OF TAMA NOV 8 1992 PERMIT CENTER .BENCHMARK CHI5ELED'a' 05 NE. CORNER OF C NCRRETE PA0. LEVA`7 /ON /00.00 (ASSUMED DAT!/M) ITE �5JRVEY AND TOPOGRAPHY 514 fROV /d5D by CHAOW /CK SURVEY /A1 AND ENG /NEER /NG', F /[.E 92/599/ DAT 4 N.G.S. DAT(AM 10 28 II, II I II II � /N5T19LL ,501/0 cOU'E: NEW RIM- 99./9 II II III II t II I ul u I L� i II II Il \\ NOW CONNECTED NAGE CONVEYANCE TO i3E- CONNEC7ED EYANCE SYSTEM. \N 8" G.,Z I op! RE8 5/2193 1 DAVID EVANS AND ASSOCIATES, INC. 419•Ilan, AVE. S.E. BELLEVUE. WA. 98005 -9559 1 U LLI 1- z W W I LLI �' O N) 0 Lv 0 1) U) N Date: 5,1 /1/ rvzt z Drawing No: C L z LC)